Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  6162
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  80-0882793
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021
Phone: (818) 224-7442

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Jeffrey P. Grogin
Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary
PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021
Phone: (818) 224-7442
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Please send copies of all communications to:

Timothy R. Rupp
Richard J. Welch
Bingham McCutchen LLP
355 South Grand Avenue, Suite 4400
Los Angeles, CA 90071
(213) 680-6400

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.  ý

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Share(2)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  43,973,679   $18.87   $829,783,323   $106,877

 

(1)
This Registration Statement registers 43,973,679 shares of our Class A common stock, of which 37,863,679 shares are issuable upon the exchange of Class A Units of membership interest in PNMAC. This Registration Statement also relates to such additional shares of Class A common stock as may be issued with respect to such shares of Class A common stock by way of a stock dividend, stock split or similar transaction.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on the average of high and low prices of the Class A common stock on September 26, 2013, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 1, 2013

PRELIMINARY  PROSPECTUS    

LOGO

43,973,679 Shares

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

Class A Common Stock



        We are registering the resale from time to time by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus or a supplement hereto of up to 43,973,679 shares of our Class A common stock, of which 37,863,679 shares are issuable upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC and 6,110,000 shares are currently held by one of the selling stockholders.

        The selling stockholders may offer the shares from time to time as each selling stockholder may determine through public or private transactions or through other means described in the section entitled "Plan of Distribution" or in a supplement to this prospectus. Each selling stockholder may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if available, rather than under this prospectus. The registration of these shares for resale does not necessarily mean that the selling stockholders will sell any of their shares.

        We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders.

        Our Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol "PFSI". The last reported sale price of our Class A common stock on the NYSE on September 26, 2013 was $18.87 per share.

         We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and therefore have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

        We are not a government-sponsored entity.



         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



   

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2013


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  9

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  41

Market Data

  42

Organizational Structure

  43

Use of Proceeds

  46

Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy

  47

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

  48

Selected Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data

  53

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  56

Business

  105

Management

  126

Executive and Director Compensation

  133

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  145

Principal Stockholders

  163

Selling Stockholders

  166

Description of Capital Stock

  168

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

  174

Plan of Distribution

  175

Legal Matters

  178

Experts

  178

Where You Can Find More Information

  178

Index to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

  F-1

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-60

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

        In this prospectus, we refer to our subsidiary Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC as "PNMAC," we refer to our subsidiary PNMAC Capital Management, LLC as "PCM", and we refer to our subsidiary PennyMac Loan Services, LLC as "PLS." We refer to BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, together with its affiliates, as "BlackRock," and HC Partners LLC, formerly known as Highfields Capital Investments LLC, together with its affiliates, as "Highfields."

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to "PMT" collectively refer to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a mortgage "real estate investment trust" externally managed by PCM, and its operating subsidiaries.

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus filed with the SEC. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or solicitation of an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer, sale or solicitation is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        For investors outside the United States: We have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.


Business Overview

Our Company

        We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans and the management of investments related to the U.S. residential mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management's deep experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

        We were founded in 2008 by members of our executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock and Highfields. Since our founding we have pursued opportunities to acquire and manage residential mortgage loans and established what we believe to be a best-in-class mortgage platform. We have relied on the know-how of our management team and built a de novo operating platform to our specifications using industry-leading technology, processes and procedures to address the stringent requirements of residential mortgage lending and servicing in the post-financial crisis market. We believe that this approach has resulted in a specialized mortgage platform that is "legacy-free" and highly scalable to support the continued growth of our business.

        We conduct our business in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, or PLS, is a leading non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. PLS is a seller/servicer for the Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or Freddie Mac, each of which is a government-sponsored entity, or GSE. It is also an approved issuer of securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, or Ginnie Mae, a lender of the Federal Housing Administration, or FHA, a lender/servicer of the Veterans Administration, or VA, and a servicer for the Home Affordable Modification Program, or HAMP. We refer to each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, FHA and VA as an "Agency." PLS is licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to originate residential mortgage loans in 46 states and the District of Columbia and to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

        Our principal investment management subsidiary, PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, or PCM, is an SEC registered investment adviser. It manages PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, or PMT, a mortgage "real estate investment trust," or REIT, listed on the NYSE. PCM also manages PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP, both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, an affiliate of these funds and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC. We refer to these funds collectively as our "Investment Funds" and, together with PMT, as our "Advised Entities." Our Advised Entities have been some of the leading non-bank investors in distressed mortgage loans since 2008, investing in loans with approximately $7.4 billion of unpaid principal balances, or UPB. As of June 30, 2013, our Advised Entities had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion.

        We conduct some of our activities for our own account and some for our Advised Entities. We earn significant fee income and carried interest from the activities we conduct for our Advised Entities; such fees include investment management fees, incentive fees, subservicing fees for servicing loan

 

1


Table of Contents

portfolios and fulfillment fees for mortgage banking services provided to PMT in connection with our correspondent lending program. Our relationships with our Advised Entities also allow us to pursue some market opportunities with reduced capital intensity, with PLS and PCM providing operational expertise and our Advised Entities providing investment capital for mortgage-related assets.

        Our systems and processes have been designed to be highly scalable to accommodate the continued rapid growth of our businesses. To date our growth has been organic, drawing upon experienced personnel known to us in the mortgage industry, which has allowed us to be methodical and consistent in our operations and to establish and maintain a disciplined corporate culture that is focused on excellence.

Our Company Structure

GRAPHIC

Mortgage Banking Segment

        As summarized below, our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

    Correspondent Lending

        Our correspondent lending business manages, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, primarily "conventional" residential mortgage loans guaranteed by the GSEs and "government-insured" residential mortgage loans insured or guaranteed primarily by the VA or the FHA.

        For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fee for each loan acquired by PMT. Fulfillment activities include reviews of loan data, documentation and appraisals to assess loan quality and risk, correspondent seller performance and credit monitoring procedures, and the subsequent sale and securitization of loans through secondary mortgage markets on behalf of PMT. PMT earns interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or

 

2


Table of Contents

securitization of these conventional loans and retains the associated mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs. PLS provides loan subservicing for PMT's retained MSRs and earns a subservicing fee.

        In the case of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee. We fulfill the government loans for our own account. We typically pool the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into a mortgage-backed security, or MBS, which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the associated MSRs.

        We have grown our correspondent lending business through purchases from approved mortgage originators that meet specific criteria related to management experience, financial strength, risk management controls and loan quality. Our management team has prior experience with the majority of these mortgage originators. As of June 30, 2013 we had approved 220 sellers on PMT's behalf, primarily independent mortgage originators and small banks located across the United States. PMT purchased approximately $17.1 billion of loans in the first half of 2013, including $9.0 billion of conventional loans, $8.0 billion of government-insured loans and $115 million of jumbo loans. In the second quarter of 2013, with $8.6 billion in production, PMT was the fourth largest correspondent lender in the United States as ranked by Inside Mortgage Finance.

    Retail Lending

        Our retail lending business originates new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. We conduct this business through a consumer direct model, which relies on the Internet and call center-based staff, rather than a traditional branch network, to acquire and interact with customers across the country. Effective marketing, call center staff, procedures, training and technology are all important to growing our retail lending business. We use sophisticated telephony and lead-management software to improve conversion rates, deliver outstanding customer service, and lower costs. In the first half of 2013, we originated $611 million of residential mortgage loans in our retail lending business, a 295% growth rate compared to the first half of 2012.

        Our existing servicing portfolio is our main source of leads for new originations. These portfolio-based originations include: refinancing loans to proactively protect our servicing portfolio from run-off, which we refer to as "recapture;" refinancing loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities; and purchasing loans to facilitate the sale of real estate owned, or REO, properties held by our Advised Entities. In addition, we are growing our non-portfolio originations by sourcing prospective customers through consumer marketing and community and professional relationships.

        For loans originated via our retail lending business, we conduct our own fulfillment, earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these loans, and retain the associated MSRs (subject to sharing 30% of such MSRs with PMT in the case of retail originated loans that refinance a loan for which the related MSR was held by PMT).

    Loan Servicing

        Our loan servicing business performs loan administration, collection, and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments, responding to customer inquiries, accounting for principal and interest, holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counseling delinquent mortgagors, modifying loans and supervising foreclosures and our property dispositions.

        We service loans for which we own the MSRs and we service loans on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners which we refer to as "subservicing." The owner of MSRs acts on behalf of mortgage

 

3


Table of Contents

loan owners and has the contractual right to receive a stream of cash flows (expressed as a percentage of UPB) in exchange for performing specified mortgage servicing functions and temporarily advancing funds to cover payments on delinquent and defaulted mortgages. As a subservicer, we earn a contractual fee on a per-loan basis and the right to any ancillary fees, and we are reimbursed for any servicing advances we make on delinquent or defaulted mortgages. We presently subservice only for our Advised Entities.

        We characterize our servicing business as either "Prime Servicing" or "Special Servicing."

    Prime Servicing.     Our prime servicing includes servicing or subservicing activities for loans that are prime credit quality and generally exhibit low delinquency and default rates. This portfolio includes conventional and government-insured loans. Prime servicing generally tends to be lower cost and benefits from significant economies of scale. As of June 30, 2013, our prime servicing portfolio comprised over 168,000 loans, most of which are recent originations, with an aggregate UPB of approximately $39.4 billion. We own the MSRs to over 83,000 of these loans (or approximately 45% of our total prime portfolio as measured by UPB), most of which are serviced for Ginnie Mae securitizations and were produced by us through our correspondent and retail lending businesses. In addition, we subservice approximately 84,000 conventional loans (or approximately 55% of our total prime portfolio as measured by UPB), the MSRs to which are owned by PMT.

    Special Servicing.     Our special servicing includes servicing activities for distressed whole loans that have been acquired as investments by our Advised Entities, as well as for loans in "private-label" MBS securities, which are securities that are not guaranteed by or otherwise affiliated with any government agency. Special servicing utilizes a "high-touch" model to establish and maintain borrower contact and facilitate loss mitigation strategies. Our general strategy is to try to keep defaulted borrowers in their homes. Under certain circumstances, we offer loss mitigation options that include loan modification through the use of federally sponsored loan modification programs (such as HAMP) or otherwise to reflect both the borrowers' current financial condition and the value of their homes. When loan modifications and other efforts are unable to cure a default, we seek to avoid foreclosure and timely acquire and/or liquidate the property securing the mortgage loan where possible and pursue alternative property resolutions including "short sales," in which the borrower agrees to sell the property for less than the loan balance and the difference is forgiven, and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, in which the borrower agrees to convey the property deed outside of foreclosure proceedings. As of June 30, 2013, we provided special servicing to approximately 24,000 distressed whole loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $5.0 billion and approximately 6,300 loans in "private-label" securities with an aggregate UPB of approximately $1.1 billion. Our special servicing fees typically include a base servicing fee and activity-based fees for the successful completion of default-related services.

        We have grown our mortgage servicing portfolio primarily through organic mortgage loan production in our correspondent lending and retail lending businesses, supplemented by the opportunistic acquisition by our Advised Entities of distressed pools of residential whole loans which we subservice, and our own MSR acquisitions. As of June 30, 2013, we serviced or subserviced approximately 192,000 loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $44.4 billion. The majority of these loans are serviced for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae securitizations.

Investment Management Segment

        We are an investment manager through our wholly-owned subsidiary PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2013. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance. The Investment Funds are limited-life private funds established in August 2008, whose commitment periods ended in 2011. As of June 30,

 

4


Table of Contents

2013, these funds had aggregate equity value of $562 million and had generated total returns of 53%, net of all fees, expenses and carried interest, since their inception. The term of each of these funds ends in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Subject to contractual restrictions with PMT, we may establish additional private investment vehicles to invest in distressed loans or pursue related mortgage strategies, for which we would provide investment management services as well.

        PMT was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust in May 2009 and consummated an initial public offering in August 2009. PMT's shareholders' equity has grown through a combination of retained earnings and new equity raised through follow-on public offerings and other sales of its common stock. Since its initial public offering, PMT has raised new equity of approximately $200 million in 2011, approximately $600 million in 2012 and approximately $250 million for the year-to-date period ended September 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2013, PMT had shareholders' equity of $1,244 million. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, PMT reported returns on average shareholders' equity of 16%, 13% and 8%, respectively. Our relationship with PMT provides a partner with long-term investment capital and enhances our ability to both support our existing business and to pursue potential growth initiatives.


Corporate and Other Information

        PNMAC was formed in Delaware in January 2008. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. was formed in Delaware in December 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 6101 Condor Drive in Moorpark, California and our telephone number is (818) 224-7442. Our website address is www.pennymacfinancial.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

        The trademark PennyMac®, and its corresponding logos appearing in this prospectus, are owned by us or one of our subsidiaries. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the initial public offering of our Class A common stock on May 9, 2013, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 in this prospectus as the "JOBS Act," and references in this prospectus to "emerging growth company" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the JOBS Act.

 

5


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock to be offered by the selling stockholders

  Up to 43,973,679 shares, of which 37,863,679 shares are issuable by us to the selling stockholders upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC on a one-for-one basis (subject to the customary conversion rate adjustments described below).

Class A common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering

 

56,751,456 shares, assuming the exchange of 37,863,679 Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock.

Class A Units of PNMAC outstanding after giving effect to this offering

 

19,137,432 units held by the members of PNMAC other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and 56,751,456 units held by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., assuming the exchange of 37,863,679 Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock.

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering

 

74.78%, assuming the exchange of 37,863,679 Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock. The remaining voting power is held by holders of our Class B common stock.

Voting rights

 

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

Each holder of Class A Units of PNMAC, other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., holds one share of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such holder. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock."

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

6


Table of Contents

Exchange rights of holders of Class A Units of PNMAC

 

Pursuant to an exchange agreement that we have entered into with the owners of PNMAC other than us, those other owners may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. As those other owners exchange Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced.

 

We have also entered into a tax receivable agreement with certain of the owners of PNMAC other than us that will provide for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to those other owners of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Use of proceeds

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds and bear all commissions and discounts, if any, from the sales of our Class A common stock offered by them pursuant to this prospectus.

Dividend policy

 

Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial position, results of operations, liquidity and legal requirements. See "Dividend Policy."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

NYSE symbol

 

"PFSI."

        Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus:

    reflects the 18,887,777 shares of Class A common stock and 75,888,888 Class A Units of PNMAC (including 18,887,777 Class A Units owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) outstanding as of September 26, 2013;

 

7


Table of Contents

    does not reflect outstanding options to purchase 423,407 shares of Class A common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $21.03 per share, none of which are currently vested or exercisable, or 596,944 outstanding restricted stock units to obtain up to 596,944 shares of Class A common stock, none of which are currently vested or exercisable;

    does not reflect an additional 2,886,082 shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, referred to in this prospectus as our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which number represents the total number of additional shares currently authorized and reserved for issuance in connection with future awards that may be granted under this plan less the number of shares issuable under this plan in exchange for Class A Units of PNMAC held by our employees pursuant to the exchange agreement; and

    does not reflect an additional 19,137,432 shares of Class A common stock issuable under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC held by our employees pursuant to the exchange agreement.

 

8


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Risks Related to Our Mortgage Banking Segment

    Regulatory Risks

We operate in a highly regulated industry and the continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulation could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Due to the highly regulated nature of the residential mortgage industry, we are required to comply with a wide array of federal, state and local laws and regulations that regulate, among other things, the manner in which we conduct our loan production and servicing businesses and the fees that we may charge. These regulations directly impact our business and require constant compliance, monitoring and internal and external audits. A material failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could subject us to lawsuits or governmental actions and damage our reputation, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Federal, state and local governments have recently proposed or enacted numerous new laws, regulations and rules related to mortgage loans. Laws, regulations, rules and judicial and administrative decisions relating to mortgage loans include those pertaining to real estate settlement procedures, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, fair credit reporting, truth in lending, fair debt collection practices, service members protections, compliance with net worth and financial statement delivery requirements, compliance with federal and state disclosure and licensing requirements, the establishment of maximum interest rates, finance charges and other charges, qualified mortgages, licensing of loan officers, loan officer compensation, secured transactions, payment processing, escrow, loss mitigation, collection, foreclosure, repossession and claims-handling procedures, and other trade practices and privacy regulations providing for the use and safeguarding of non-public personal financial information of borrowers. Service providers we use must also comply with these legal requirements, including outside foreclosure counsel retained to process foreclosures.

        In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or Dodd-Frank Act, represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry in the United States and includes, among other things (i) the creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify emerging systemic risks posed by financial firms, activities and practices, and to improve cooperation among federal agencies, (ii) the creation of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to financial products and services, including mortgage lending and servicing, (iii) the establishment of strengthened capital and prudential standards for banks and bank holding companies, (iv) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including the derivatives and securitization markets, and (v) amendments to the Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, aimed at improving consumer protections with respect to mortgage originations, including disclosures, originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, prepayment considerations appraisals and servicing requirements.

        Our failure to comply with these laws, regulations and rules may result in reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of mortgage loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, delays in the foreclosure process, increased servicing advances, litigation, enforcement actions, and repurchase

9


Table of Contents

and indemnification obligations. Our failure to adequately supervise service providers, including outside foreclosure counsel, may also have these negative results.

        The failure of the mortgage lenders from whom loans were acquired through our correspondent lending program to comply with these laws, regulations and rules may also result in these adverse consequences. We have in place a due diligence program designed to assess areas of risk with respect to these acquired loans, including, without limitation, compliance with underwriting guidelines and applicable law. However, we may not detect every violation of law by these mortgage lenders. While we have contractual rights to seek indemnity or repurchase from these correspondent lenders, if any of these lenders are unable to fulfill their indemnity or repurchase obligations to us to a material extent, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our repurchase agreements that provide us with capital to purchase loans for our correspondent lending business require us to make representations that the loans sold under these agreements comply with applicable law. See "Market Risks—We leverage our operations, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations" on page 18 for a discussion of risks related to breaches of such representations.

        In addition, although they have not yet been enacted, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, or FHFA, proposed changes to mortgage servicing compensation structures in 2011 for servicing with GSEs, including reducing servicing fees and channeling funds toward reserve accounts for delinquent loans. Also, there continue to be changes in legislation, rulemaking and licensing in an effort to simplify the consumer mortgage experience which requires technology changes and additional implementation costs for loan originators. We expect that legislative and regulatory changes will continue in the foreseeable future, which may increase our operating expenses.

        Any of these, or other, changes in laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The creation of the CFPB and its recently issued rules will likely increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        On July 21, 2011, the CFPB obtained rulemaking and enforcement authority pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and began official operations. We are subject to examination by the CFPB. The CFPB has broad enforcement powers over mortgage participants, including originators and servicers, and can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, limits on activities or functions, and civil money penalties. The CFPB has been active in investigations and enforcement actions, and issued large civil money penalties in 2012.

        In addition to its regulatory authority, the CFPB has examination authority over all federal and state non-depository lending and servicing institutions, including mortgage brokers, lenders and servicers. Such examinations, as well as regulations that the CFPB might issue in the future, could ultimately increase our administrative burdens and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In October 2011, January 2012 and October 2012, the CFPB issued guidelines governing, among other things, examination procedures for bank and non-bank mortgage servicers and originators and its procedures for supervising mortgage transactions. In January 2013, the CFPB issued its final rules relating to, among other things, its "Ability to Repay" rule under TILA's implementing Regulation Z, mortgage escrow account requirements and mortgage servicing requirements. For further discussion on the details of the CFPB's final rules, see "Business—Compliance and Regulatory."

        Similar to other mortgage servicers of our size, we received a general request for information from the CFPB on September 24, 2012. We responded in a timely fashion to the CFPB by providing the

10


Table of Contents

requested information. On February 11, 2013, we were notified by the CFPB that it would perform an examination of PLS's loan servicing and related compliance activities beginning on March 25, 2013. This examination was completed on May 2, 2013. Details surrounding the examination are confidential based on CFPB regulations. The CFPB has the authority to impose significant penalties or other punitive actions that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The CFPB also has the power to notify the public of violations which carries with it reputational risk. The CFPB, at its discretion, may share the results of examinations with other regulators who may in turn initiate their own investigations and impose additional penalties.

        The CFPB's recently enacted rules will likely increase our administrative and compliance costs. They could also greatly influence the availability and cost of residential mortgage credit, and increase servicing costs and risks. In addition, the effective dates for these new rules are aggressive in some cases and it may be difficult for us to implement the procedures necessary to comply with these new rules by the dates on which they are to become effective. These increased costs of compliance, the effect of these rules on the mortgage industry and mortgage servicing and any failure in our ability to comply with these new rules by their effective dates, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

We are highly dependent on U.S. government-sponsored entities, and any changes in these entities or their current roles could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

        Our ability to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales depends to a significant degree on programs administered by government-sponsored entities, or GSEs, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, government agencies, including Ginnie Mae, and others that facilitate the issuance of mortgage-backed securities, or MBS, in the secondary market. These GSEs and Agencies play a critical role in the residential mortgage industry and we have significant business relationships with many of them. Presently, almost all of the newly originated conforming loans that we originate directly with borrowers or assist PMT in acquiring from mortgage lenders through our correspondent lending program qualify under existing standards for inclusion in mortgage securities backed by the GSEs or Ginnie Mae. We also derive other material financial benefits from these relationships, including the assumption of credit risk by these GSEs on loans included in such mortgage securities in exchange for our payment of guarantee fees and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures.

        There is significant uncertainty regarding the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including with respect to how long they will continue to be in existence, the extent of their roles in the market and what forms they will have. Although the U.S. Treasury has committed capital to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac since they were placed into conservatorship, additional funding may not be provided within the required time periods or the actions of the U.S. Treasury may not be adequate for their needs. If such funding is not provided as required, the FHFA would be obligated to place Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into receivership. Further, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could be placed into receivership at the discretion of the FHFA at any time under certain circumstances. If the actions of the U.S. Treasury are inadequate or pending repurchase requests by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to lenders prove unsuccessful, or if Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are adversely affected by events such as ratings downgrades, foreclosure problems and delays and problems with mortgage insurers, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could continue to suffer losses and could fail to honor their guarantees and other obligations. In addition, the future roles of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remain uncertain. Their roles could be significantly reduced or eliminated and the nature of the guarantees could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. Solvency concerns have also recently been raised regarding the FHA, which we rely on for the insurance of a significant portion of the government-insured loans that we produce. The elimination of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or the FHA could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

11


Table of Contents

        Our ability to generate revenues from newly originated loans that we assist PMT in acquiring from mortgage lenders through our correspondent lending program is highly dependent on the fact that the GSEs have not historically acquired such loans directly from mortgage lenders, but have instead relied on banks and non-bank service providers such as us to acquire, aggregate and securitize or otherwise sell such loans to investors in the secondary market. If one or more of the GSEs were to start making these purchases and sales for their own accounts, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction in, the operation of these GSEs or any significant adverse change in the level of activity of these GSEs in the primary or secondary mortgage markets or in the underwriting criteria of these GSEs could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

Changes in GSE guidelines or guarantees could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We are required to follow specific guidelines that impact the way that we service and originate GSE loans, including guidelines with respect to:

    credit standards for mortgage loans;

    our staffing levels and other servicing practices;

    the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge;

    our modification standards and procedures; and

    the amount of non-reimbursable advances.

        In particular, the FHFA has directed the GSEs to align their guidelines for servicing delinquent mortgages that they own or that back securities which they guarantee, which can result in monetary incentives for servicers that perform well and penalties for those that do not. In addition, the FHFA has directed Fannie Mae to assess compensatory penalties against servicers in connection with the failure to meet specified timelines relating to delinquent loans and foreclosure proceedings, and other breaches of servicing obligations.

        We cannot negotiate these terms with the GSEs and they are subject to change at any time. A significant change in these guidelines that has the effect of decreasing the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the insurance provided by the FHA could also have broad adverse market implications. The guarantee fees that we are required to pay to the GSEs for these guarantees have increased significantly over time and any future increases in these fees would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Fannie Mae has indicated that it may impose annual delivery volume limits on all of its approved seller/servicers. Fannie Mae has not yet determined or announced the criteria for how these potential delivery limits may be calculated, or when they may be imposed. If a delivery limitation is imposed on PMT by Fannie Mae, it could result in a shift of business market share to Freddie Mac, and could adversely impact our gain on sale income to the extent that Freddie Mac price execution may be worse than that of Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac has indicated that it does not have any plans to establish delivery volume limits for its seller/servicers.

12


Table of Contents

Changes to government mortgage modification and refinance programs could adversely affect our future revenues and costs.

        Under HAMP and similar government programs, a participating servicer may be entitled to receive financial incentives in connection with any modification plans that it enters into with eligible borrowers and subsequent success fees to the extent that a borrower remains current in any agreed upon loan modification. While we participate in and dedicate numerous resources to HAMP, changes in legislation or regulation regarding HAMP or any other government mortgage modification program or changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for refinancing mortgage loans may impact the extent to which we participate in and receive financial benefits from such programs, or may increase our operating costs and the expense of our participation in such programs.

        On October 24, 2011, the FHFA announced changes to the existing Home Affordable Refinance Program, or HARP, for certain loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac prior to May 31, 2009. The changes to HARP are designed to increase the number of mortgage loans eligible for refinancing under the program and have meaningfully increased industry-wide loan production volumes. These changes and any additional changes that may be enacted to increase refinancing eligibility under this program will likely increase mortgage loan prepayment speeds, which would have an unfavorable impact on the valuation of our MSRs. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk."

        HAMP and HARP are currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2015. If HAMP or HARP is not extended, this could decrease our revenues, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Under the Making Home Affordable plan, or MHA, a participating servicer may receive a financial incentive to modify qualifying loans, in accordance with the plan's guidelines and requirements. HARP also allows us to refinance loans with an LTV of up to 125%. This program, and the FHA's negative equity refinance program, allow us to refinance loans to existing borrowers who have little or negative equity in their homes. The FHA's negative equity refinance program is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2014, and the expiration of that program or changes in legislation or regulations regarding that program or the MHA could reduce our volume of refinancing originations to borrowers with little or negative equity in their homes.

        Changes to HAMP, HARP, the MHA and other similar programs could adversely affect our future revenues and costs.

Unlike competitors that are banks, we are subject to the licensing and operational requirements of states and other jurisdictions that result in substantial compliance costs, and our business would be adversely affected if we lose our licenses.

        Because we are not a depository institution, we do not benefit from exemptions to state mortgage banking, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. We must comply with state licensing requirements and varying compliance requirements in all fifty states, the District of Columbia and the Virgin Islands, and we are sensitive to regulatory changes that may increase our costs through stricter licensing laws, disclosure laws or increased fees or that may impose conditions to licensing that we or our personnel are unable to meet. Currently we are able to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the Virgin Islands and originate loans in 46 states and the District of Columbia, either because we are properly licensed in a particular jurisdiction or we are exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed in that jurisdiction.

        In most states in which we operate, a regulatory agency or agencies regulate and enforce laws relating to mortgage servicers and mortgage originators. These rules and regulations generally provide for licensing as a mortgage servicer, mortgage originator, loan modification processor/underwriter, or third-party debt default specialist (or a combination thereof), requirements as to the form and content

13


Table of Contents

of contracts and other documentation, licensing of our employees and independent contractors with whom we contract, and employee hiring background checks. They also set forth restrictions on collection practices and disclosure and record-keeping requirements, and they establish a variety of borrowers' rights. Future state legislation and changes in existing regulation may significantly increase our compliance costs or reduce the amount of ancillary fees, including late fees, that we may charge to borrowers. This could make our business cost-prohibitive in the affected state or states and could materially affect our business.

        In addition, we are subject to periodic examinations by state and other regulators, which can result in increases in our administrative costs and refunds to borrowers of certain fees earned by us, and we may be required to pay substantial penalties imposed by these regulators due to compliance errors, or we may lose our license. Fines and penalties incurred in one jurisdiction may cause investigations or other actions by regulators in other jurisdictions.

        We may not be able to maintain all currently requisite licenses and permits. In addition, the states that currently do not provide extensive regulation of our business may later choose to do so, and if such states so act, we may not be able to obtain or maintain all requisite licenses and permits. The failure to satisfy those and other regulatory requirements could result in a default under our servicing agreements and credit facilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Agency inquiries into foreclosure practices and foreclosure delays in certain states could result in additional compliance costs on our servicing business, and may adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

        In connection with allegations of irregularities in foreclosure processes, including so-called "robo-signing" by mortgage loan servicers, certain state Attorneys General, court administrators and government agencies, as well as representatives of the federal government, have issued letters of inquiry to mortgage servicers, requesting written responses to questions regarding policies and procedures, especially with respect to notarization and affidavit procedures. If initiated against us, these requests or any subsequent administrative, judicial or legislative actions taken by these regulators, court administrators or other government entities may subject us to fines and other sanctions, including a foreclosure moratorium or suspension. In addition to these inquiries, several state Attorneys General have requested that certain mortgage servicers suspend foreclosure proceedings pending internal review to ensure compliance with applicable law. Such inquiries, if initiated against us, as well as continued court backlog and emerging court processes, may cause an extended delay in the foreclosure process in certain states.

        Also, on February 9, 2012, federal and state agencies announced a $25 billion settlement with the five largest banks that resulted from investigations of foreclosure practices, which is referred to as the "Joint Federal-State Mortgage Servicing Settlement." As part of the settlement, the banks agreed to comply with various servicing standards relating to foreclosure and bankruptcy proceedings, documentation of borrowers' account balances, chain of title, and evaluation of borrowers for loan modifications and short sales as well as servicing fees and the use of force-placed insurance.

        Although we are not a party to the above enforcement consent orders and settlements, we could be required to comply with certain requirements and terms set forth in the consent orders and settlements if (i) we subservice loans in certain circumstances for the mortgage servicers that are parties to the enforcement consent orders and settlements, (ii) the agencies begin to enforce the consent orders and settlements by looking downstream to our arrangement with certain mortgage servicers, (iii) the MSR owners for whom we subservice loans request that we comply with certain aspects of the consent orders and settlements, or (iv) we otherwise find it prudent to comply with certain aspects of the consent orders and settlements. In addition, the practices set forth in such consent orders and settlements may be adopted by the industry as a whole, forcing us to comply with

14


Table of Contents

them in order to follow standard industry practices, or may become required by our servicing agreements. While we have made and continue to make changes to our operating policies and procedures in light of the consent orders and settlements, further changes could be required and changes to our servicing practices may increase compliance and operating costs for our servicing business, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We may be subject to liability for potential violations of predatory lending laws, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

        Various U.S. federal, state and local laws have been enacted that are designed to discourage predatory lending practices. The U.S. federal Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, or HOEPA, prohibits inclusion of certain provisions in residential mortgage loans that have mortgage rates or origination costs in excess of prescribed levels and requires that borrowers be given certain disclosures prior to origination. Some states have enacted, or may enact, similar laws or regulations, which in some cases impose restrictions and requirements greater than those in HOEPA. In addition, under the anti-predatory lending laws of some states, the origination of certain residential mortgage loans, including loans that are not classified as "high-cost" loans under applicable law, must satisfy a net tangible benefits test with respect to the related borrower. This test may be highly subjective and open to interpretation. As a result, a court may determine that a residential mortgage loan, for example, does not meet the test even if the related originator reasonably believed that the test was satisfied. If any of our production loans are found to have been originated in violation of predatory or abusive lending laws, we could incur losses, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

We may be subject to certain banking regulations that may limit our business activities.

        As of June 30, 2013, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., or PNC, owned approximately 20.8% of the outstanding voting common shares of BlackRock Inc. Based on PNC's interests in and relationships with BlackRock, Inc., BlackRock, Inc. is deemed to be a non-bank subsidiary of PNC. BlackRock, Inc. is an affiliate of BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, or BlackRock, which is one of our largest equity holders and which owns approximately 20.5% of our equity interests prior to this offering. Due to these relationships, we are deemed to be a non-bank subsidiary of PNC, which is regulated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. As a non-bank subsidiary of PNC, we may be subject to certain banking regulations, including the supervision and regulation of the Federal Reserve. Such banking regulations could limit the activities and the types of businesses that we may conduct. The Federal Reserve has broad enforcement authority over financial holding companies and their subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve could exercise its power to restrict PNC from having a non-bank subsidiary that is engaged in any activity that, in the Federal Reserve's opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound business practice, and could exercise its power to restrict us from engaging in any such activity. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations that we may commit. To the extent that we are subject to banking regulation, we could be at a competitive disadvantage because some of our competitors are not subject to these limitations.

        In addition, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act referred to as the "Volcker Rule" place limitations on the ability of bank holding companies and their affiliates to engage in sponsoring, investing in and transacting with certain investment funds, including hedge funds and private equity funds (collectively "covered funds"). The Volcker Rule will also place restrictions on proprietary trading, which could impact certain hedging activities. It is expected that the Volcker Rule will apply to us by virtue of our affiliation with PNC through BlackRock. The Volcker Rule becomes fully effective in July 2014, but final implementing regulations have not yet been issued. To the extent the Volcker Rule applies to us, it would limit our ability to sponsor or manage covered funds and to make and retain investments in covered funds, and would limit investments in covered funds by our employees, among other

15


Table of Contents

restrictions. In addition, the scope of the definition of "covered funds" is not yet known, and therefore these restrictions could apply to funds other than those commonly referred to as hedge funds and private equity funds, such as one or more of the funds that we currently manage, including the Investment Funds or PMT. If the Investment Funds or PMT were to be "covered funds" as defined, then, among other consequences, certain transactions between us and the Advised Entities could be limited or required to be restructured. These limitations and restrictions could disadvantage us against those competitors that are not subject to the Volcker Rule in the ability to manage covered funds and to retain employees.

    Market Risks

Our mortgage banking revenues are highly dependent on macroeconomic and United States residential real estate market conditions.

        Continuing concerns over factors including inflation, deflation, unemployment, personal and business income taxes, energy costs, geopolitical issues and the availability and cost of credit have contributed to increased volatility and unclear expectations for the economy in general and the residential real estate and mortgage markets in particular going forward. Since 2006, United States residential housing values have declined by approximately 22% according to the S&P/Case-Shiller Home Price Index, and the volume of newly originated mortgages has decreased by approximately 40%. While national housing values have increased in the last 12 months, these conditions may not have stabilized or they may worsen. A destabilization of the residential real estate and mortgage markets or deterioration in these markets may reduce our loan production volume, reduce the profitability of servicing mortgages or adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage loans that we originate or acquire, either at a profit or at all. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to continue to grow our loan production volume, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our loan production operations consist of our retail originations program, in which we originate mortgage loans directly with borrowers through telephone call centers or the Internet, and our correspondent lending program, in which we facilitate, in exchange for a fulfillment fee, the acquisition by PMT from correspondent sellers of newly originated mortgage loans that have been underwritten to our standards. In certain cases, we subsequently acquire those loans from PMT.

        Our correspondent lending program is relationship driven. As of June 30, 2013, we worked with 220 approved mortgage lenders, but these lenders are not contractually obligated to do business with us or PMT, and our competitors also have relationships with these lenders and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand PMT's network of approved mortgage lenders. In order to increase our loan production volume, we will need to not only maintain PMT's existing relationships, but also develop PMT's relationships with additional mortgage lenders. To date, we have grown our loan production volumes with mortgage lenders by providing customer service and turn-around times in the execution of our fulfillment functions in accordance with the expectations of the mortgage lenders. If we are not able to consistently maintain this level of execution, our reputation and existing relationships with mortgage lenders could be damaged. We also plan to introduce new mortgage loan products such as Freddie Mac's Loan Prospector loans and enhanced jumbo loan products to mortgage lenders. We may not be able to maintain PMT's existing relationships or develop new relationships with mortgage lenders or our new mortgage products may not gain widespread acceptance.

        Our current volume of retail originations, which is based in large part on the refinancing of existing mortgage loans that we service, is highly dependent on interest rates and government mortgage modification programs and may decline if interest rates increase or these programs are terminated. Our retail originations platform may not succeed because of the referral-driven nature of our industry. For

16


Table of Contents

example, the origination of purchase money mortgage loans is greatly influenced by traditional business clients in the home buying process such as real estate agents and builders. As a result, our ability to secure relationships with such traditional business clients will influence our ability to grow our purchase money mortgage loan volume and, thus, our retail originations business. We may not be successful in establishing such relationships. In addition, to grow our retail originations business, we will need to convert leads regarding prospective borrowers into funded loans, the success of which depends on the pricing we offer relative to the pricing of our competitors and our operational ability to process, underwrite and close loans. Institutions that compete with us in this regard may have significantly greater access to capital or resources than we do, which may give them the benefit of a lower cost of operations.

        Our correspondent lending and retail origination businesses are also subject to overall market factors that can impact our ability to grow our loan production volume. For example, increased competition from new and existing market participants, reductions in the overall level of refinancing activity or slow growth in the level of new home purchase activity can impact our ability to continue to grow our loan production volume, and we may be forced to accept lower margins in our respective businesses in order to continue to compete and keep our volume of activity consistent with past or projected levels. We believe that changes in supply and demand within the marketplace have been driving lower margins in recent periods, which would be reflected in our results of operations and in our gains on mortgage loans held for sale. Although margins on gains from mortgage loans held for sale benefited from wider secondary spreads early in the fourth quarter of 2012, margins narrowed somewhat as the quarter progressed. While margins remained elevated from a historical perspective during the fourth quarter of 2012, we have seen evidence of margin normalization in the first half of 2013. If we are unable to grow our loan production volumes or if our margins become compressed, then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our earnings may decrease because of changes in prevailing interest rates.

        Our profitability is directly affected by changes in prevailing interest rates. The following are the material risks we face related to increases in prevailing interest rates:

    an increase in prevailing interest rates could adversely affect our loan production volume because refinancing an existing loan would be less attractive for homeowners and qualifying for a loan may be more difficult for consumers;

    an increase in prevailing interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our outstanding debt, including debt related to servicing advances and loan production; and

    an increase in prevailing interest rates could increase payments for servicing customers with adjustable rate mortgages and generate an increase in delinquency, default and foreclosure rates, resulting in an increase in our loan servicing expenses.

        For example, in May, 2013, interest rates on 30-year fixed rate mortgages began to increase, rising from 3.54% in May to 4.49% in September, according to the Freddie Mac Primary Mortgage Market Survey. Associated with this increase in mortgage rates, mortgage loan originations in the United States are projected to decline from approximately one trillion dollars in the first half of 2013 to approximately $630-$700 billion in the second half of 2013, according to current industry estimates.

        The following are the material risks we face related to decreases in prevailing interest rates:

    a decrease in prevailing interest rates may cause more borrowers to refinance existing loans that we service or may cause the expected volume of refinancings to increase, which would require us to record a higher level of amortization, impairment or both on our MSRs; and

    a decrease in prevailing interest rates could reduce our earnings from our custodial deposit accounts.

17


Table of Contents

        In addition, we may not be able to adjust our operational capacity in a timely fashion, or at all, in response to increases or decreases in mortgage production volume resulting from changes in prevailing interest rates.

        Any of the increases or decreases discussed above could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be unable to obtain sufficient capital and liquidity to meet the financing requirements of our business.

        We will require new and continued debt financing to facilitate our anticipated growth. Accordingly, our ability to finance our operations and repay maturing obligations rests in large part on our ability to borrow money. We are generally required to renew our financing arrangements each year, which exposes us to refinancing and interest rate risks. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources." Our ability to refinance existing debt and borrow additional funds is affected by a variety of factors including:

    limitations imposed on us under our financing agreements that contain restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, which may limit our ability to raise additional debt;

    any decrease in liquidity in the credit markets;

    prevailing interest rates;

    the strength of the lenders from which we borrow, and the regulatory environment in which they operate, including proposed capital strengthening requirements;

    limitations on borrowings on credit facilities imposed by the amount of eligible collateral pledged, which may be less than the borrowing capacity of the credit facility; and

    accounting changes that may impact calculations of covenants in our debt agreements.

        If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital to meet the financing requirements of our business, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

We leverage our operations, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        We currently leverage and, to the extent available, we intend to continue to leverage our retail lending operations and our acquisitions of government-insured loans from PMT through borrowings under repurchase agreements. When we enter into repurchase agreements, we sell mortgage loans to lenders, which are the repurchase agreement counterparties, and receive cash from the lenders. The lenders are obligated to resell the same assets back to us at the end of the term of the transaction. The cash that we receive from a lender when we initially sell the assets to that lender is less than the value of those assets (this difference is referred to as the haircut), so if the lender defaults on its obligation to resell the same assets back to us we could incur a loss on the transaction equal to the amount of the haircut (assuming that there was no change in the value of the assets). In addition, repurchase agreements generally allow the counterparties, to varying degrees, to determine a new market value of the collateral to reflect current market conditions. If a counterparty lender determines that the value of the collateral has decreased, it may initiate a margin call and require us to either post additional collateral to cover such decrease or repay a portion of the outstanding borrowing. Should this occur, in order to obtain cash to satisfy a margin call, we may be required to liquidate assets at a disadvantageous time, which could cause us to incur further losses. If we are unable to satisfy a margin call, our counterparty may sell the collateral, which may result in significant losses to us.

        Unlike banks, we are not subject to regulatory restrictions on the amount of our leverage. Our total borrowings are only restricted by covenants in our repurchase agreements and market conditions, and our board of directors may change our target borrowing levels at any time without the approval of

18


Table of Contents

our stockholders. Incurring substantial debt subjects us to the risk that our cash flow from operations may be insufficient to repurchase the assets that we have sold to the lenders under our repurchase agreements.

        Our existing repurchase agreements also impose financial and non-financial covenants and restrictions on us that limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur, impact our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, and impact our flexibility to determine our operating policies and investment strategies. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources." In our repurchase agreements we make representations about the loans sold under these agreements, including that the loans were originated in compliance with applicable law. If we default on one of our obligations under a repurchase agreement or breach our representations, the lender may be able to terminate the transaction, accelerate any amounts outstanding, require us to repurchase the loans, and cease entering into any other repurchase transactions with us. Because our repurchase agreements typically contain cross-default provisions, a default that occurs under any one agreement could allow the lenders under our other agreements to also declare a default. Additional repurchase agreements or other bank credit facilities that we may enter into in the future may contain additional covenants and restrictions. If we fail to meet or satisfy any of these covenants, we would be in default under these agreements, and our lenders could elect to declare outstanding amounts due and payable, terminate their commitments, require the posting of additional collateral and enforce their interests against existing collateral. Any losses that we incur on our repurchase agreements could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Hedging against interest rate exposure may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

        We pursue hedging strategies to reduce our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. Our hedging activity will vary in scope based on the risks hedged, the level of interest rates, the type of investments held, and other changing market conditions. Hedging instruments involve risk because they often are not traded on regulated exchanges, guaranteed by an exchange or its clearing house, or regulated by any U.S. or foreign governmental authorities, and our interest rate hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect us because, among other things:

    interest rate hedging can be expensive, particularly during periods of rising and volatile interest rates;

    available interest rate hedging may not correspond directly with the interest rate risk for which protection is sought;

    the duration of the hedge may not match the duration of the related liability or asset;

    the credit quality of the hedging counterparty owing money on the hedge may be downgraded to such an extent that it impairs our ability to sell or assign our side of the hedging transaction; and

    the hedging counterparty owing the money in the hedging transaction may default on its obligation to pay.

        In addition, we may fail to recalculate, re-adjust and execute hedges in an efficient manner.

        Any hedging activity, which is intended to limit losses, may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions seeking to reduce interest rate risk, unanticipated changes in interest rates may result in worse overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. A liquid secondary market may not exist for a hedging instrument purchased or sold, and we may be required to maintain a position until exercise or expiration, which could result in significant losses. In addition, the degree of

19


Table of Contents

correlation between price movements of the instruments used in hedging strategies and price movements in the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged may vary materially. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. Numerous regulations currently apply to hedging and any new regulations or changes in existing regulations may significantly increase our administrative or compliance costs. Our hedging agreements generally provide for the daily mark to market of our hedge exposures. If a hedge counterparty determines that its exposure to us exceeds its exposure threshold, it may initiate a margin call and require us to post collateral. If we are unable to satisfy a margin call, we would be in default of our agreement, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our MSRs are highly volatile assets with continually changing values, and these changes in value, or inaccuracies in our estimates of their value, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        The value of our MSRs is based on the cash flows projected to result from the servicing of the related mortgage loans and continually fluctuates due to a number of factors. These factors include changes in interest rates and other market conditions, which affect the number of loans that are refinanced and thus no longer result in cash flows, and the number of loans that become delinquent.

        We use internal financial models that utilize market participant data to value our MSRs for purposes of financial reporting and for purposes of determining the price that we pay to acquire loans for which we will retain MSRs. These models are complex and use asset-specific collateral data and market inputs for interest and discount rates. In addition, the modeling requirements of MSRs are complex because of the high number of variables that drive cash flows associated with MSRs. Even if the general accuracy of our valuation models is validated, valuations are highly dependent upon the reasonableness of our assumptions and the results of the models.

        If loan delinquencies or prepayment speeds are higher than anticipated or other factors perform worse than modeled, the recorded value of certain of our MSRs may decrease, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in delinquencies and defaults may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Falling home prices across the United States have resulted in higher loan-to-value ratios, or LTVs, lower recoveries in foreclosure and an increase in loss severities above those that would have been realized had property values remained the same or continued to increase. Though housing values have stabilized in some markets, many borrowers do not have sufficient equity in their homes to permit them to refinance their existing loans, which may reduce the volume or growth of our loan production business. This may also provide borrowers with an incentive to default on their mortgage loans even if they have the ability to make principal and interest payments. Further, interest rates have remained at historical lows for an extended period of time. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans must make larger monthly payments when the interest rates on those mortgage loans adjust upward from their initial fixed rates or low introductory rates to the rates computed in accordance with the applicable index and margin. Increases in monthly payments may increase the delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures on a significant number of the loans that we service.

        Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may result in lower revenue for loans that we service for the GSEs, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, because we only collect servicing fees from GSEs for performing loans. Additionally, while increased delinquencies generate higher ancillary fees, including late fees, these fees are not likely to be recoverable in the event that the related loan is liquidated. In addition, an increase in delinquencies lowers the interest income that we

20


Table of Contents

receive on cash held in collection and other accounts because there is less cash in those accounts. Also, increased mortgage defaults may ultimately reduce the number of mortgages that we service.

        Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures will also result in a higher cost to service those loans due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers and to liquidate properties or otherwise resolve loan defaults if payment collection is unsuccessful, and only a portion of these increased costs are recoverable under our servicing agreements. Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may also result in an increase in our interest expense and affect our liquidity as a result of borrowing under our credit facilities to fund an increase in our advancing obligations.

A disruption in the MBS market could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        During the first half of 2013, approximately 54% of the loans that we produced were delivered to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to be pooled into Agency MBS securities and 46% of our loans were originated to FHA guidelines and pooled into Ginnie Mae MBS securities. Disruptions in the general MBS market have occurred in the past. Any significant disruption or period of illiquidity in the general MBS market would directly affect our own liquidity and the liquidity of PMT because no existing alternative secondary market would likely be able to accommodate on a timely basis the volume of loans that we typically sell in any given period. Accordingly, if the MBS market experiences a period of illiquidity, we might be prevented from selling the loans that we produce into the secondary market in a timely manner or at favorable prices, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The geographic concentration of our servicing portfolio may decrease the value of our MSRs and adversely affect our retail lending business, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        As of June 30, 2013, approximately 37%, 5% and 4% of the aggregate outstanding loan balance in our servicing portfolio was secured by properties located in California, Florida and Colorado, respectively. These states have experienced severe declines in property values and are experiencing a disproportionately high rate of delinquencies and foreclosures relative to other states. To the extent that these states continue to experience weaker economic conditions or greater rates of decline in real estate values than the United States generally, the concentration of loans that we service in those regions may decrease the value of our MSRs and adversely affect our retail lending business. The impact of property value declines may increase in magnitude and it may continue for a long period of time. Additionally, if states in which we have greater concentrations of business were to change their licensing or other regulatory requirements to make our business cost-prohibitive, we may be required to stop doing business in those states or may be subject to higher cost of doing business in those states, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Related Party Risks

We rely on PMT as a significant source of financing for, and revenue related to, our correspondent lending business, and the termination of, or material adverse change in, the terms of this relationship, or a material adverse change to PMT or its operations, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        PMT is the counterparty that currently acquires all of the newly originated mortgage loans in connection with our correspondent lending businesses. A significant portion of our income is derived from a fulfillment fee earned in connection with PMT's acquisition of conventional loans. We are able to conduct our correspondent lending business without having to incur the significant additional debt financing that would be required for us to purchase those loans from the originating lender. In the case

21


Table of Contents

of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee and fulfill them for our own account, typically by pooling the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into an MBS which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the MSRs with respect to the loans. If this relationship with PMT was terminated by PMT or PMT reduced the volume of these loans that it acquires for any reason, we would have to acquire these loans from the correspondent sellers for our own account, something that we may be unable to do, or enter into another similar counterparty arrangement with a third party, which we may not be able to enter into on terms that are as favorable to us, or at all. Also, the management agreement, the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement and certain of the other agreements that we have entered into with PMT contain cross-termination provisions that allow PMT to terminate one or more of those agreements under certain circumstances where another one of such agreements is terminated. Accordingly, the termination of this relationship with PMT, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We expect that PMT will continue to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, it is possible that PMT may not meet the requirements for qualification as a REIT. If PMT were to lose its REIT status, corporate-level income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, would apply to PMT's taxable income at regular corporate rates, thereby potentially impairing PMT's financial position and its ability to raise capital. Consequently, PMT's failure to qualify as a REIT could impair PMT's ability to continue to acquire loans from correspondent sellers.

A significant portion of our loan servicing operations are conducted pursuant to subservicing contracts with PMT, and any termination by PMT of these contracts, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        PMT, as the owner of a substantial number of all of the MSRs or whole loans that we subservice, may, under certain circumstances, terminate our subservicing contract with or without cause, in some instances with little notice and little to no compensation. Upon any such termination, it would be difficult to replace such a large volume of subservicing in a short period of time, or perhaps at all. Accordingly, we may not generate as much revenue from subservicing for other third parties. If we were to have our subservicing terminated by PMT, or if there was a change in the terms under which we perform subservicing for PMT that was materially adverse to us, this would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

PMT has an exclusive right to acquire the loans that are produced through our correspondent lending program, which may limit the revenues that we could otherwise earn in respect of those loans.

        Our mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement with PMT requires PLS to provide fulfillment services for correspondent lending activities exclusively to PMT as long as PMT has the legal and financial capacity to purchase correspondent loans. As a result, unless PMT sells some of these loans back to us, the revenue that we earn with respect to these loans will be limited to the fulfillment fees that we earn in connection with the production of these loans, which may be less than the revenues that we might otherwise be able to realize by acquiring these loans ourselves and selling them in the secondary loan market.

    Other Risks

We may be required to indemnify the purchasers of loans that we originate, acquire or assist in the fulfillment of, or repurchase those loans, if those loans fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances.

        Our contracts with purchasers of newly originated loans that we fund through our retail lending program or acquire from PMT contain provisions that require us to indemnify the purchaser of the

22


Table of Contents

related loans or repurchase those loans under certain circumstances. In addition, our contracts with PMT and the Investment Funds require us to indemnify those entities with respect to loans for which we provide fulfillment services or repurchase those loans in certain instances. While our contracts vary, they generally contain provisions that require us to indemnify these parties, or repurchase these loans, if:

    our representations and warranties concerning loan quality and loan characteristics are inaccurate; or

    the loans fail to comply with underwriting or regulatory requirements in the current dynamic regulatory environment.

        We believe that, as a result of the current market environment, many purchasers of residential mortgage loans, including the GSEs, are particularly aware of the conditions under which loan originators or sellers must indemnify them against losses related to purchased loans, or repurchase those loans, and would benefit from enforcing any repurchase remedies they may have. Our loan sale agreements with purchasers, including the GSEs, include provisions permitting purchasers to demand that we indemnify them for losses suffered in connection with loans sold that were originated in violation of applicable law or with other defects or demand repurchase of such loans. Repurchased loans typically can only be financed at a steep discount to their repurchase price, if at all. They are also typically sold at a significant discount to the unpaid principal balance. In certain cases, we would have contractual rights to recover from the mortgage lenders from whom loans were acquired through our correspondent lending program some or all of the amount paid by us in connection with this indemnification, or contractual rights to cause these mortgage lenders to repurchase these loans from us. Depending on the volume of repurchase and indemnification requests, some of these mortgage lenders may not be able to financially fulfill their obligation to indemnify us or repurchase loans from us. If a material amount of recovery cannot be obtained from these mortgage lenders, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Although this exposure cannot be quantified with certainty, to recognize these potential indemnification and repurchase losses, we have recorded a liability of $6.2 million as of June 30, 2013. Because of the increase in our loan originations since 2010, we expect that indemnification and repurchase requests are likely to increase. Should home values decrease, our realized loan losses from loan indemnifications and repurchases may increase as well. As such, our indemnification and repurchase costs may increase beyond our current expectations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale." If we are required to indemnify PMT, the Investment Funds or other purchasers against loans, or repurchase loans, that result in losses that exceed our reserve, this could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about borrowers and counterparties and any misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In deciding whether to approve loans or to enter into other transactions with borrowers and counterparties in our retail lending and correspondent lending businesses, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of borrowers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of borrowers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. If any of this information is intentionally or negligently misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the loan applicant, another third party or one of our employees, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. Our controls and processes may not have detected or may not detect all misrepresented information in our loan originations or from our business clients. Any such misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

23


Table of Contents

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive, and is likely to become more competitive, and our inability to compete successfully or decreased margins resulting from increased competition could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of economic, legislative, regulatory and technological changes. With respect to mortgage loan production, we face competition in such areas as mortgage loan offerings, rates, fees and customer service. With respect to servicing, we face competition in areas such as fees, performance in reducing delinquencies and entering into successful modifications.

        Competition in servicing mortgage loans and in originating or acquiring newly originated mortgage loans comes from large commercial banks and savings institutions and other independent mortgage servicers and originators. Many of these institutions generally have significantly greater resources and access to capital than we do, which gives them the benefit of a lower cost of funds. Additionally, our existing and potential competitors may decide to modify their business models to compete more directly with our loan production and servicing models. For example, other non-bank loan servicers may try to leverage their servicing relationships and expertise to develop or expand a loan origination business. Since the withdrawal of a number of large participants from these markets following the financial crisis in 2008, there have been relatively few large non-bank participants. As more non-bank entities enter these markets, our mortgage banking businesses may generate lower margins in order to effectively compete.

        In addition, technological advances and heightened e-commerce activities have increased consumers' accessibility to products and services. This has intensified competition among banks and non-banks in offering mortgage loans. We may be unable to compete successfully in our industries and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or may not be recoverable in certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

        During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, we are required under most of our servicing agreements in respect of our MSRs to advance our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance requirements for investors, pay property taxes and insurance premiums, legal expenses and other protective advances. We also advance funds under these agreements to maintain, repair and market real estate properties on behalf of investors. As home values change, we may have to reconsider certain of the assumptions underlying our decisions to make advances and, in certain situations, our contractual obligations may require us to make advances for which we may not be reimbursed. In addition, if a mortgage loan serviced by us is in default or becomes delinquent, the repayment to us of the advance may be delayed until the mortgage loan is repaid or refinanced or a liquidation occurs. If we receive requests for advances in excess of amounts that we are able to secure from our advance credit facility or, in the case of loans that we subservice, from the owner of the MSRs and loans, we may not be able to fund these advance requests, which could materially and adversely affect our loan servicing business. A delay in our ability to collect an advance may adversely affect our liquidity, and our inability to be reimbursed for an advance could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our counterparties may terminate our servicing rights, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The owners of the loans that we service may terminate our MSRs if we fail to comply with applicable servicing guidelines. As is standard in the industry, under the terms of our master servicing agreements with the Agencies in respect of MSRs that we retain in connection with our retail loan originations, the Agencies have the right to terminate us as servicer of the loans we service on their

24


Table of Contents

behalf at any time (and, in certain instances, without the payment of any termination fee) and also have the right to cause us to sell the MSRs to a third party. In addition, the failure to comply with servicing standards could result in termination of our agreements with the Agencies with little or no notice and without any compensation. If the servicing rights were terminated on a material portion of our servicing portfolio, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Negative public opinion involving Countrywide Financial Corporation and certain of its former officers could damage our reputation and adversely affect our earnings.

        Certain of our executive officers are former executive officers and senior managers of Countrywide, which has been the subject of various investigations and lawsuits and ongoing negative publicity. Such executive officers include:

        Stanford Kurland, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who served as a director and, from January 1979 to September 2006, was employed in a variety of positions, including president, chief financial officer and chief operating officer, at Countrywide Financial Corporation;

        David Spector, our President and Chief Operating Officer, who was the senior managing director, secondary marketing, at Countrywide Financial Corporation, where he was employed in a variety of positions from May 1990 to August 2006;

        Steve Bailey, our Chief Mortgage Operations Officer, who served as a mortgage servicing executive at Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from November 2004 until February 2010 and, prior to this role, served as chief executive officer of Loan Administration for Countrywide Home Loans from May 1985 until June 2008;

        Vandad Fartaj, our Chief Capital Markets Officer, who was employed in a variety of positions at Countrywide Securities Corporation, a broker-dealer, including vice president, whole loan trading, from November 1999 to April 2008;

        Douglas Jones, our Chief Correspondent Lending Officer, who was the senior managing director, correspondent lending at Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from July 1997 until May 2011;

        Anne McCallion, our Chief Financial Officer, who was employed by Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor), where she worked in a variety of positions, from July 1991 to December 2008, including deputy chief financial officer and senior managing director, finance; and

        David Walker, our Chief Credit and Enterprise Risk Officer, who, from 1992 to 2007, was employed in a variety of executive positions at Countrywide Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries, including chief credit officer for Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. and chief lending officer for Countrywide Bank, N.A.

        Any existing or future investigations, litigation or negative publicity involving Countrywide, or our officers as a result of their former association with that entity, may generate negative publicity or media attention for us or adversely impact our business.

        Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending and debt collection practices, corporate governance, and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can also result from media coverage, whether accurate or not. Negative public opinion or perception can tarnish or otherwise strain our working relationships with regulators and government agencies, expose us to litigation and regulatory action and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, trading counterparties and employees.

25


Table of Contents

Challenges to the MERS® System could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        MERSCORP, Inc. is a privately held company that maintains an electronic registry, referred to as the MERS System that tracks servicing rights and ownership of loans in the United States. Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., or MERS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MERSCORP, Inc., can serve as a nominee for the owner of a mortgage loan and in that role initiate foreclosures or become the mortgagee of record for the loan in local land records. We may choose to use MERS as a nominee. The MERS System is widely used by participants in the mortgage finance industry.

        Several legal challenges in the courts and by governmental authorities have been made disputing MERS's legal standing to initiate foreclosures or act as nominee for lenders in mortgages and deeds of trust recorded in local land records. These challenges have focused public attention on MERS and on how loans are recorded in local land records. Although most legal decisions have accepted MERS as mortgagee, these challenges could result in delays and additional costs in commencing, prosecuting and completing foreclosure proceedings, conducting foreclosure sales of mortgaged properties, and submitting proofs of claim in borrower bankruptcy cases.

We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of MSRs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of servicing portfolios will depend, in part, on our ability to scale up to appropriately service any such assets. The process of acquiring these assets may disrupt our business and may not result in the full benefits expected. The risks associated with these acquisitions include, among others, unanticipated issues in integrating information regarding the new loans to be serviced into our information technology systems, and the diversion of management's attention from other ongoing business concerns. Moreover, if we inappropriately value the assets that we acquire or the value of the assets that we acquire declines after we acquire them, the resulting charges may negatively affect the carrying value of the assets on our balance sheet and our earnings. See "—Our MSRs are highly volatile assets with continually changing values, and these changes in value, or inaccuracies in our estimates of their value, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations." If our estimates or assumptions prove to be incorrect, we may be required to record impairment charges, which could adversely affect our earnings. Furthermore, if we incur additional indebtedness to finance an acquisition, the acquired servicing portfolio may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service that additional indebtedness. Unsuitable or unsuccessful acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our prime servicing portfolio, which consists primarily of recently originated loans, has a limited performance history, which makes our future results of operations more difficult to predict.

        The likelihood of mortgage delinquencies and defaults, and the associated risks to our business, including higher costs to service such loans and a greater risk that we may incur losses due to repurchase or indemnification demands, changes as loans season, or increase in age. Newly originated loans typically exhibit low delinquency and default rates as the changes in economic conditions, individual financial circumstances and other factors that drive borrower delinquency often do not appear for months or years. Highly seasoned loan portfolios, in which borrowers have demonstrated years of performance on their mortgage payments, also tend to exhibit low delinquency and default rates. Most of the loans in our prime servicing portfolio were originated in the years 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. As a result, we expect the delinquency rate and defaults in the prime servicing portfolio to increase in future periods as the portfolio seasons, but we cannot predict the magnitude of this impact on our results of operations. In addition, because most of the loans in our portfolios are newly

26


Table of Contents

originated, it may be difficult to compare our business to our competitors and others that have weathered the economic difficulties in our industry over the last several years.

    Risks Related to our Investment Management Segment

Market conditions could reduce the value of the assets that we manage, which would reduce our management and incentive fees.

        Volatile market conditions could adversely affect our investment management segment in many ways, including by reducing the value of our assets under management, which could materially reduce our management fee and incentive fee revenues and adversely affect our financial condition. A significant portion of the fees that we earn under our investment management agreements with clients are based on the value of the assets that we manage. The prices of the securities and other assets held in the portfolios that we manage and, therefore, our assets under management may decline due to any number of factors beyond our control, including, among others, a declining housing, stock or bond market, a general economic downturn, political uncertainty or acts of terrorism. The economic outlook remains uncertain and we continue to operate in a challenging business environment. If market conditions cause a decline in the value of the assets that we manage, that decline in value would result in lower management fees and potentially lower incentive fees resulting from reduced performance under our management contracts with our Advised Entities. If our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income will be reduced and our business will be negatively affected.

The historical returns on the assets that we select and manage for our clients, and our resulting management and incentive fees, may not be indicative of future results.

        The historical returns of the assets that we manage should not be considered indicative of the future returns on those assets or future returns on other assets that we may select for investment by our Advised Entities. The investment performance that is achieved for the assets that we manage varies over time and the variance can be wide. Accordingly, the management and incentive fees that we have earned in the past based on those returns should not be considered indicative of the management or incentive fees that we may earn in the future from managing those same assets or from managing other assets for our Advised Entities. A decline in the investment performance of our managed assets will also adversely affect our ability to attract and retain clients.

We currently, and in the future may, manage assets for a small number of clients, the loss of any one of which could significantly reduce our management and incentive fees and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        We currently manage the assets of only the Advised Entities, and the majority of our management and incentive fees result from our management of PMT. Although the management contract that we have entered into with PMT cannot be terminated without cause, other than pursuant to cross-termination provisions contained in other agreements that we have entered into with PMT, prior to February 1, 2017 without the payment of a termination fee, the termination of such contract and the loss of PMT as a client would significantly affect our investment management segment and negatively impact our management fees, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Also, because the management agreements we have entered into with the Investment Funds were negotiated between related parties without the benefit of the type of negotiations normally conducted with unaffiliated third parties, the terms of these agreements, including the fees payable to us, may prove to be more favorable to us than they would be if these agreements had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. Accordingly, we may not generate as much revenue from management agreements that we enter into with other third parties. In addition, the Investment Funds are limited-life funds that were established in 2008 with commitment periods that

27


Table of Contents

ended in 2011 and terms that end in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Accordingly, base fees generated by the Investment Funds will continue to decline as the assets under management run-off.

Our failure to obtain consent of the Advised Entities in connection with certain dispositions by BlackRock and Highfields may cause us to breach agreements and lose management and incentive fees earned from such Advised Entities.

        Because PCM is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the "Advisers Act," the management agreements between us and the Advised Entities would be terminated upon an "assignment" of these agreements without consent, which assignment may be deemed to occur in the event that PCM was to experience a direct or indirect change of control. Because BlackRock and Highfields may be deemed to control us, a significant disposition by either of them of their interest in us could trigger an "assignment." We cannot be certain that consents required to assignments of our investment management agreements will be obtained if a change of control occurs. "Assignment" of these agreements without consent could cause us to lose the management and incentive fees we earn from such Advised Entities.

Our failure to comply with the extensive amount of regulation applicable to our investment management segment could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our investment management segment is subject to extensive regulation in the United States, primarily at the federal level, including regulation of PCM by the SEC under the Advisers Act and regulation of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund LLC, and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which we refer to as the "Investment Company Act." The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed primarily to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in our Advised Entities and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities.

        These requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an adviser and advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. Similar requirements apply to registered investment companies and to PCM's management of those companies under the Investment Company Act which, among other things, regulates the relationship between a registered investment company and its investment adviser and prohibits or severely restricts principal transactions and joint transactions. Registered investment advisers and registered investment companies are also subject to routine periodic examinations by the staff of the SEC.

        We also regularly rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the "Securities Act," the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the "Exchange Act," the Investment Company Act and ERISA. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties and service providers whom we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, we could be subject to regulatory action or third-party claims, and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

        Our business combines the production and servicing of loans and investment management, which presents particular compliance challenges. For example, regulations applicable to our investment management business that are easily applied to traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds, may be more difficult to apply to a portfolio of loans, and the regulations applicable to our investment management business can require procedures that are uncommon, impractical or difficult in our loan production and servicing business.

28


Table of Contents

        The failure by us to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual employees or other sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if an investigation or proceeding did not result in a fine or sanction or the fine or sanction imposed against us or our employees by a regulator were small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity relating to an investigation, proceeding or imposition of these fines or sanctions could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing clients.

Changes in regulations applicable to our investment management segment could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant changes in the recent past. We believe that significant regulatory changes in the investment management industry are likely to continue, which is likely to subject industry participants to additional, more costly and generally more detailed regulation. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients may adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes.

        Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will, and other provisions may, increase regulatory burdens and reporting and related compliance costs on our investment management segment. The scope of many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is being determined by implementing regulations, some of which will require lengthy proposal and promulgation periods. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates many regulatory studies, some of which pertain directly to the investment management industry, which could lead to additional legislation or regulation. The SEC requires investment advisers such as us that are registered with the SEC and advise one or more private funds to provide certain information on Form PF about their funds and assets under management, including the amount of borrowings, concentration of ownership and other performance information. The Dodd-Frank Act will affect a broad range of market participants with whom we interact or may interact, including banks, non-bank financial institutions, rating agencies, mortgage brokers, credit unions, insurance companies and broker-dealers, and may cause us to become subject to further regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Regulatory changes that will affect other market participants are likely to change the way in which we conduct business with our counterparties. The uncertainty regarding the continued implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and its impact on the investment management industry and us cannot be predicted at this time but will continue to be a risk for our business.

        In addition, as a result of the recent economic downturn, acts of serious fraud in the investment management industry and perceived lapses in regulatory oversight, U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and regulatory authorities may increase regulatory oversight of our investment management segment. We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations, as well as by U.S. and non-U.S. courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed on us or the markets in which we trade, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could add to our compliance burden and costs and adversely affect the manner in which we conduct business, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

29


Table of Contents

We may encounter conflicts of interest in trying to appropriately allocate our time and services between our own activities and the accounts that we manage, or in trying to appropriately allocate investment opportunities among ourselves and the accounts that we manage.

        Pursuant to our management agreements with PMT and the Investment Funds, we are obligated to provide PMT and the Investment Funds with the services of our senior management team, and the members of that team are required to devote such time to us as is necessary and appropriate, commensurate with the level of activity of PMT and the Investment Funds. The members of our senior management team may have conflicts in allocating their time and services between our operations and the activities of PMT, the Investment Funds and other entities or accounts managed by us now or in the future.

        Certain of the funds that we currently advise have, and certain of the funds that we may in the future advise may have, overlapping investment objectives, including funds which have different fee structures, and potential conflicts may arise with respect to our decisions regarding how to allocate investment opportunities among those funds. In addition, we and the other entities or accounts that we manage now or in the future may participate in some of PMT's investments, which may not be the result of arm's length negotiations and may involve or later result in potential conflicts between our interests in the investments and those of PMT or such other entities.

Our failure to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.

        As we have expanded the scope of our businesses, we increasingly confront potential conflicts of interest relating to the investment activities that we manage for our clients. In addition, investors in our clients may perceive conflicts of interest regarding investment decisions for funds in which our executive officers, who have made and may continue to make personal investments, are personally invested. Similarly, conflicts of interest may exist regarding decisions about the allocation of specific investment opportunities between funds in which we receive an allocation of profits as the general partner and funds in which we do not.

        The SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and as we expand the scope of our business and our client base, we must continue to monitor and address any conflicts between our interests and those of our clients. We have implemented procedures and controls to be followed when real or potential conflicts of interest arise, but it is possible that potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to the dissatisfaction of, or litigation by, investors in our client entities or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny, litigation or reputational risk incurred in connection with conflicts of interest would adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including a reluctance of counterparties to do business with us, and may adversely affect our results of operations.

The investment management industry is intensely competitive.

        The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, management fee rates, continuity of the management team and client relationships, reputation and the continuity of buying and selling arrangements with intermediaries. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase our competitive risks:

    a number of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, more comprehensive name recognition and more personnel than we do;

    potential competitors have a relatively low cost of entering the investment management industry;

30


Table of Contents

    some investors may prefer to invest with a manager that is not publicly traded based on the perception that a publicly traded investment manager may focus on the manager's own growth to the detriment of asset performance for clients;

    other industry participants, hedge funds and alternative investment managers may seek to recruit our investment professionals; and

    some competitors charge lower fees for their investment services than we do.

If we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to third-party litigation risk, which could result in significant liabilities and reputational harm to us.

        In general, we will be exposed to the risk of litigation by investors in our client funds if our management of or advice to any Advised Entity is alleged to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct. Investors could sue us to recover amounts lost by those entities due to our alleged misconduct, up to the entire amount of loss. Further, we may be subject to litigation arising from investor dissatisfaction with the performance of entities that we manage or from allegations that we improperly exercised control or influence over those entities. In addition, we are exposed to risks of litigation or investigation relating to transactions which presented conflicts of interest that were not properly addressed. In such actions we would be obligated to bear legal, settlement and other costs (which may be in excess of available insurance coverage). In addition, although we are generally indemnified by the entities that we manage, our rights to indemnification may be challenged. If we are required to incur all or a portion of the costs arising out of litigation or investigations as a result of inadequate insurance proceeds or failure to obtain indemnification from the entities that we manage, our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity would be materially adversely affected.

    Risks Relating to Our Business in General

We have experienced rapid growth, which may be difficult to sustain and which may place significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources.

        Our servicing portfolio, measured in UPB, and annual loan production have grown from approximately $5.4 billion and $69.2 million, respectively, at and for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $44.4 billion and $17.8 billion, respectively, at and for the first half of 2013. Our rapid growth has caused, and if it continues will continue to cause, significant demands on our legal, accounting and operational infrastructure, and increased expenses. In addition, we are required to continuously develop our systems and infrastructure in response to the increasing sophistication of the investment management and mortgage lending markets and legal, accounting and regulatory developments relating to all of our business activities. Our future growth will depend, among other things, on our ability to maintain an operating platform and management system sufficient to address our growth and will require us to incur significant additional expenses and to commit additional senior management and operational resources. As a result, we face significant challenges in:

    maintaining adequate financial and business controls;

    implementing new or updated information and financial systems and procedures; and

    training, managing and appropriately sizing our work force and other components of our business on a timely and cost-effective basis.

        We may not be able to manage our expanding operations effectively and we may not be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

31


Table of Contents

Accounting rules for certain of our transactions are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements.

        Accounting rules for mortgage loan sales and securitizations, valuations of financial instruments and MSRs, investment consolidations and other aspects of our operations are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. These complexities could lead to a delay in preparation of financial information and the delivery of this information to our stockholders and also increase the risk of errors and restatements, as well as the cost of compliance. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements and our ability to timely prepare our financial statements. Although we are an emerging growth company, we are electing to comply with new public company accounting standards. Our inability to timely prepare our financial statements in the future would likely adversely affect our share price significantly.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately determine our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial results, which could harm our business and the market value of our common shares.

        Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to continue to evaluate and to report on our internal controls over financial reporting. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in continuing to maintain adequate control over our financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as we rapidly grow our business, our internal controls will become more complex, and we will require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. If we or our independent auditors discover a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market value of shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner.

The loss of the services of our senior managers could adversely affect our business.

        The experience of our senior managers is a valuable asset to us. Our management team has significant experience in the residential mortgage loan production and servicing industry and the investment management industry. We do not maintain key life insurance policies relating to our senior managers. The loss of the services of our senior managers for any reason could adversely affect our business.

Our business could suffer if we fail to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce.

        Our future success will depend on our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified personnel for all areas of our organization, in particular skilled managers, loan officers, underwriters, loan servicers and debt default specialists. Trained and experienced personnel are in high demand and may be in short supply in some areas. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. We may not be able to attract, develop and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our businesses and labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain such personnel, we may not be able to take advantage of acquisitions and other growth opportunities that may be presented to us and this could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

32


Table of Contents

The success and growth of our business will depend upon our ability to adapt to and implement technological changes.

        Our mortgage loan production business is currently dependent upon our ability to effectively interface with our borrowers, mortgage lenders and other third parties and to efficiently process loan applications and closings. The retail and correspondent lending processes are becoming more dependent upon technological advancement, such as our continued ability to process applications over the Internet, accept electronic signatures, provide process status updates instantly and other borrower- or counterparty-expected conveniences. Maintaining and improving this new technology and becoming proficient with it may also require significant capital expenditures. As these requirements increase in the future, we will have to fully develop these technological capabilities to remain competitive and any failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Technology failures could damage our business operations and increase our costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The financial services industry as a whole is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, and system disruptions and failures caused by fire, power loss, telecommunications failures, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling devices, natural disasters and other similar events may interrupt or delay our ability to provide services to our customers. Security breaches, acts of vandalism and developments in computer capabilities could result in a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect our customers' personal information and transaction data. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches, especially because the methods of attack change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties such as persons involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers or clients. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our reliance on the Internet and use of web-based product offerings.

        A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems or a defect in the integrity of our systems or cyber security could cause serious negative consequences for our business, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our customers, or damage to our computers or operating systems and to those of our customers and counterparties. Any of the foregoing events could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and harm to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the real estate industry generally and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 disrupted the U.S. financial markets, including the real estate capital markets, and negatively impacted the U.S. economy in general. Any future terrorist attacks, the anticipation of any such attacks, the consequences of any military or other response by the United States and its allies, and other armed conflicts could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. The economic impact of these events could also adversely affect the credit quality of some of our loans and investments and the properties underlying our interests.

        We may suffer losses as a result of the adverse impact of any future attacks and these losses may adversely impact our performance and may cause the market value of our common shares to decline or

33


Table of Contents

be more volatile. A prolonged economic slowdown, recession or declining real estate values could impair the performance of our investments and harm our financial condition and results of operations, increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. We cannot predict the severity of the effect that potential future armed conflicts and terrorist attacks would have on us. Losses resulting from these types of events may not be fully insurable.

    Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s only material asset is its interest in PNMAC and its subsidiaries, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from PNMAC and its subsidiaries to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of Class A Units of PNMAC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has no independent means of generating revenue. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is required to pay tax on its allocable share of the taxable income of PNMAC without regard to whether PNMAC distributes any cash or other property to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. intends to cause PNMAC to make distributions to its unit holders in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by it. To the extent that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. needs funds, and PNMAC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

We will be required to pay the owners of PNMAC other than us for certain tax benefits that we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

        As described in "Organizational Structure," we have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us that provides for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to those owners of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

        We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement or distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by PNMAC are not sufficient to permit PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Furthermore, our obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that are deemed realized under the tax receivable agreement. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon the continued ownership of us by owners of PNMAC.

34


Table of Contents

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to owners of PNMAC other than us may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

        The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, the corporate taxpayer's (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Class A Units of PNMAC (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the percentage specified in the tax receivable agreement of the actual benefits that we realize in respect of the tax attributes that are subject to the tax receivable agreement. Also, if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits (if any). In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity, as well as our attractiveness as a target for an acquisition. In addition, we may not be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.

        Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, to challenge a tax basis increase, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Owners of PNMAC other than us will initially be able to significantly influence the outcome of votes of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock, and their interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

        Pursuant to separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields, each of BlackRock and Highfields has the right to nominate one or two individuals for election to our board of directors, depending on the percentage of the voting power of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock that it holds, and we are obligated to use our best efforts to cause the election of those nominees. In addition, these stockholder agreements require that we obtain the consent of BlackRock and Highfields with respect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, and the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC requires the consent of BlackRock and Highfields for us to conduct certain activities. As a result, each of BlackRock and Highfields may be able to significantly influence our management and affairs. In addition, as a result of the size of their individual equity holding they will initially be able to significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and may be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

        In addition, because they hold their ownership interest in our business through PNMAC, rather than through the public company, these owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of

35


Table of Contents

our Class A common stock. For example, other owners of PNMAC may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we entered into in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, and whether and when PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate its obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these owners' tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is entitled to receive a pro rata portion of the tax distributions made by PNMAC. The cash received from such distributions will first be used to satisfy any tax liability of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and then to make any payments under the tax receivable agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us. The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on shares of Class A common stock with respect to any remaining excess cash will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Accordingly, we may not pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by or presented to BlackRock and Highfields.

        BlackRock, Highfields and their respective affiliates are in the business of providing capital to growing companies, and may acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. Our certificate of incorporation provides that neither BlackRock nor Highfields nor their respective affiliates has any duty to refrain from (i) engaging, directly or indirectly, in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we now engage or propose to engage, or (ii) doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors. In the event that either of BlackRock or Highfields or their respective affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or its affiliates and for us or our affiliates other than in the capacity as one of our officers or directors, then neither BlackRock nor Highfields has any duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us and may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Neither BlackRock nor Highfields nor any officer, director or employee thereof, shall be liable to us or to any of our stockholders (or any affiliates thereof) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that any amendment or repeal of the provisions related to corporate opportunities described above requires the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields as long as it, or any of its affiliates, holds any equity interest in us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by BlackRock or Highfields to themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us. The terms of our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in "Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity."

36


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

    authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock;

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent unless the matter as to which action is being taken has been approved by our board of directors, which requires all stockholder actions regarding matters not approved by our board of directors to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

    provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws, (provided that, if that action adversely affects BlackRock or Highfields when that entity, together with its affiliates, holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, our stockholder agreements provide that such action must be approved by that entity);

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

    prevent us from selling substantially all of our assets or completing a merger or other business combination that constitutes a change of control without the approval of a majority of those of our directors who are not also our officers.

        These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

    Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

We are an "emerging growth company" and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large

37


Table of Contents

accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

        Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

        The market price of our Class A common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past and may be highly volatile in the future and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock include:

    variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

    changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts;

    the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A common stock;

    additions or departures of key management personnel;

    any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

    announcements by us or others and developments affecting us;

    actions by institutional stockholders;

    litigation and governmental investigations;

    changes in market valuations of similar companies;

    speculation or reports by the press or investment community with respect to us or our industry in general;

    increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

    general market, political and economic conditions, including any such conditions and local conditions in the markets in which our customers are located.

        These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This

38


Table of Contents

litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

        In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. In particular, we intend to seek opportunities to acquire loan servicing portfolios. Future acquisitions could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to obtain the capital required for acquisitions through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness, asset-backed acquisition financing and/or cash from operations.

        Issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our Class A common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. In addition, the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC provides that new classes of units or other equity interests of PNMAC may be issued to third parties other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. only with the approval of BlackRock and Highfields as long as they, or any of their affiliates, hold any Class A Units of PNMAC. Any such issuance will dilute the ownership of holders of our Class A common stock in substantially all of our operating assets. Thus, holders of our Class A common stock bear the risk that our future offerings, including any future offerings by PNMAC, may reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. See "Description of Capital Stock."

The market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected by sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public markets.

        Sales of substantial numbers of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities or equity-related securities.

        As of September 26, 2013, we have a total of 18,887,777 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. All of the 12,777,777 shares of Class A common stock sold in our initial public offering, the 43,973,679 shares of Class A common stock to be sold as contemplated in this prospectus, and the 23,047,133 shares initially issuable under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares have been registered on a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act and include 19,140,700 shares issuable under that plan upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be held or acquired by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144

39


Table of Contents

described below and shares subject to lock-up agreements, the restrictions of which lapse on November 5, 2013.

        A decline in the price of our Class A common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional Class A common stock or other equity securities.

The future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

        As of September 26, 2013, we have an aggregate of 120,204,679 shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC. We may issue all of these shares of Class A common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. We also intend to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities and may issue Class A common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any Class A common stock issued in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by investors who purchase Class A common stock.

40


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as "outlook," "believes," "expects," "potential," "continues," "may," "will," "should," "seeks," "approximately," "predicts," "intends," "plans," "estimates," "anticipates" or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe these factors include but are not limited to those described under "Risk Factors" and include, among other things:

    The continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the highly regulated industry in which we operate;

    Lawsuits or governmental actions if we do not comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our businesses;

    The creation of the CFPB, its recently issued and future rules and the enforcement thereof by the CFPB;

    Changes in existing U.S. government-sponsored entities, their current roles or their guarantees or guidelines;

    Changes to government mortgage modification programs;

    The licensing and operational requirements of states and other jurisdictions applicable to our businesses, to which our bank competitors are not subject;

    Foreclosure delays and changes in foreclosure practices;

    Certain banking regulations that may limit our business activities;

    Changes in macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions;

    Difficulties inherent in growing loan production volume;

    Changes in prevailing interest rates;

    Increases in loan delinquencies and defaults;

    Our reliance on PMT as a significant source of financing for, and revenue related to, our correspondent lending business;

    Any required additional capital and liquidity to support business growth that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all;

    Our obligation to indemnify third-party purchasers or repurchase loans if loans that we originate, acquire or assist in the fulfillment of, fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances;

    Our obligation to indemnify PMT and the Investment Funds if our services fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances;

    Decreases in the historical returns on the assets that we select and manage for our clients, and our resulting management and incentive fees;

    The extensive amount of regulation applicable to our investment management segment;

    Conflicts of interest in allocating our services and investment opportunities among ourselves and our Advised Entities;

41


Table of Contents

    The potential damage to our reputation and adverse impact to our business resulting from the ongoing negative publicity focused on Countrywide Financial Corporation, given the former association of certain of our officers with that entity; and

    Our recent rapid growth.

        These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.


MARKET DATA

        This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have derived from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data and estimates. Independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

        Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management's understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources.

42


Table of Contents


ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

        The diagram below depicts our organizational structure as of September 26, 2013 and without giving effect to any exchanges by the selling stockholders and subsequent sales of shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

GRAPHIC

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is the sole managing member of PNMAC and, through PNMAC and its subsidiaries, operates our business. Accordingly, although PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. currently has a minority economic interest in PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has 100% of the voting power and controls the management of PNMAC, subject to certain exceptions. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—PNMAC Limited Liability Company Agreement."

43


Table of Contents

Reorganization and Recapitalization

        Prior to, and in connection with, the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC was amended and restated to, among other things, modify the capital structure of PNMAC by converting all existing classes of limited liability company units into Class A Units. The allocation of Class A Units among our then-existing owners was determined pursuant to the distribution provisions of the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC prior to that amendment and restatement based upon the liquidation value of PNMAC, assuming that it was liquidated at the time of our initial public offering with a value implied by the $18.00 per share price of the shares of Class A common stock sold in our initial public offering. Immediately following this reorganization but prior to the completion of our initial public offering, there were 63,111,111 Class A Units issued and outstanding.

        Upon the completion of our initial public offering, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. purchased 12,777,777 newly issued Class A Units from PNMAC at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock less the underwriting discount per share. This number of newly issued Class A Units equaled the number of shares of Class A common stock sold in our initial public offering and the price paid by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for the purchase of those Class A Units constituted the entire amount of net proceeds that it received from our initial public offering.

        We refer to the foregoing transactions, collectively, as the "Recapitalization."

        Following our initial public offering of our Class A common stock, the selling stockholders retained their equity ownership in PNMAC, an entity that is intended to be classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes (and not as an association, taxable mortgage pool or publicly traded partnership, each of which could be taxable as a corporation), in the form of Class A Units of PNMAC. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that the selling stockholders generally find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. The selling stockholders and PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. currently incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of PNMAC. We do not believe that our organizational structure gives rise to any significant benefit or detriment to our business or operations.

        We have entered into an exchange agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us. Under the exchange agreement, the other owners of PNMAC (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may elect or, under certain circumstances, are obligated (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) to exchange their Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. As a holder exchanges its Class A Units of PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s interest in PNMAC is correspondingly increased. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement."

        These exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of PNMAC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. We have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us that will provide for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to those owners of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that

44


Table of Contents

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and not of PNMAC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and its stockholders will retain the remaining 15% of the those tax benefits that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

        All owners of PNMAC other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. also hold shares of Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Although these shares have no economic rights, they allow those owners of PNMAC to exercise voting power at PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., the managing member of PNMAC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. Under our certificate of incorporation , each holder of Class B common stock is entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by that holder, to one vote for each Class A Unit of PNMAC held by such holder. Accordingly, as the selling stockholders and other owners of PNMAC exchange Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is a holding company, and its sole material asset is its equity interest in PNMAC. As the sole managing member of PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of PNMAC and, through PNMAC and its subsidiaries, conduct our business.

        We consolidate the financial results of PNMAC and its subsidiaries, and the ownership interest of the other members of PNMAC are reflected as a non-controlling interest in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s consolidated financial statements.

        Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to the members of PNMAC and the amount of any such distributions, other than with respect to tax distributions as described below. If PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of PNMAC, including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

        The holders of limited liability company interests in PNMAC, including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of PNMAC. The limited liability company agreement provides for quarterly cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of PNMAC if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. determines that the taxable income of PNMAC will give rise to taxable income for its members. In accordance with the limited liability company agreement, we are required to cause PNMAC to make quarterly cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of PNMAC for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of PNMAC that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on the taxable income of PNMAC multiplied by an assumed tax rate determined by us.

        See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—PNMAC Limited Liability Company Agreement."

45


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sales of shares of Class A common stock offered by them pursuant to this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares of our Class A common stock, but we will bear the costs associated with this registration. The selling stockholders will bear any underwriting commissions and discounts attributable to their sale of shares of our Class A common stock.

46


Table of Contents


PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        Our Class A common stock has traded on the NYSE under the symbol "PFSI" since May 8, 2013. Prior to that date, there was no public market for our Class A common stock. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of high and low closing sales prices per share of our Class A common stock, as reported by the NYSE, since May 8, 2013.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
  High   Low  

Third Quarter (through September 26, 2013)

  $ 21.31   $ 16.10  

Second Quarter (since May 8, 2013)

  $ 22.45   $ 19.10  

        The closing sale price of our Class A common stock, as reported by the NYSE, on September 26, 2013 was $18.87 per share. As of September 26, 2013, there were three holders of record of our Class A common stock.

Dividend Policy

        We have not paid any dividends to date on our common equity. The payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, and current and anticipated cash needs.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. receives a pro rata portion of the tax distributions made by PNMAC. The cash received from such distributions is first used to satisfy any tax liability of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and then to make any payments under the tax receivable agreement with other owners of PNMAC. The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on shares of Class A common stock with respect to any remaining excess cash will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of Class A Units of PNMAC. We intend to cause PNMAC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us in excess of any remaining excess cash described above. If PNMAC makes such distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., the other holders of Class A Units of PNMAC will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.

47


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization described under "Organizational Structure" and the use of the net proceeds from the initial public offering of our Class A common stock as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2012. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

        Any potential future exchanges of PNMAC units for our Class A common shares have not been presented herein to reflect a pro forma basis impact on the historical financial information of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and PNMAC for the year ended December 31, 2012 because such exchanges are not currently probable of occurring.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with "Organizational Structure," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Recapitalization described under "Organizational Structure" and the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering or the potential future exchanges as described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable and Exchange Agreements" occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

        The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:

    the purchase by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. of 12,777,777 Class A Units of PNMAC with the net proceeds of our initial public offering of $18.00 per share less the underwriting discount per share as if it occurred on January 1, 2012.

    in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income, a provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. at an effective rate of 42%, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

48


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

 
  Private National
Mortgage Acceptance
Company, LLC
Actual
  Pro Forma
Adjustments(1)
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
  (in thousands, except unit data)
 

Revenue

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 118,170         $ 118,170  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust            

    62,906           62,906  

Net servicing income:

                   

Loan servicing fees

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    18,608           18,608  

From Investment Funds

    11,716           11,716  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds            

    (885 )         (885 )

From non-affiliates

    20,673           20,673  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    2,245           2,245  
               

    52,357           52,357  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (12,252 )         (12,252 )
               

Net servicing income

    40,105           40,105  
               

Management fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    15,141           15,141  

From Investment Funds

    9,363           9,363  
               

    24,504           24,504  
               

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    10,473           10,473  

Other

    16,807           16,807  
               

Total net revenue

    272,965           272,965  
               

Expenses

                   

Compensation

    124,014           124,014  

Other

    30,628           30,628  
               

Total expenses

    154,642           154,642  
               

Net income

  $ 118,323         $ 118,323  
               

Pro forma information (unaudited):

                   

Historical net income before taxes

  $ 118,323         $ 118,323  

Pro forma adjustment for taxes(2)

          (8,369 )   (8,369 )
               

Pro forma net income attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interest(3)

                109,954  

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest(1)

          98,397     98,397  
               

Pro forma Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. stockholders

              $ 11,557  
               

Earnings per share:

                   

Basic(3)

              $ 0.91  

Diluted(4)

              $ 0.91  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   

Common shares:

                   

Basic(3)

                12,777,777  

Diluted(4)

                75,769,924  

49


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Continued)

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012


(1)
As described in "Organizational Structure," PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is the sole managing member of PNMAC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. initially owned 16.8% of the economic interest in PNMAC, but has 100% of the voting power and control the management of PNMAC. Immediately following our initial public offering, the non-controlling interest was 83.2%. Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest represented 83.2% of income before income taxes ($118.3 million).

(2)
PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of PNMAC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of 42.0%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and uses our estimate of the weighted average statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

(3)
The shares of Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. do not share in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. earnings and are therefore not allocated any net income attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interests. As a result, the shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of computing net income available per share.

(4)
For purposes of applying the as-if converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share, we assumed an exchange of Class A Units for Class A common stock. Such exchange is affected by the allocation of income or loss associated with the exchange of Class A Units for Class A common stock and accordingly the effect of such exchange has been included for calculating diluted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share. Giving effect to the exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock and dilutive unvested stock based compensation awards consisting of Class A Units, diluted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share would be computed as follows:

 
   
 

Pro forma income before income taxes

  $ 118,323,000  

Adjusted pro forma income taxes

    49,695,660 (a)
       

Adjusted pro forma net income

  $ 68,627,340 (b)
       

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming the exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock)

    75,769,924 (c)
       

Pro forma diluted net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share

  $ 0.91  
       

(a)
Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming the full exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. using the same method applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.

(b)
Assumes elimination of all non-controlling interest due to the assumed exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. as of the beginning of the period (January 1, 2012).

(c)
The unvested units are converted to Class A Units of PNMAC based on the treasury stock method and an as-if converted method is used to give effect to the exchange agreement for the diluted weighted average share calculation.

50


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2013

 
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Actual
  Pro Forma
Adjustments(1)
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 82,611         $ 82,611  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    50,298           50,298  

Loan origination fees

    11,980           11,980  

Net servicing income:

                   

Loan servicing fees

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    16,513           16,513  

From Investment Funds

    4,247           4,247  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (173 )         (173 )

From non-affiliates

    20,801           20,801  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    4,923           4,923  
               

    46,311           46,311  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (8,200 )         (8,200 )
               

Net servicing income

    38,111           38,111  
               

Management fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    14,947           14,947  

From Investment Funds

    3,888           3,888  
               

    18,835           18,835  
               

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    7,599           7,599  

Other

    7,041           7,041  
               

Total net revenue

    216,475           216,475  
               

Expenses

                   

Compensation

    78,020           78,020  

Other

    32,933           32,933  
               

Total expenses

    110,953           110,953  
               

Net income before tax

  $ 105,522         $ 105,522  

Provision for taxes(2)

   
2,038
   
5,424
   
7,462
 
               

Pro forma net income attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interest(3)

    103,484     (5,424 )   98,060  

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest(1)

    100,691     12,936     87,775  
               

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. stockholders

    2,793     7,512   $ 10,305  
               

Earnings per share:

                   

Basic(3)

  $ 0.22         $ 0.81  

Diluted(4)

  $ 0.22         $ 0.81  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   

Basic(3)

    12,778           12,778  

Diluted(4)

    77,163           75,843  

(1)
As described in "Organizational Structure," PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is the sole managing member of PNMAC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. initially owned 16.8% of the economic interest in PNMAC, but has 100% of the voting power and control the management of PNMAC. Immediately following our initial public offering, the non-controlling interest was 83.2%. Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest represented 83.2% of income before income taxes ($105.5 million).

(2)
PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of PNMAC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro

51


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Continued)

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2013

    forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of 42.0%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and uses our estimate of the weighted average statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

(3)
The shares of Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. do not share in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. earnings and are therefore not allocated any net income attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interests. As a result, the shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of computing net income available per share.

(4)
For purposes of applying the as-if converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share, we assumed an exchange of Class A Units for Class A common stock. Such exchange is affected by the allocation of income or loss associated with the exchange of Class A Units for Class A common stock and accordingly the effect of such exchange has been included for calculating diluted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share. Giving effect to the exchange of all Class A Units for shares of Class A common stock and dilutive unvested stock based compensation awards consisting of Class A Units, diluted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share would be computed as follows:

 
   
 

Pro forma income before income taxes

  $ 105,522,000  

Adjusted pro forma income taxes

    44,319,000 (a)
       

Adjusted pro forma net income

  $ 61,203,000 (b)
       

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming the exchange of all New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock)

    75,843,464 (c)
       

Pro forma diluted net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share

  $ 0.81  
       

(a)
Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming the full exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. using the same method applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.

(b)
Assumes elimination of all non-controlling interest due to the assumed exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. as of the beginning of the period (January 1, 2013).

(c)
The unvested units are converted to Class A Units based on the treasury stock method and an as-if converted method is used to give effect to the exchange agreement for the diluted weighted average share calculation.

52


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected historical condensed consolidated financial data of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. should be read together with "Organizational Structure," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for periods prior to the Recapitalization are PNMAC's historical consolidated financial statements.

        We derived the selected historical consolidated statement of income data of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and interim periods ending June 30, 2013 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and June 30, 2013 from the audited consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. not included in this prospectus.

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except share/unit data)
 

Statements of Income Data—Condensed Consolidated

                                           

Revenue

                                           

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727   $ 118,170   $ 13,029   $ 2,008  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    22,054     7,715     50,298     13,839     62,906     1,744     80  

Net servicing income:

                                           

Loan servicing fees

                                           

From non-affiliates

    11,744     3,696     20,801     6,622     20,673     11,493     11,431  

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,787     4,438     16,513     8,563     18,608     13,204     2,989  

From Investment Funds

    2,100     3,023     4,247     6,646     11,716     14,523     9,474  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (34 )   (249 )   (173 )   (495 )   (885 )   (2,772 )   1,162  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    2,662     1,118     4,923     2,508     2,245     1,657     1,345  
                               

    25,259     12,026     46,311     23,844     52,357     38,105     26,401  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (3,190 )   (4,368 )   (8,200 )   (4,610 )   (12,252 )   (9,438 )   (400 )
                               

Net servicing income

    22,069     7,658     38,111     19,234     40,105     28,667     26,001  
                               

Management fees:

                                           

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,455     2,488     14,947     4,292     15,141     8,456     5,484  

From Investment Funds

    1,974     2,368     3,888     4,757     9,363     9,943     9,943  
                               

    10,429     4,856     18,835     9,049     24,504     18,399     15,427  
                               

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    2,862     2,110     7,599     3,899     10,473     12,596     24,654  

Other

    10,709     5,440     19,021     6,771     16,807     2,224     1,059  
                               

Total net revenue

    110,777     42,569     216,475     81,519     272,965     76,659     69,229  
                               

Expenses

                                           

Compensation

    42,339     26,492     78,020     45,900     124,014     47,479     25,412  

Other

    18,209     5,599     32,933     10,579     30,628     14,481     10,775  
                               

Total expenses

    60,548     32,091     110,953     56,479     154,642     61,960     36,187  
                               

Income before provision for income taxes

    50,229     10,478     105,522     25,040     118,323     14,699     33,042  

Provision for income taxes

    2,038         2,038                  
                               

Net income

    48,191   $ 10,478     103,484   $ 25,040   $ 118,323   $ 14,699   $ 33,042  
                                   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    45,398           100,691                          
                                         

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

  $ 2,793         $ 2,793                          
                                         

Net income attributable to preferred unit holders

                          $ 99,920   $ 14,507   $ 29,014  

Net income attributable to Class C unit awards outstanding

                          $ 2,310              

Net income attributable to Class C unit holders

                          $ 6              

Net income attributable to common unit awards outstanding

                          $ 7,178   $ 152   $ 3,837  

Net income attributable to common unit holders

                          $ 8,909   $ 40   $ 191  

Earnings per share/ unit

                                           

Preferred units

                          $ 1,033.49   $ 237.82   $ 645.30  

Class C units

                          $ 684.70   $   $  

Common shares/units:

                                           

Basic

  $ 0.22         $ 0.22         $ 942.89   $ 11.63   $ 555.59  

Diluted

  $ 0.22         $ 0.22         $ 570.29   $ 3.88   $ 40.72  

Weighted average shares/units outstanding:

                                           

Preferred units

                            96,682     61,003     44,962  

Class C units

                            3,382          

Common units:

                                           

Basic

    12,778,000           12,778,000           9,448     3,470     345  

Diluted

    77,163,000           77,163,000           15,622     10,410     4,704  

53


Table of Contents


 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data—Condensed Consolidated

                         

ASSETS

                         

Cash and short term investment, at fair value

  $ 194,616   $ 65,487   $ 32,506   $ 15,241  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    656,341     448,384     89,857     14,720  

Derivative assets

    37,177     27,290     5,460     342  

Servicing advances

    94,791     93,152     63,565     22,811  

Receivable from Advised Entities

    19,712     20,363     19,864     13,687  

Carried interest due from Investment Funds

    55,722     47,723     37,250     24,654  

Mortgage servicing rights

    199,738     108,975     32,124     31,957  

Other

    23,083     20,789     8,655     4,990  
                   

Total assets

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163   $ 289,281   $ 128,402  
                   

LIABILITIES

                         

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 500,427   $ 393,534   $ 77,700   $ 13,289  

Note payable

    47,209     53,013     18,602     3,499  

Derivative liabilities

    27,445     509          

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    52,729     46,779     25,595     2,842  

Payable to Investment Funds

    36,328     36,795     29,622     13,262  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    54,313     36,279     13,398     5,352  

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    6,185     3,504     449     189  
                   

Total liabilities

    724,636     570,413     165,366     38,433  

MEMBERS' EQUITY

    556,144     261,750     123,915     89,969  
                   

Total liabilities and members' equity

    1,280,780   $ 832,163   $ 289,281   $ 128,402  
                   

OPERATING METRICS

                         

Net assets under management of the Advised Entities

  $ 1,805,971   $ 1,792,490   $ 1,166,095   $ 883,338  

Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance)

  $ 44,405,676   $ 28,152,549   $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  

Number of mortgage loans serviced

    192,046     123,453     36,395     26,022  

54


Table of Contents

        Following is a presentation of selected quarterly financial data:

 
  Quarter ended  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,  
 
  (in thousands)
 

For the quarter ended:

                                                 

Net servicing fees

  $ 14,759   $ 6,112   $ 7,658   $ 11,576   $ 5,756   $ 5,666   $ 9,586   $ 7,659  

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale

    49,683     39,760     14,790     13,937     9,133     2,343     753     800  

Fulfillment fees

    31,809     17,258     7,715     6,124     1,386     263     61     34  

Management fees and carried interest

    9,855     9,470     6,966     5,982     6,147     8,233     9,763     6,852  

Other income

    7,066     5,674     5,440     1,331     1,248     409     171     396  
                                   

    113,172     78,274     42,569     38,950     23,670     16,914     20,334     15,741  

Expenses

    57,751     40,412     32,091     24,388     20,451     16,825     13,479     11,205  
                                   

Net income

  $ 55,421   $ 37,862   $ 10,478   $ 14,562   $ 3,219   $ 89   $ 6,855   $ 4,536  
                                   

At period end:

                                                 

Mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 448,384   $ 410,071   $ 248,974   $ 176,282   $ 89,857   $ 61,284   $ 11,067   $ 11,411  

MSRs

    108,975     74,154     52,900     41,599     32,124     29,860     33,408     32,158  

Carried interest

    47,723     44,504     41,149     39,038     37,250     35,002     31,890     26,917  

Mortgage servicing advances

    94,631     76,554     72,833     73,132     63,565     36,515     29,718     28,025  

Other assets

    132,450     121,979     89,780     88,588     66,485     49,656     39,911     39,413  
                                   

Total assets

    832,163     727,262     505,636     418,639     289,281     212,317     145,994     137,924  

Borrowings

   
446,547
   
395,513
   
238,662
   
177,131
   
96,302
   
69,517
   
13,640
   
14,086
 

Other liabilities

    123,865     127,369     99,744     84,586     69,064     40,975     30,441     28,949  
                                   

Total liabilities

    570,412     522,882     338,406     261,717     165,366     110,492     44,081     43,035  

Members' equity

    261,751     204,380     167,230     156,922     123,915     101,825     101,913     94,889  
                                   

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 832,163   $ 727,262   $ 505,636   $ 418,639   $ 289,281   $ 212,317   $ 145,994   $ 137,924  
                                   

55


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read this discussion together with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included in this prospectus. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below. Accordingly, you should read "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors."

Our Company

        We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans and the management of investments related to the U.S. residential mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management's deep experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

        PNMAC was founded in 2008 by members of its executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, together with its affiliates, and HC Partners LLC, formerly known as Highfields Capital Investments LLC, together with its affiliates.

        We conduct our business in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, or PLS, is a non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. Our principal investment management subsidiary, PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, or PCM, is an SEC registered investment adviser. PCM manages PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, or PMT, a REIT listed on the NYSE. PCM also manages PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP, both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC. We refer to these funds collectively as our "Investment Funds" and, together with PMT, as our "Advised Entities."

    Mortgage Banking

        Our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

    Correspondent Lending.   Our correspondent lending business manages, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, primarily "conventional" residential mortgage loans guaranteed by the GSEs and "government-insured" residential mortgage loans insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the VA and eligible to back securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae. For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fulfillment fee for each loan sold by PMT. In the case of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee and fulfill them for our own account.

    Retail Lending.   Our retail lending business originates new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. We conduct this business through a consumer direct model, which relies on the Internet and call center-based staff to acquire and interact with customers across the country. We do not have a "brick and mortar" branch network and have been developing our consumer direct operations with call centers strategically positioned across the United States.

56


Table of Contents

    Loan Servicing.   Our loan servicing business performs loan administration, collection and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments; response to customer inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; and supervising foreclosures and property dispositions. We service a diverse portfolio of loans both as the owner of MSRs and on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners. We provide prime servicing for conventional and government-insured loans, as well as special servicing for distressed loans that have been acquired as investments by our Advised Entities, and loans in "private-label" MBS securities, which are securities issued by institutions that are not affiliated with any Agency.

        During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, we managed PMT's acquisition of approximately $8.9 billion and $17.8 billion, respectively, in unpaid principal balance of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans. We purchased, for our own account, approximately $4.5 billion and $7.9 billion in unpaid principal balance of government-insured or -guaranteed loans from PMT during the quarter and six month period ended June 30, 2013. We also originated $343.3 million and $609.8 million of residential mortgage loans through our retail channel during the quarter and six month period ended June 30, 2013. During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, we increased our portfolio of loans that we serviced or subserviced from approximately $36.2 billion at December 31, 2012 to approximately $44.4 billion at June 30, 2013.

        During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, we managed PMT's acquisition of approximately $3.5 billion and $5.4 billion, respectively, in unpaid principal balance of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans. We purchased for our account approximately $1.5 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, in unpaid principal balance of government-insured or -guaranteed loans from PMT. We also originated $93.2 million and $155.0 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans through our retail channel during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, and increased our portfolio of loans that we serviced or subserviced from approximately $7.7 billion at December 31, 2011 to approximately $12.5 billion at June 30, 2012.

        In May, 2013, interest rates on 30-year fixed rate mortgages began to increase, rising from 3.54% in May to 4.49% in September, according to the Freddie Mac Primary Mortgage Market Survey. Associated with this increase in mortgage rates, mortgage loan originations in the United States are projected to decline from approximately one trillion dollars in the first half of 2013 to approximately $630-$700 billion in the second half of 2013. We expect this decline to impact the volume of mortgage loans that we acquire and originate in our mortgage banking segment.

    Investment Management

        We are an investment manager through our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2013. In August, 2013, PMT's net assets increased by approximately $250 million as a result of the issuance of new equity in a secondary offering. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance.

Observations on Current Market Opportunities

        Our business is affected by macroeconomic conditions in the United States, including economic growth, unemployment rates, the residential housing market and interest rate levels and expectations. The U.S. economy continues its pattern of modest growth as reflected in recent economic data. During the second quarter of 2013, real U.S. gross domestic product expanded at a revised annual rate of 2.5% compared to revised 1.1% and 1.2% annual rates for the first quarter of 2013 and second quarter of 2012, respectively. Modest economic growth continued to affect unemployment rates during the second quarter of 2013. The national unemployment rate was 7.6% at June 30, 2013 and compares to a revised

57


Table of Contents

seasonally adjusted rate of 8.2% at June 30, 2012 and 7.6% at March 31, 2013. Delinquency rates on residential real estate loans remain elevated compared to historical rates. As reported by the Federal Reserve, during the second quarter of 2013, the delinquency rate on residential real estate loans held by commercial banks was 9.2%, a reduction from 10.5% during the second quarter of 2012.

        Residential real estate activity appears to be improving. The seasonally adjusted annual rate of existing home sales for June 2013 was 15.2% higher than for June 2012 and the national median existing home price for all housing types was $214,200, a 13.5% increase from June 2012. On a national level, foreclosure filings during the second quarter of 2013 decreased by 23% as compared to the second quarter of 2012. Foreclosure activity across the country is expected to remain above historical average levels through the remainder of 2013 and beyond.

        Thirty-year fixed rate mortgage interest rates ranged from a high of 4.07% to a low of 3.45% during the second quarter of 2013 (Source: the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation's Weekly Primary Mortgage Market Survey). During the first six months of 2013, mortgage interest rates have ranged from a high of 4.46% to a low of 3.34%. During the second quarter of 2012, interest rates for the thirty-year fixed rate mortgage ranged from a high of 3.98% to a low of 3.66%.

        Fixed rate residential mortgage loan interest rates are generally indexed to long-term U.S. Treasury yields. Towards the end of the second quarter, an increase in these treasury yields led to an increase in mortgage loan interest rates. As a result of this increase in mortgage loan interest rates, refinance activity across the market has declined.

        Mortgage lenders originated an estimated $495.0 billion of home loans during the second quarter of 2013, down 1.0 percent from the first three months of the year. That pushed year-to-date production volume to slightly less than $1 trillion, and put the market 14.4 percent ahead of the pace set during the first six months of 2012 (Source: Inside Mortgage Finance). However, mortgage originations are forecast to decline, with current industry estimates for the second half of 2013 totaling approximately $630-700 billion.

        In our capacity as an investment manager, we continue to see substantial volumes of distressed residential mortgage loan sales (sales of loan pools that consist of either nonperforming loans, troubled but performing loans or a combination thereof) offered for sale by a limited number of sellers. During the second quarter of 2013, we reviewed 36 mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $11.1 billion and one pool of real estate acquired in settlement of loans totaling approximately $108 million. This compares to our review of 27 mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $2.5 billion and one pool of real estate acquired in settlement of loans totaling approximately $30 million during the second quarter of 2012. We managed the acquisition, on behalf of PMT, of distressed mortgage loans, including forward purchases, with fair values totaling $443 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and none during the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

        In recent periods, we have seen increased competition from new and existing market participants in both our correspondent lending and retail origination businesses, as well as reductions in the overall level of refinancing activity. We believe that this change in supply and demand within the marketplace has been driving lower production margins in recent periods, which will be reflected in our results of operations in our gains on mortgage loans held for sale. Although margins on gains from mortgage loans held for sale benefitted from wider secondary spreads (the difference between interest rates charged to borrowers and yields on mortgage-backed securities in the secondary market) early in the fourth quarter of 2012, margins narrowed as the quarter progressed and into the first half of 2013. While production margins remained elevated from a historical perspective during the second quarter of 2013, we expect them to continue to normalize toward their long-term averages in 2013.

58


Table of Contents

    Reporting Metrics and Prospective Trends

        We expect our results of operations to be affected by various factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our primary sources of income are from:

    net servicing income;

    gains on mortgage loans held for sale, including commitments to purchase or originate mortgage loans and the related hedging instruments;

    management fees from PMT and the Investment Funds and carried interest from the Investment Funds; and

    fulfillment fees from PMT.

    Net Servicing Income

        We service loans either through subservicing arrangements with PMT and the Investment Funds or for our own account as a result of our purchase of MSRs and our retention of MSRs associated with the loans that we originate or purchase for sale. Net servicing income includes the fees that we earn as well as the amortization, impairment and changes in fair value that we recognize from holding MSRs. A significant component of our net servicing income is driven by the changes in the fair value of the MSRs that we hold. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are significantly influenced by prepayment expectations and actual prepayments relating to the underlying loans.

    Loans Serviced for PMT

        Under the terms of our prior loan servicing agreement with PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., the operating partnership subsidiary of PMT, servicing fee rates for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus were based on the risk characteristics of the mortgage loans serviced and total servicing compensation was established at levels that management believed was competitive with those charged by other servicers or special servicers, as applicable.

    Subservicing fee rates for distressed loans owned by PMT ranged between 30 and 100 basis points per year of the unpaid principal balance of such loans we subserviced for PMT for all periods prior to February 1, 2013. We were also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges, including boarding and deboarding fees, ancillary fees, activity fees, liquidation and disposition fees, assumption, modification fees and late charges, as well as interest on funds on deposit in custodial accounts. In the event we either effected a refinancing of a loan on PMT's behalf and not through a third-party lender and the resulting loan was readily saleable, or originated a loan to facilitate the disposition of real estate that PMT had acquired in settlement of a loan, we were entitled to receive market-based fees and compensation from PMT.

    Subservicing fee rates for mortgage loans acquired by PMT through our correspondent lending business and in respect of which PMT retains the MSRs ranged between 4 and 20 basis points per year of the unpaid principal balance of such loans for all periods prior to February 1, 2013. We were also entitled to other customary market-based fees and charges.

        Effective February 1, 2013, we amended our loan servicing agreement with PMT and established servicing fees at fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan. Amounts for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus do not reflect the amended agreement, as it was not in effect during the historical periods presented. However, we do not expect the amendment to have a significant effect on the level of fees that we record for loans serviced for PMT. See the description of the new terms of the loan servicing agreement under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Servicing Agreements."

59


Table of Contents

    Loans Serviced for Investment Funds

        Our servicing agreements with the Investment Funds generally provide for fee revenue of between 45 and 100 basis points of unpaid principal balance per year, which varies depending on the type and quality of the loans being serviced. We are also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges.

        Under the servicing agreements between us and one of the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and at the end of every calendar year thereafter, we will also rebate to the fund an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the fund's assets, and, conversely, charge the fund if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for such assets.

        Under the agreements, we will also rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan originations resulting from the refinancing of, or modification activities with respect to, loans that we subservice on behalf of the Investment Funds. This arrangement was changed effective January 1, 2012 with respect to one of the Investment Funds, whereby we settled our accrued servicing fee rebate with the fund and amended the related servicing agreement to charge scheduled servicing fees in place of the previous "at cost" servicing arrangement. We record the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred.

        On our account, as well as on behalf of PMT and the Investment Funds, we participate in HAMP (and other similar mortgage loan modification programs). HAMP establishes standard loan modification guidelines for "at risk" homeowners and provides incentive payments to certain participants, including loan servicers, for achieving modifications and successfully remaining in the program. Our loan servicing agreements entitle us to retain any incentive payments that we receive and to which we are entitled under HAMP; provided, however, that with respect to any such incentive payments paid to us under HAMP in connection with a mortgage loan modification for which we previously were paid an incentive fee by PMT or the Investment Funds, we will reimburse PMT or the Investment Fund an amount equal to the lesser of such modification fee or such incentive payments.

    Loans Serviced for Non-affiliates

        Our servicing agreements with non-affiliates were initially primarily special servicing arrangements with non-affiliated entities in support of mortgage securitizations and provided for servicing fees of approximately 50 basis points per year of the UPB of the loans. Beginning late in 2011, as our correspondent lending activities began to grow, the primary composition of our servicing for non-affiliates began to shift from special servicing to prime servicing—primarily of government-insured or guaranteed loans included in pools of loans securing Ginnie Mae-guaranteed securities that we originated through our correspondent lending activities and sold to third parties on a servicing-retained basis. Such loans have contractual servicing fee rates ranging from 19 to 44 basis points net of guarantee fees. As with other servicing arrangements, we are also entitled to ancillary fees such as late charges and other fees allowable for government-insured or guaranteed loans.

    Valuation, Amortization, Impairment and Change in Estimated Fair Value of Mortgage Servicing Rights

        MSRs represent the value of a contract that obligates us to service the mortgage loans on behalf of the owner of the loan in exchange for servicing fees and the right to collect certain ancillary income from the borrower. We recognize MSRs at our estimate of the fair value of the contract to service the loans.

        How much of the MSR we realize in cash depends upon how our initial estimates of the future cash flows accruing to the MSRs are realized. As economic fundamentals influencing the loans change, our estimate of the fair value of the related MSR we retain will also change. As a result, we will record changes in fair value as a component of net servicing income for the MSRs we carry at fair value, and

60


Table of Contents

we may recognize changes in fair value relating to our MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value depending on the relationship of the asset's fair value to its amortized cost at the measurement date. See "Note 8—Fair Value" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of the initial recognition and at period end for the periods covered by our financial statements.

        After the initial recognition of MSRs, we account for such assets based on the initial interest rates of the mortgage loans underlying the respective MSRs. We account for MSRs differently based on whether the interest rates of the mortgage loans underlying such assets are above 4.5% because we have concluded that mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less present different risks to us than MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and, therefore, require a different risk management approach. Our risk management efforts relating to originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are aimed at moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Our risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values.

        We account for MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% at fair value. Changes in the fair value of MSRs carried at fair value are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

        We account for MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% using the amortization method. Under the amortization method, we amortize the cost of MSRs in proportion to, and over the period of, net servicing income for the mortgage loans underlying the respective assets.

        We also evaluate MSRs accounted for using the amortization method for impairment with reference to the assets' fair value at the measurement date. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSR falls below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current period income and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted through a valuation allowance. If the fair value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, we recognize the increase in value in current period income and, through a reduction in the valuation allowance, adjust the carrying value of the MSRs to a level not in excess of amortized cost.

        When evaluating MSRs for impairment, we stratify the assets by predominant risk characteristic including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. We stratify fixed-rate loans into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. We evaluate adjustable-rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less in a single pool.

        We periodically review the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When we deem recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Amortization and impairment of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

        For more information on the key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, see "Note 8—Fair Value—Mortgage Servicing Rights" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

61


Table of Contents

    Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        When we sell our mortgage loans, we record a gain or loss which is determined by the nature and terms of the transaction. The gain or loss that we realize on the sale of loans acquired through our mortgage lending activities is primarily determined by the price paid for purchased loans or the terms of originated loans, the effect of any hedging and other risk management activities that we undertake, the sales price of the loan and the value of any MSRs received in the transaction. Gain on mortgage loans held for sale is significantly influenced by mortgage loan prepayment activity which is, in turn, significantly influenced by the level and direction of mortgage interest rates. Certain of these factors are beyond our control.

        Our gain on mortgage loans held for sale includes both cash and non-cash elements. We receive proceeds on sale that include both cash and our estimate of the value of MSRs. We also provide an estimate of our losses relating to representations and warranties that we make to the investors.

        We recognize the fair value of loan commitments we make to borrowers and commitments to PMT to purchase government-insured loans. We refer to these commitments as interest rate lock commitments, or IRLCs. We recognize the value of these commitments upon their issuance, which is generally before we purchase the mortgage loans subject to the commitment. We presently issue IRLCs with commitment periods ranging to sixty days. The value that we assign to an IRLC is estimated based on our estimated gain on sale of a mortgage loan funded under the commitment, adjusted for the probability that the loan will fund or be purchased within the terms of the IRLC. The IRLC is subject to changes in fair value as the loan approaches funding, as market interest rates for similar loans change and as our assessment of the probability of the funding of mortgage loans at similar points in the origination process changes. The value of an IRLC can be either positive or negative, depending on the relationship of the mortgage loan's interest rates to current market rates for similar mortgage loans.

        The primary factor influencing the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is the change, if any, in mortgage interest rates subsequent to the commitment date. In general, the probability of funding increases if current rates rise and decreases if current rates fall. This is due primarily to the relative attractiveness of current mortgage interest rates compared to the applicant's committed rate. The probability that a loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is also influenced by the source of the application, age of the application, purpose of the loan (purchase or refinance) and the application approval rate. We have developed closing ratio estimates using empirical data that take into account all of these variables, as well as renegotiations of rate and point commitments that tend to occur when mortgage interest rates fall. These closing ratio estimates are used to calculate the aggregate balance of loans that we expect to fund within the terms of the IRLCs.

        We manage the risk created by IRLCs relating to mortgage loans and by our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the mortgage loans and by the purchase and sale of MBS options and futures. Such agreements are accounted for as derivative financial instruments.

        We account for our derivative financial instruments as free-standing derivatives. We do not designate our forward sale agreements or options and futures for hedge accounting. We recognize all of our derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in the fair value being reported in current period income as a component of net gain on mortgage loans held for sale.

        We also provide for our estimate of the fair value of future losses that we may be required to incur as a result of our breach of representations and warranties provided to the purchasers of the loans we have sold. The representations and warranties require adherence to investor or insurer origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

62


Table of Contents

        In the event of a breach of our representations and warranties, we may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor, or may become ineligible to receive any of the benefits provided by the insurer with respect to such mortgage loans. In such cases, we bear any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. Our losses from representations and warranties may be reduced by any recourse that we have to correspondent lenders that, in turn, had sold such mortgage loans to us through PMT and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, we generally have the right to seek a repurchase or indemnity from that originator through PMT.

        We record a provision for losses relating to such representations and warranties as part of our loan sale transactions. The method we use to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates, the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. We establish a liability at the time loans are sold and continually update our liability estimate.

        The level of the liability for losses from representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor repurchase demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans. Our representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, we believe that the current unpaid principal balance of loans that we have sold to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties.

        We evaluate the adequacy of our liability for losses from representations and warranties based on our loss experience and our assessment of future losses to be incurred relating to loans that we have previously sold and which remain outstanding at the balance sheet date. As our portfolio of loans sold subject to representations and warranties grows and as economic fundamentals change, such adjustments can be material. However, we believe that our current estimates adequately approximate the future losses to be incurred on our servicing portfolio of mortgage loans sold subject to such representations and warranties.

        For more information on our estimates of our liability for representations and warranties for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, see "Note 16—Liability for Representations and Warranties" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

    Management Fees and Carried Interest

        In our investment management activities, we earn management fees from PMT and we earn management fees and carried interest from the Investment Funds.

        The management fees that we are entitled to receive from PMT have two components: a base component and a performance incentive component. Under our prior management agreement with PMT, which was effective during the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, the terms of the two components were as follows:

    Base component.   The base component was calculated at the annual rate of 1.5% of shareholders' equity (as defined in the management agreement). Effective May 16, 2012, we amended our management agreement with PMT to change the way that shareholders' equity was measured for purposes of calculating the base component of our management fee. Previously, the measure of PMT's shareholders' equity excluded unrealized gains, losses or other non-cash items reflected in PMT's financial statements. To better align the base component of our management fee with PMT's investment strategy, we amended the management agreement to base the management fee on shareholders' equity computed using United States generally accepted accounting

63


Table of Contents

      principles, or U.S. GAAP. The effect of this modification had been to increase the base management fee that we received from PMT since the agreement was amended.

    Performance incentive component.   The performance incentive fee was calculated at 20% per year of the amount by which "core earnings" (as defined in the management agreement, "core earnings" generally represented PMT's net income, adjusted for the effects of unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings), on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeded an 8% "hurdle rate." PMT's "core earnings" (as defined) did not exceed the 8% hurdle rate and we therefore did not recognize the incentive component of our management fees.

        Effective February 1, 2013 we amended the terms of our management agreement with PMT. The amendment reduced the annual rate of the base component of the management fee applicable to shareholders' equity in excess of $2.0 billion and it changed the basis on which the performance incentive portion of our management fee is calculated from "core earnings," as defined under the prior agreement, to earnings as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a result of this change, we expect to earn and recognize the performance incentive portion of our management fee on a prospective basis. See the new terms of this agreement at "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreements."

        For periods through December 31, 2011, the management fees that we received from the Investment Funds were based on the respective funds' capital commitments. For subsequent periods, the management fees have been based on the lesser of the funds' net asset values or aggregate capital contributions. The base management fees accrue at annual rates ranging from 1.5% to 2.0% of the applicable amounts on which they are based.

        The carried interest that we recognize from the Investment Funds is determined by the Investment Funds' performance and our contractual rights to share in the Investments Funds' returns in excess of the preferred returns accruing to the funds' investors, if any. We recognize carried interest as a participation in the profits in the Investment Funds after the investors in the Investment Funds have achieved a preferred return as defined in the fund agreements. After the investors have achieved the preferred returns specified in the respective fund agreements, a "catch up" return accrues to us until we receive a specified percentage of the preferred return. Thereafter, we participate in future returns in excess of the preferred return at the rates specified in the fund agreements.

        The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The amount of the carried interest that we will receive depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, we are not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of carried interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized.

        We expect to collect the carried interest when the Investment Funds liquidate. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

    Fulfillment Fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        In connection with our correspondent lending business, we provide certain mortgage banking services to PMT, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, for a fulfillment fee based on a percentage of the UPB of the mortgage loans sold to non-affiliates. In general, the fulfillment fee for such services is based on the type of mortgage loan acquired by PMT and equal to a percentage of the unpaid balance of such mortgage loan.

64


Table of Contents

        Effective February 1, 2013, we terminated our prior amended and restated mortgage banking services agreement with PMT and entered into a new mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement. The new agreement, as subsequently amended, provides for the reimbursement of a portion of the fulfillment fee applicable to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans in excess of specified monthly thresholds. In the event that PMT acquires mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB in any month greater than $2.5 billion, we have agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT in an amount equal to the percentage of such aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to mortgage loans for which we collected fulfillment fees for such month multiplied by the sum of the following: (a) the product of (i) .025%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion and less than or equal to $5 billion, plus (b) the product of (i) .05%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $5.0 billion. See a further description of the terms of this agreement under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Other Agreements with PMT."

    Expenses

        We incur compensation and overhead expenses necessary to run our business. The level of these expenses depends, in part, on the nature and amount of assets that we manage for our investment management clients, the volume of mortgage loans and mix of such loans between performing and distressed mortgage loans that we service, and the level of loan origination and purchase activity that we manage and conduct for our own account. Many of these expenses (such as certain technology costs and the cost of experienced specialized managers and staff necessary to manage and execute the specialized activities in which we engage) are fixed and require us to operate at an adequate level of activity to operate profitably.

        The following is a summary of the composition of expenses included in the various expense line items:

    Compensation includes salaries, incentive awards, employee benefits and non-cash equity-based compensation that we award certain members of our management.

    Professional services includes expenses that we incur in our loan servicing and origination quality control functions (such as property valuation reviews and third-party underwriting reviews), legal fees and fees we pay for accounting and auditing services.

    Occupancy includes our lease costs, utilities, maintenance and security expenses related to the operation of our facilities.

    Technology includes software licenses and data service subscriptions and telephone and data communications costs.

    Interest includes the expense that we incur in financing our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and our loan servicing advances.

    Servicing includes expenses related to customer mailings, unreimbursed direct servicing expenses, tax service expenses, document imaging and other expenses directly related to our servicing of mortgage loans.

    Loan origination includes the unreimbursed portion of direct out-of-pocket expenses that we incur in the loan origination process, including collateral review expenses, credit reports and other expenses paid to non-affiliates.

        Our management agreement with PMT provides us with the right to allocate a portion of certain overhead charges to PMT based on PMT's assets as a percentage of the total assets we manage. For the actual expenses allocated to PMT in the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial

65


Table of Contents

statements included in this prospectus, refer to the discussion and tables under "—Results of Operations—Expenses Allocated to PMT."

Other Factors Influencing Our Results

        Prepayment Speeds.     Prepayment speeds, as reflected by the constant prepayment rate, vary according to interest rates, the type of investment, conditions in the housing and financial markets, competition and other factors, none of which can be predicted with any certainty. In general, when interest rates rise, it is relatively less attractive for borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans and, as a result, prepayment speeds tend to decrease. This can extend the period over which we earn servicing income but reduce the demand for new mortgage loans. When interest rates fall, prepayment speeds tend to increase, thereby decreasing the value of MSRs and shortening the period over which we earn servicing income but increasing the demand for new mortgage loans.

        Changing Interest Rate Environment.     Generally, when interest rates rise, the value of mortgage loans and interest rate lock commitments decrease while the value of hedging instruments related to such loans and commitments increases. When interest rates fall, the value of mortgage loans and interest rate lock commitments increases and the value of hedging instruments related to such loans and commitments decrease. Decreasing interest rates also precipitate increased loan refinancing activity by borrowers seeking to benefit from lower mortgage interest rates.

        Changing Home Prices Affect REO Property Disposition Proceeds.     The state of the real estate market and home prices at the time of sale will determine proceeds from the sale of REO properties. Generally, rising home prices are expected to positively affect our results from REO properties for loans serviced under agreements whereby we retain some risk on REO sales. Conversely, declining real estate prices are expected to negatively affect our results from REO properties. We cannot predict future home prices with any certainty.

        Risk Management Effectiveness—Credit Risk.     We are subject to the risk of potential credit losses on all of the residential mortgage loans that we hold for sale or investment as well as for losses incurred by investors in mortgage loans that we sell to them as a result of breaches of representations and warranties we make as part of the loan sales. The representations and warranties require adherence to investor or guarantor origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor repurchase demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans.

        Risk Management Effectiveness—Interest Rate Risk.     Because changes in interest rates may significantly affect our activities, our operating results will depend, in large part, upon our ability to effectively manage interest rate risks and prepayment risks, including risk arising from the change in value of our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and commitments to fund mortgage loans and related hedging derivative instruments, as well the effects of changes in interest rates on the value of our investment in MSRs. See "—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk" for a discussion on the effects of changes in interest rates on the recorded value of our MSRs.

        Liquidity.     Our ability to operate profitably is dependent on both our access to capital to finance our assets and our ability to profitably sell and service mortgage loans. An important source of capital for the residential mortgage industry is warehouse financing facilities. These facilities provide funding to mortgage loan producers until the loans are sold to investors or securitized in the secondary mortgage loan market. Our ability to hold loans pending sale and/or securitization depends, in part, on the availability to us of adequate financing lines of credit at suitable interest rates. During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, if we own the MSR then we may be required to advance

66


Table of Contents

our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance requirements for investors and advance costs of protecting the property securing the investors' loan and the investors' interest in the property. We finance a portion of these advances under bank lines of credit. The ability to obtain capital to finance our servicing advances at appropriate interest rates influences our ability to profitably service delinquent loans. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations—Debt Obligations."

        Servicing Effectiveness.     In cases where we own the MSR, our servicing fee rates for loans serviced for non-affiliates are generally at specified servicing rates that do not change with a loan's performance status. As a mortgage loan becomes delinquent and moves through the delinquency process to settlement through acquisition of the property or partial payoff, the loan requires greater effort on our part to service. Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures will therefore result in a higher cost to service those loans due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers. Therefore, how efficiently we are able to maintain the credit quality of our portfolio of serviced mortgage loans and address the mortgage loans where the borrower has defaulted influences the level of expenses that we incur in the mortgage loan servicing process.

Critical Accounting Policies

        We have identified the following to be our most critical accounting policies:

    Valuation of Financial Instruments

        We have elected to record our non-cash financial assets at fair value and group them in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets are traded and the observability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of us. These may include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and others.

    Level 3—Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity for an investment at the end of the period), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect our assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

        The valuation method used to estimate fair value may produce a fair value measurement that may not be indicative of ultimate realizable value. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

    Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Related Derivative Financial Instruments

        We have elected to have mortgage loans held for sale accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. We have elected to record mortgage loans held for sale at fair value so changes in fair value will be reflected in results of operations as they occur and more timely reflect the results of our performance. Accordingly, changes in the estimated fair value of

67


Table of Contents

mortgage loans are recognized in current period income. All changes in fair value, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. We classify mortgage loans held for sale at fair value as "Level 2" or "Level 3" fair value financial statement items based on whether the loans are salable into active markets as summarized below:

    Mortgage loans that are saleable into active markets are categorized as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using their quoted market price or market price equivalent.

    Loans that are not saleable into active markets are categorized as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items, and their fair values are estimated using a discounted cash flow valuation model. Inputs to the model include current interest rates, loan amount, payment status and property type, and forecasts of future interest rates, home prices, prepayment speeds, defaults and loss severities. The estimates of value are made by our financial analysis and valuation group and reviewed and approved by our senior management valuation committee.

        Our interest rate lock commitments are categorized as a "Level 3" fair value financial statement item. Inputs to the estimation of the fair value of interest rate lock commitments include the pull-through rate and MSR value, which we classify as "Level 3" inputs. Changes in the value of interest rate lock commitments are included in gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012, we began using a portion of our interest rate lock commitments as an economic hedge of our MSRs.

        The derivative financial instruments that we acquire to manage the price risk arising from making interest rate lock commitments and holding mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are categorized as "Level 2" financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using quoted market prices or market price equivalents. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments used to manage price risk are included in gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in our consolidated statement of income.

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        We recognize MSRs initially at their estimated fair values, either as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans where we retain the right to service the loan in the sale transaction, or from the purchase of MSRs. MSRs arise from contractual agreements between us and the investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, we are responsible for loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. The servicing functions typically performed include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; and supervising the acquisition of real estate collateralizing the mortgage loans in settlement thereof and property dispositions.

        The value of MSRs is derived from the net positive cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. We receive servicing fees ranging generally from 0.25% to 0.38% annually on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans subject to the servicing contracts. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. We generally receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor-contracted fees such as late charges, collateral reconveyance charges and loan prepayment penalties, and we are generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance for mortgagor payments.

        The fair value of MSRs is difficult to determine because MSRs are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of these assets and the

68


Table of Contents

exercise of such judgment can significantly affect our income. MSR values are estimated by our financial analysis and valuation group and are reviewed and approved by our senior management valuation committee. Therefore, we classify our MSRs as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items.

        We use a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that we assume market participants would use in their determinations of value. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in our discounted cash flow model are based on market factors which we believe are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

        The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These variables can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change.

        Our subsequent accounting for MSRs is based on the class of MSRs. We have identified two classes of MSRs: originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% and MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%. Originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% are accounted for using the amortization method. MSRs backed by loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period income. We distinguish between these classes of MSRs due to the differing factors that can cause changes in prepayment speeds of the underlying loans, which in turn cause changes in the fair value of the MSRs.

    MSRs Accounted for Using the MSR Amortization Method

        We amortize MSRs accounted for using the amortization method. MSR amortization is determined by applying the ratio of the net MSR cash flows projected for the current period to the estimated total remaining net MSR cash flows. The estimated total net MSR cash flows are determined at the beginning of each month using prepayment assumptions applicable at that time.

        We assess MSRs accounted for using the amortization method for impairment monthly. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSR falls below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, we recognize the impairment in current-period income and adjust the carrying value of the MSRs through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, we recognize the increase in value in current-period income and we adjust the carrying value of the MSRs through a reduction in the valuation allowance. Carrying value is not increased above amortized cost.

        We stratify our MSRs by predominant risk characteristic when evaluating for impairment. For purposes of performing our MSR impairment evaluation, we stratify our servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. We stratify fixed-rate loans into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool, we recognize impairment to the extent of the difference between the estimated fair value and the existing valuation allowance for that pool.

        We periodically review the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When we deem recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Amortization and impairment of MSRs are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

69


Table of Contents

    MSRs Accounted for at Fair Value

        Changes in fair value of MSRs accounted for at fair value are recognized in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

    Carried Interest Due from Investment Funds

        We may earn carried interest from each of the Investment Funds in which we have a general partnership interest or other carried interest arrangement. See "—Reporting Metrics and Prospective Trends—Management Fees and Carried Interest." We determine the amount of carried interest to be recorded each period based on the cash flows that would be produced assuming termination of the Investment Funds' agreements at each period end.

        The amount of the carried interest received by us depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, we are not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of carried interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        Prior to the initial public offering of our Class A common units, we had three formal equity compensation plans:

    A common equity compensation plan under which up to 15% of PNMAC's total equity was issuable to key members of management in the form of common units that vested over a three-or four-year period. Vesting of four-year awards started on the grantees' date of hire. Vesting of three-year awards began on the award date. Several of our key management members received common units under this plan.

    A Class C common equity plan that provided for awards of up to 3% of PNMAC's total equity to key management members in our correspondent lending business. Those Class C common units vested over four years and upon the satisfaction of certain performance thresholds.

    The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan under which we granted common equity units of PNMAC to key employees. Those common units were fully vested on their grant date, which followed a period of service to the Company.

        In addition, we allowed certain of our employees to purchase preferred units of PNMAC, which were subject to repurchase rights upon a termination of employment, but were not issued under one of the plans listed above.

        All of the common units, Class C common units and preferred units referred to above were converted into Class A Units of PNMAC in the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock. No vesting of any units was accelerated in connection with the Recapitalization, and all of the Class A Units of PNMAC that those units were converted into as part of the Recapitalization continue to vest pursuant to the same applicable vesting schedule.

        No further awards will be made under these plans. We recognized compensation expense relating to our common equity compensation plans with reference to the fair value of the common units that we awarded. The fair value of the common units was estimated by discounting forecasted cash flows (dividends and value from a hypothetical sale of the Company) to the holders of the units. We used assumptions that we believe would be used by market participants when valuing our Company. The

70


Table of Contents

assumptions that we use to forecast the cash flows include: our short and long-term growth rates, discount rate, and the percentage of our income that we distribute.

        We estimated the fair value of awards under the Class C common equity plan and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan using an option pricing approach. Under this approach, our various classes of units were valued as call options based on their respective claims on our assets. The characteristics of the unit classes, as determined by the unit agreements and our former limited liability company agreement, determined the respective units' claims on our assets relative to each other and the other components of our former capital structure. We performed periodic valuations to establish the fair value of awards under the Class C common equity plan and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

        In connection with the Recapitalization and the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, we adopted our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for awards of stock options, time-based and performance-based restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and stock grants. The Company estimates the value of the stock options, time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units awarded with reference to the value of its underlying common stock on the date of the award.

        Compensation costs relating to stock-based awards are fixed, at the estimated fair value of the award date for the stock option and time-based restricted stock unit awards and variable as to number of units expected to vest for the performance-based restricted stock units. The Company amortizes compensation costs relating to stock-based awards to Compensation expense in the consolidated statements of income over the vesting period using the graded vesting method.

    Stock Options

        The stock option award agreements provide for the award of stock options to purchase the optioned common stock. In general, and except as otherwise provided by the agreement, one-third of the optioned common stock will vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the recipient's continued service through each anniversary. Each stock option will have a term of ten years from the date of grant but will expire (1) immediately upon termination of the holder's employment or other association with the Company for cause, (2) one year after the holder's employment or other association is terminated due to death or disability and (3) three months after the holder's employment or other association is terminated for any other reason.

        The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using a variant of the Black Scholes model based on the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatilities of comparable companies' common shares. The Company uses historical data to estimate share option exercise and employee departure behavior used in the option-pricing model; groups of employees (executives and non-executives) that have similar historical behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term of common stock options granted is derived from the option pricing model and represents the period of time that common stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the common stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

    Restricted Stock Units

        The restricted stock unit award agreements provide for the award recipient of performance-based restricted stock units to obtain, for each restricted stock unit, a variable number of the Company's Class A common stock and time-based restricted stock units to obtain, for each restricted stock units, one share of the Company's Class A common stock.

71


Table of Contents

        The number of shares received upon vesting of performance-based restricted stock units is determined based on the attainment of the performance goals, subject to conditions including continued employment throughout the performance period. The performance-based restricted stock units vest in full on the date the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors determines that the goals based on the performance components have been satisfied.

        One-third of all time-based restricted stock units vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, subject to the recipient's continued service through each anniversary.

        We have elected to opt out of the extended transition period for an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act to comply with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. This election is irrevocable.

72


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        Set forth below is a summary of our results of operations for the periods indicated.

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

                                           

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727   $ 118,170   $ 13,029   $ 2,008  

Loan origination fees

    6,312     2,452     11,980     2,687     9,634     669     734  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    22,054     7,715     50,298     13,839     62,906     1,744     80  

Net servicing income:

                                           

Loan servicing fees:

                                           

From non-affiliates

    11,744     3,696     20,801     6,622     20,673     11,493     11,431  

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust                 

    8,787     4,438     16,513     8,563     18,608     13,204     2,989  

From Investment Funds

    2,100     3,023     4,247     6,646     11,716     14,523     9,474  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (34 )   (249 )   (173 )   (495     (885 )   (2,772 )   1,162  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    2,662     1,118     4,923     2,508     2,245     1,657     1,345  
                               

Total

    25,259     12,026     46,311     23,844     52,357     38,105     26,401  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (3,190 )   (4,368 )   (8,200 )   (4,610 )   (12,252 )   (9,438 )   (400 )
                               

Net servicing income

    22,069     7,658     38,111     19,234     40,105     28,667     26,001  
                               

Management fees:

                                           

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,455     2,488     14,947     4,292     15,141     8,456     5,484  

From Investment Funds

    1,974     2,368     3,888     4,757     9,363     9,943     9,943  

Carried interest from Investment Funds

    2,862     2,110     7,599     3,899     10,473     12,596     24,654  

Interest

    4,474     2,146     6,217     2,577     6,354     1,532     195  

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (320 )   121     (233 )   316     817     23     130  

Other

    243     721     1,057     1,191     2          
                               

Total net revenue

    110,777     42,569     216,475     81,519     272,965     76,659     69,229  
                               

Expenses

                                           

Compensation

    42,339     26,492     78,020     45,900     124,014     47,479     25,412  

Interest

    4,200     1,122     7,530     2,184     7,879     1,875     790  

Professional services

    2,783     1,007     5,070     2,251     5,568     3,867     2,244  

Technology

    2,030     1,122     3,616     2,104     4,455     1,979     1,959  

Servicing

    1,609     461     3,141     1,439     3,642     2,344     2,167  

Loan origination

    2,516     567     5,023     738     2,953     185     150  

Occupancy

    596     301     1,087     684     1,521     1,985     938  

Other

    4,475     1,019     7,466     1,179     4,610     2,246     2,527  
                               

Total expenses

    60,548     32,091     110,953     56,479     154,642     61,960     36,187  
                               

Income before provision for income taxes

    50,229     10,478     105,522     25,040     118,323     14,699     33,042  

Provision for income taxes

    2,038         2,038                  
                               

Net income

    48,191   $ 10,478     103,484   $ 25,040   $ 118,323   $ 14,699   $ 33,042  
                                   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    45,398           100,691                          
                                         

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

  $ 2,793         $ 2,793                          
                                         

73


Table of Contents

    Comparison of the quarters and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

        Net income increased by approximately $37.7 million or 360% and $78.4 or 313% for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, when compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in net income primarily reflects growth in the Company's mortgage banking operations. Loan purchase and origination volume increased by approximately $3.4 billion or 196% and $6.3 billion or 240%, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012 and the Company's loan servicing portfolio was approximately $44.4 billion at June 30, 2013, an increase of $32.2 billion or 263% from June 30, 2012. This growth was supplemented by growth in the Company's investment management segment due to an increase of $5.6 million and $9.8 million or 115% and 108% in management fees for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, compared to the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively, reflecting the recognition of approximately $3.9 million of performance incentive fees related to our management of PMT, along with an increase of approximately $383.5 million or 27% in net assets under management from June 30, 2012 to June 30, 2013. These revenue increases were partly offset by increases in expenses of approximately $28.5 million or 89% and $54.5 million or 96%, respectively, during the quarter and six-month periods ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the comparable periods in 2012. We incurred these increases in expenses to accommodate our growth.

    Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

        During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, we recognized net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value totaling $42.7 million and $82.6 million, respectively. This compares to recognized net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value totaling $14.8 million and $28.7 million, respectively, during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we purchased and originated and subsequently sold during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same periods in 2012. The net gain for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 included $52.5 million and $94.2 million, respectively, in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales. The net gain for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012 included $15.1 million and $25.4 million, respectively, in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales.

74


Table of Contents

        We recognized gains on mortgage loans held for sale as summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash (loss) gain on sale:

                         

Proceeds from sales

  $ (43,318 ) $ 17,319   $ (55,141 ) $ 23,019  

Hedging activities

    22,260     (14,670 )   39,881     (20,702 )
                   

    (21,058 )   2,649     (15,260 )   2,317  
                   

Non-cash (loss) gain on sale:

                         

Change in fair value of IRLCs

    (41,647 )   4,622     (40,150 )   4,805  

MSRs received as proceeds on sale

    52,478     15,085     94,214     25,386  

MSR recapture payable to affiliate

    (366 )       (500 )    

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (1,453 )   (627 )   (2,697 )   (938 )

(Loss) gain relating to mortgage loans and hedging instruments held for sale at period end:

                         

Mortgage loans

    (17,242 )   1,917     (19,633 )   1,943  

Hedging instruments

    71,942     (8,856 )   66,637     (4,786 )
                   

Total non-cash (loss) gain relating to loans and hedging instruments held at period end

    54,700     (6,939 )   47,004     (2,843 )
                   

Total non-cash (loss) gain

    63,712     12,141     97,871     26,410  
                   

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727  
                   

Unpaid principal balance of loans sold during the period

  $ 4,377,043   $ 1,566,714   $ 8,236,132   $ 2,344,318  
                   

Interest rate lock commitments issued during the period, net of cancellations

  $ 4,887,855   $ 1,887,662   $ 8,584,419   $ 2,994,556  
                   

At period end:

                         

Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 656,341   $ 448,384   $ 656,341   $ 448,384  
                   

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

  $ 1,767,314   $ 849,845   $ 1,767,314   $ 849,845  
                   

Increase (decrease) in net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to:

                         

Net change in fair value of IRLCs

  $ (46,268 ) $ 4,956   $ (44,955 ) $ 5,104  

Volume of loans sold

    35,344     10,371     83,283     23,409  

Gain margin

    38,788     (1,290 )   15,556     (1,339 )
                   

Total change

  $ 27,864   $ 14,037   $ 53,884   $ 27,174  
                   

        We recognize a substantial portion of our gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value before we fund or purchase the loan. In the course of our correspondent and retail lending activities, we make contractual commitments to PMT and to mortgage loan applicants to purchase or fund mortgage loans at specified terms. We call these commitments interest rate lock commitments, or IRLCs. We recognize the value of IRLCs at the time we make a commitment to PMT or the borrower.

        We estimate the fair value of an IRLC based on quoted Agency MBS prices, our estimate of the fair value of the MSRs we expect to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased as a percentage of the commitment we have made, which we refer to as the "pull-through rate." We update our estimates of the value of the IRLCs as the mortgage loans move through the purchase or loan process for changes in our estimate of probability the loan will fund and for changes in interest rates.

        An active, observable market for IRLCs does not exist. Therefore, we estimate the fair value of IRLCs using methods and assumptions we believe that market participants use in pricing IRLCs. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's IRLCs are the pull-through rate and the MSR component of the Company's estimate of the value of the mortgage loans we have committed to purchase. Significant changes in the pull-through rate and the MSR

75


Table of Contents

component of the IRLCs, in isolation, could result in a significant change in fair value measurement. The financial effects of changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a positive effect on the fair value of the MSR component of IRLC value, but increase the pull-through rate for loans that have decreased in fair value in comparison to the agreed-upon purchase price.

        Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of IRLCs:

Key Inputs
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Pull-through rate

  57.8-98.0%   61.6%-98.1%

  (81.3%)   (79.1%)

MSR value expressed as:

       

Servicing fee multiple

  1.7-5.2   3.2-4.2

  (4.5)   (4.0)

Percentage of unpaid principal balance

  0.4%-2.6%   0.6%-2.2%

  (1.2%)   (0.9%)

        MSRs represent the value of a contract that obligates us to service mortgage loans on behalf of the purchaser of the loan in exchange for servicing fees and the right to collect certain ancillary income from the borrower. We recognize MSRs at our estimate of the fair value of the contract to service the loans. As discussed in Net loan servicing income , below, how much of the MSR we realize in cash relies on how our initial estimates of the future cash flows accruing to the MSRs are realized.

        As economic fundamentals change and influence the prepayment behaviors of mortgage loans subject to MSRs, our estimate of the fair value of MSRs will also change. As a result, we will record changes in fair value as a component of Net loan servicing income for the MSRs we carry at fair value and we may recognize changes in fair value relating to our MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value depending on the relationship of the asset's fair value to its carrying value at the measurement date.

        Following are the key inputs used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,
 
  2013   2012
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

  $4,372,786   $423,031   $1,560,292   $5,544

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  29   25   24   27

Pricing spread(1)

 

5.4%-12.4%

 

6.4%-9.6%

 

7.5%-11.9%

 

7.5%-9.9%

  (8.0%)   (7.2%)   (9.8%)   (7.9%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  8.5%-18.5%   8.7%-15.3%   6.7%-14.7%   7.9%-15.6%

  (8.8%)   (9.0%)   (8.2%)   (10.3%)

Life (in years)

  2.9-6.9   3.0-6.9   2.9-7.0   5.3-7.0

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (6.5)   (6.6)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

  $68-$120   $68-$68   $68-$100   $68-$100

  ($103)   ($68)   ($99)   ($72)

76


Table of Contents


 
  Six months ended June 30,
 
  2013   2012
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

  $8,229,142   $423,355   $2,325,346   $13,287

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  28   25   26   29

Pricing spread(1)

 

5.4%-12.5%

 

6.4%-9.6%

 

7.5%-11.9%

 

7.5%-9.9%

  (8.2%)   (7.2%)   (9.8%)   (8.5%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  8.5%-18.5%   8.7%-15.3%   6.7%-14.7%   7.8%-15.6%

  (8.8%)   (9.0%)   (8.1%)   (9.2%)

Life (in years)

  2.9-6.9   3.0-6.9   2.9-7.0   3.6-7.0

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (6.6)   (6.7)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

  $68-$120   $68-$68   $68-$100   $68-$100

  ($102)   ($68)   ($99)   ($80)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward rate curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs received as proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans.

(2)
Annual total prepayment speed is measured using life total CPR.

        We also provide for our estimate of the future losses that we may be required to incur as a result of our breach of representations and warranties provided to the purchasers of the loans we sold. Our agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans we sell to the Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of our representations and warranties, we may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer. In such cases, we bear any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. Our credit loss may be reduced by any recourse we have to correspondent lenders that sold such mortgage loans and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, we have the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that correspondent lender.

        We evaluate the adequacy of the balance of our recorded liability for losses under representations and warranties based on our loss experience and our assessment of future losses to be incurred relating to loans we have previously sold and which remain outstanding at the balance sheet date. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. We establish a liability at the time loans are sold and periodically update our liability estimate.

77


Table of Contents

        Following is a summary of our Liability for losses under representation and warranties in the consolidated balance sheets:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 4,748   $ 760   $ 3,504   $ 449  

Provisions for losses on loans sold

    1,453     627     2,697     938  

Incurred losses

    (16 )       (16 )    
                   

Balance at end of period

  $ 6,185   $ 1,387   $ 6,185   $ 1,387  
                   

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties at end of period

  $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747   $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747  
                   

        Following is a summary of the repurchase activity and unpaid balance of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

During the period:

                         

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans repurchased

  $ 2,741   $   $ 4,867   $  

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans put to correspondent lenders

  $ 574   $   $ 1,053   $  

At period end:

                         

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to pending claims for repurchase

  $ 296   $ 3,853   $ 296   $ 3,853  

        During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, we repurchased mortgage loans with unpaid balances totaling $2.7 million and $4.9 million, respectively, and charged $16,000 in incurred losses relating to these repurchases against our liability for representations and warranties. As the outstanding balance of loans we purchase and sell subject to representations and warranties increases and the loans sold season, we expect the level of repurchase activity to increase. As economic fundamentals change and as investor and Agency evaluation of their loss mitigation strategies, including claims under representations and warranties, change, the level of repurchase activity and ensuing losses will change, which may be material to us.

        The level of the recourse liability is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans. Our representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, we believe that the current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by us to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. We believe the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to our financial condition or results of operations.

        Our hedging activities relating to correspondent and retail lending primarily involve forward sales of our inventory and commitments to purchase mortgage loans as well as purchases of options to sell and options to purchase MBS.

78


Table of Contents

    Other loan production-related revenues

        Loan origination fees increased $3.9 million and $9.3 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans produced.

        Loan fulfillment fees from PMT represent fees we collect for services we perform on behalf of PMT in connection with its acquisition, packaging and sale of mortgage loans. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans purchased. The increase of $14.3 million and $36.5 million, respectively, in the fees during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012 is due to the substantial growth in the volume of Agency-eligible and jumbo mortgage loans PMT purchased in its correspondent lending activities.

    Net servicing income

        Set forth below is information about our loan servicing portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans serviced at period end (unpaid principal balance):

             

Prime servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

  $ 21,652,249   $ 12,920,209  

Owned MSRs: Originated

    16,294,547     8,992,602  

Owned MSRs: Acquisitions

    792,666     990,461  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    653,789     417,742  
           

Total prime servicing

    39,393,251     23,321,014  

Special servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

    3,857,124     3,559,893  

Owned MSRs: Acquisitions

    1,155,301     1,271,642  
           

Total special servicing

    5,012,425     4,831,535  
           

Total loans serviced

  $ 44,405,676   $ 28,152,549  
           

        Total loan servicing fees increased $13.2 million and $22.5 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 was due to an increase of $8.0 million and $14.2 million, respectively, in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our ongoing sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained; an increase of $4.3 million and $8.0 million, respectively, in loan servicing fees from PMT due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT; and an increase of $1.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively, in ancillary fees due to growth in the portfolios of mortgage loans serviced, partially offset by a decrease in loan servicing fees from the Investment Funds of $708,000 and $2.1 million, respectively. This decrease was due to the decrease in the principal balance in the Investment Funds' mortgage loan portfolios as these portfolios liquidate following the end of the related commitment periods on December 31, 2011.

        Amortization, impairment and changes in fair value of MSRs have a significant effect on net servicing income, driven primarily by our monthly re-estimation of the fair value of MSRs. As our investment in MSRs grows, we expect that the effect of amortization, impairment and changes in fair value will have an increasing influence on our net income. The fair value of MSRs is difficult to determine because MSRs are not actively traded in standalone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of these assets and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect our income.

79


Table of Contents

        Our MSR valuation process combines the use of a discounted cash flow model and analysis of current market data to arrive at an estimate of fair value at each balance sheet date. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in our discounted cash flow model are based on market factors and include the historical performance of our MSRs, which we believe are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

        The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment and default rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate, and cost to service loans. These variables can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change. Therefore our estimate of the fair value of MSRs changes from period to period. Our valuation committee reviews and approves the fair value estimates of our MSRs.

        We account for MSRs at either our estimate of the asset's fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period income or using the amortization method with the MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value based on whether we believe the underlying mortgages are sensitive to prepayments resulting from changing market interest rates. We have identified an initial mortgage interest rate of 4.5% for MSRs originated through our lending activities as the threshold for whether such mortgage loans are sensitive to changes in interest rates:

    Our risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values.

    For MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% that were acquired as a result of the our lending operations, we have concluded that such assets present different risks than MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and therefore require a different risk management approach. Our risk management efforts relating to these assets are aimed at moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. We have identified these assets for accounting using the amortization method.

        Our MSRs are summarized by the basis on which we account for the assets below as of the dates presented:

Basis of Accounting
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 23,070   $ 19,798  
           

Lower of amortized cost or fair value:

             

Amortized cost

  $ 179,003   $ 92,155  

Valuation allowance

    (2,335 )   (2,978 )
           

Carrying value

  $ 176,668   $ 89,177  
           

Fair value

  $ 194,529   $ 91,028  
           

Total MSR:

             

Carrying value

  $ 199,738   $ 108,975  
           

Fair value

  $ 217,599   $ 110,826  
           

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans underlying MSRs

  $ 18,242,514   $ 11,254,705  
           

Average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

             

Amortized cost

    28     28  

Fair value

    25     26  

Fair value special servicing

    50     50  

80


Table of Contents

        Key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs and estimates of the sensitivity of MSR values to changes in these assumptions as of the dates presented are as follows:

        Purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
 
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
(Carrying value and unpaid principal balance of underlying
loans in thousands)

 

Carrying value

  $10,978   $   $12,370   $  

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

 

$1,155,301

   
 

$1,271,478

   
 

Weighted-average note rate

  5.96%       6.01%      

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  50       50      

Discount rate

 

15.3%-15.3%

   
 

15.3%-15.3%

   
 

  (15.3%)       (15.3%)      

Average life (in years)

 

4.9

   
 

5.0

   
 

Prepayment speed(1)

  11.0%-11.0%       10.7%-10.7%      

  (11.0%)       (10.7%)      

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

 

$279-$279

   
 

$270-$270

   
 

  ($279)       ($270)      

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

        All other MSRs

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012
 
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
(Carrying value and unpaid principal balance of underlying loans
amounts in thousands)

Carrying value

  $12,092   $176,668   $7,428   $89,177

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

 

$1,327,754

 

$16,294,547

 

$1,166,765

 

$8,730,686

Weighted-average note rate

  4.71%   3.52%   5.22%   3.65%

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  25   28   26   28

Pricing spread(1)

 

6.4%-17.5%

 

5.4%-14.1%

 

7.5%-19.5%

 

7.5%-16.5%

  (8.7%)   (7.5%)   (10.6%)   (9.8%)

Average life (in years)

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.7-6.9

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.5-6.9

  (6.5)   (6.7)   (5.0)   (6.6)

Prepayment speed(2)

  8.7%-76.2%   8.6%-17.2%   9.0%-84.2%   8.7%-28.3%

  (11.3%)   (9.0%)   (19.2%)   (9.2%)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

 

$68-$115

 

$68-$120

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

  ($72)   ($101)   ($76)   ($99)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash

81


Table of Contents

    flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

        Significant changes to any of the key assumptions shown above in isolation could result in a significant change in the MSR fair value measurement. Changes in these key assumptions are not necessarily directly related. The sensitivity analyses, under Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk in this document, are limited in that they were performed as of a particular point in time, only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables, do not incorporate changes in the variables in relation to other variables, are subject to the accuracy of various models and inputs used, and do not take into account other factors that would affect our overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments that we would make to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the sensitivity tables in the following pages should not be viewed as earnings forecasts.

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights are summarized below for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

MSRs carried at lower of amortized cost or fair value:

                         

Amortization

  $ 4,251   $ 570   $ 7,346   $ 835  

Recognition (Reversal) of impairment

    (88 )   841     (643 )   784  

Hedging losses

            1,291      
                   

    4,163     1,411     7,994     1,619  
                   

MSRs carried at fair value:

                         

Change in fair value

    (973 )   2,957     206     2,991  
                   

Total amortization, impairment and change in fair value

  $ 3,190   $ 4,368   $ 8,200   $ 4,610  
                   

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights decreased $1.2 million from $4.4 million to $3.2 million from the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $3.6 million from $4.6 million to $8.2 million from the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

        The decrease in amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2012 was due to a $4.5 million shift from impairment and reduction in fair value to reversal of impairment from 2012 to 2013, arising from a shift from a declining interest rate environment through the first quarter of 2013 to a rising interest rate environment beginning in the second quarter of 2013. Decreasing interest rates and expectations for reduced interest rates encourage refinance activity and increase expectations of refinance activity, which in turn reduce the expected period and amount of net servicing income on which our estimates of MSR values are based. Interest rates were decreasing in 2012 through early 2013 and have been increasing during the second quarter of 2013. As a result, previously recognized impairment has been reversing during the second quarter of 2013. The shift in valuation of our MSRs has been partially offset by increased amortization of our growing servicing asset.

        The increase in amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 is due to increased amortization expense resulting from the significant growth in our MSRs between the periods, along with hedging losses during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

82


Table of Contents

    Management fees and Carried Interest

        Management fees and Carried Interest are summarized below for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Management Fees:

                         

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust:

                         

Base management fee

  $ 4,575   $ 2,488   $ 8,940   $ 4,292  

Performance incentive fee

    3,880         6,007      
                   

    8,455     2,488     14,947     4,292  

Investment Funds

    1,974     2,368     3,888     4,757  
                   

  $ 10,429   $ 4,856   $ 18,835   $ 9,049  
                   

Carried Interest

  $ 2,862   $ 2,110   $ 7,599   $ 3,899  
                   

Total management fees and carried interest

  $ 13,291   $ 6,966   $ 26,434   $ 12,948  
                   

Net assets of Advised Entities:

                         

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust              

  $ 1,244,181   $ 805,673   $ 1,244,181   $ 805,673  

Investment Funds

    561,790     616,793     561,790     616,793  
                   

  $ 1,805,971   $ 1,422,466   $ 1,805,971   $ 1,422,466  
                   

        Management fees from PMT increased $6.0 million and $10.7 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due primarily to:

    Base management fees increased due to an increase in PMT's shareholders' equity upon which its management fee is based by $438.5 million or 54% from June 30, 2012 through June 30, 2013.

    We recognized incentive fees of $3.9 million and $6.0 million for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. These fees were not recognized during 2012. We recognized performance incentive fees during 2013 as a result of the amendment to our management agreement with PMT effective February 1, 2013, which changed the basis on which profitability is measured for incentive fee purposes. Under the amended agreement, profitability is primarily based on net income determined in compliance with U.S. GAAP. Previously, the agreement based profitability on U.S. GAAP net income generally excluding non-cash gains and losses.

        Partially offsetting the increases in management fees from PMT, management fees from the Investment Funds decreased $394,000 and $869,000, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The decrease was due to decreases in the Investment Funds' net asset values as a result of continued distributions to the funds' investors following the end of the Investment Funds' commitment periods at December 31, 2011, which reduced the investment base on which the management fees are computed.

        Carried Interest from Investment Funds increased $752,000 from $2.1 million to $2.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and increased $3.7 million from $3.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $7.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to valuation gains in the Investment Funds' loan portfolios as a result of increases in demand for distressed mortgage loans, improvements in the value of the loans as they proceed through the resolution process and continuing increases in collateral valuations for the properties underlying the Funds' loans.

83


Table of Contents

    Other revenues

        Interest income increased $2.3 million from $2.1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, to $4.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $3.6 million from $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $6.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to the increase in our average inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the growth in our loan production activities, and primarily relates to the interest that we earned on mortgage loans during the period for which we held the loans pending sale.

        The results of our holdings of common shares of PMT, which is included in Changes in fair value of investment in, and dividends received from PMT are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Dividends

  $ 43   $ 42   $ 85   $ 83  

Change in fair value

    (363 )   79     (318 )   234  
                   

  $ (320 ) $ 121   $ (233 ) $ 317  
                   

Fair value of PMT shares at period end

  $ 1,579   $ 1,480   $ 1,579   $ 1,480  
                   

        Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PMT decreased $441,000 and $550,000, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The decreases were primarily due to decreases in the fair value of our investment in common shares of PMT as of June 30, 2013 as compared to the appreciation in value of our investment in common shares of PMT during 2012. During the periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we held 75,000 common shares of PMT.

    Expenses

        Our compensation expense is summarized below for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Salaries and wages

  $ 25,231   $ 14,100   $ 48,248   $ 24,949  

Incentive compensation

    11,957     3,882     19,704     7,045  

Taxes and benefits

    4,185     2,150     8,112     3,666  

Stock and unit-based compensation

    966     6,360     1,956     10,240  
                   

  $ 42,339   $ 26,492   $ 78,020   $ 45,900  
                   

Average headcount

    1,246     646     1,219     573  

Period-end headcount

    1,356     694     1,356     694  

        Compensation expense increased $15.8 million from $26.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to $42.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $32.1 million from $45.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $78.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to the development of and growth in our mortgage banking segment as well as growth in the level of assets managed and serviced for PMT, partially offset by decreases in unit-based compensation relating to PennyMac unit awards which were fully expensed during 2012. We expect stock-based compensation to increase in future quarters as a result of equity-based grants made on June 13, 2013. However, based on current outstanding equity award grants we do not expect to incur stock-based compensation expense at the level recorded during 2012.

84


Table of Contents

        Interest expense increased $3.1 million to $4.2 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 from $1.1 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and increased $5.3 million from $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $7.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in interest expense reflects increases in borrowings incurred to finance the growth of our loan production activities and, to a lesser extent, to finance our servicing advances and a portion of our MSRs.

        Professional services expense increased $1.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Loan origination expense increased $2.0 million from $567,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to $2.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $4.3 million from $738,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to growth in our loan origination volume and to changes in our fee structure which resulted in many of our fees being charged to correspondent lenders on an other-than pass-through basis. As a result of this change in structure, we recognized both the fee income and expense during 2013 as compared to "passing through" these items on a net basis during 2012.

        Servicing expense increased $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Technology expense increased $908,000 and $1.5 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Occupancy expense increased $295,000 and $403,000, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was primarily due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Other expense increased $3.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

    Expenses Allocated to PMT

        PMT reimburses us for other expenses, including common overhead expenses incurred on its behalf by us, in accordance with the terms of our management agreement. The expense amounts presented in our income statement are net of these allocations. Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Technology

  $ 1,151   $ 195   $ 1,923   $ 258  

Occupancy

    633     323     1,100     483  

Depreciation and amortization

    351     125     637     187  

Other

    840     229     1,606     303  
                   

Total expenses

  $ 2,975   $ 872   $ 5,266   $ 1,231  
                   

        The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT increased $2.1 million from $872,000 in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to $3.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $4.0 million from $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to growth in our overhead expenses, along with an increase of PMT's assets in relation to the total assets that we manage, resulting in a larger portion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT.

85


Table of Contents

    Provision for Income Taxes

        For the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, our effective tax rates were 4.1% and 1.9%, respectively. The difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory rate is primarily due to the allocation of earnings to the noncontrolling interest unit holders. As the noncontrolling unit holders convert their ownership units into our shares, we expect an increase in allocated earnings that will be subject to corporate federal and state statutory tax rates.

    Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value increased $105,141 from $13,029 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $118,170 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we sold during 2012 as compared to 2011. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $8,253 in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $90,472 in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales.

        We recognized gains on mortgage loans held for sale as summarized below.

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

             

Loan proceeds

  $ 78,671   $ 182  

Hedging activities

    (70,916 )   (8,578 )
           

    7,755     (8,396 )
           

Non-cash gain (loss):

             

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    16,035     7,919  

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    90,472     8,253  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (3,055 )   (259 )

Gain relating to loans held for sale and hedging instruments at year-end:

             

Loans

    4,030     393  

Hedging instruments

    2,933     5,119  
           

Total gain relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    6,963     5,512  
           

Total non-cash gain

    110,415     21,425  
           

  $ 118,170   $ 13,029  
           

Fair value of loans sold during the period

  $ 9,117,550   $ 655,853  
           

At year end:

             

Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 448,384   $ 89,857  
           

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

  $ 1,576,174   $ 324,752  
           

        Loan origination fees increased $8,965 from $669 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $9,634 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans produced and originated.

86


Table of Contents

        Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $61,162 from $1,744 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $62,906 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans for which we provided fulfillment services to PMT.

        Total loan servicing fees increased $14,252 from $38,105 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $52,357 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to an increase of $5,404 in loan servicing fees from PMT due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT, an increase of $9,180 in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our increasing sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained and an increase of $588 in ancillary fees due to growth in the portfolio of mortgage loans serviced, partially offset by a decrease in loan servicing fees from Investment Funds of $2,807. This decrease was due to the decrease in the principal balance in the Investment Funds' mortgage loan portfolios as these portfolios liquidate following the end of the related commitment periods on December 31, 2011.

        Set forth below is information about our loan servicing portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans serviced at period end (unpaid balance):

             

Prime servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

  $ 12,920,209   $ 496,404  

Owned MSRs: Originated

    9,410,344     968,406  

Owned MSRs: Acquisitions

    990,461     1,402,676  
           

Total Prime servicing

    23,321,014     2,867,486  

Special servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Acquisitions

    3,559,893     3,382,205  

Owned MSRs: Acquisitions

    1,271,642     1,486,917  
           

Total Special servicing

    4,831,535     4,869,122  
           

Total loans serviced

  $ 28,152,549   $ 7,736,608  
           

        The amount of the mortgage servicing rebate to the Investment Funds decreased $1,887 from $2,772 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $885 for the year ended December 31, 2012. In both 2012 and 2011, we waived a portion of servicing fees charged to the Investment Funds in addition to the amount resulting from the application of an "at cost" servicing fee. We decreased the waiver to Investment Funds relating to the "at cost" servicing fee from $2,462 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $536 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights decreased $2,814 from $(9,438) for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $(12,252) for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to growth in our investment in MSRs which increases the level of assets subject to amortization, compounded by decreases in prevailing mortgage interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease in mortgage interest rates caused decreases in the fair value of our investment in MSRs and we recognized impairment resulting from this decrease in fair value.

        Management fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $6,685 from $8,456 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $15,141 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity upon which the management fee is based. Management fees from Investment Funds decreased $580 from $9,943 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $9,363 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to decreases in the Investment

87


Table of Contents

Funds' net asset values as a result of the end of the Investment Funds' commitment periods at December 31, 2011 as well as subsequent distributions to the funds' investors, which together reduced the investment base on which the management fees are based.

        Carried interest from Investment Funds decreased $2,123 from $12,596 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $10,473 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to the close of the Investment Funds' commitment periods.

        Interest income increased $4,822 from $1,532 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $6,354 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to the increase in our average inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the growth in our loan production activities, and primarily relates to the interest that we earned on mortgage loans during the period for which we held the loans pending sale.

        Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $794 from $23 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $817 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $765 in appreciation in the value of our investment in common shares of PMT accompanied by a $29 increase in dividend income on that investment. As of both December 31, 2012 and 2011, we held 75,000 common shares of PMT.

        Compensation expense increased $76,535 from $47,479 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $124,014 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to the development of and growth in our mortgage banking segment as well as growth in the level of assets serviced for PMT and the Investment Funds. Below is a summary of our average and year-end headcount (including temporary and contract personnel) for the respective years and year-ends:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Average headcount

    732     317  
           

Year-end headcount

    1,028     435  
           

        Interest expense increased $6,004 from $1,875 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $7,879 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in interest expense reflects increases in borrowings incurred to finance the growth of our loan production activities and, to a lesser extent, to finance our servicing advances and a portion of our own MSRs.

        Professional services expense increased $1,701 from $3,867 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $5,568 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Technology expense increased $2,476 from $1,979 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $4,455 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Servicing expense increased $1,298 from $2,344 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $3,642 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Loan origination expense increased $2,768 from $185 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $2,953 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our loan origination volume.

        Occupancy expense decreased $464 from $1,985 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1,521 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to the non-recurrence of a

88


Table of Contents

lease abandonment charge of $1,155 we recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011. We incurred this charge due to our relocation from our previous corporate facility, which we had outgrown.

        Other expense increased $2,364 from $2,246 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $4,610 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

    Expenses Allocated to PMT

        Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
Income statement caption
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 1,374   $ 1,091  

Technology

    1,158     1,094  

Depreciation and amortization

    590     324  

Other

    1,067     1,472  
           

Total expenses allocated to PMT

  $ 4,189   $ 3,981  
           

        The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT increased $208 from $3,981 in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $4,189 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our overhead expenses, partly offset by a reduction of PMT's assets in relation to the total assets that we manage, resulting in a smaller portion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT.

    Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value increased $11,021 from $2,008 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $13,029 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we sold during 2011 as compared to 2010. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2010 included approximately $1,174 in fair value of MSRs received as part of the proceeds on sales. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2011 included approximately

89


Table of Contents

$8,253 in fair value of MSRs received as part of the proceeds on sales. We recognized gains on mortgage loans held for sale as summarized below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

             

Loan proceeds

  $ 182   $ (221 )

Hedging activities

    (8,578 )   (315 )
           

    (8,396 )   (536 )
           

Non-cash changes in fair value:

             

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    7,919     (24 )

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    8,253     1,174  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (259 )   (51 )

Change in fair value relating to loans held for sale and hedging instruments at year-end:

             

Loans

    393     1,099  

Hedging instruments

    5,119     346  
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    5,512     1,445  
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value

    21,425     2,544  
           

  $ 13,029   $ 2,008  
           

Fair value of loans sold during the period

  $ 655,853   $ 56,494  
           

At year end:

             

Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 89,857   $ 14,720  
           

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

  $ 324,752   $ 16,922  
           

        Loan origination fees decreased $65 from $734 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $669 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to decreases in the level of activity in one of our initial loan origination programs that had significant origination fees, partially offset by increased levels of originations in other loan programs.

        Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $1,664 from $80 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,744 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans for which we provided fulfillment services to PMT.

        Total loan servicing fees increased $11,704 from $26,401 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $38,105 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to an increase of $10,215 in loan servicing fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT, an increase of $5,049 in loan servicing fees from Investment Funds due to growth, both in the volume of mortgage loans we serviced on behalf of the Investment Funds and to growth in activity-based fees we receive from the funds for successful completion of workouts and liquidations of distressed mortgage loans, an increase of $62 in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates due to growth in our portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for non-affiliates, and an increase of $312 in ancillary fees due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

90


Table of Contents

        Set forth below is information about our loan servicing portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans serviced at year end (unpaid balance):

             

Prime servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Originated

  $ 496,404   $ 3,865  

Owned MSRs—Originated

    968,406     158,353  

Owned MSRS—Acquisitions

    1,402,676     1,428,970  
           

Total Prime servicing

    2,867,486     1,591,188  

Special servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Acquisitions

    3,382,205     2,097,141  

Owned MSRS—Acquisitions

    1,486,917     1,670,490  
           

Total Special servicing

    4,869,122     3,767,631  
           

Total loans serviced

  $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  
           

        Mortgage servicing rebate from Investment Funds decreased $3,934 from $1,162 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $(2,772) for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to decreases in our per-loan servicing costs as a result of scaling efficiencies we are realizing through the growth in our mortgage servicing operations.

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights increased $9,038 from $(400) for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $(9,438) for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our investment in MSRs which increases the level of assets subject to amortization, compounded by decreases in prevailing mortgage interest rates during 2011 as compared to 2010. This decrease in mortgage interest rates caused decreases in the fair value of our investment in MSRs, and we recognized the resulting decrease in fair value.

        Management fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $2,972 from $5,484 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $8,456 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity upon which the management fee is based. Management fees from Investment Funds remained even at $9,943 for both the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Carried interest from Investment Funds decreased $12,058 from $24,654 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $12,596 for the year ended December 31, 2011. We began recording carried interest during the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Investment Funds realized strong performance and we recognized the "catch up" component of our carried interest. Our carried interest in the year ended December 31, 2010 includes both the "catch up" component, totaling approximately $7.8 million and our ratable sharing of the return to the funds in excess of the preferred returns to the funds. Our carried interest income decreased during the year ended December 31, 2011 due in part to the absence of the "catch up" component.

        Interest income increased $1,337 from $195 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,532 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to the increase in our average inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the growth in our loan production activities, and primarily relates to the interest that we earned on mortgage loans during the period for which we held the loans pending sale.

        Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust decreased $107 from $130 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $23 for the year ended

91


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a $188 decrease in the value of our investment in common shares of PMT, offset by a $80 increase in dividend income on that investment. As of both December 31, 2011 and 2010, we held 75,000 common shares of PMT.

        Compensation expense increased $22,067 from $25,412 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $47,479 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to the development of and growth in our mortgage banking segment as well as growth in the level of assets serviced for PMT and the Investment Funds. Below is a summary of our average and year-end headcount (including temporary and contract personnel) for the respective years and year-ends:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  

Average headcount

    317     191  
           

Year-end headcount

    435     244  
           

        Interest expense increased $1,085 from $790 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,875 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest expense was due to an increase in borrowing incurred to finance the growth in our loan production activities and, to a lesser extent, to finance our servicing advances and a portion of our MSRs.

        Professional services expense increased $1,623 from $2,244 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $3,867 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations and the portfolio we service and manage.

        Technology expense increased $20 from $1,959 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,979 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Servicing expense increased $177 from $2,167 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $2,344 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Loan origination expense increased $35 from $150 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $185 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased during 2011 as compared to 2010.

        Occupancy expense increased $1,047 from $938 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,985 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Other expense decreased $281 from $2,527 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $2,246 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to increases in the amount of other expense we allocate to PMT in excess of growth in other expense during the year ended December 31, 2011.

92


Table of Contents

    Expenses Allocated to PMT

        Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
Income statement caption
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 1,091   $ 401  

Technology

    1,094     474  

Depreciation and amortization

    324     115  

Other

    1,472     428  
           

Total expenses allocated to PMT

  $ 3,981   $ 1,418  
           

        The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT increased $2,563 from $1,418 in the year ended December 31, 2010 to $3,981 in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our overhead expenses, growth of PMT's assets in relation to the total assets that we manage, resulting in a larger portion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT, and the non-recurrence of a waiver by us of our right to recover allocated expenses from PMT for a portion of 2010. During PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010, we did not charge PMT for its allocated expenses. Such waived expenses totaled approximately $500 for the year ended December 31, 2010. We did not waive any other charges during PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010 or thereafter. We do not intend to waive the recovery of allocated expenses in the future.

Other Operating Metrics (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Set forth below is a summary of other operating metrics as of and for the dates indicated.

 
  As of and year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating Metrics

                   

Net assets under management:

                   

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 1,201,336   $ 546,017   $ 319,913  

Investment Funds

    591,154     620,078     597,248  
               

Total net assets under management

  $ 1,792,490   $ 1,166,095   $ 917,161  
               

Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance):

                   

Servicing rights owned by PLS

  $ 11,181,868   $ 3,649,502   $ 3,242,579  

Subservicing

    16,552,939     4,002,722     2,101,450  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    417,742     84,384     14,790  
               

Total mortgage loans serviced

  $ 28,152,549   $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  
               

Mortgage loan production (unpaid balance):

                   

Government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT

  $ 8,351,599   $ 548,589   $ 3,268  

Retail production

    534,467     148,812     65,919  
               

Total mortgage loan production

  $ 8,886,066   $ 697,401   $ 69,187  
               

Mortgage loan fulfillment volume (unpaid balance)

  $ 12,422,435   $ 505,317   $ 24,067  
               

93


Table of Contents

    Comparison of operating metrics as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

        Net assets under management for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $655,319 from $546,017 as of December 31, 2011 to $1,201,336 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity as a result of share offerings by PMT, supplemented by PMT's retained earnings.

        Net assets under management for Investment Funds decreased $28,924 from $620,078 as of December 31, 2011 to $591,154 as of December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to runoff of the Investment Funds' net assets and to distributions made by the funds to their investors during the period, following the end of the Investment Funds' commitment periods at December 31, 2011.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under servicing rights owned by PLS increased $7,532,366 from $3,649,502 as of December 31, 2011 to $11,181,868 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained during 2012.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under subservicing arrangements increased $12,550,217 from $4,002,722 as of December 31, 2011 to $16,552,939 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT as the result of growth of PMT's servicing portfolio arising from the correspondent lending operations we manage on its behalf.

        Mortgage loans held for sale (unpaid balance) increased $333,358 from $84,384 as of December 31, 2011 to $417,742 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end.

        Mortgage loan production (government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT) increased $7,803,010 from $548,589 as of December 31, 2011 to $8,351,599 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we purchased from PMT through our correspondent activities.

        Mortgage loan retail production increased $385,655 from $148,812 as of December 31, 2011 to $534,467 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced and the resulting growth in our recapture refinance activity.

    Comparison of operating metrics as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

        Net assets under management for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $226,104 from $319,913 as of December 31, 2010 to $546,017 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity as a result of share offerings by PMT supplemented by PMT's retained earnings.

        Net assets under management for Investment Funds increased $22,830 from $597,248 as of December 31, 2010 to $620,078 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the investment net asset values primarily as a result of their profitable operations.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under servicing rights owned by PLS increased $406,923 from $3,242,579 as of December 31, 2010 to $3,649,502 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under subservicing arrangements increased $1,901,272 from $2,101,450 as of December 31, 2010 to $4,002,722 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT as the result of growth of PMT's servicing portfolio arising from the correspondent lending operations we manage on its behalf.

94


Table of Contents

        Mortgage loans held for sale increased $69,594 from $14,790 as of December 31, 2010 to $84,384 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end.

        Mortgage loan production (government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT) increased $545,321 from $3,268 as of December 31, 2010 to $548,589 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we purchased from PMT through our correspondent activities.

        Mortgage loan retail production increased $82,893 from $65,919 as of December 31, 2010 to $148,812 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced and the resulting growth in our recapture refinance activity.

Balance Sheet Analysis (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Following is a summary of key balance sheet items as of the dates presented:

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  June 30,
2013
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

ASSETS

                   

Cash and short-term investments

  $ 194,616   $ 65,487   $ 32,506  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    656,341     448,384     89,857  

Servicing advances

    94,791     93,152     63,565  

Receivable from Advised Entities

    19,712     20,363     19,864  

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    55,322     47,723     37,250  

Mortgage servicing rights

    199,738     108,975     32,124  

Other assets

    60,260     48,079     14,115  
               

Total assets

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163   $ 289,281  
               

LIABILITIES

                   

Borrowings

  $ 547,636   $ 446,547   $ 96,302  

Payable to affiliates

    89,057     83,574     55,217  

Other liabilities

    87,943     40,292     13,847  
               

Total liabilities

    724,636     570,413     165,366  
               

EQUITY

    556,144     261,750     123,915  
               

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163   $ 289,281  
               

    Comparison of balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

        Total assets increased $448.6 million from $832.2 million at December 31, 2012 to $1.3 billion at June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $208.0 million in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to growth in our correspondent lending operations, along with an increase of $90.8 million in our MSR balances. Our cash and short term investment balances increased by $129.1 million reflecting the proceeds from our IPO and margin cash posted from our derivative counterparties, partially offset by our use of the IPO proceeds to pay down our repurchase agreement borrowings which reduced the percentage of our assets being financed.

        Total liabilities increased by $154.2 million from $570.4 million as of December 31, 2012 to $724.6 million as of June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in borrowings of $101.1 million, made to partially fund the growth in mortgage loans held for sale.

95


Table of Contents

    Comparison of balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

        Total assets increased $542,882 from $289,281 at December 31, 2011 to $828,646 at December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $358,527 in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end, an increase of $76,851 in mortgage servicing rights due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we sold with servicing rights retained, resulting in an increase in our investment in MSRs, and an increase of $33,964 in other assets due to growth in the size of our operations, and an increase of $99 in receivables from Advised Entities due to settlements of amounts outstanding at period end.

        Total liabilities increased by $405,047 from $165,366 as of December 31, 2011 to $570,413 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to additional borrowings of $350,245 to finance our asset growth.

    Comparison of balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

        Total assets increased $160,879 from $128,402 as of December 31, 2010 to $289,281 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $17,265 in cash and short-term investments due to growth in the size of our operations, an increase of $75,137 in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we originated or purchased during 2011 as compared to 2010, and an increase of $40,754 in servicing advances due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Total liabilities increased by $126,933 from $38,433 as of December 31, 2010 to $165,366 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due, in part, to additional borrowings of $79,514 and capital contributions from the issuance of additional preferred units of $15,100 to finance our asset growth.

Cash Flows (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

    Comparison of Six Month Periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $26.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to our initial public offering during the period. Cash used in operating activities totaled $156.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013. The cash flows in operating activities were primarily due to growth of our mortgage loans held for sale portfolio as origination and purchases of loans exceeded loan sales by $199.4 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $108.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013. This use of cash reflects an increase in short-term investments due to the liquidity provided by the IPO.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $291.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to the IPO which raised $216.8 million net of underwriting and offering costs, and increased borrowings under our mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase of $106.9 million resulting from the increase in our level of inventory of mortgage loans held for sale at June 30, 2013 as compared to December 31, 2012.

    Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

        Our cash flows resulted in a net decrease in cash of $4,142 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The negative cash flows arose primarily due to growth in our operations. Cash used in operating activities totaled $308,057 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in cash flows was primarily due to the growth in our mortgage loan inventory as originations and purchases of loans exceeded cash proceeds from loan sales by $346,438.

96


Table of Contents

        Net cash used by investing activities was $45,535 for the year ended December 31, 2012. This use of cash reflects the growth of our short-term investment portfolio totaling $37.1 million.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $349,450 for the year ended December 31, 2012. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to the sale of loans under agreements to repurchase exceeding repurchases of loans sold under agreements to repurchase by $315,834 in order to finance our growth of our mortgage loan inventory.

    Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $10,538 during 2011. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to growth in our operations. Cash used in operating activities totaled $74,718 during 2011. This use was primarily due to originations and purchases of mortgage loans held for sale exceeding cash proceeds from loan sales by $75,417. Cash used by operating activities during 2010 totaled $12,647, and also reflects the effects of growth in our mortgage loan inventory.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $12,389 for 2011. This use of cash reflects the growth of our investment portfolio. We used cash to purchase short-term investments, resulting in a $6,727 increase in balance during 2011. This contrasts with cash used by investing activities totaling $7,176 during 2010, primarily resulting from the purchase of $11,974 in mortgage servicing rights.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $97,645 for 2011. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to proceeds from sale of loans under agreements to repurchases exceeding repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase by $77,700 in order to finance our growth of our mortgage loan inventory, increases in the note payable of $15,103 and $18,908 in capital contributions from the payment of preferred unit subscriptions during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $2,987 for 2010. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to cash provided by financing activities exceeding cash used by investing and operating activities. Cash used by operating activities totaled $12,647 during 2010. This use of cash was primarily due to the cash requirements related to the growth in our balance sheet accounts relating to our operations.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $7,176 for the year ended December 31, 2010. This use of cash primarily reflects the purchase of mortgage servicing rights, offset by reductions in the level of our short-term investments of $5,630 as we converted this asset to operating assets.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $22,810 for 2010. These funds were primarily the result of $16,074 in borrowing under agreements to repurchase and $8,967 in capital contributions resulting from the issuance of preferred units.

Liquidity and Capital Resources (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Our liquidity reflects our ability to meet our current obligations (including our operating expenses and, when applicable, the retirement of, and margin calls relating to, our debt, and margin calls relating to hedges on our commitments to purchase or originate mortgage loans), fund new originations and purchases, and make investments as we identify them. We expect our primary sources of liquidity to be through cash flows from business activities, earnings on our investments and proceeds from borrowings and/or additional equity offerings. Assuming that we are able to renew or increase our warehouse facilities and credit financing in the ordinary course of business, we believe that our current liquidity is sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months. However, no assurance can be given that we will be able to do so.

97


Table of Contents

        Our current leverage strategy is to finance our assets where we believe such borrowing is prudent and appropriate. Our borrowing activities are in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase, and a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances.

        Our repurchase agreements represent the sales of mortgage loans together with agreements for us to buy back the mortgage loans at a later date. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $172,729, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $441,245. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $24,905, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $127,593.

        The difference between the maximum and average daily amounts outstanding was due to increases in the sizes and utilization of our existing facilities and our entry into a new credit facility during the quarter ended June 30, 2012, all in support of the growth in our mortgage loan production, investments and correspondent lending activities.

        All of our borrowings discussed above have short-term maturities. The transactions relating to mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase mature between June 25, 2013 and the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination and provide for the repurchase from major financial institution counterparties based on the estimated fair value of the mortgage loans sold. Our note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value has a maturity date that is the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination.

        PLS' debt financing agreements require it to comply with various financial covenants. The most significant covenants currently include the following:

    profitability during each calendar quarter;

    a minimum of $20 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents;

    a minimum tangible net worth of $90 million;

    a maximum ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth of less than 10:1; and

    at least one other warehouse or repurchase facility that finances amounts and assets similar to those being financed under our existing debt financing agreements.

        Although these financial covenants limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur and impact our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, we believe that these covenants currently provide us with sufficient flexibility to successfully operate our business and obtain the financing necessary to achieve that purpose.

        With respect to our role as subservicer for the Advised Entities, we are also subject to certain covenants under their respective debt agreements. These covenants are similar to those above, with the additional covenant that we must maintain a minimum servicing portfolio of $5 billion in UPB.

        Our debt financing agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender at its option, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. A margin deficit will generally result from any decline in the market value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the assets subject to the related financing agreement. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

98


Table of Contents

        We continue to explore a variety of additional means of financing our continued growth, including debt financing through bank warehouse lines of credit and additional repurchase agreements. However, there can be no assurance as to how much additional financing capacity such efforts will produce, what form the financing will take or whether such efforts will be successful.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Guarantees

        As of June 30, 2013, we have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements or guarantees.

    Contractual Obligations

        As of June 30, 2013, we had on-balance sheet contractual obligations of $500.4 million to finance assets under agreements to repurchase with maturities between July 25, 2013 and the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination. We also had a contractual obligation of $47.2 million relating to a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value and with a maturity date that is the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination. We also lease our primary office facilities under an agreement that expires on February 28, 2017 and we license certain software to support our loan servicing operations.

        Payment obligations under these agreements are summarized below:

 
  Payments due by period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PMT

  $ 1,505,403   $ 1,505,403   $   $   $  

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

    261,911     261,911              

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

    4,226,940     4,226,940              

Software licenses(1)

    7,778     3,457     4,321          

Office leases

    13,890     3,353     7,979     2,558      

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    500,427     500,427              

Note payable

    47,209     47,209              
                       

Total

  $ 6,563,558   $ 6,548,700   $ 12,300   $ 2,558   $  
                       

(1)
Software licenses include both volume and activity-based fees that are dependent on the number of loans serviced during each period and include a base fee of approximately $452,000 per year. Estimated payments for software licenses above are based on the number of loans currently serviced by us, which totaled approximately 157,000 at June 30, 2013. Future amounts due may significantly fluctuate based on changes in the number of loans serviced by us. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, software license fees totaled $2.8 million. All figures contained in this footnote are in actual amounts and not in thousands (in contrast to the table above).

99


Table of Contents

        The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to our assets sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of June 30, 2013:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk   Weighted-average
maturity of advances
under repurchase
agreement
  Facility maturity
 
  (in thousands)
   
   

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 31,137   September 15, 2013   January 2, 2014

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 50,006   July 25, 2013   July 25, 2013(1)

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 69,006   September 13, 2013   (2)

(1)
On July 25, 2013, this facility was amended to extend the indicated maturity date to July 24, 2014.

(2)
The earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination.

    Debt Obligations

        As described further above in "Liquidity and Capital Resources," we currently finance certain of our assets through borrowings with major financial institution counterparties in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase, and a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value. The borrower under each of these facilities is PLS, and all obligations thereunder are guaranteed by PNMAC.

        Under the terms of these agreements, PLS is required to comply with certain financial covenants, as described further above in "Liquidity and Capital Resources," and various non-financial covenants customary for transactions of this nature. As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance in all material respects with these covenants.

        The agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

        In addition, the agreements contain events of default (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods), including payment defaults, breaches of covenants and/or certain representations and warranties, cross-defaults, guarantor defaults, servicer termination events and defaults, material adverse changes, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and other events of default customary for these types of transactions. The remedies for such events of default are also customary for these types of transactions and include the acceleration of the principal amount outstanding under the agreements and the liquidation by our lenders of the mortgage loans or other collateral then subject to the agreements.

100


Table of Contents

        All of PLS's borrowings discussed above have short-term maturities that expire as follows:

Counterparty(1)
  Outstanding
indebtedness(2)
  Committed
amount
  Maturity date
 
  (in thousands)
   

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 236,384   $ 300,000   January 2, 2014

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 93,657   $ 150,000   July 25, 2013(3)

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 170,386   $ 300,000   (4)

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 47,209   $ 117,000   (4)

(1)
The borrowings with Bank of America, N.A., Citibank, N.A. and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (with a committed amount of $300 million) are in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase. The borrowing with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (with a committed amount of $117 million) is in the form of a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances.

(2)
Represents outstanding indebtedness reduced by cash collateral as of June 30, 2013.

(3)
On July 25, 2013, this facility was amended to extend the indicated maturity date to July 24, 2014.

(4)
The earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Market risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, real estate values and other market-based risks. The primary market risks to which we are exposed are credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, inflation risk and market value risk.

    Credit Risk

        We are subject to credit risk in connection with our loan sales activities. Our loan sales are generally made with contractual representations and warranties, which, if breached, can require us to repurchase the mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for any losses incurred because of that breach. These breaches are generally evidenced when the borrower defaults on a loan. The amount of our liability for losses due to representations and warranties to the loans' investors is not limited. However, we believe that the current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by us to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. We include a provision for potential losses due to recourse as part of our recognition of loan sales, based initially on our estimate of the fair value of such obligation. We review our loss experience relating to representations and warranties and adjust our liability estimate when necessary. We believe that residual loan credit quality is primarily determined by the borrowers' credit profiles and loan characteristics.

        In the event of developments affecting the credit performance of loans we have sold subject to representations and warranties, such as a significant increase in unemployment or a significant deterioration in real estate values in markets where properties securing mortgage loans we purchase are located, defaults could increase and result in credit losses arising from claims under our representations and warranties, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

    Interest Rate Risk

        Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations, and other factors beyond our control. Changes in interest rates affect both the fair value of, and interest income we earn from, our mortgage-related investments. This effect is most pronounced with fixed-rate mortgage assets. In

101


Table of Contents

general, rising interest rates negatively affect the fair value of our interest rate lock agreements and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale.

        Our operating results will depend, in part, on differences between the income from our investments and our financing costs. Presently our debt financing is based on a floating rate of interest calculated on a fixed spread over the relevant index, as determined by the particular financing arrangement.

        We engage in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of income caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, we use derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value of our interest rate lock commitments and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale. We do not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of our risk management activities.

    Prepayment Risk

        To the extent that the actual prepayment rate on the mortgage loans underlying our MSRs differs from what we projected when we initially recognized the MSRs and when we measured fair value as of the end of each reporting period, the carrying value of our investment in MSRs will be affected. In general, a decline in the principal balances of the loans underlying our MSRs or an increase in prepayment expectations will accelerate the amortization and may result in impairments of our MSRs accounted for using the amortization method and decrease our estimates of the fair value of both the MSRs accounted for using the amortization method and those accounted for using the fair value method, thereby reducing net servicing income.

    Inflation Risk

        Virtually all of our assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive in nature. As a result, interest rates and other factors will influence our performance more than inflation. Changes in interest rates do not necessarily correlate with inflation rates or changes in inflation rates. Furthermore, our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and any distributions that PNMAC may make to its members will be determined by us as the managing member of PNMAC based primarily on our taxable income and, in each case, our activities and balance sheet are measured with reference to historical cost and/or fair value without considering inflation.

    Market Value Risk

        Our mortgage loans held for sale are reported at their estimated fair values. The fair value of these assets fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates.

        The following sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were (i) performed at a particular point in time, (ii) only contemplate certain movements in interest rates, (iii) do not incorporate changes in interest rate volatility or changes in the relationship of one interest rate index to another, (iv) are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used, including prepayment forecasts and discount rates, and (v) do not incorporate other factors that would affect our overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the following estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

102


Table of Contents

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method as of June 30, 2013, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 211,822   $ 202,838   $ 198,604   $ 190,606   $ 186,827   $ 179,670  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 17,293   $ 8,309   $ 4,075   $ (3,923 ) $ (7,703 ) $ (14,859 )

%

    8.89 %   4.27 %   2.09 %   -2.02 %   -3.96 %   -7.64 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 211,208   $ 202,577   $ 198,484   $ 190,707   $ 187,009   $ 179,968  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 16,678   $ 8,048   $ 3,955   $ (3,823 ) $ (7,520 ) $ (14,562 )

%

    8.57 %   4.14 %   2.03 %   -1.97 %   -3.87 %   -7.49 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 202,305   $ 198,417   $ 196,473   $ 192,585   $ 190,641   $ 186,753  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 7,776   $ 3,888   $ 1,944   $ (1,944 ) $ (3,888 ) $ (7,776 )

%

    4.00 %   2.00 %   1.00 %   -1.00 %   -2.00 %   -4.00 %

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the fair value method as of June 30, 2013, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 13,048   $ 12,552   $ 12,318   $ 11,837   $ 11,662   $ 11,262  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 957   $ 461   $ 226   $ (218 ) $ (429 ) $ (830 )

%

    7.91 %   3.81 %   1.87 %   -1.81 %   -3.55 %   -6.86 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 13,386   $ 12,712   $ 12,395   $ 11,800   $ 11,520   $ 10,991  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,295   $ 620   $ 304   $ (292 ) $ (572 ) $ (1,100 )

%

    10.71 %   5.13 %   2.51 %   -2.41 %   -4.73 %   -9.10 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,534   $ 12,313   $ 12,202   $ 11,981   $ 11,870   $ 11,649  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 443   $ 221   $ 111   $ (111 ) $ (221 ) $ (443 )

%

    3.66 %   1.83 %   0.92 %   -0.92 %   -1.83 %   -3.66 %

103


Table of Contents

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans accounted for using the fair value method as of June 30, 2013, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,229   $ 11,573   $ 11,269   $ 10,701   $ 10,437   $ 9,941  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,251   $ 595   $ 290   $ (277 ) $ (542 ) $ (1,037 )

%

    11.39 %   5.42 %   2.64 %   -2.52 %   -4.93 %   -9.44 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,028   $ 11,499   $ 11,239   $ 10,725   $ 10,478   $ 10,001  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,049   $ 521   $ 261   $ (254 ) $ (500 ) $ (977 )

%

    9.56 %   4.74 %   2.38 %   -2.31 %   -4.55 %   -8.90 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,048   $ 11,513   $ 11,246   $ 10,711   $ 10,444   $ 9,909  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,070   $ 535   $ 267   $ (267 ) $ (535 ) $ (1,070 )

%

    9.74 %   4.87 %   2.44 %   -2.44 %   -4.87 %   -9.74 %

104


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans and the management of investments related to the U.S. residential mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management's deep experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

        We were founded in 2008 by members of our executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock and Highfields. Since our founding we have pursued opportunities to acquire and manage residential mortgage loans and established what we believe to be a best-in-class mortgage platform. We have relied on the know-how of our management team and built a de novo operating platform to our specifications using industry-leading technology, processes and procedures to address the stringent requirements of residential mortgage lending and servicing in the post-financial crisis market. We believe that this approach has resulted in a specialized mortgage platform that is "legacy-free" and highly scalable (that is, it can be expanded on a cost efficient basis within a time frame that meets the demands of our business) to support the continued growth of our business.

        We conduct our business in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PLS, is a leading non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. PLS is a seller/servicer for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, each of which is a GSE. It is also an approved issuer of securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, a lender of the FHA, a lender/servicer of the VA, and a servicer for HAMP. PLS is licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to originate residential mortgage loans in 46 states and the District of Columbia and to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

        Our principal investment management subsidiary, PCM, is an SEC registered investment adviser. It manages PMT, a mortgage REIT listed on the NYSE. PCM also manages our Investment Funds. Our Advised Entities have been some of the leading non-bank investors in distressed mortgage loans since 2008, investing in loans with approximately $7.4 billion of unpaid principal balances, or UPB. As of June 30, 2013, our Advised Entities had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion.

        We conduct some of our activities for our own account and some for our Advised Entities. We earn significant fee income and carried interest from the activities we conduct for our Advised Entities; such fees include investment management fees, incentive fees, subservicing fees for servicing loan portfolios and fulfillment fees for mortgage banking services provided to PMT in connection with our correspondent lending program. Our relationships with our Advised Entities also allow us to pursue some market opportunities with reduced capital intensity, with PLS and PCM providing operational expertise and our Advised Entities providing investment capital for mortgage-related assets.

        Our systems and processes have been designed to be highly scalable to accommodate the continued rapid growth of our businesses. To date our growth has been organic, drawing upon experienced personnel known to us in the mortgage industry, which has allowed us to be methodical and consistent in our operations and to establish and maintain a disciplined corporate culture that is focused on excellence.

105


Table of Contents

Our Company Structure

GRAPHIC

Mortgage Banking Segment

        As summarized below, our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

    Correspondent Lending

        Our correspondent lending business manages, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, primarily "conventional" residential mortgage loans guaranteed by the GSEs and "government-insured" residential mortgage loans insured or guaranteed primarily by the VA or the FHA.

        For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fee for each loan acquired by PMT. Fulfillment activities include reviews of loan data, documentation and appraisals to assess loan quality and risk, correspondent seller performance and credit monitoring procedures, and the subsequent sale and securitization of loans through secondary mortgage markets on behalf of PMT. PMT earns interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these conventional loans and retains the associated mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs. PLS provides loan subservicing for PMT's retained MSRs and earns a subservicing fee.

106


Table of Contents

Correspondent Conventional Lending

GRAPHIC

        In the case of government-insured or -guaranteed loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee. We fulfill the government loans for our own account. We typically pool the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into a mortgage-backed security, or MBS, which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the associated MSRs.

Correspondent Government Lending

GRAPHIC

        We have grown our correspondent lending business through purchases from approved mortgage originators that meet specific criteria related to management experience, financial strength, risk management controls and loan quality. Our management team has prior experience with the majority of these mortgage originators. As of June 30, 2013, we had approved 220 sellers on PMT's behalf, primarily independent mortgage originators and small banks located across the United States. PMT purchased approximately $17.1 billion of loans in the first half of 2013, including $9.0 billion of conventional loans, $8.0 billion of government-insured loans and $115 million of jumbo loans. In the second quarter of 2013, with billion in production, PMT was the fourth largest correspondent lender in the United States as ranked by Inside Mortgage Finance.

    Retail Lending

        Our retail lending business originates new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. We conduct this business through a consumer direct model, which relies on the Internet and call center-based staff, rather than a traditional branch network, to acquire and interact with customers across the country. Effective marketing, call center staff, procedures, training and technology are all important to growing our retail lending business. We use sophisticated telephony and lead-management software to improve conversion rates, deliver outstanding customer service, and lower costs. During the first half of 2013, we originated $611 million of residential mortgage loans in our retail lending business, a 295% growth rate compared to the first half of 2012.

107


Table of Contents

        Our existing servicing portfolio is our main source of leads for new originations. These portfolio-based originations include: refinancing loans to proactively protect our servicing portfolio from run-off, which we refer to as "recapture;" refinancing loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities; and purchasing loans to facilitate the sale of REO properties held by our Advised Entities. In addition, we are growing our non-portfolio originations by sourcing prospective customers through consumer marketing and community and professional relationships.

Retail Lending

GRAPHIC

        For loans originated via our retail lending business, we conduct our own fulfillment, earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these loans, and retain the associated MSRs (subject to sharing 30% of such MSRs with PMT in the case of retail originated loans that refinance a loan for which the related MSR was held by PMT).

    Loan Servicing

        Our loan servicing business performs loan administration, collection, and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments, responding to customer inquiries, accounting for principal and interest, holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counseling delinquent mortgagors, modifying loans and supervising foreclosures and our property dispositions.

        We service loans for which we own the MSRs and we service loans on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners which we refer to as "subservicing." The owner of MSRs acts on behalf of mortgage loan owners and has the contractual right to receive a stream of cash flows (expressed as a percentage of UPB) in exchange for performing specified mortgage servicing functions and temporarily advancing funds to cover payments on delinquent and defaulted mortgages. As a subservicer, we earn a contractual fee on a per-loan basis and the right to any ancillary fees, and we are reimbursed for any servicing advances we make on delinquent or defaulted mortgages. We presently subservice only for our Advised Entities.

        We characterize our servicing business as either "Prime Servicing" or "Special Servicing."

    Prime Servicing.     Our prime servicing includes servicing or subservicing activities for loans that are prime credit quality and generally exhibit low delinquency and default rates. This portfolio includes conventional and government-insured or -guaranteed loans. Prime servicing generally tends to be lower cost and benefits from significant economies of scale. As of June 30, 2013, our prime servicing portfolio comprised over 168,000 loans, most of which are recent originations, with an aggregate UPB of approximately $39.4 billion. We own the MSRs to over 83,000 of these loans (or approximately 45% of our total prime portfolio as measured by UPB), most of which are serviced

108


Table of Contents

    for Ginnie Mae securitizations and were produced by us through our correspondent and retail lending businesses. In addition, we subservice approximately 84,000 conventional loans (or approximately 55% of our total prime portfolio as measured by UPB), the MSRs to which are owned by PMT.

    Special Servicing.     Our special servicing includes servicing activities for distressed whole loans that have been acquired as investments by our Advised Entities, as well as for loans in "private-label" MBS securities, which are securities that are not guaranteed by or otherwise affiliated with any government agency. Special servicing utilizes a "high-touch" model to establish and maintain borrower contact and facilitate loss mitigation strategies. Our general strategy is to try to keep defaulted borrowers in their homes. Under certain circumstances, we offer loss mitigation options that include loan modification through the use of federally sponsored loan modification programs (such as HAMP) or otherwise to reflect both the borrowers' current financial condition and the value of their homes. When loan modifications and other efforts are unable to cure a default, we seek to avoid foreclosure and timely acquire and/or liquidate the property securing the mortgage loan where possible and pursue alternative property resolutions including "short sales," in which the borrower agrees to sell the property for less than the loan balance and the difference is forgiven, and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, in which the borrower agrees to convey the property deed outside of foreclosure proceedings. As of June 30, 2013, we provided special servicing to approximately 24,000 distressed whole loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $5.0 billion and approximately 6,300 loans in "private-label" securities with an aggregate UPB of approximately $1.1 billion. Our special servicing fees typically include a base servicing fee and activity-based fees for the successful completion of default-related services.

109


Table of Contents

        The following table shows the UPB and other information for certain categories of loans within our servicing portfolio:

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  June 30,
2013
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Prime Servicing Portfolio

                         

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Originated

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 21,653   $ 12,920   $ 496   $ 4  

Loan count

    84,735     50,327     1,905     22  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 256   $ 257   $ 261   $ 176  

Avg. coupon

    3.63 %   3.70 %   4.23 %   4.76 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    760     763     770     714  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    0.25 %   0.37 %   0.26 %   0.00 %

Owned MSRs—Originated

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 16,947   $ 9,410   $ 968   $ 158  

Loan count

    78,861     44,393     4,480     599  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 215   $ 212   $ 216   $ 264  

Avg. coupon

    3.55 %   3.68 %   4.38 %   4.86 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    711     711     728     755  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    1.70 %   1.55 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

Owned MSRs—MSR Acquisitions

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 793   $ 990   $ 1,403   $ 1,429  

Loan count

    4,862     5,984     7,966     7,474  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 163   $ 166   $ 176   $ 191  

Avg. coupon

    5.30 %   5.32 %   5.34 %   5.41 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    728     729     732     744  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    5.20 %   5.53 %   4.77 %   3.73 %

Total Prime Servicing Portfolio

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 39,393   $ 23,320   $ 2,867   $ 1,591  

Loan count

    168,458     100,704     14,351     8,095  

Special Servicing Portfolio

                         

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 3,857   $ 3,560   $ 3,382   $ 2,097  

Loan count

    17,017     15,590     13,894     8,956  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 227   $ 228   $ 243   $ 234  

Avg. coupon

    6.02 %   6.24 %   6.58 %   7.10 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    635     637     640     638  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    75.81 %   73.33 %   77.17 %   76.30 %

Owned MSRs—MSR Acquisitions

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 1,155   $ 1,272   $ 1,487   $ 1,671  

Loan count

    6,571     7,159     8,150     8,971  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 176   $ 178   $ 182   $ 186  

Avg. coupon

    6.18 %   6.21 %   6.29 %   6.38 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    692     696     697     698  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    20.68 %   19.60 %   19.50 %   17.25 %

Total Special Servicing Portfolio

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 5,012   $ 4,832   $ 4,869   $ 3,768  

Loan count

    23,588     22,749     22,044     17,927  

Total Servicing Portfolio

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 44,405   $ 28,152   $ 7,737   $ 5,359  
                   

Loan count

    192,046     123,453     36,395     26,022  
                   

110


Table of Contents

        We have grown our mortgage servicing portfolio primarily through organic mortgage loan production in our correspondent lending and retail lending businesses, supplemented by the opportunistic acquisition by our Advised Entities of distressed pools of residential whole loans, which we subservice, and our own MSR acquisitions. As of June 30, 2013, we serviced or subserviced approximately 192,000 loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $44.4 billion. The majority of these loans are serviced for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae securitizations.

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing and prime subservicing portfolios, and our total servicing portfolio by investor as of June 30, 2013:

Total Servicing Portfolio
Total = $44.4 billion in UPB
  Total Servicing by Investor
Total = $44.4 billion in UPB



GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing portfolios by product type as of June 30, 2013:

Prime Servicing Portfolio by Product Type
Total = $39.4 billion in UPB
  Special Servicing Portfolio by Product Type
Total = $5.0 billion in UPB


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

111


Table of Contents

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing portfolios by geography as of June 30, 2013:

Prime Servicing Portfolio by State
Total = $39.4 billion in UPB
  Specialty Servicing Portfolio by State
Total = $5.0 billion in UPB


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

Investment Management Segment

        We are an investment manager through our wholly-owned subsidiary PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2013. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance. The Investment Funds are limited-life private funds established in August 2008, whose commitment periods ended in 2011. As of June 30, 2013, these funds had aggregate equity value of $562 million and had generated total returns of 53%, net of all fees, expenses and carried interest, since their inception. The term of each of these funds ends in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Subject to contractual restrictions with PMT, we may establish additional private investment vehicles to invest in distressed loans or pursue related mortgage strategies, for which we would provide investment management services as well.

        PMT was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust in May 2009 and consummated an initial public offering in August 2009. PMT's shareholders' equity has grown through a combination of retained earnings and new equity raised through follow-on public offerings and other sales of its common stock. Since its initial public offering, PMT has raised new equity of approximately $200 million in 2011, approximately $600 million in 2012 and approximately $250 million for the year-to-date period ended September 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2013, PMT had shareholders' equity of $1,244 million. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, PMT reported returns on average shareholders' equity of 16%, 13% and 8%, respectively. Our relationship with PMT provides a partner with long-term investment capital and enhances our ability to both support our existing business and to pursue potential growth initiatives.

Our Platform

        We believe that we have a unique operating platform comprised of industry-leading functional capabilities that support the multiple businesses we presently operate in and position us favorably to take advantage of future opportunities in the U.S. residential mortgage markets. These functions include: correspondent and retail loan production; capital markets and secondary marketing; centralized credit activities, including product development and credit policy, underwriting and appraisals, and quality control activities; portfolio strategy; loan servicing; information technology; compliance and regulatory; and other supporting functions.

112


Table of Contents

Loan Production

        Although our loan production activities are specialized for the particular needs of our correspondent and retail lending businesses, these businesses share a common, company-wide approach to loan manufacturing, and rely on centralized functions including credit and secondary marketing to provide critical capabilities. For example, product development is coordinated by our central credit function and pricing is coordinated by our secondary marketing function, working in close collaboration with our correspondent and retail units. Underwriting and appraisal review activities are conducted by our central credit function. As a result, the key capabilities in the correspondent and retail production units are the processes and systems to successfully acquire and manage customers, acquire new loans, and fulfill the loans to our standards for eventual sale or securitization.

    Correspondent Lending

        Our loan production capabilities for correspondent lending are focused in three major areas: client approval, monitoring, and management; products and pricing; and loan fulfillment.

        Client selection is a key component of our correspondent lending business model. Clients consist of independent mortgage companies, financial institutions, and home builders. Clients share our core values of manufacturing quality, mutual profitability, responsible lending and regulatory compliance. The approval process includes a review of information such as the correspondent originator's legal structure, organizational structure, resumes of key managers, policies and procedures for key areas, quality control results, and investor scorecards. Applicants must meet minimum eligibility requirements including financial requirements, state licensing, agency approvals, and acceptable background checks. We negotiate and execute a loan purchase agreement for each approved client. Ongoing client monitoring activities include regular reviews of government insuring, accounts receivables, outbound repurchase activity, client scorecards, and client-specific metrics such as run-off. Clients who exceed or fall below certain thresholds are subject to further review and a remediation plan. In addition, we require officer compliance certifications on a quarterly basis, and re-certifications on an annual basis, for each client, including financial statements, quality control reports, and production volume reports.

        Counterparty management activities are governed by a policy established by our central credit function. Under the policy, a client approval committee approves the criteria related to client approvals, monitoring and re-certifications. The committee meets on a quarterly basis to review new approvals, terminations and decisions made as a result of the monitoring activities.

        Pricing activities are coordinated by a products and pricing group that is responsible for all pricing-related activities including margin management, product development, transaction management, sales support, vendor management, web site enhancement and maintenance, and reporting and system development. The correspondent lending unit distributes pricing each day to its clients, utilizing a break-even loan price determined by our central secondary marketing function and building in appropriate margins. Pricing and margin management is a shared responsibility of the products and pricing group and correspondent sales team. Pricing policies and procedures are developed, maintained, and monitored by products and pricing, while many of the customer-level pricing decisions are set by the sales team. We use a variety of tools that allow our sales team to determine pricing for each seller independently. We monitor interest-rate lock volumes (with associated revenue at the loan level) in real time throughout each business day in order to optimize volume and revenue opportunities. We offer a full suite of conventional and government-insured products to our approved clients, with periodic rollouts of new products and enhancements to the base offerings from the GSEs, FHA and VA. Correspondent sellers deliver loans to PMT through "best efforts" transactions, in which PMT bears the risk that the seller is unable to close, fund and deliver the loan, through "mandatory" transactions, in which the seller commits to deliver a funded loan to PMT, and through an assignment of trade

113


Table of Contents

process, or AOT, in which a seller fills a forward MBS trade it has previously entered into with a third-party broker-dealer by delivering loans to PMT.

        We provide sales support through a pricing help desk and a customer care email function, which are staffed and trained to respond to all pricing, commitment, or product related questions. The GoPennyMac.com website operates as a communication tool with our clients, as well as a means to lock single loans and upload files. Our transaction management team is responsible for all commitment-related activities, from initial lock through acquisition and potential post-closing reconciliation.

        The loan acquisition process is conducted by a loan fulfillment group that is responsible for ensuring all required loan data is available in our electronic systems, validating that the data is supported by underlying documents in the loan file, evaluating key areas of credit, risk and adherence to consumer and regulatory compliance, and escalating loans for additional review according to our credit policy. In addition, the loan fulfillment group validates that the loan collateral is received through a third-party document custodian as well as confirms wire details for final funding of loans.

        The loan fulfillment group works closely with our central credit function to ensure that the loans acquired meet investor guidelines and state and federal regulations, and that we meet our clients' expectations for service. We have successfully scaled the fulfillment operations to support the growth of our correspondent lending business and are positioned for further growth through our bi-coastal operating centers located in Tampa, Florida and Moorpark, California.

    Retail Lending

        Our loan production capabilities for retail lending focus on our call center operations and industry-leading technology designed to maximize the effectiveness of our operations. Our retail unit consists of multiple call centers staffed with loan officers and processors who interact with consumers across the United States. We utilize a technology-focused approach in sophisticated telephony systems, lead-management connectivity, automated pricing, paperless workflow, lending compliance and state-based routing, which is a system that automatically routes calls identified as originating from a specific state to one of our mortgage originators licensed in that state. We believe that these systems allow us to improve conversion rates, deliver quality customer service, manufacture high-quality loans, and lower costs.

        In order to maximize our ability to capture servicing portfolio-based originations, our retail unit has instituted disciplined operational processes to capitalize on the referrals generated by our servicing unit. For refinance opportunities, these processes focus on achieving high contact rates and optimizing the customer experience to maximize the recapture rate. For purchase loans to facilitate the sale of REO properties and short sales, our retail unit includes a dedicated sales team to prequalify and provide financing to high-quality buyers.

        The retail unit also works in partnership with our portfolio strategy function in several important ways. The retail business originates refinance loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities, which is an effective strategy pursued by our portfolio strategy group in distressed loan management. In sourcing leads for non-portfolio originations, the retail unit relies on a data-driven analytical approach to consumer marketing overseen by our portfolio strategy group.

Capital Markets and Secondary Marketing

        Capital markets and secondary marketing is a critical capability that spans our mortgage banking and investment management businesses. The capital markets unit is responsible for the overall investment activities conducted by us and for our Advised Entities. Potential investment assets include Agency mortgage loans and MBS, non-Agency loans and asset-backed securities, or ABS, mortgage

114


Table of Contents

servicing rights, and distressed whole loans. In our loan production activities, our secondary marketing group is responsible for maximizing proceeds through sale or securitization of the loans that we produce.

        All of these activities are managed using industry-leading financial analytics and valuation models. In addition, we have a dedicated analysis and valuation group focused on valuing and forecasting the performance of financial instruments that we own, manage, or evaluate for purchase. We use specialized valuation and forecast models, both proprietary and third-party, for different mortgage-related assets such as performing residential mortgage loans, distressed and non-performing residential mortgage loans, mortgage servicing rights, and residential mortgage-backed securities. We continuously update, calibrate and validate our models using a combination of data from internal sources as well as market information and external data providers. In addition to valuation and forecasting, we utilize these analytical tools to identify trends and monitor the performance of our investments owned by us and our Advised Entities.

    Capital Markets

        Our capital markets unit is organized into four major disciplines:

    Trading —responsible for the acquisition of whole loans for the related investment strategy, and securitization execution for MBS and ABS.

    Risk Management —responsible for our overall market and interest rate risk, which includes our mortgage pipeline and inventory, MSRs, held loan portfolios, and hedging strategies and counterparty exposure.

    Operations —responsible for our warehouse line management and funding process, the pooling of Agency eligible loans with the delivery of required loan data, and settlement and trade verification processes.

    Transaction Management —responsible for the negotiation and settlement of all non-Agency acquisitions, acquisition due diligence, and trade agreements.

        Our investment activities are governed by our investment committee, which meets on an as-needed basis to review contemplated purchases and sales of whole loan portfolios, securities, and MSR portfolios. The investment committee includes members of our executive management and senior capital markets and investment professionals with substantial expertise in pricing and trading mortgages and mortgage-related assets. Our investment process is focused on meeting the investment objectives of the Company and our Advised Entities while maintaining adequate balance between risk and return.

    Secondary Marketing

        The key capabilities that comprise secondary marketing include pricing, pooling and delivery, counterparty risk management, interest rate risk management, best execution analysis, forward instrument eligibility, data validation and system interface.

        We use a formulaic approach to determine loan pricing: revenues minus our expenses minus our required profit margin equals the loan price. Our revenue consists of the proceeds that we can obtain upon the sale of the loan, origination fees, and the value that we attribute to the mortgage servicing rights. Our primary expenses include hedging costs, origination expenses, overhead expenses, interest expense, and reserves established for potential repurchase claims. Our secondary marketing group calculates loan pricing each day and disseminates it to the correspondent and retail loan origination systems. The production units take the price provided by our secondary marketing group and adjust it to account for adjustments set by the GSEs, such as Fannie Mae's 0.25% adverse market delivery

115


Table of Contents

charge and loan-level price adjustments that are assessed based on loan-specific attributes such as loan-to-value ratio and the credit score of the borrower.

        We utilize our models to group, or pool, loans according to the best price execution for a given loan, with similar loans pooled together to form an Agency security. We use the GSEs' systems to securely transmit loan-level data, and mortgage notes are shipped directly to a third-party document custodian for safekeeping. Our document custodian reviews all of the loan documents for accuracy and completeness and certifies the loans or pool of loans. We seek to pool, securitize and settle our loans in an operationally efficient manner in order to minimize the aging of loans.

        When we enter into an interest rate lock, we assume interest rate risk for the duration of the lock period. In order to manage the interest rate risk, we have a policy that governs allowable lock periods, lock expirations, lock extensions, renegotiations and cancellations. We utilize hedging to reduce the interest rate risk embedded in our loan origination pipeline; we do not enter into speculative interest rate trades. We continuously monitor our interest rate positions and make hedging decisions subject to senior management review.

Credit

        Our credit function is focused on managing credit exposures across the company, with an emphasis on loan production. It is managed centrally and is comprised of product development and credit policy; underwriting and appraisal; and quality control functions.

    Product Development and Credit Policy

        We carefully construct our product menu to manage our credit exposure. In our correspondent and retail lending businesses, we primarily produce standard conventional conforming loans, Desktop Underwriter Refi Plus loans, FHA Section 203b loans and FHA Streamline Refinances, in accordance with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA guidelines, as applicable. During the first half of 2013, approximately 54% of the loans that we produced were delivered to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to be pooled into Agency MBS securities and 46% of our loans were originated to FHA guidelines and pooled into Ginnie Mae MBS securities. We also intend to increase our production of jumbo mortgage loans, which are loans with an initial principal balance greater than the conventional conforming loan limits. These loans would likely be securitized.

        We utilize our credit policies to manage our credit exposure, primarily by setting minimum guidelines for credit scores and debt-to-income ratios for both conventional and FHA loans.

    Underwriting and Appraisal

        The underwriting and appraisal activities for correspondent and retail lending are managed by our Chief Underwriter, who reports to the Chief Credit Officer. For those loan programs where an automated underwriting decision is applicable, such as through Desktop Underwriter, or DU, Fannie Mae's automated underwriting system, we require an "Accept/Eligible" response, the most favorable approval decision. For those loan programs where a decision from DU is not applicable, loans are underwritten according to the applicable GSE Seller Guide or the applicable FHA Mortgagee Letters.

        In retail lending, all loans are underwritten by underwriters who are directly employed by us. All appraisals are obtained from appraisal management companies and all appraisals are reviewed by licensed appraisers who are directly employed by us.

        In correspondent lending, all loans are audited by auditors who are directly employed by us and samples of loans are selected for more detailed pre-purchase underwriting reviews and pre-purchase appraisal reviews. Not all pre-purchase underwriting reviews or pre-purchase appraisal reviews are completed by individuals who are employees of ours. When a pre-purchase underwriting review is

116


Table of Contents

outsourced, the review is completed by a nationally recognized contract underwriting firm whose work is re-reviewed by one of our underwriters before a final decision on the loan is made. We also rely on additional controls in correspondent lending including the loan purchase agreement between us and the correspondent seller, the seller approval process and the seller monitoring process.

    Quality Control

        We maintain a staff of quality control underwriters and processors to manage our underwriting quality control activities. These activities comply with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA standards and are generally reviewed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac on an annual basis. Loans produced through our correspondent and retail lending businesses are reviewed as part of random, discretionary and targeted quality control samples. The scope of the quality control review validates all of the activities performed by the underwriter and also requires a new credit report, re-verifications of income and assets and a re-validation of the appraised value on 10% of the quality control sample. The result of the quality control review is a rating which assesses the overall compliance with the applicable underwriting guidelines. The most negative ranking is "Unsatisfactory." Unsatisfactory loans generally have significant underwriting defects and have a high probability of resulting in an investor repurchase request. During 2012, the percentage of loans rated Unsatisfactory has remained less than 1%.

Portfolio Strategy

        Portfolio strategy is a dedicated function that we have developed which is responsible for maximizing the value of mortgage assets once they have been acquired by us or our Advised Entities. In this role, our portfolio strategy group has a particular focus on the distressed mortgage loans that we manage for our Advised Entities and designs and implements strategies including loan restructures, modifications, and alternatives to foreclosures that are executed in our special servicing business. Our portfolio strategy group is also responsible for the data-driven analytical approach to consumer marketing which is utilized by our retail lending business.

        A core element of our distressed loan management strategy is to work with borrowers to avoid foreclosure where possible, cure loan defaults and prevent future defaults. Where prudent, we strive to restructure existing mortgage loans on terms that allow the borrower to retain ownership and remain in his or her home by performing on the modified mortgage loan terms. We use proprietary loan-level models and tools, with appropriate consideration of the borrowers' specific economic situation and the requirements of the loan owner, to modify loans and enable the borrowers to continue to make payments on the modified mortgage loan. Moreover, we solicit delinquent and non-delinquent borrowers for refinance programs, which include options for debt forgiveness.

        Upon acquiring a distressed loan, our portfolio strategy team coordinates an attempt by the servicing unit to open a line of communication with the borrower and to conduct an initial interview. We use PLS's call center along with strategic marketing campaigns and partnerships with real estate agents to establish contact with borrowers. In 2012, we were successful 62% of the time in making contact and conducting an initial interview. The results of the initial interview generally provide us with additional information on the borrower's financial condition, an understanding of the borrower's reason or reasons for delinquency or hardship and additional information regarding the borrower's property condition. Based on the information acquired during the initial interview, information from property assessments and portfolio and loan modification guidelines established by us or the mortgage loan investor, we select from among a range of appropriate resolution options as directed by our proprietary loan-level tools. The standardization of our portfolio strategy through the use of proprietary technology is designed to ensure that modifications or other approaches improve economic value relative to foreclosure, mitigate the risk of disparate impacts and create an improved customer experience. The range of options includes structured repayment plans, special forbearance of defaults, payoffs, deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures, principal payment deferments or interest payment deferments, changes

117


Table of Contents

in the interest rate, forgiveness of principal and other loan modifications through a variety of structures, including refinancing. Specifically, we offer the FHA "negative equity" refinance program to both performing and non-performing borrowers, which provides principal reduction and fixed 30-year mortgages at prevailing market interest rates. In such a refinance, the borrower owed more on the old loan than the current property value and the excess unpaid principal amount is typically forgiven.

        Portfolio strategy and marketing are also critical capabilities in the pursuit of new loan originations and refinancings through our retail lending business. We use proprietary models to identify refinance-eligible borrowers from our servicing portfolio, and we solicit these borrowers using a combination of approaches including direct-mail, email, and our website. We regularly analyze and review lead and application trends in order to optimize recapture rates from our servicing portfolio. Customer retention and acquisition activities are supported by industry-leading technology which provides lead management and lead distribution capabilities to our retail call center, as well as analytical tools to increase the efficiency of marketing expenditures.

Loan Servicing

        We have developed sophisticated capabilities to service both performing and delinquent loans through our servicing subsidiary, PLS. These capabilities are critical for both the Prime Servicing and Special Servicing categories of our servicing business and allow us to deliver strong performance to support our loan production businesses and enhance investment performance for our Advised Entities.

    Non-Default Servicing

        Non-default servicing is comprised of all activities related to the servicing of performing loans. These activities include the entry of a loan into our servicing system, which we refer to as "loan boarding," escrow administration, special loans, document control, customer communications, payoffs, lien release, tax services and the customer call center. Loans are boarded through an electronic loan interface, or ELI, application. The process and controls built into ELI allow us to board servicing transfers of various sizes, from fewer than 100 loans to over 10,000. Our loan boarding team has quality control checks in place to ensure boarding accuracy and to identify data anomalies and illogical conditions. All loan file documentation, outbound communications, and inbound correspondence are stored in our imaging system and are available for viewing on demand. All correspondence is tracked from receipt to completion through a workflow tracking system. Escalated issues are also tracked and reported each month allowing us to identify drivers, trends and training opportunities. Tax servicing is primarily conducted by our staff, with limited geographies addressed by a third-party vendor. We believe that in-house tax servicing affords us greater control over the tax bill payment process while reducing costs through increased efficiency.

        Our call center serves as a primary contact point for our non-defaulted customers. Our inbound call center technology allows for the automated routing of calls based on loan status or customer selection. We have established specialty queues which improve efficiency and the customer experience by allowing the customer to interact with a representative most skilled at a particular type of inquiry. The call center uses a portal screen to log each inquiry and the disposition of each call. This proprietary system which we call the Loan Administration Mortgage Portal, or LAMP, also provides nearly complete loan servicing information without the need to navigate a number of different systems screens. If an inquiry requires assistance from another area, another proprietary system, the Loan Administration Follow-Up Application, or LAFA, is used to track that item through to completion. We continue to expand our offerings on our interactive voice response, or IVR, system and website, to provide more options to those customers who prefer automated service. We strongly emphasize call quality in the call center, and all customer calls are recorded. Recorded calls are used to identify procedural and training opportunities. Calls are reviewed as part of a quality monitoring program which requires a minimum number of monitoring for every representative each month based on performance. Feedback from these reviews, both positive and constructive, is provided to the representatives.

118


Table of Contents

    Default Servicing

        Default servicing focuses on servicing delinquent loans. It is more personnel intensive than non-default servicing as it requires more frequent and lengthier borrower communications as well as additional work related to potential solutions for resolving the delinquent loan. Our default group works in close partnership with our portfolio strategy function and retail production unit in refinancing distressed loans. Our default group is comprised of several operational areas including collections, loan modifications, short sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, bankruptcy, foreclosure and REO.

        Collections efforts are structured to notify borrowers of their delinquency and collect payments to bring loans current when possible. We utilize proprietary systems designed to determine the appropriate resolution strategy based on borrower-provided information for those who are unable to make their delinquent payments. We also employ calling campaigns designed by a dedicated group of our analysts to target borrowers in early-stage delinquency. These campaigns are monitored daily to ensure compliance with collections regulations and to assess their effectiveness.

        When a borrower is unable to make payments on a loan, we seek to restructure the loan through modification, which includes the use of federally sponsored loan modification programs such as HAMP. Through modification, the borrower keeps the same loan, but under restructured terms that improve either the ability or willingness to pay. In 2012, we were successful at converting HAMP trial modifications to permanent modifications 97.5% of the time, one of the highest conversion rates among all HAMP servicers as published in the most recent MHA Performance Report. We also had a recidivism rate of 6% at year-end, well below the industry average, for loans that re-defaulted within six months of their permanent conversion. In certain instances, we are able to offer borrowers an FHA "negative equity" refinance, where the borrower is offered a new loan at market rates. As of June 30, 2013, PLS was the third largest originator of these loans in the country.

        When loan resolution through home retention is not an option and the current property value is less than the amount owed, we seek to offer loss mitigation resolutions such as short sales or deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, which help the borrower avoid foreclosure. In a short sale, the borrower agrees to sell the home to a third-party buyer at current market value while the investor agrees to forgive the remaining UPB. In a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, the borrower agrees to transfer the deed and clean title of the home to the investor outside of the foreclosure process. The ultimate resolution of the asset is then handled by our REO group. Both short sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure are typically preferable to the foreclosure process, which can be costly and time-consuming.

        We have developed short sale and modification processing systems, including proprietary systems, that provide workflow and management tools which allow us to make decisions regarding individual cases quickly and within the appropriate guidelines. In the case of short sales, a borrower portal allows both borrowers and real estate agents the ability to directly upload documents to our system for review. This allows our reviewer to instantly access documents as they are submitted, provides the customer with assurance that the documentation was received, and facilitates a self-service view of the short sale decision process.

        In late-stage delinquencies (that is, for borrowers more than 90 days past due), we will initiate foreclosure proceedings in accordance with state foreclosure guidelines. We work with licensed state attorneys and trustees on a vendor-managed platform to manage the foreclosure process for individual loans. In the event that a borrower chooses to file bankruptcy, the borrower is assigned to a bankruptcy specialist who will administer the bankruptcy plan proceedings in accordance with applicable law and in conjunction with an outsourcing firm.

        Our REO group manages properties in the servicing portfolio that have completed the foreclosure or the deed-in-lieu of foreclosure process. We use both internal and external resources to manage the disposition of the REO properties. The primary goal of the REO team is to liquidate the properties at

119


Table of Contents

fair value within an acceptable timeframe, securing the lowest possible loss. Our REO group currently realizes net proceeds upon liquidation that average approximately 96% of the property's fair market value.

    Servicing Administration

        Our servicing unit includes a group dedicated to compliance-related functions including federal, state, and investor compliance, policies and procedures, and audit management. This servicing administration group focuses on identifying all upcoming changes to regulations or policies, documenting these changes and then working with each function impacted across the servicing unit to make sure that all processes, communications, and controls are updated to account for the changes. We conduct post-implementation testing to ensure that all the changes are effective. In addition, we monitor all internal and external audits to ensure that timely and consistent documentation is provided to all parties. Any findings or observations are monitored by this group for prompt remediation. We believe that the dedicated focus and attention on compliance and audits results in a better controlled environment.

Information Technology

        Our information technology, or IT, function is centralized, with dedicated resources assigned to each of our major organizational units. This structure ensures the consistent use of similar technologies and solutions across the Company. As a legacy-free platform that is not based on old existing IT systems, we have designed our IT systems to take advantage of some of the latest technologies at low cost. We utilize technology, from call center routing systems to comprehensive valuation tools, to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of our business operations.

        We maintain two high-availability (Tier 3) SAS-70 Type II certified data centers located in Los Angeles, California and Chandler, Arizona. We have a 100% virtualized server environment coupled with extensive use of virtual desktop and thin-client technologies that we believe provides us with efficiency, agility, and fault tolerance at a low cost. Our data networks provide fast and reliable service by using enterprise-grade components and top-tier communications carriers with redundancy. To reduce costs and shorten application development time, we generally begin by purchasing off-the-shelf software solutions and also utilizing open-source solutions whenever possible. When off-the-shelf solutions do not meet our needs, we utilize an agile development approach for proprietary applications which results in frequent value-added updates or system enhancements and reduces the risk associated with longer-term or large-scale projects. Across our infrastructure, we believe that we have implemented a comprehensive set of security controls and defensive capabilities to prevent, detect and manage security incidents. Our IT staff has extensive experience in the mortgage industry, which we believe enables rapid and cost-effective design, development and implementation of IT solutions that meet our business needs.

Compliance and Regulatory

        Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation. Our loan production and loan servicing operations are primarily regulated at the state level by state licensing authorities and administrative agencies, with additional oversight from the CFPB. We, along with certain of our employees who engage in regulated activities, must apply for licensing as a mortgage banker or lender, loan servicer and debt collector pursuant to applicable state law. These state licensing requirements typically require an application process, fulfillment fees, background checks and administrative review. Our servicing operations are licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to service mortgage loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our retail lending business is licensed to originate loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia. From time to time, we receive requests from states and other agencies for records, documents and information regarding our

120


Table of Contents

policies, procedures and practices regarding our loan production and loan servicing business activities, and undergo periodic examinations by state regulatory agencies. We incur significant ongoing costs to comply with these licensing and examination requirements.

        While the U.S. federal government does not primarily regulate loan production, the federal Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 requires all states to enact laws that require all individuals acting in the United States as mortgage loan originators be individually licensed or registered if they intend to offer mortgage loan products. These licensing requirements include enrollment in the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System, application to state regulators for individual licenses, a minimum of 20 hours of pre-licensing education, an annual minimum of eight hours of continuing education and the successful completion of both national and state exams.

        In addition to licensing requirements, we must comply with a number of federal consumer protection laws, including, among others:

    the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which provides, among other things, interest and foreclosure protections for service members on active duty;

    the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Regulation P thereunder, which require us to maintain privacy with respect to certain consumer data in our possession and to periodically communicate with consumers on privacy matters;

    the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, which regulates the timing and content of debt collection communications;

    the Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, and Regulation Z thereunder, which require certain disclosures to mortgagors regarding the terms of their mortgage loans;

    the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X thereunder, which requires certain disclosures to mortgagors regarding the costs of mortgage loans, the administration of tax and insurance escrows, the transferring of mortgage loans, the response to consumer complaints, and payments between lenders and vendors of certain settlement services;

    the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V thereunder, which regulate the use and reporting of information related to the credit history of consumers;

    the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race and certain other characteristics, in the extension of credit;

    the Homeowners Protection Act, which requires the cancellation of private mortgage insurance once certain equity levels are reached, sets disclosure and notification requirements, and requires the return of unearned premiums;

    the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C thereunder, which require financial institutions to report certain public loan data;

    The National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, which provides for lenders to require from borrowers or to purchase flood insurance on behalf of borrower/owners of properties in special flood hazard area.

    the Fair Housing Act, which prohibits discrimination in housing on the basis of race, sex, national origin, and certain other characteristics; and

    Regulation AB under the Securities Act, which requires certain registration, disclosure and reporting for MBS.

        Many of these laws are further impacted by the SAFE Act and implementation of new rules by the CFPB under the Dodd-Frank Act. On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final "Ability to Repay"

121


Table of Contents

rule under TILA's implementing Regulation Z, which will require lenders to verify a consumer's ability to repay a mortgage loan. The rule will become effective on January 10, 2014, and creates a "Qualified Mortgage," or QM, using as its criteria (i) a debt-to-income, or DTI, ratio not to exceed 43%, (ii) points and fees paid by the borrower generally may not exceed 3% of the amount borrowed, and (iii) no loan features such as negative amortization, interest-only payments, terms exceeding 30 years, or balloon payments. In addition, "no-doc" loans, where the lender does not verify income or assets, cannot be QMs. Under a temporary exception, loans eligible to be purchased, guaranteed or insured by the Agencies will be QMs even if they do not meet the QM criteria. This exception will phase out as the Agencies issue their own QM rules, if the GSEs exit conservatorship, and in any event after seven years. The rule provides a "safe harbor" for QM loans, meaning that lenders who originate or hold loans meeting the QM standards will have special protection from liability. On September 13, 2013, the CFPB released a finalized amendment to its January 10, 2013 release, including clarifications and revisions of the definition and treatment of points and fees by parties other than the consumer for purposes of the qualified mortgage points and fees cap and the high-cost mortgage points and fees threshold. The amendments make clear that seller's points are excluded from the finance charge component of points and fees and that creditor-paid charges other than for loan originator compensation are excluded from points and fees entirely, and that creditors may rely on written statements from the borrower or third party (including the seller) as to the purpose of the payment.

        Also on January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final mortgage escrow account rule relating to the establishment of mandatory escrow accounts on higher-priced mortgage loans. The final rule is effective June 1, 2013. This rule implements changes to earlier regulations and lengthens the time that mandatory escrow accounts must be maintained on higher-priced mortgage loans from one year to five years and exempts certain types of transactions from the escrow requirement. A creditor or servicer may not cancel escrow accounts required under the rule except upon either the termination of the loan or receipt of a consumer's request to cancel the escrow account no earlier than five years after consummation, whichever happens first. The creditor or servicer may not cancel the escrow account unless the unpaid principal balance is less than 80% of the security property's original value and the consumer is not delinquent or in default on the loan at the time of the request.

        Also on January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final rule increasing protections for consumers who take out high-cost mortgages. The rule expands the official definition of high-cost mortgages, and becomes effective on January 10, 2014. Under this rule, a mortgage will be considered high-cost if it is (i) a first mortgage with an annual percentage rate, or APR, that is more than 6.5 percentage points higher than the average prime offer rate, (ii) a second mortgage with an APR more than 8.5 percentage points higher than the average prime offer rate for a similar second mortgage, (iii) a loan of less than $20,000 with borrower-paid points and fees that exceed the lesser of 8% of the loan amount or $1,000, or (iv) a loan of $20,000 or more with points and fees that exceed 5% of the loan amount. This rule also bans certain features from high-cost mortgages, such as prepayment penalties, loan modification fees, and most fees charged to a borrower who requests a payoff statement. Balloon payments would also be banned, except in special circumstances.

        On January 17, 2013, the CFPB issued its final rules relating to mortgage servicing, which will become effective on January 10, 2014. These rules address the following nine major servicing topics: (i) periodic billing statements with timing, form and content requirements; (ii) interest rate adjustment notices for ARM loans that must be provided to consumers prior to payment changes from rate changes; (iii) prompt crediting of payments and timing requirements for payoff statements; (iv) force placed insurance notice, coverage and cancellation requirements; (v) procedural requirements for error resolution and information requests from consumers; (vi) policy and procedure requirements for servicing functions and document management; (vii) early intervention notice requirements with delinquent borrowers about loss mitigation options; (viii) continuity of contact between servicer personnel and delinquent borrowers throughout the loss mitigation process; and (ix) loss mitigation

122


Table of Contents

procedures and restrictions on "dual tracking" of foreclosure alternatives with the foreclosure process. On September 13, 2013, the CFPB released a finalized amendment to its January 17, 2013 release, including those related to first notice of filing clarification, error resolution procedures and information requests, and loss mitigation. With respect to loss mitigation, two of the revisions concern the requirement that a servicer review a borrower's loss mitigation application within five days and provide a notice to the borrower acknowledging receipt and informing the borrower whether the application is complete or incomplete.

        On January 18, 2013, the CFPB issued final rules related to appraisals for higher-priced mortgage loans and consumer access to appraisals. These rules are effective January 18, 2014. The rule on appraisals for higher-price mortgages prohibits creditors from making such mortgage loans unless certain conditions are met, including obtaining a written appraisal based on a full interior appraisal. The rule on appraisal access requires creditors to notify consumers within a certain time period of their right to receive a copy of the appraisal and requires creditors to provide copies of the appraisal and other written valuation.

        On January 20, 2013, the CFPB issued is final loan originator compensation rules which, among other things, create compensation restrictions and qualifications for loan originators. Under the rule, loan originators are prohibited from basing their compensation on "any transaction's terms or conditions" and dual compensation is generally prohibited. The rule mandates certain qualifications for loan originators, such as licensing, and requires loan originator organizations to ensure compliance with the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, where applicable. The rule also prohibits the use of mandatory arbitration clauses in both mortgage and home equity loan agreements. The financing of single premiums or fees for credit insurance in connection with a consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling is prohibited by the rule. The provisions of the rule prohibiting mandatory arbitration clauses and financing of single-premium credit insurance are effective June 1, 2013. On September 13, 2013, the CFPB relased a finalized amendment to its January 20, 2013 release, including changing the definition of "loan originator" to exclude employees in certain administrative and clerical roles and further clarification on the meaning of "credit terms." The other provisions of the rule are effective January 10, 2014, except for the loan originator compensation provisions which will now become effective on January 1, 2014.

        The CFPB also plans to finalize or introduce other mortgage-related rules in 2013, including its proposal to combine certain disclosures that consumers receive in connection with applying for, and closing on, a mortgage loan under TILA and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. On February 11, 2013, the CFPB issued a bulletin to provide guidance to servicers about the potential risks to consumers arising from servicing transfers. The bulletin sets forth the areas of focus for the CFPB in connection with servicing transfers and the requirement that servicers create written plans for managing consumer risk from such transfers.

        We are committed to complying with all applicable laws, regulations and contractual agreements. We believe that compliance is best managed by integrating responsibility within each department's activities to promote management and employee ownership. Accordingly, we have implemented a matrixed approach to the integration of our Compliance Program that utilizes expertise within the organization and defines clear responsibilities for the Program; specifically, business units are responsible for defining and managing compliance performance through process-based controls/risk remediation and reporting. Centralized monitoring and independent review, control testing/validation and regulation interpretation is performed by our Corporate Quality Control, Enterprise Risk Management & Regulatory Compliance, Internal Audit and Legal groups.

        We have established a Compliance Committee to oversee the Compliance Program, engender a culture conducive to ethical conduct and compliance throughout the Company, proactively identify and respond to changes in our risk profile and regulatory environment, and establish compliance program

123


Table of Contents

standards, articulated in compliance policies. The Committee has identified Compliance Officers throughout the organization to oversee specific areas of compliance. Committee membership includes senior management from all divisions and meets monthly to remain updated on recurring and rotational topics.

        We administer a role-centric Compliance Training Program to promote a shared and contemporary understanding of compliance issues and regulations affecting the mortgage industry among our workforce. Compliance awareness is introduced with on-boarding training and reinforced through mandatory coursework.

        During 2012, our loan origination and servicing operations were reviewed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the FDIC and by many of the states where we are licensed. There were no significant findings of violations of law from any of these reviews.

Intellectual Property

        We hold registered trademarks with respect to the name PennyMac®, the swirl design appearing in certain PennyMac drawings and logos and various additional designs and word marks relating to the PennyMac name. We do not otherwise rely on any copyright, patent or other form of registration to protect our rights in our intellectual property. Our other intellectual property includes proprietary know-how and technological innovations, such as our proprietary loan-level analytics "LENE SM " (Loan Enhancement Normalization Engine) for distressed loan management, and other trade secrets that we have developed to maintain our competitive position.

Competition

        Given the diverse and specialized nature of our businesses, we do not believe we have a direct competitor for the totality of our business. We compete with a number of nationally-focused companies in each of our businesses.

        In our mortgage banking segment, we compete with large financial institutions and with other independent residential mortgage loan producers and servicers, such as Wells Fargo, JP Morgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, U.S. Bank, Quicken Loans, Nationstar Mortgage, Ocwen Financial Corporation and Walter Investment Management Corp. In our correspondent and retail lending businesses, we compete on the basis of product offerings, technical knowledge, manufacturing quality, speed of execution, rate and fees. In our servicing business, we compete on the basis of experience in the residential loan servicing business, quality of high-touch special servicing and historical servicing performance.

        In our investment management segment, we compete for capital with both traditional and alternative investment managers. We compete on the basis of historical track record of risk-adjusted returns, experience of investment management team, the return profile of prospective investment opportunities and on the level of fees and expenses.

Facilities

        Our corporate offices are located at 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021, in a 142,000 square foot leased facility. This location, along with an additional 28,000 square feet leased in an adjacent property, house our primary mortgage banking and investment management operations as well as our administrative offices.

        We lease seven additional locations throughout the country generally housing loan production activities. Our retail lending business occupies 32,000 square feet in Pasadena, CA and 26,000square feet in Sacramento, CA for telemarketing and loan processing. We have three branches located in Egan, MN, Henderson, NV and Honolulu, HI devoted to loan production. We also lease 20,000 square

124


Table of Contents

feet in Tampa, FL devoted to our correspondent lending business. In the second quarter of 2013 we entered into a licensing agreement for 42,000 square feet of office space in Fort Worth, Texas with the intent of using this space for loan servicing and back office operations.

        None of our leases extend beyond five years and the financial commitments are immaterial to the scope of our operations.

Employees

        As of June 30, 2013, we had 1,297 full-time and three part-time employees, all of whom are based in the United States. We also employ 78 contractors. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we may be exposed to litigation relating to our products and operations. We are not currently engaged in any legal proceedings that are expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions or results of operations.

125


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the directors and executive officers of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.:

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Stanford Kurland

    61   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

David Spector

    50   President and Chief Operating Officer and Director

Steve Bailey

    52   Chief Mortgage Operations Officer

Andrew Chang

    36   Chief Business Development Officer

Vandad Fartaj

    39   Chief Capital Markets Officer

Jeffrey Grogin

    53   Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary

Douglas Jones

    56   Chief Correspondent Lending Officer

Anne McCallion

    59   Chief Financial Officer

David Walker

    58   Chief Credit and Enterprise Risk Officer

Matthew Botein

    40   Director

James Hunt

    62   Director

Joseph Mazzella

    60   Director

Farhad Nanji

    35   Director

John Taylor

    62   Director

Mark Wiedman

    42   Director

    Executive Officers

        Stanford Kurland.     Mr. Kurland has been the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Executive Officer of PNMAC since its formation in January 2008. In addition, Mr. Kurland has been the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust since July 2009, the Chairman of PNMAC Capital Management, LLC since March 2008, and the Chairman of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC since its formation in February 2008. Before founding the Company, from January 1979 to September 2006, Mr. Kurland served as a director and held several executive positions, including president, chief financial officer and chief operating officer, at Countrywide Financial Corporation, a diversified financial services company. Mr. Kurland holds a B.S. from California State University, Northridge. We believe Mr. Kurland is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is our Chief Executive Officer and an accomplished financial services executive with more than 30 years of experience in the mortgage banking arena.

        David Spector.     Mr. Spector has been the President and Chief Operating Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been President and Chief Investment Officer of PNMAC since January 2008. In addition, Mr. Spector has been a member of the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust since May 2009, a member of the board of directors of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP since May 2008, and a member of the board of directors of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC since May 2008. Before joining the Company, Mr. Spector was co-head of global residential mortgages for Morgan Stanley, a global financial services firm, based in London. Before joining Morgan Stanley in September 2006, Mr. Spector was the senior managing director, secondary marketing, at Countrywide Financial Corporation, where he was employed from May 1990 to August 2006. Mr. Spector has also been a member of the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation. Mr. Spector holds a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles. We believe Mr. Spector is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is our President and Chief Operating Officer and an experienced executive with broad mortgage banking

126


Table of Contents

expertise in portfolio investments, interest rate and credit risk management, and capital markets activity that includes pricing, trading and hedging.

        Steve Bailey.     Mr. Bailey has been our Chief Mortgage Operations Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Servicing Officer of PNMAC since April 2010. Mr. Bailey is responsible for directing our loan servicing and retail origination operation, including the implementation of the methods and programs directed at improving the value of acquired loans, as well as setting and managing performance goals for all aspects of the servicing and loan administration functions. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bailey served as a mortgage servicing executive at Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from November 2004 until February 2010. Prior to this role, Mr. Bailey served as Chief Executive Officer of Loan Administration for Countrywide Home Loans following a progressive career in a variety of management and leadership positions in servicing operations from May 1985 until June 2008. Mr. Bailey holds a B.M. from the University of Southern California.

        Andrew Chang.     Mr. Chang has been ourChief Business Development Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Business Development Officer of PNMAC since May 2009. Mr. Chang was formerly the Chief Fund Administration Officer of PNMAC from January 2008 to May 2009. Mr. Chang is responsible for sourcing investment opportunities and overseeing our corporate development activities. From June 2005 to May 2008, Mr. Chang was a director at BlackRock, Inc., a global investment manager, and a senior member in its advisory services practice, specializing in financial strategy and risk management for banks and mortgage companies. Before joining BlackRock, Mr. Chang was a management consultant and engagement manager at McKinsey & Company, a global consulting firm, from September 1999 to May 2005, advising large global financial institutions in the areas of strategy, operational performance and organization. Mr. Chang holds an A.B. from Harvard University.

        Vandad Fartaj.     Mr. Fartaj has been our Chief Capital Markets Officer of since our formation in December 2012. In addition, Mr. Fartaj has been the Chief Capital Markets Officer of PNMAC since March 2010. He previously served as Managing Director, Capital Markets at PNMAC from April 2008 to March 2010. Mr. Fartaj is responsible for all capital markets and investment activities, including asset valuation, trading, hedging, secondary marketing, and risk management. Prior to joining the Company, he was employed in a variety of positions, including vice president, whole loan trading, at Countrywide Securities Corporation, a broker-dealer, where he was employed from November 1999 to April 2008. Mr. Fartaj holds a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles.

        Jeffrey Grogin.     Mr. Grogin has been our Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary of PNMAC since its formation in January 2008. Mr. Grogin is responsible for overseeing our legal management and affairs, administration and human resources. Mr. Grogin began his legal career in 1987 as an associate with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher where he worked on mergers and acquisitions, securities and mortgage banking related matters. Thereafter, from 1991 to 2002 he was a founding and managing partner of Samaha Grogin, LLP, a niche law firm representing local, national, and international clients in specialized litigation and complex transactional matters. In 2000, Mr. Grogin became chief executive officer and general counsel for Snood, LLC, a software game publisher. Mr. Grogin holds a B.S. from the University of Florida and a J.D. from Loyola Law School.

        Douglas Jones.     Mr. Jones has been our Chief Correspondent Lending Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Correspondent Lending Officer of PNMAC since June 2011. Mr. Jones is responsible for all business activities and production within our correspondent lending business. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Jones was the senior managing director, correspondent lending at Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from July 1997 until May 2011, where he was responsible for managing and overseeing the

127


Table of Contents

company's correspondent and warehouse lending operations. Mr. Jones holds a B.A. from California State University, Sacramento.

        Anne McCallion.     Ms. McCallion has been our Chief Financial Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Financial Officer of PNMAC since May 2009. Ms. McCallion is responsible for overseeing our financial management, reporting and controls, compliance, and tax management. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. McCallion was employed by Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor), where she worked in a variety of executive positions, including deputy chief financial officer and senior managing director, finance, from July 1991 to December 2008. From January 2009 to March 2009, Ms. McCallion was an independent financial consultant. Ms. McCallion holds a B.S. from Gannon University and an M.B.A. from Ashland University.

        David Walker.     Mr. Walker has been our Chief Credit and Enterprise Risk Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Credit Officer of PNMAC since its formation in January 2008 and its Chief Operating Officer since June 2011. Mr. Walker is responsible for credit, new loan underwriting and modification standards, portfolio management and technology. Prior to this role, Mr. Walker served as chief credit officer at New World Financial, a mortgage lender, from April 2007 to January 2008. From 1992 to 2007, Mr. Walker was employed in a variety of executive positions at Countrywide Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries, including chief credit officer for Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. and chief lending officer for Countrywide Bank, N.A., where he was responsible for the bank's lending, credit and portfolio management activities. Mr. Walker holds a B.A. from California State University, Fullerton and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

    Directors

        Biographical information for Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector is provided above under "Executive Officers." Certain biographical information for our other directors is set forth below.

        Matthew Botein.     Mr. Botein has been a member of our board of directors since our formation in December 2012. Since November 2009, Mr. Botein has been employed at BlackRock, Inc., a global investment manager, where he currently holds the position of managing director and co-head of BlackRock Alternative Investors, as well as the title of Chief Investment Officer for alternative investments. He previously served as chairman of Botein & Co., LLC, a private investment and advisory firm, from July 2009 through November 2009 and as a managing director and member of the Management Committee of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, where he worked from April 2003 through July 2009. He also currently serves on the board of Northeast Bancorp, a bank holding company. He previously served on the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and on the boards of directors of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, First American Corporation and CoreLogic, Inc. Mr. Botein holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Botein is qualified to serve on our board of directors as a result of his considerable experience in the financial services industry, where he has managed portfolio investments in the banking, insurance, asset management, capital markets, and financial processing sectors.

        James Hunt.     Mr. Hunt has been a member of our board of directors of since April 26, 2013. Mr. Hunt currently serves as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of THL Credit, Inc., an externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company, and of THL Credit Advisors, a registered investment advisor that provides administrative services to THL Credit, Inc., since April 2010 and has held similar executive positions with predecessor entities. Previously, Mr. Hunt co-founded and was CEO and Managing Partner of Bison Capital Asset Management, LLC, a private equity firm, since 2001. Prior to co-founding Bison Capital, Mr. Hunt was the President of SunAmerica Corporate Finance and Executive Vice President of SunAmerica

128


Table of Contents

Investments (subsequently, AIG SunAmerica). Mr. Hunt also serves as a director of THL Credit, Inc. and Lender Processing Services, Inc., and formerly served on the boards of Primus Guaranty, Ltd. and Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. Mr. Hunt received a BBA from the University of Texas at El Paso and an MBA from the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School. In determining that Mr. Hunt should serve as a director, our board considered his experience in managing financial services companies and in capital markets.

        Joseph Mazzella.     Mr. Mazzella has been a member of our board of directors since our formation in December 2012. Mr. Mazzella is a Managing Director and the General Counsel of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, which he joined in 2002. Prior to joining Highfields, Mr. Mazzella was a partner at the law firm of Nutter, McClennen & Fish, L.L.P., in Boston, Massachusetts. Prior to private practice, he was an attorney at the Securities & Exchange Commission from 1978 to 1980, and before that served as a clerk in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia. Mr. Mazzella has served on multiple public company boards of directors, including Alliant Techsystems, Inc. and Data Transmission Networks Corporation, and he served as Chairman of the Board of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. Mr. Mazzella received a B.A. from City College of New York and a J.D. from Rutgers University School of Law. We believe Mr. Mazzella is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is an experienced executive and director with strong business and legal backgrounds in the financial services industry.

        Farhad Nanji.     Mr. Nanji has been a member of our board of directors of since our formation in December 2012. Mr. Nanji is a Managing Director of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, which he joined in 2006 where he focuses on portfolio investments in distressed securities, restructurings, structured credit and global financial services. Prior to joining Highfields, Mr. Nanji was an associate with HighVista Strategies, an investment management firm. Before that, he served as an engagement manager in the financial institutions group at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Nanji received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.Com. degree from McGill University. We believe Mr. Nanji is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his valuable expertise in the mortgage and financial services businesses.

        John Taylor.     Mr. Taylor has been a member of our board of directors of since March 4, 2013. Prior to his retirement in September 2011, Mr. Taylor was a senior audit partner in KPMG LLP's financial services practice, where he served as the lead audit engagement partner for publicly held banking and finance clients for 25 years. He also currently serves on the board of directors of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. (WIBC), a bank holding company, and Wilshire State Bank, a California state-chartered commercial bank. Mr. Taylor received a B.S. from the University of Southern California, and is a licensed certificate public accountant in the state of California. We believe Mr. Taylor is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in providing professional accounting and auditing services to the financial services industry.

        Mark Wiedman.     Mr. Wiedman has been a member of our board of directors of since its formation in December 2012. Mr. Wiedman has been the global head of BlackRock, Inc.'s iShares business since September 2011 and is a member of BlackRock's Global Operating Committee. Previously, Mr. Wiedman was the head of Corporate Strategy for BlackRock and led the clients and advisory team within the Financial Markets Advisory Group in BlackRock Solutions, a group which advises financial institutions and governments on managing their capital markets exposures and businesses. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2004, Mr. Wiedman, as executive director, led the global product development and strategy group at Morgan Stanley Investment Management. He previously was a management consultant at McKinsey & Company, a global consulting firm, advising financial institutions in the United States, Europe and Japan. He also served as senior advisor and chief of staff for the Under Secretary for Domestic Finance at the US Treasury Department. Mr. Wiedman previously served on the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust. He has taught as

129


Table of Contents

an adjunct associate professor of law at Fordham University in New York and Renmin University in Beijing. Mr. Wiedman earned an A.B. degree from Harvard College and a J.D. degree from Yale Law School. We believe Mr. Wiedman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his numerous years of experience in the financial industry and deep understanding of our business.

Composition of the Board of Directors

        Our bylaws provide that our board of directors will consist of the number of directors that our board of directors may determine from time to time, up to a maximum of 10 directors. Our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that our board of directors will consist of no more than nine directors as long as those entities and their affiliates hold at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Those agreements also provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields will have the right to nominate two individuals for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 15% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, and the right to nominate one individual for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. We, in turn, are obligated to use our best efforts to ensure that these nominees are elected. Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors. Our board of directors consists of (i) Messrs. Botein and Wiedman, the two directors designated by BlackRock, (ii) Messrs. Nanji and Mazzella, the two directors designated by Highfields, (iii) Messrs. Taylor and Hunt, independent directors, (iv) our president and chief operating officer and (v) our chief executive officer. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Botein, Mazzella, Nanji, Taylor, Wiedman and Hunt are independent for the purpose of serving on our board of directors under the independence standards promulgated by the NYSE.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, a governance and nominating committee, a related-party matters committee and a finance committee. The initial composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Our separate stockholder agreements with Blackrock and Highfields provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields, as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, will have the right to nominate one member of each committee of our board of directors. Pursuant to those agreements, as long as those nominees meet the independence standards applicable to those committees, we will appoint them as members of those committees. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or, subject to the terms of the stockholder agreements, until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee provides oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process, the audit of our financial statements and our internal control function. Among other matters, the audit committee is responsible for the following: assisting the board of directors in oversight of the independent auditors' qualifications, independence and performance; the engagement, retention and compensation of the independent auditors; reviewing the scope of the annual audit; reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements including the disclosures in our annual and quarterly reports filed with the SEC; reviewing our risk assessment and risk management processes; establishing procedures for receiving, retaining and investigating complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters; and approving audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditor. In addition, our audit committee will oversee our internal audit function.

130


Table of Contents

        The current members of our audit committee are John Taylor, who is the chair of the committee, Farhad Nanji and Matthew Botein. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Taylor is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE. Messrs. Taylor and Nanji are independent directors of our audit committee as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. While our board of directors determined that Mr. Botein is not independent for purposes of serving on the audit committee, we intend to rely on the NYSE's transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee adopts and administers the compensation policies, plans and benefit programs for our executive officers and all other members of our executive team. Our compensation committee is also responsible for making recommendations regarding non-employee director compensation to the full board of directors. In addition, among other things, our compensation committee will evaluate annually, in consultation with the board of directors, the performance of our chief executive officer, review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executives and evaluate the performance of these executives in light of those goals and objectives. Our compensation committee will also adopt and administer our equity compensation plans. The current members of our compensation committee are Matthew Botein, who is the chair of the committee, Farhad Nanji and James Hunt. All of the members of our compensation committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE.

    Governance and Nominating Committee

        Our governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things, making recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors. In addition, our governance and nominating committee oversees our corporate governance guidelines, approve our committee charters, oversees compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, contributes to succession planning, reviews actual and potential conflicts of interest of our directors and officers other than related party transactions reviewed by the related-party matters committee and oversees the board self-evaluation process. The current members of our governance and nominating committee are James Hunt, who is the chair of the committee, Joseph Mazzella and Mark Wiedman. All of the members of our governance and nominating committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE.

    Related-Party Matters Committee

        Our related-party matters committee reviews and approves certain transactions, and resolves other potential conflicts of interest, between us or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and PMT, the Investment Funds and any other non-wholly-owned entity that we manage or over which we have control (whether through ownership, voting power, contract or otherwise), on the other hand. Among other matters, the related-party matters committee will review and approve any amendments of or extensions to our agreements with PMT. The current members of our related-party matters committee are Joseph Mazzella, who is the chair of the committee, Mark Wiedman and John Taylor.

131


Table of Contents

    Finance Committee

        Our finance committee assists our board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to our financial objectives, policies, procedures and activities, including the review of our capital structure, source of funds, liquidity and financial position. The current members of our finance committee are Farhad Nanji, who is the chair of the committee, Matthew Botein and James Hunt.

    Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our executive officers and directors, and those employees responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics is available on our website. We expect that, to the extent required by law, any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

132


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table presents compensation awarded in 2012 by PNMAC to our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers, or paid to or accrued for those executive officers for services rendered during 2012. Prior to our formation in December 2012, Mr. Kurland served as the principal executive officer of PNMAC and Messrs. Spector and Jones served as executive officers of PNMAC. We refer to these executive officers as our "named executive officers."

Name & Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)(1)
  Equity
Awards
($)(2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
  Total
($)
 

Stanford Kurland

    2012     950,000     3,029,604     354,257     43,797     4,163,754  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                     

David Spector

    2012     500,000     1,986,128         37,272     2,523,400  

President and Chief Operating Officer

                                     

Douglas Jones

    2012     300,000     690,706         244,171     1,234,877  

Chief Correspondent Lending Officer

                                     

(1)
Each amount shown represents the total amount of the bonus earned by the named executive officer during 2012, whether or not paid in 2012.

(2)
The amount shown represents the full grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("FASB ASC TOPIC 718"), of $140,353 with respect to 324.14 common units granted to Mr. Kurland by PNMAC on January 1, 2012, which common units were converted into 150,791 Class A Units of PNMAC following the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with our initial public offering of Class A common stock, and $213,904 with respect to 35.55 preferred units purchased by Mr. Kurland for $35,550 on November 1, 2012, which preferred units were converted into 14,143 Class A Units of PNMAC as part of the Recapitalization. PNMAC granted Mr. Kurland such common units, and permitted him to purchase such preferred units, in consideration for his forfeiture of a portion of the common units that were allocated to him under PNMAC's 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Mr. Kurland forfeited such portion of the common units allocated to him in order to facilitate the participation of certain newly-hired executives in that 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(3)
All Other Compensation for all three named executive officers consists of health insurance premiums and gross-up payments for the payment of self-employment taxes by each named executive officer. The Company paid gross-up payments to the named executive officers in the following amounts: $20,397 for Mr. Kurland, $13,872 for Mr. Spector, and $25,894 for Mr. Jones. PNMAC paid health insurance premiums to the named executive officers in the following amounts: $23,400 for Mr. Kurland, $23,400 for Mr. Spector, and $13,427 for Mr. Jones.



With respect to Mr. Jones, All Other Compensation also includes a $10,000 contribution paid by PNMAC to his 401(k) plan and 15,000 restricted share units awarded to Mr. Jones by PMT, consistent with its compensation program and philosophy, and recorded by PNMAC as a portion of its compensation expense and PCM's management fees. The restricted share units were granted on May 16, 2012 and have a full grant date fair value of $194,850 as determined in accordance with FASB ASC TOPIC 718. The restricted share units vest ratably over a four-year period beginning on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and entitle Mr. Jones to receive dividend equivalents during the vesting period.



In addition to the amounts shown in All Other Compensation, restricted share units were awarded to Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector by PMT, consistent with its compensation program and philosophy. The restricted share units were granted on May 16, 2012 and have full grant date fair values, as determined in accordance with FASB ASC TOPIC 718, of $1,867,000 and $1,250,890 for Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector, respectively. The restricted share units vest ratably over a four-year period beginning on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and entitle each named executive officer to receive dividend equivalents during the vesting period.

133


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

        The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012.

Name
  Number of
securities that
have not vested(1)
  Market value of
securities that
have not vested(2)
  Other
Awards
 

Stanford Kurland

    4,750.78   $ 28,404,914      

David Spector

    1,027.04     6,140,672      

Douglas Jones

    1,539.06     8,489,476      

(1)
With respect to Mr. Kurland, the amount shown represents 4,750.78 common units granted to Mr. Kurland that vest as follows: 511.35 units granted on September 22, 2009, all of which vest on September 22, 2013; 1,022.72 units granted on June 1, 2010, 340.91 of which vested on June 1, 2013 and 681.81 of which vest on June 1, 2014; 957.48 units granted on August 18, 2010, 319.16 of which vested on August 18, 2013 and 638.32 of which vest on August 18, 2014; 14.65 units granted on September 30, 2011, 6.89 of which vested on September 30, 2013 and 7.76 of which vest on September 30, 2014; 1,920.44 units granted on October 17, 2011, 902.91 of which vest on October 17, 2013 and 1,017.53 of which vest on October 17, 2014; and 324.14 units granted on January 1, 2012, 81.04 of which vest on January 1, 2014, 81.04 of which vest on January 1, 2015, and 162.07 of which vest on January 1, 2016. These common units were converted in the aggregate into 2,273,247 Class A Units of PNMAC with identical vesting schedules in the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

With respect to Mr. Spector, the amount shown represents 1,027.04 common units granted to Mr. Spector that vest as follows: 102.25 units granted on September 22, 2009, all of which vested on September 22, 2013; 204.53 units granted on June 1, 2010, 68.18 of which vested on June 1, 2013 and 136.35 of which vest on June 1, 2014; 331.22 units granted on August 18, 2010, 110.41 of which vested on August 18, 2013 and 220.81 of which vest on August 18, 2014; 3.91 units granted on September 30, 2011, 1.72 of which vest on September 30, 2013 and 2.19 of which vest on September 30, 2014; and 385.14 units granted on October 17, 2011, 169.53 of which vest on October 17, 2013 and 215.61 of which vest on October 17, 2014. These common units were converted in the aggregate into 490,876 Class A Units of PNMAC with identical vesting schedules in the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

With respect to Mr. Jones, the amount shown represents 1,319.19 Class C common units granted to Mr. Jones on June 1, 2011, 219.86 of which vested on June 1, 2013, 439.73 of which vest on June 1, 2014, and 879.46 of which vest on June 1, 2015. These common units were converted in the aggregate into 669,606 Class A Units of PNMAC with identical vesting schedules in the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

(2)
With respect to Messrs. Kurland and Spector, the amounts shown represent the market value of PNMAC common units on December 31, 2012, or $5,979 per unit, multiplied by the applicable number of unvested common units held by each such named executive officer on such date. With respect to Mr. Jones, the amount shown represents the market value of PNMAC Class C common units on December 31, 2012, or $5,516 per unit, multiplied by the number of unvested Class C common units held by Mr. Jones on such date.

Salaries and Bonuses

        We do not currently have formal written policies with respect to salaries and bonuses. Instead, our board of directors assesses salary and bonus recommendations made by our senior management after reviewing such recommendations alongside our performance and financial condition for the year and carefully evaluating each executive officer's performance during the year. In addition, our board of directors considers an executive officer's leadership qualities, business responsibilities and length of career with us in determining the appropriate amounts of salary and bonus compensation. In 2012, the board of directors of PNMAC also undertook a formal review of relevant market compensation data before determining salary adjustments and bonus amounts. To date, salary adjustments and bonuses for our executive officers have been approved by our board of directors (or, prior to the formation of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., the board of directors of PNMAC) on a discretionary basis in those

134


Table of Contents

instances where it desires to reward outstanding performance during the fiscal year by our executive officers, or where market compensation conditions otherwise dictate a need for retention purposes.

Pension Benefits

        We do not offer any defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        We do not offer any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Employment Agreements

        On April 20, 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Stanford Kurland, pursuant to which he will continue to serve as the chairman of our board of directors and the Chief Executive Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and PNMAC. On that same date, we entered into an employment agreement with David Spector, pursuant to which he will continue to serve as a member of our board of directors and as the President and Chief Operating Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and the President and Chief Investment Officer of PNMAC. The terms of these agreements are described below.

        The employment agreements, each of which have a three year term, provide Mr. Kurland with an annual base salary of $900,000 and Mr. Spector with an annual base salary of $500,000, in each case, increased annually at a rate determined by our board of directors and compensation committee. Each of these executives will also be entitled to receive both cash and equity incentive compensation each year during the term of his employment agreement, awarded at levels determined by our board of directors and compensation committee based on annual performance targets. Equity granted will be subject to vesting, but any unvested awards shall immediately vest upon the death or disability of the executive, a termination by us other than for cause (as defined in the employment agreement), a termination by the executive for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement), or the expiration of the term of the employment agreement before any new agreement is reached. All options granted will be exercisable, subject only to vesting provisions, for a period of ten years from the date of grant, and will be eligible for cashless exercise in all circumstances. All of the compensation and benefits must, at a minimum, be targeted based on performance at a level commensurate with the total compensation paid to the top 25% of executives holding comparable positions in companies of comparable size and sophistication. The agreements also provide for the accrual of twenty days of paid time off at the executive's regular base pay rate during each year of the term, medical benefits, reimbursement for expenses related to tax advice and financial counseling not to exceed $25,000, an automobile allowance of up to $1,500 per month, reimbursement of reasonable business expenses, and participation in such other benefits programs as are provided to our executives generally.

        Each of these employment agreements provides for compensation and obligations in the event of certain terminations of employment. Upon a termination due to death or disability, a termination by us without cause, or a termination by the executive for good reason, in addition to any other amounts required by law to be paid to him, the executive would be entitled to the pro rata portion of any bonus earned but unpaid for the year during which the agreement is terminated, and we will generally reimburse the executive or his estate for any amounts paid by him or his estate for coverage of him and his family under our group health medical benefits plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA, for as long as the executive or his family is eligible to receive such benefits under COBRA. Upon a termination due to death, the executive's estate will also receive severance payments equal to his base salary for a period of 6 months following such termination. Upon the expiration of the term of the employment agreement or upon a termination by us other than for cause or a termination by the executive for good reason, the executive will also serve as a consultant to

135


Table of Contents

us for an eighteen-month period commencing on the termination date. During the consulting period, the executive will receive in monthly installments, payments equal to one-twelfth of the executive's median annual base salary and one-twelfth of the executive's median annual incentive compensation, as calculated based on the executive's annual base salary and target incentive compensation for the year in which the termination date occurs and his annual base salary and actual incentive compensation for the two preceding years, provided that such compensation will cease if the executive engages in services for a business that competes with ours.

        Each employment agreement also provides that for 18 months following a termination of employment, the executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce any of our employees, consultants, independent contractors, agents or representatives of the Company, or those of our affiliates, to discontinue employment or engagement with us or our affiliates, or otherwise interfere with those relationships.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

    Legacy Equity Incentive Plans

        Except as noted below, all of the common units of PNMAC outstanding prior to the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock were issued under PNMAC's initial Equity Incentive Plan. Under the terms of that plan and related award agreements that were entered into with recipients, these common units generally either vested over a three-year period beginning on the date of issuance or over a four-year period beginning on the date on which PNMAC hired the recipient, in either case as long as the recipient remains employed by us. The Class A Units of PNMAC into which those common units were converted as part of the Recapitalization will continue to vest pursuant to the same applicable vesting schedule. No additional equity awards are issuable under that plan.

        Additional common units were issued under PNMAC's 2011 Equity Incentive Plan to members of our management. Discretionary awards of common units were granted under that plan based on our performance and the performance of the participating individuals, in each case in accordance with parameters set forth in that plan. That plan provided that all common units issued under it would be vested in full upon issuance. No additional equity awards are issuable under that plan.

        All of the Class C common units outstanding prior to the Recapitalization were subject to terms set forth in an exhibit to the prior limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, which terms effectively constituted a separate equity incentive plan with respect to our Class C common units. In general, 12.5% of a recipient's Class C common units vested on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of issuance, and 25% and 50% of the units vested on the third anniversary and fourth anniversary, respectively, of the date of issuance. The Class A Units of PNMAC into which those Class C common units were converted as part of the Recapitalization will continue to vest pursuant to the same applicable vesting schedule. No additional Class C common units are issuable.

        Each of the three plans described above provided that all units held by a recipient under that plan would be forfeited and canceled following the termination of the employment of that recipient for "Cause," as defined in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC. Each of those plans also provided that PNMAC would have the right to repurchase vested units issued under that plan for a price representing the fair market value, as defined in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, of those units following the termination of the employment of the holder of those units for any reason other than "Cause." All unvested units issued under any of those plans would be forfeited upon the termination of the recipient's employment for any reason.

        The amendment and restatement of the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC that occurred in connection with the Recapitalization and the initial public offering of our Class A common

136


Table of Contents

stock eliminated all of our existing repurchase rights with respect to vested units issued under those plans upon the conversion of those units into Class A Units of PNMAC. The forfeiture and vesting provisions described above with respect to unvested units issued under those plans remain in effect with respect to the Class A Units of PNMAC into which those units were converted. No vesting of any units was accelerated in connection with the Recapitalization or our initial public offering.

        Certain of our employees were allowed to purchase preferred units of PNMAC from time to time under terms set forth in its prior limited liability company agreement. All of these preferred units were fully vested upon issuance, but remained subject to repurchase rights upon a termination of the holder's employment with us. The amendment and restatement of the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC in connection with our initial public offering eliminated all of our repurchase rights with respect to preferred units upon their conversion into Class A Units of PNMAC as part of the Recapitalization, other than those in connection with a termination for "Cause." If a termination is for "Cause," as defined in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, then we continue to have the right to repurchase that holder's Class A Units of PNMAC into which those preferred units were converted for a price equal to the lesser of (i) the unreturned face amount, which equals the consideration paid for the preferred unit less the amount of distributions previously made in respect of the preferred units, and (ii) the current fair value, as defined in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, of the Class A Units of PNMAC into which those preferred units were converted.

    2013 Equity Incentive Plan

        The following is a summary of the material terms of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. It does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock option and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock unit awards, performance units, stock grants and qualified performance-based awards, which we collectively refer to as "awards" in connection with the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Directors, officers and other employees of the Company and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, are eligible for grants under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate highly competent officers, directors, employees and consultants to promote the success of our business.

    Administration

        Under its terms, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors. The board of directors itself may also exercise any of the powers and responsibilities under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator (the board or its compensation committee) will select the recipients of awards and determine, among other things, the:

    number of shares of common stock covered by the awards and the dates upon which such awards become exercisable or any restrictions lapse, as applicable;

    type of award and the exercise or purchase price and method of payment for each such award;

    vesting period for awards, risks of forfeiture and any potential acceleration of vesting or lapses in risks of forfeiture; and

    duration of awards.

        All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the compensation committee with respect to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms and conditions of or operation of any award are final and

137


Table of Contents

binding on all participants, beneficiaries, heirs, assigns or other persons holding or claiming rights under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or any award.

    Available Shares

        The aggregate number of shares of our common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted, subject to the automatic increase provisions described below, may not exceed 23,047,133 shares, including (i) 19,140,700 shares issuable under this plan in exchange for Class A Units of PNMAC held by our employees who are owners of PNMAC pursuant to the exchange agreement and (ii) a general pool of 3,906,433 shares for all other awards, which may be either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. In general, if awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are for any reason cancelled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the number of shares covered by such awards will again be available for the grant of awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, (i) shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option and (ii) shares delivered to or withheld by us to pay the withholding taxes related to an award do not count as shares issued under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

        The general pool of 3,906,433 shares of common stock initially authorized under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan also will be increased each January 1 starting in 2014 by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1.75% of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis as of the end of our immediately preceding fiscal year, (ii) 1,322,024 shares, and (iii) any lower amount determined by our board.

    Eligibility for Participation

        Members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the compensation committee.

    Incentive Stock Options

        Incentive stock options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and will be granted pursuant to incentive stock option agreements. The plan administrator will determine the exercise price for an incentive stock option, which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant. In addition, incentive options granted to employees who own, or are deemed to own, more than 10% of our voting stock, must have an exercise price not less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant.

    Nonstatutory Stock Options

        Nonstatutory stock options are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and will be granted pursuant to nonstatutory stock option agreements. The plan administrator will determine the exercise price for a nonstatutory stock option, which may not be less than the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant.

    Stock Appreciation Rights

        A stock appreciation right, or a SAR, entitles a participant to receive a payment equal in value to the difference between the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the grant price of the SAR. SARs may be granted in tandem with a stock option, such that the recipient has the opportunity to exercise either the stock option or the SAR, but not both. The base exercise price (above which any appreciation is measured) will not be less than 50% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant of the SAR or, in the case of an SAR granted in

138


Table of Contents

tandem with a stock option, the exercise price of the related stock option. The administrator may pay that amount in cash, in shares of our common stock, or a combination. The terms, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR will be determined by the administrator at the time of the grant of award and will be reflected in the award agreement.

    Restricted Stock and Stock Units

        A restricted stock award or restricted stock unit award is the grant of shares of our common stock either currently (in the case of restricted stock) or at a future date (in the case of restricted stock units) at a price determined by the administrator (including zero), that is nontransferable and is subject to substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions or goals are met. Conditions are typically based on continuing employment. During the period of restriction, participants holding shares of restricted stock shall, except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement, have full voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares. Participants holding restricted stock units may be entitled to receive payments equivalent to any dividends declared with respect to the common stock referenced in the grant of the restricted stock units, but only following the close of the applicable restriction period and then only if the underlying common stock has been earned. The restrictions will lapse in accordance with a schedule or other conditions determined by the administrator.

    Performance Units

        A performance unit award is a contingent right to receive predetermined shares of our common stock if certain performance goals are met. The value of performance units will depend on the degree to which the specified performance goals are achieved but are generally based on the value of our common stock. The administrator may, in its discretion, pay earned performance shares in cash, or stock, or a combination of both. Furthermore, based on the level of performance, the number of shares issued upon achievement of specified levels of performance could be more than the number of performance units.

        The Compensation Committee has discretion to select the length of any applicable restriction or performance period, the kind and/or level of the applicable performance goal, and whether the performance goal is to apply to us, one of our subsidiaries or any division or business unit, or to the recipient, provided that any performance goals be objective and otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. Generally, a recipient will be eligible to receive payment under a qualified performance-based award only if the applicable performance goal or goals are achieved within the applicable performance period, as determined by the Committee.

    Stock Grants

        A stock grant is an award of shares of common stock without restriction. Stock grants may only be made in limited circumstances, such as in lieu of other earned compensation. Stock grants are made without any forfeiture conditions.

    Qualified Performance-Based Awards

        Qualified performance-based awards include performance criteria intended to satisfy Section 162(m) of the Code. Section 162(m) of the Code limits our federal income tax deduction for compensation to certain specified senior executives to $1 million dollars, but excludes from that limit "performance-based compensation." Any form of award permitted under the 2013 Plan, other than restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock grants, may be granted as a qualified performance-based award, but in each case will be subject to satisfaction of performance goals or (in the case of stock options) based on continued service. The performance criteria used to establish performance goals are limited to the following:

139


Table of Contents

(i) cash flow (before or after dividends), (ii) earnings per share (including, without limitation, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (iii) stock price, (iv) return on equity, (v) stockholder return or total stockholder return, (vi) return on capital (including, without limitation, return on total capital or return on invested capital), (vii) return on investment, (viii) return on assets or net assets, (ix) market capitalization, (x) economic value added, (xi) debt leverage (debt to capital), (xii) revenue, (xiii) sales or net sales, (xiv) backlog, (xv) income, pre-tax income or net income, (xvi) operating income or pre-tax profit, (xvii) operating profit, net operating profit or economic profit, (xviii) gross margin, operating margin or profit margin, (xix) return on operating revenue or return on operating assets, (xx) cash from operations, (xxi) operating ratio, (xxii) operating revenue, (xxiii) market share improvement, (xxiv) general and administrative expenses and (xxv) customer service.

    Transferability

        Awards granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the compensation committee may provide for the transferability of nonstatutory stock options at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.

    Adjustment for Corporate Actions

        In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar distribution with respect to the shares of common stock, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares subject to the 2013 Plan, (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to then outstanding awards, (iii) the exercise price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding stock options or SARs (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such stock options or SARs remain exercisable), and (iv) the repurchase price of each share of restricted stock then subject to a risk of forfeiture in the form of a Company repurchase right. Any such adjustment in awards will be determined and made by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

    Transactions

        In the event of a transaction, including (i) any merger or consolidation of the Company, (ii) any sale or exchange of all of the common stock of the Company, (iii) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, or (iv) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the compensation committee may, with respect to all or any outstanding stock options and SARS, (1) provide that such awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent rights shall be provided in substitution therefore, (2) provide that the recipient's unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised within a specified period following written notice to the recipient, (3) provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable in whole or in part prior to or upon the transaction, (4) provide for cash payments, net of applicable tax withholdings, to be made to the recipients, (5) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds net of the exercise price of the awards and any applicable tax withholdings, or (6) any combination of the foregoing. With respect to outstanding awards other than stock options or SARs, upon the occurrence of a transaction other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company which is not part of another form of transaction, the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each such award will transfer to the Company's successor. Upon the occurrence of such a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all risks of forfeiture and performance goals applicable to such other awards will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless specifically provided to the contrary in the

140


Table of Contents

award. Any determinations required to carry out any of the foregoing will be made by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

    Change of Control

        Subject to any contrary provisions in any applicable award agreement, upon the occurrence of a change of control:

    all outstanding unvested awards and awards subject to a risk of forfeiture, other than awards conditioned on the achievement of performance goals, will immediately become vested in full and no longer be subject to any risk of forfeiture unless they are assumed or otherwise continued in a manner satisfactory to the Committee, or substantially equivalent rights are provided in substitution for such awards, in each case by the acquiring or succeeding entity or one of its affiliates; and

    if a pro rata portion of the performance goals under awards conditioned on the achievement of performance goals or other business objectives has been achieved as of the effective date of the change of control, then such performance goals or other business objectives shall be deemed satisfied as of such change of control with respect to a pro rata portion of the number of shares subject to the original award. The pro rata portion of the performance goals or other business objectives and the number of shares subject to the original awards shall each be based on the length of time within the performance period which has elapsed prior to the change of control. The pro rata portion of any award deemed earned in this manner will be paid out within 30 days following the change of control. The remaining portion of such an award that is not eligible to be deemed earned as of the change of control will be deemed to have been satisfied, earned, or forfeited as of the change of control in such amounts as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion unless that remaining portion is assumed by the acquiring or succeeding entity or one of its affiliates, which will be deemed to occur if that remaining portion is subjected to (i) comparable performance goals based on the post-change of control business of the acquiror or succeeding entity or one if its affiliates, and (ii) a measurement period using a comparable period of time to the original award, each in a manner satisfactory to the Committee.

        A change of control is defined as the occurrence of any of the following: (1) a transaction, as described above, unless securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the resulting entity or ultimate parent entity are held by one or more persons who held securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company immediately prior to the transaction; (2) any person or group of persons, excluding the Company and certain other related entities, directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than 20% of the total combined voting power of the Company, unless pursuant to a tender or exchange offer that the Company's board of directors recommends stockholders accept; (3) over a period of no more than 36 consecutive months there is a change in the composition of the Company's board such that a majority of the board members ceases to be composed of individuals who either (i) have been board members continuously since the beginning of that period, or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as board members during such period by at least a majority of the remaining board members who have been board members continuously since the beginning of that period; or (4) a majority of the board members vote in favor of a decision that a change of control has occurred.

    Amendment and Termination

        Our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise. Unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the rights of a participant under

141


Table of Contents

awards granted prior to any amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of the participant. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan expires after ten years.

    Allocation of Awards; Plan Benefits.

        It is not presently possible to determine the dollar value of award payments that may be made or the number of options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other awards that may be granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in the future, or the individuals who may be selected for such awards because awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are granted at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

    401(k) Plan

        PNMAC maintains a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Under the 401(k) plan, PNMAC makes matching contributions to participants equal to 100% of the participant's elective deferrals, up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's annual compensation. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law such protection would be not available for liability:

    for any breach of a duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit; or

    for an act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute, including unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL.

        Our certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of our certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        Our bylaws further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

142


Table of Contents

        In addition, our bylaws also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

        The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC also provides that PNMAC indemnify its officers, members, managers and other affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, and advance expenses to its officers, members, managers and other affiliates as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. The rights conferred in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC are not exclusive.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws for expenses such as, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, arising out of the person's services as our director or executive officer or as the director or executive officer of any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. In addition, our indemnification agreements also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the indemnification agreements are not exclusive. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The SEC has taken the position that personal liability of directors for violation of the federal securities laws cannot be limited and that indemnification by us for any such violation is unenforceable. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. had no directors during our 2012 fiscal year, and no compensation was paid to or earned by the non-employee directors of PNMAC during our 2012 fiscal year. On May 14, 2013, following our initial public offering of our Class A common stock, the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. approved the following annual retainer fees for non-employee directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.:

Base Annual Retainer, all board members

  $ 65,000  

Base Annual Retainer, all committee members:

       

Audit Committee

  $ 7,750  

Compensation Committee

  $ 7,750  

Governance and Nominating Committee

  $ 5,750  

Related Party Matters Committee

  $ 5,750  

Finance Committee

  $ 7,750  

Additional Annual Retainer, all committee chairs:

       

Audit Committee

  $ 10,750  

Compensation Committee

  $ 10,750  

Governance and Nominating Committee

  $ 7,750  

Related Party Matters Committee

  $ 7,750  

Finance Committee

  $ 10,750  

143


Table of Contents

        On May 14, 2013, the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. also granted 4,459 restricted stock units under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to each of the non-employee directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., with each such restricted stock unit representing a contingent right to receive 1 share of Class A common stock upon settlement. One-third of these restricted stock units vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service through each vesting date. Each restricted stock unit is otherwise subject to the provisions of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

        The form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement entered into by us with each non-employee director in connection with the grants described above is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and is incorporated herein by reference.

144


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

    any of the directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of the membership interests of PNMAC, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

        Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Exchange Agreement

        We have entered into an exchange agreement with all of the owners of Class A Units of PNMAC other than us that entitles those owners to exchange their Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Those owners are able to exercise their exchange rights at any time. In addition, we can require those owners to exercise their exchange rights (i) in connection with a change of control of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. or (ii) if no holder of Class A Units of PNMAC (other than us) holds 3% or more of all Class A Units of PNMAC, in each case unless the cash and, in the case of a change of control, marketable securities that they would receive in connection with such exchange (including the after-tax value of amounts received pursuant to the tax receivable agreement and any amounts advanced to them by us, which advanced amounts will be repaid upon the sale of the Class A common stock received in the exchange) would not be sufficient to cover the taxes that those owners would become liable for as a result of such exchange. Even if that cash would not be sufficient to cover their taxes, we can still require those owners to exchange if no holder holds more than 3% of all Class A Units of PNMAC by electing to effect the exchange at 110% of the exchange rate otherwise in effect. We can also require an owner who is an officer or employee to exercise his or her exchange rights, upon the termination of his or her employment. If PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has distributed excess cash or property to its stockholders prior to an exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC by an owner pursuant to the exchange agreement, then upon such exchange such owner will also receive, in respect of each share of Class A common stock issued in such exchange, the amount of such excess cash or property that was distributed in each such prior distribution in respect of each share of Class A common stock outstanding at the time of such prior distribution. Excess property consists of any property, other than cash, that was not distributed to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by PNMAC. Excess cash consists of any amount by which the cumulative amount of all cash distributed by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to its stockholders exceeds (i) the cumulative amount of all cash distributed to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by PNMAC, LLC, less (ii) the cumulative amount of all cash payments made by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for any purpose other than repaying debt or making distributions to its stockholders, each measured as of the time of the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC. The exchange agreement provides, however, that voluntary exchanges must be for the lesser of a stated minimum number of Class A Units of PNMAC or all of the vested Class A Units of PNMAC held by such owner. The exchange agreement also provides that an owner will not have the right to exchange Class A Units of PNMAC if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with PNMAC to which the owner may be subject. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchanges that it determines to

145


Table of Contents

be necessary or advisable so that PNMAC is not treated as a "publicly traded partnership" for United States federal income tax purposes.

Stockholder Agreements

        We have entered into separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields which provide that our board of directors will consist of no more than nine directors as long as those entities and their affiliates hold at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Those agreements also provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields will have the right to nominate two individuals for election to our board of directors as long it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 15% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, and the right to nominate one individual for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. We, in turn, are obligated to use our best efforts to ensure that these nominees are elected. In addition, those agreements provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields, as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, will have the right to nominate one member of each committee of our board of directors. As long as those nominees meet the independence standards applicable to those committees, we will appoint them as members of those committees. Those agreements also provide that neither our certificate of incorporation nor our bylaws, as in effect from time to time, may be amended in any manner that is adverse to BlackRock, Highfields or their respective affiliates without the consent of BlackRock or Highfields, as applicable, as long it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

Registration Rights Agreement

        We have entered into a registration rights agreement with BlackRock, Highfields and the other owners of PNMAC other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. pursuant to which BlackRock, Highfields and certain permitted transferees have the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register for resale the shares of our Class A common stock delivered in exchange for Class A Units of PNMAC held by them. Any such securities registered under any registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply.

        Demand Registration Rights.     BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees each have the right to demand that we register their Class A common stock for resale, subject to the conditions set forth in the registration rights agreement, no more than three times in any twelve month period. Beginning on November 8, 2013, BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees will have the right under the registration rights agreement to require that we register their Class A common stock for resale. Such registration demand must reasonably be expected to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds to such demanding stockholder in excess of $25 million. Each of BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees will have the right to participate in any such demand registrations. We will not be obligated to effect a demand registration within 120 days of the effective date of a registration statement filed by us. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 60 days once in any 12-month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect any material financing or acquisition of ours or require premature disclosure of information that would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to us. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.

        Piggyback Registration Rights.     BlackRock, Highfields, certain of their permitted transferees and the minority stockholders which are parties to the agreement will each have the right to "piggyback" on any registration statements that we file on an unlimited basis, subject to the conditions set forth in the

146


Table of Contents

registration rights agreement. If we register any securities for public sale, stockholders with piggyback registration rights under the registration rights agreement have the right to include their shares in the registration for resale by them, subject to specified limitations and exceptions.

        S-3 Registration Rights.     If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the stockholders with S-3 registration rights under the registration rights agreement and certain permitted transferees can request that we register their shares for resale. Any registration must be reasonably expected by the demanding stockholder to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds to such demanding stockholder in excess of $10 million, and no more than three demands for an S-3 registration may be made in any 12-month period. If we are eligible as a Well Known Seasoned Issuer, or WKSI, the requesting stockholders may request that the shelf registration statement utilize the automatic shelf registration process under Rule 415 and Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act. If we are not eligible as a WKSI or are otherwise ineligible to utilize the automatic shelf registration process, then we are required to use our reasonable efforts to have the shelf registration statement declared effective.

Tax Receivable Agreement

        As described above, the holders of Class A Units of PNMAC other than us may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of our Class A common stock, initially on a one-for-one basis. PNMAC intends to have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which may result in a special adjustment for PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. with respect to the tax basis of the assets of PNMAC at the time of an exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, which adjustment affects only PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., which we refer to as the "corporate taxpayer." The subsequent exchanges are expected to result in special increases for the corporate taxpayer in the tax basis of the assets of PNMAC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that the corporate taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the existing tax basis, tax basis increase and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

        We have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us that provides for the payment from time to time by the corporate taxpayer to those owners of 85% of the amount of the net tax benefits, if any, that the corporate taxpayer is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of the corporate taxpayer and not of PNMAC. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the tax benefit deemed realized by the corporate taxpayer will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of the corporate taxpayer (calculated with certain assumptions) to the taxes that the corporate taxpayer would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of PNMAC as a result of the exchanges, and had the corporate taxpayer not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless (i) the corporate taxpayer exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement in exchange for an early termination payment in an amount based on the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits (calculated with certain assumptions) or (ii) the corporate taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if the corporate taxpayer had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The

147


Table of Contents

actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

    the timing of exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of PNMAC at the time of each exchange;

    the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange—the tax basis increase in assets of PNMAC for the corporate taxpayer, as well as any related increase in allocations of tax deductions to the corporate taxpayer, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

    the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and

    the amount and timing of our income—the corporate taxpayer will be required to pay 85% of the net tax benefits as and when those benefits are treated as realized under the terms of the tax receivable agreement. If the corporate taxpayer does not have taxable income, the corporate taxpayer generally is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no benefit will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

        We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by PNMAC are not sufficient to permit PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Furthermore, our obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that are deemed realized under the tax receivable agreement. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon the continued ownership of us by the exchanging owners of PNMAC.

        In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the corporate taxpayer's (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Class A Units of PNMAC (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual net tax benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future net tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity, as well as our attractiveness as a target for an acquisition.

        Decisions made by certain owners of Class A Units of PNMAC in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other

148


Table of Contents

changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments.

        Payments are generally due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. Payments not made when due under the tax receivable agreement generally would accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points. However, in the event that we do not have sufficient cash available to make a payment under the tax receivable agreement when that payment is due, under certain circumstances we may elect to defer that payment for up to two years. Payments that are deferred pursuant to this election would accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 350 basis points.

        Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement (except to the extent such amounts can be applied against future amounts that would otherwise be due under the tax receivable agreement). As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

PNMAC Limited Liability Company Agreement

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is the sole managing member of PNMAC. Accordingly, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of PNMAC and, through PNMAC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

        Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to unit holders of PNMAC and the amount of any such distributions, other than with respect to tax distributions as described below. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the unit holders of PNMAC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

        The unit holders of PNMAC, including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of PNMAC. Except as otherwise required under Section 704(c) of the Code, net profits and net losses of PNMAC will generally be allocated to its unit holders (including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with their respective limited liability company interests. The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC will provide for quarterly cash distributions, which we refer to as "tax distributions," to the holders of the Class A Units of PNMAC if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., as the sole managing member of PNMAC, determines that the taxable income of PNMAC gives rise to taxable income for such holders. Generally, these quarterly tax distributions will be computed based on the taxable income of PNMAC multiplied by an assumed tax rate determined by us. Tax distributions will be made only to the extent that all distributions from PNMAC for the relevant year were insufficient to cover such tax liabilities.

        The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC also provides that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and income tax expenses of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will be borne by PNMAC.

149


Table of Contents

        The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC generally provides that at any time we issue a share of our Class A common stock or any other equity security, the net proceeds received by us with respect to such share, if any, shall be concurrently transferred to PNMAC and PNMAC will issue to us one Class A Unit with respect to such issuance of Class A common stock (or another equity interest in PNMAC with respect to other equity issuances by us). Conversely, if at any time, any shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed by us for cash, then PNMAC will redeem from us the same number of Class A Units of PNMAC (subject to any change in the initial exchange rate provided for in the exchange agreement) at the same price.

        Other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., in its capacity as managing member, holders of the Class A Units of PNMAC will have no voting rights with respect to PNMAC, except that (i) the managing member shall not create additional classes of units or securities for issuance to any party other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and (ii) the managing member and PNMAC shall take no action or enter into any agreement that would limit the ability of PNMAC to make tax distributions or the ability of the managing member to make payments under the tax receivable agreement, provided that the managing member and PNMAC may enter into credit, financing or warehousing or similar agreements that limit or prohibit the making of tax distributions or payments under the tax receivable agreement if there is a default or event of default or if such distributions could result in a default or event of default thereunder, in each case without the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields, as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds any Class A Units of PNMAC.

        Also, as long as BlackRock or Highfields, together with its affiliates, holds at least 3% of the number of Class A Units of PNMAC that were outstanding immediately following the initial public offering of our Class A common stock and the related purchase of Class A Units of PNMAC by us with the proceeds of that offering, PNMAC may not, without the consent of that holder, make any dilutive issuance (generally any issuance of units to us other than an issuance of Class A Units of PNMAC to us in connection with the issuance by us of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock as described above) of any units other than Class A Units of PNMAC to us. Further, as long as BlackRock or Highfields, together with its affiliates, holds any Class A Units of PNMAC, PNMAC may not, without the consent of that holder, make any dilutive issuance of any units to us if such issuance, together with all other such issuances made during the 365 day period ending on the date of such issuance, would cause the percentage of Class A Units of PNMAC (together with all other common equity securities of PNMAC) held by all members of PNMAC other than us to decrease by more than 0.5% during that period (ignoring, for the purposes of this calculation, units purchased by those members pursuant to the following sentence). Concurrently with each dilutive issuance, each member of PNMAC other than us will have the right to purchase, at the same price and on the same terms on which we are purchasing units in that dilutive issuance, up to the number of the same type of units as would be necessary for that member to beneficially own the same percentage of all such units outstanding immediately after the dilutive issuance as that member beneficially owned immediately prior to the dilutive issuance.

        Holders of Class A Units of PNMAC will also have consent rights for amendments to the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC that materially and adversely affect the rights or duties of a holder on a discriminatory and non-pro rata basis. In addition, so long as either BlackRock or Highfields continues to own, together with its affiliates, a number of Class A Units of PNMAC representing more than 10% of the Class A Units of PNMAC outstanding immediately after the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, its consent will be required for any amendment to the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC. The consent of BlackRock and Highfields and any other member to whom BlackRock or Highfields has transferred Class A units in compliance with the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC will also be required to any amendment that (i) reduces such holder's tax distributions, (ii) limits such holder's ability to exercise its rights under the exchange agreement, (iii) requires such holder to make a capital contribution, (iv) increases such

150


Table of Contents

holder's obligations or permits the appointment of a new managing member other than a successor to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. permitted under the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, (v) reduces or eliminates fiduciary duties of the managing member or officers, (vi) restricts or eliminates permitted transfers of Class A Units of PNMAC, (vii) reduces or eliminates indemnification or exculpation provisions, or (viii) changes certain provisions regarding the issuance of units by PNMAC or shares by us. In addition, the consent of BlackRock and Highfields will be required to convert the legal form of Private National Mortgage Association Company, LLC into a corporation, or treat it as other than a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes.

Management Agreements

        Our subsidiary, PCM, enters into investment management agreements with investment companies or funds that invest in residential mortgage assets. Presently, PCM is party to management agreements with the Investment Funds and with PMT.

        These management agreements require us to oversee the business affairs of the Investment Funds and PMT in conformity with the investment policies that are approved and monitored by such client's board or management. We are responsible for the client's day-to-day management and perform such services and activities related to the client's assets and operations as may be appropriate.

        PMT Management Agreement.     Effective February 1, 2013, we renewed our management agreement with PMT and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. through February 1, 2017 and amended and restated its terms in order to better align the base and performance incentive components of our management fee with PMT's investment strategy. Pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated management agreement between PCM and PMT, PCM collects a base management fee and may collect a performance incentive fee, both payable quarterly and in arrears. The initial term of this management agreement expires, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        The base management fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of "shareholder's equity." "Shareholders' equity" is defined as the sum of the net proceeds from any issuances of PMT's equity securities since its inception (weighted for the time outstanding during the measurement period); plus PMT's retained earnings at the end of the quarter; less any amount that PMT pays for repurchases of its common shares (weighted for the time held during the measurement period); and excluding one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between PCM and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees.

        The base management fee is equal to the sum of (i) 1.5% per annum of shareholders' equity up to $2 billion, (ii) 1.375% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $2 billion and up to $5 billion, and (iii) 1.25% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $5 billion. The base management fee is paid in cash.

        The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which "net income," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on "equity." "Net income," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with GAAP and certain other non-cash charges determined after discussions between PCM and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees. "Equity" is the weighted average of the issue price per common share of all of PMT's public offerings, multiplied by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (including restricted share units) in the four-quarter period.

        The performance incentive fee is calculated quarterly and escalates as net income (stated as a percentage return on equity) increases over certain thresholds. On each calculation date, the threshold

151


Table of Contents

amounts represent a stated return on equity, plus or minus a "high watermark" adjustment. The performance fee payable for any quarter is equal to: (a) 10% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds (i) an 8% return on equity plus the high watermark, up to (ii) a 12% return on equity; plus (b) 15% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds (i) a 12% return on equity plus the high watermark, up to (ii) a 16% return on equity; plus (c) 20% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds a 16% return on equity plus the high watermark.

        The high watermark starts at zero and is adjusted quarterly. The quarterly adjustment reflects the amount by which the net income in that quarter exceeds or falls short of the lesser of 8% and the 30-year Fannie Mae current coupon MBS Yield (the target yield) for such quarter. If the net income is lower than the target yield, the high watermark is increased by the difference. If the net income is higher than the target yield, the high watermark is reduced by the difference. Each time a performance incentive fee is earned, the high watermark returns to zero. As a result, the threshold amounts required for PCM to earn a performance incentive fee are adjusted cumulatively based on the performance of PMT's net income over (or under) the target yield, until the net income in excess of the target yield exceeds the then-current cumulative high watermark amount, and a performance incentive fee is earned. The performance incentive fee may be paid in cash or in common shares of PMT (subject to a limit of no more than 50% paid in common shares), at PMT's option.

        Under this management agreement, PCM is entitled to reimbursement of its organizational and operating expenses, including third-party expenses, incurred on PMT's behalf.

        In general, the parties to this management agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PCM in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under this management agreement if (a) PMT or PCM requests such negotiation after a determination by PMT or PCM that the rates of compensation payable to PCM differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of this management agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of such fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in this management agreement.

        Under this management agreement, PCM may be entitled to a termination fee under certain circumstances. Specifically, the termination fee is payable for (1) PMT's termination of the management agreement without cause, (2) PCM's termination of the management agreement upon a default by PMT in the performance of any material term of the management agreement that has continued uncured for a period of 30 days after receipt of written notice thereof or (3) PCM's termination of the management agreement after PMT's termination without cause (excluding a non-renewal) of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, the MSR recapture agreement, or the amended and restated flow servicing agreement, each of which is described below. The termination fee is equal to three times the sum of (a) the average annual base management fee, and (b) the average annual (or, if the period is less than 24 months, annualized) performance incentive fee earned by PCM, in each case during the 24-month period before termination.

        PMT may terminate this management agreement without the payment of any termination fee under certain circumstances, including, among other circumstances, in the event of uncured material breaches by PCM of this management agreement, upon a change in control of PCM (defined to include a 50% change in the shareholding of PCM in a single transaction or related series of transactions or Stanford Kurland's failure to continue as chief executive officer of PCM to the extent his suitable replacement (in PMT's discretion) has not been retained by PCM within six months thereof) or upon the termination of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement by PLS without cause.

152


Table of Contents

        This management agreement also provides that, prior to the undertaking by PCM or its affiliates of any new investment opportunity or any other business opportunity requiring a source of capital with respect to which PCM or its affiliates will earn a management, advisory, consulting or similar fee, PCM will present to PMT that new opportunity and the material terms on which PCM proposes to provide services before pursuing that opportunity with third parties.

        We earned approximately $15.1 million, $8.5 million and $5.5 million in base management fees, and no performance incentive fees, in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our management agreements with PMT.

        Investment Funds Management Agreements.     We have investment management agreements with the Investment Funds pursuant to which we receive management fees consisting of base management fees and carried interest. The Investment Funds' management fees were based on the capital commitments of the respective funds from their inception through December 31, 2011, at which time the commitment period for each of the Investment Funds ended. Since the end of the commitment periods, the base management fees are based on the lesser of the funds' net asset values or aggregate capital contributions. The base management fees accrue at annual rates ranging from 1.5% to 2.0% of the applicable amounts on which they are based.

        We also recognize carried interest as a participation in the profits of the Investment Funds after their investors have achieved a preferred return of 8.0%, compounded annually and as defined in the management agreements. After the investors have achieved such preferred return, a "catch up" return accrues to us until we receive a specified percentage of such preferred return, taken together with our portion thereof. Thereafter, we participate in future returns in excess of the preferred return rate at the rate of 20.0%.

        The amount of the carried interest that we will receive depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds. We expect to collect the carried interest when the Investment Funds liquidate. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company and limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

        We earned from the Investment Funds approximately $9.4 million, $9.9 million and $9.9 million in base management fees, and approximately $10.5 million, $12.6 million and $24.7 in carried interest, in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our management agreements with the Investment Funds. We did not earn any performance incentive fees during these periods under these management agreements.

Servicing Agreements

        Our subsidiary, PLS, enters into servicing agreements with investment companies or funds that invest in residential mortgage loans pursuant to which we provide servicing for our clients' portfolio of residential mortgage loans. Presently, PLS is party to servicing agreements with the Investment Funds and PMT.

        The loan servicing to be provided by us under the servicing agreements includes collecting principal, interest and escrow account payments, if any, with respect to mortgage loans, as well as managing loss mitigation, which may include, among other things, collection activities, loan workouts, modifications, foreclosures and short sales. We may also engage in certain loan origination activities that include refinancing mortgage loans and arranging financings that facilitate sales of REO properties.

153


Table of Contents

        PMT Loan Servicing Agreement.     Effective February 1, 2013, we amended our loan servicing agreement with PMT and established servicing fees that change the nature of the fees that we earn to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan. The loan servicing agreement was further amended on March 1, 2013. The initial term of this servicing agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        The base servicing fees for distressed whole loans are calculated based on a monthly per-loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of such loan or the related underlying real estate. Presently, the base servicing fees for distressed whole loans range from $30 per month for current loans up to $125 per month for loans that are severely delinquent and in foreclosure.

        The base servicing fees for loans subserviced on behalf of PMT are also calculated through a monthly per-loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on whether the mortgage loan is a fixed-rate or adjustable-rate loan. Presently, the base servicing fees for loans subserviced on behalf of PMT are $7.50 per month for fixed-rate loans and $8.50 per month for adjustable-rate mortgage loans. To the extent that these loans become delinquent, PLS is entitled to an additional servicing fee per loan falling within a range of $10 to $75 per month and based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the loan or the related underlying real estate.

        PLS is also entitled to customary ancillary income and certain market-based fees and charges, including boarding and deboarding fees, liquidation and disposition fees, and assumption, modification and origination fees.

        Except as otherwise provided in the MSR Recapture Agreement, when PLS effects a refinancing of a loan on PMT's behalf and not through a third-party lender and the resulting loan is readily saleable, or PLS originates a loan to facilitate the disposition of the real estate acquired by PMT in settlement of a loan, PLS is entitled to receive from PMT market-based fees and compensation consistent with pricing and terms PLS offers unaffiliated third parties on a retail basis.

        To the extent that PLS participates in HAMP (or other similar mortgage loan modification programs), PLS is entitled to retain any incentive payments made to it and to which it is entitled under HAMP, provided that with respect to any incentive payments paid to PLS in connection with a mortgage loan modification for which PMT previously paid PLS a modification fee, PLS is required to reimburse PMT an amount equal to the incentive payments.

        In addition, because PMT does not have any employees or infrastructure, PLS is required to provide a range of services and activities significantly greater in scope than the services provided in connection with a customary servicing arrangement. For these services, PLS receives from PMT a supplemental fee of $25 per month for each distressed whole loan and $3.25 per month for each other subserviced loan.

        In general, the parties to this servicing agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under this servicing agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after a determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of this servicing agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of

154


Table of Contents

that fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in this servicing agreement.

        No automatic renewal of this servicing agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate this servicing agreement without cause if either of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the servicing agreement without cause if either of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PLS without cause or the management agreement is terminated by PCM as provided in such agreement. This servicing agreement is further subject to termination under other circumstances, generally including (a) in whole, at the election of either party following a specified default or other for-cause event on the part of the other, (b) in part with respect to one or more individual loans, at the election of PMT in connection with a sale of such loan(s) or if such loan(s) become seriously delinquent or the real estate is acquired on behalf of the lender, and (c) in whole at the election of PLS or PMT if PMT or PLS, respectively, defaults in its obligations under the MSR recapture agreement. PMT is required to pay release fees to PLS in connection with certain terminations.

        Under this loan servicing agreement, PLS is entitled to reimbursement for all customary, bona fide reasonable and necessary out of pocket expenses incurred by PLS in connection with the performance of its servicing obligations.

        Investment Funds Loan Servicing Agreements.     Our servicing agreements with the Investment Funds generally provide for fee revenue of between 50 and 100 basis points of unpaid principal balance per year, the amount of which varies depending on the type and quality of the loans being serviced. We are also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges. Under the servicing agreements between us and the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and the end of every calendar year thereafter, we are required to rebate to the Investment Funds an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the Investment Funds' assets, and, conversely, charge the Investment Funds if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for those assets. Under these agreements, we also will rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan origination and modification activities. We record the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred.

        This arrangement was modified, effective January 1, 2012, with respect to one of the Investment Funds. At that time, we settled our accrued servicing fee rebate and amended our servicing agreement with such fund to charge scheduled servicing fees in place of the previous "at cost" servicing arrangement.

        We earned approximately $31.4 million, $25.0 million and $13.6 million in loan servicing fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in connection with work performed for PMT and the Investment Funds.

Other Agreements with PMT

        PMT Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement.     Pursuant to the terms of the current mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PLS provides PMT with certain mortgage banking services, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, with respect to loans acquired by PMT from correspondent lenders, and certain warehouse lending services, including fulfillment and administrative services, with respect to loans financed by PMT for its warehouse lending clients. Pursuant to the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PLS has agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and PLS and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such

155


Table of Contents

services for any other third party. However, such exclusivity and prohibition shall not apply, and certain other duties instead will be imposed upon PLS, if PMT is unable to purchase or finance mortgage loans as contemplated under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement for any reason. The initial term of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        PLS is entitled to a fulfillment fee based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires and equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. Presently, the applicable percentages are (i) 0.50% for conventional mortgage loans, (ii) 0.88% for loans underwritten in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, (iii) 0.80% for the U.S. Department of the Treasury and HUD's HARP mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 105% or less, (iv) 1.20% for HARP mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of greater than 105%, and (v) 0.50% for all other mortgage loans not contemplated above; provided, however, that PLS may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of the applicable fulfillment fee and credit the amount of such reduction to the reimbursement otherwise due as described in the following paragraph. This reduction may only be credited to the reimbursement applicable to the month in which the related mortgage was funded.

        In the event that PMT purchases mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance in any month totaling more than $2.5 billion, PLS has agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT an amount equal to the percentage of such aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to mortgage loans for which PLS collected fulfillment fees for such month, multiplied by the sum of the following: (a) the product of (i) 0.025%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion and less than or equal to $5 billion, plus (b) the product of (i) 0.05%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $5 billion.

        In consideration for the mortgage banking services provided by PLS with respect to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans under its early purchase program, PLS is entitled to fees that accrue (i) at a rate equal to $25,000 per annum and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan that PMT acquires.

        In consideration for the warehouse services provided by PLS with respect to mortgage loans financed by PMT for its warehouse lending clients, with respect to each facility, PLS is entitled to fees that accrue (i) at a rate equal to $25,000 per annum and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan financed thereunder.

        Where PMT offers both an early purchase program and a warehouse facility to the same client, PLS shall only be entitled to one per anum fee of $25,000, and it shall only be able to collect one $50 fee per loan, whether or not such loan is subject to both the warehouse facility and the early purchase program.

        Notwithstanding any provision of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement to the contrary, if it becomes reasonably necessary or advisable for PLS to engage in additional services in connection with post-breach or post-default resolution activities for the purposes of a correspondent lending agreement, a warehouse agreement or a re-warehouse agreement, then PMT has generally agreed with PLS to negotiate in good faith for additional compensation and reimbursement of expenses to be paid to PLS for the performance of such additional services.

        In general, the parties to the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after

156


Table of Contents

a determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of that fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement.

        No automatic renewal of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement without cause if the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement, the servicing agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by us without cause as provided in such agreement, and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement without cause if the MSR recapture agreement or the servicing agreement is terminated by PLS without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PCM without cause as provided in such agreement. The mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement is further subject to termination under other circumstances, generally including at the election of either party following a specified default or other for-cause event on the part of the other. In the case of a non-renewal or termination of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PMT will be entitled under certain circumstances to require that PLS continue to provide correspondent lending services for a specified number of months following the scheduled expiration or termination, in which case the then current fee structure and exclusivity obligations applicable to such services would remain in effect.

        In connection with the execution of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PMT and PLS entered into an agreement terminating, effective on February 1, 2013, the amended and restated mortgage banking services agreement, dated as of November 1, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified), between PMT and PLS and mutually waived any and all notice and timing requirements applicable to such termination.

        We earned approximately $62.9 million, $1.7 million and $80,000 in fulfillment fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our mortgage banking and warehouse services agreements with PMT, and we paid to PMT approximately $2.5 million, $0.2 million and $0 in sourcing fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        MSR Recapture Agreement.     PLS has also entered into an MSR recapture agreement with PMT. Pursuant to the terms of the MSR recapture agreement, if PLS refinances via its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, PLS is generally required to transfer and convey to PMT, without cost to PMT, the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated. Where the fair market value of the aggregate MSRs to be transferred is less than $200,000, PLS may, at its option, wire cash to PMT in an amount equal to such fair market value in lieu of transferring such MSRs. The initial term of the MSR recapture agreement expires, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        In general, the parties to the MSR recapture agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under the MSR recapture agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after a

157


Table of Contents

determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of the MSR recapture agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of such fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in the MSR recapture agreement.

        No automatic renewal of the MSR recapture agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate the MSR recapture agreement without cause if the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement, the servicing agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by us without cause as provided in such agreement, and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the MSR recapture agreement without cause if the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the servicing agreement is terminated by PLS without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PCM without cause as provided in such agreement. In addition, if PMT exercises its right to terminate the servicing agreement without cause in connection with sales of one or more mortgage loans serviced thereunder, PLS will be entitled to terminate the MSR recapture agreement solely with respect to such mortgage loans. Following any termination of the MSR recapture agreement, PLS is prohibited from taking action with respect to the refinancing of the mortgage loans involved in the termination, subject to various exceptions, including an exception with respect to generalized advertising not targeted exclusively to the borrowers under such mortgage loans.

        Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement.     Pursuant to a spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement entered into by PLS and PMT on February 1, 2013, PMT may acquire from PLS the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from mortgage servicing rights acquired by PLS, in which case PLS generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under this spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction. As of the date hereof, no acquisition has occurred, and no confirmation has been executed, under this spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement.

        Reimbursement Agreement.     In connection with the initial public offering of common shares of PMT, on August 4, 2009 our subsidiary, PCM, entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse PCM for the $2.9 million payment that PCM made to the underwriters for PMT's initial public offering if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. We refer to this as the "Conditional Reimbursement." The reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of PCM of the Conditional Reimbursement if PMT is required to pay PCM performance incentive fees under the amended and restated management agreement described above, at a rate of $10 in reimbursement for every $100 of performance incentive fees earned. The reimbursement of the Conditional Reimbursement is subject to a maximum reimbursement in any particular 12 month period of $980,422 and the maximum amount that may be reimbursed under the agreement is $2.9 million. In the event that the termination fee is payable to PCM under the amended and restated management agreement and PCM has not received the full amount of the reimbursements and payments under the reimbursement agreement, this amount will be paid in full. The term of the reimbursement agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        Confidentiality Agreement.     Pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement, we agreed to standard confidentiality obligations with PMT and agreed that we and certain of our affiliates shall be prohibited

158


Table of Contents

from pursuing an acquisition of PMT, and PMT shall be prohibited from pursuing an acquisition of us, except through negotiations with our respective boards, for a period of three years.

Our Investment in PMT

        We received dividends of $167,000, $138,000 and $58,000 in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of our investment in common shares of PMT.

Management Investments in PNMAC

        Certain executive officers have been provided with the opportunity to purchase units in PNMAC. The numbers of units offered for purchase to such executive officers were determined based upon the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer and approval by the board of directors of PNMAC based upon the individual's position and other relevant factors.

        We previously extended loans to certain of our executive officers to facilitate the acquisitions of such units. In addition, in 2010 advances against future distributions were made to certain members of our management in lieu of cash bonuses relating to 2009. All such loans and advances made to our executive officers were repaid prior to the initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

        The following table sets forth the aggregate number and dollar amount of preferred units in PNMAC purchased by our executive officers, and the aggregate dollar amount of loans or advances made by us to our executive officers, in the last three years, in each case where the aggregate amount of all such purchases, loans or advances exceeded $120,000 in any year:

 
  2012   2011   2010  

Stanford Kurland

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    1,599.53     2,813.98     750.00  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 1,599,530   $ 2,813,980   $ 750,000  

Purchase loans

             

Other loans and advances

             

David Spector

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    248.05     446.29     118.95  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 248,045   $ 446,295   $ 118,950  

Purchase loans

  $ 248,045   $ 350,045      

Other loans and advances

          $ 400,000  

Steve Bailey

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    106.35     191.35     255.00  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 106,350   $ 191,350   $ 255,000  

Purchase loans

  $ 106,350   $ 106,350   $ 255,000  

Other loans and advances

  $ 75,000   $ 75,000   $ 37,500  

Andrew Chang

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    171.41     308.41     82.20  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 171,410   $ 308,410   $ 82,200  

Purchase loans

  $ 171,410   $ 234,910      

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Vandad Fartaj

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    159.84     287.59     273.45  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 159,840   $ 287,590   $ 273,450  

Purchase loans

  $ 159,840   $ 212,040   $ 196,800  

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

159


Table of Contents

 
  2012   2011   2010  

Jeffrey Grogin

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    91.10     233.81     29.70  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 91,095   $ 233,805   $ 29,700  

Purchase loans

  $ 91,095   $ 214,905      

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Anne McCallion

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    138.01     318.22     52.20  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 138,010   $ 318,220   $ 52,200  

Purchase loans

             

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

David Walker

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    205.51     369.76     163.95  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 205,505   $ 369,755   $ 163,950  

Purchase loans

  $ 205,505   $ 205,505   $ 65,400  

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Other Transactions With Related Persons

    Related Party Employment Relationships

        Presently, we employ Mr. Kurland's brother-in-law, Robert Schreibman. We established Mr. Schreibman's compensation in accordance with our employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with equivalent qualifications and responsibilities holding similar positions. None of the executive officers has a material interest in this employment relationship nor do any of them share a home with Mr. Schreibman. Mr. Schreibman does not report directly to any of our executive officers.

        We have employed Mr. Schreibman since 2008, as Senior Vice President, Asset Management, for the following approximate amounts: in 2012, $242,280 in base salary and bonus; in 2011, $206,684 in base salary and bonus; and in 2010, $212,520 in base salary and bonus. In addition, on October 17, 2011, Mr. Schreibman purchased from us pursuant to a company loan 116.36 of our preferred units, with a market value of $1,068 per unit, at a purchase price of $1,000 per unit, and we granted Mr. Schreibman 63.98 common units with a market value of $68 per unit. Mr. Schreibman has also been entitled to receive employee benefits generally available to all employees.

        Presently, we also employ Mr. Vandad Fartaj's brother, Vala Fartaj. We established Mr. Vala Fartaj's compensation in accordance with our employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with equivalent qualifications and responsibilities holding similar positions. None of the executive officers has a material interest in this employment relationship nor do any of them share a home with Mr. Vala Fartaj. Mr. Vala Fartaj does not report directly to any of our executive officers.

        We have employed Mr. Vala Fartaj since 2008, as a Senior Vice President, Mortgage Trading, for the following approximate amounts: in 2012, $229,698 in base salary and bonus and a gross-up payment for the payment of self-employment taxes in the amount of $1,608; in 2011, $220,802 in base salary and bonus and a gross-up payment for the payment of self-employment taxes in the amount of $2,631.78; and in 2010, $175,000 in base salary and bonus. In addition, on October 25, 2010, we granted Mr. Vala Fartaj 85.32 common units with a market value of $279 per unit and, on October 17, 2011, we granted Mr. Vala Fartaj 63.89 common units with a market value of $68 per unit. Mr. Vala Fartaj has also been entitled to receive employee benefits generally available to all employees.

160


Table of Contents

    PNMAC Foodservice Agreement with Me N U Kitchen, LLC

        In August 2011, we entered into a foodservice agreement with Me N U Kitchen, LLC, or MNU. MNU is a limited liability company, the membership and percentage interests of which are held equally in fifty percent increments by Ashley Rubinstein, a daughter of Mr. Kurland, and Marci Grogin, the wife of Mr. Grogin.

        Pursuant to the terms of the foodservice agreement, MNU provides onsite foodservice (including cafeteria and catering services) to us and our employees on a contract basis. For these services, we pay MNU a monthly management fee equal to the greater of (a) $15,000 (or, during months in which our headcount is less than 600, $10,000), or (b) one-half of an adjusted profit that is calculated based on the fair value of food served by MNU without charge or at a standard discount, in either case to our officers, employees or business partners.

        For its services in 2012 and 2011 we paid MNU management fees of $60,000 and $152,500, respectively. Ms. Rubinstein also received payments of $19,870 in 2012 and $3,500 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end), and Mrs. Grogin received payments of $3,500 in 2012 and $5,500 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end).

        In addition, we do not charge MNU rent, its portion of utilities (including telephone and internet availability) or maintenance charges for the equipment it uses in connection with its use of the cafeteria and kitchen facilities, and we are required to bear certain other defined costs and expenses associated with MNU's operation of its foodservice business. The aggregate amount of such costs and expenses was $148,522 in 2012 and $83,190 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end). We also purchased an off-the-shelf "Point of Sale" system for $32,163 and pay on MNU's behalf a monthly hosting and maintenance charge of $370.

    Other Agreements and Arrangements

        PCM paid approximately $124,000, $124,000 and $123,000 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., an affiliate of BlackRock, as a fee for use of the BlackRock Solutions AnSer and Market Data analytics software.

Related Party Transactions Policy

        We have adopted a policy that specifically governs related party transactions. The policy generally prohibits any related party transaction unless it is approved by our related-party matters committee in accordance with the policy. With certain exceptions, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year, and in which any related party has, had or will have a direct or indirect interest. A related party is any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was one of our directors or executive officers or a nominee to become one of our directors; any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities; and any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons (which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of any of the foregoing persons); and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

        The related party transactions policy governs the process for identifying potential related party transactions and seeking review, approval or ratification of such transactions. In addition, each of our directors and executive officers will be required to complete an annual disclosure questionnaire and report all transactions with us in which they and their immediate family members had or will have a

161


Table of Contents

direct or indirect material interest with respect to us. We will review these questionnaires and, if we determine that it is necessary, discuss any reported transactions with our entire board of directors in accordance with the related party transactions policy.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. In addition, our indemnification agreements also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the indemnification agreements are not exclusive.

        The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC also requires PNMAC to indemnify its officers, members, managers and other affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, and advance expenses to its officers, members, managers and other affiliates as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. The rights conferred in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC are not exclusive.

        There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

162


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of Class A common stock by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

        Beneficial ownership reflected in the table below is based on 18,887,777 shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2013, and, with respect to any individual, includes the total shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by such individual and his or her personal planning vehicles. Beneficial ownership is determined with respect to each stockholder in accordance with the rules of the SEC by assuming that such stockholder (and no other stockholder) has exchanged all of its or his Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock.

        Except as otherwise indicated below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021.

 
  Class A Common Stock Beneficially
Owned(1)
 
Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent   % of Total
Voting Power
and Total
Economic Interest
in PNMAC(2)
 

5% Stockholders

                   

BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC(3)

    15,560,647     45.17 %   20.50 %

HC Partners LLC(4)

    20,169,732     51.64 %   26.58 %

Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund
200 Seaport Boulevard, Z3B
Boston, MA 02210

    6,110,000     32.35 %   8.05 %

Entities affiliated with Bridger Management(5)
90 Park Avenue, 40th Floor
New York, NY 10016

    1,500,000     7.94 %   1.98 %

Entities affiliated with Leon Cooperman(6)
St. Andrew's Country Club
17024 Brookwood Drive
Boca Raton, FL 33496

    2,759,600     14.61 %   3.64 %

Kurland Family Investments, LLC(7)

    8,314,990     30.57 %   10.96 %

Entities affiliated with Sy Jacobs(8)
11 East 26 Street, Suite 1900
New York, New York 10010

    1,000,000     5.03 %   1.32 %

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                   

Stanford Kurland(9)

    8,599,338     31.28 %   11.33 %

David Spector(10)

    1,699,729     8.26 %   2.24 %

Douglas Jones(11)

    793,767     4.03 %   1.05 %

Matthew Botein(12)

    1,218,552     6.06 %   1.61 %

James Hunt

    4,000     *     *  

Joseph Mazzella(13)

    331,052     1.72 %   *  

Farhad Nanji(14)

    134,569     *     *  

John Taylor

    0     *     *  

Mark Wiedman(15)

    54,556     *     *  

Executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)

    17,708,467     48.39 %   23.33 %

*
Represents less than 1%.

163


Table of Contents

(1)
Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, Class A Units of PNMAC not held by us are exchangeable at any time and from time to time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. The number of shares of Class A common stock listed in this table as being beneficially owned as a result of Class A Units of PNMAC held by any entity or individual assumes an exchange of such Class A Units for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

(2)
Represents the percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. voting together as a single class. Each holder of Class A Units of PNMAC other than us also holds one share of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to our stockholders that is equal to the aggregate number of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such holder. As a holder exchanges Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to the holder by its share of Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced. Total economic interest in PNMAC is calculated as the percentage of all outstanding Class A Units of PNMAC beneficially held by the stockholder, directly or indirectly through PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., assuming that each share of Class A common stock held is equivalent to one Class A Unit of PNMAC.

(3)
Consists entirely of 15,560,647 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock. BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC is indirectly wholly-owned by BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock, Inc. controls the voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC and, therefore, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by that entity.

(4)
Consists entirely of 20,169,732 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

(5)
Consists of 924,000 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Swiftcurrent Partners L.P. and 576,000 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Swiftcurrent Offshore Ltd. Bridger Management LLC is the investment adviser to each of these entities and Roberto Mignone is the managing member of Bridger Management, LLC. and, as such, each of them have shared voting and dispositive power over these shares.

(6)
Consists of 913,000 shares of Class A common stock held in managed accounts over which Leon Cooperman has investment discretion and 1,846,600 shares of Class A common stock held in the accounts of private investment entities over which Leon Cooperman has investment discretion. Mr. Cooperman has sole voting and dispositive power over 1,846,600 shares of Class A common stock and shared voting and dispositive power over 913,000 shares of Class A common stock. Mr. Cooperman is the Managing Member of Omega Associates, L.L.C. ("Associates"). Associates is a private investment firm formed to invest in and act as general partner of investment partnerships or similar investment vehicles. Associates is the general partner of limited partnerships known as Omega Capital Partners, L.P. ("Capital LP"), Omega Capital Investors, L.P.("Investors LP"), and Omega Equity Investors, L.P. ("Equity LP"). These entities are private investment firms engaged in the purchase and sale of securities for investment for their own accounts. Mr. Cooperman is the President and majority stockholder of Omega Advisors, Inc. ("Advisors"), engaged in providing investment management services. Advisors serves as the investment manager to Omega Overseas Partners, Ltd. ("Overseas"). Mr. Cooperman has investment discretion over portfolio investments of Overseas. Advisors also serves as a discretionary investment advisor to a limited number of institutional clients (the "Managed Accounts"). As to the shares owned by the Managed Accounts, there would be shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of such shares because the owners of the Managed Accounts may be deemed beneficial owners of such shares pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Act as a result of their right to terminate the discretionary account within a period of 60 days. Mr. Cooperman is the ultimate controlling person of Associates, Capital LP, Investors LP, Equity LP, and Advisors. Capital LP holds 652,500 shares of Class A common stock; Investors LP holds 198,400 shares of Class A common stock; Equity LP holds 286,600 shares of Class A common stock; Overseas holds 709,100 shares of Class A common stock; and the Managed Accounts hold 913,000 shares of Class A common stock.

(7)
Consists entirely of 8,314,990 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock. Stanford Kurland, as the sole manager of Kurland Family Investments, LLC, controls the voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by that entity and, therefore, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by that entity.

(8)
Consists of 800,000 shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by JAM Partners, L.P. and 200,000 shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by other advisory clients of Jacobs Asset Management, LLC, none of which owns more than 5% of the class. The general partner of JAM Partners, L.P. is JAM Managers, LLC and the managing member of JAM Managers, LLC is Sy Jacobs. Jacobs Asset Management, LLC and Sy Jacobs have shared voting and dispositive power over all of these shares.

164


Table of Contents

(9)
Consists entirely of 8,599,338 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, including 8,314,990 Class A Units of PNMAC owned by Kurland Family Investments, LLC.

(10)
Consists entirely of 1,699,729 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for Class A common stock, including 465,604 Class A Units of PNMAC owned by ST Family Investment Company LLC.

(11)
Consists entirely of 793,767 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

(12)
Consists entirely of 1,218,552 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

(13)
Consists entirely of 331,052 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock. Does not include 407,031 Class A Units of PNMAC owned by the Mazzella Family Irrevocable Trust. Mr. Mazzella is not a trustee of that entity and, therefore, would not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the Class A Units of PNMAC held by that entity.

(14)
Includes 122,109 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

(15)
Consists entirely of 54,556 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

165


Table of Contents


SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information as of September 26, 2013 for each selling stockholder regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and the number of shares of our Class A common stock that may from time to time be offered or sold pursuant to this prospectus. The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2013. The information regarding shares beneficially owned after the offering assumes the sale of all shares offered by the selling stockholders and that the selling stockholders do not acquire any additional shares. Information in the table below with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each of the selling stockholders.

        Except as described elsewhere in this prospectus, the selling stockholders have not held any position or office, or have otherwise had a material relationship, with us or any of our subsidiaries within the past three years other than as a result of the ownership of our securities.

        Information concerning the selling stockholders may change from time to time and any changed information will be set forth in supplements to this prospectus, if and when necessary. The selling stockholders may offer all, some or none of their shares of Class A common stock. We cannot advise you as to whether the selling stockholders will in fact sell any or all of such shares of Class A common stock. In addition, the selling stockholders listed in the table below may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, shares of our Class A common stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date on which they provided the information set forth in the table below.

        Beneficial ownership is determined with respect to each selling stockholder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC by assuming that such stockholder (and no other stockholder) has exchanged all of its or his Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock. Except as otherwise indicated, the business address for each of the following persons is c/o PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021.

        As of September 26, 2013, there were 18,887,777 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding.

 
  Shares of Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned Prior to This
Offering(1)
   
  Shares of Class A Common
Stock Beneficially Owned
After This Offering
 
Name
  Number   %   % of Total
Voting Power
and Total
Economic Interest
in PNMAC(2)
  Shares of Class A
Common Stock
Being Offered(3)
  Number   %   % of Total
Voting Power
and Total
Economic Interest
in PNMAC(2)
 

BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC

    15,560,647     45.17 %   20.50 %   15,560,647     0     0 %   0 %

HC Partners LLC

    20,169,732     51.64 %   26.58 %   20,169,732     0     0 %   0 %

Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund

    6,110,000     32.35 %   8.05 %   6,110,000     0     0 %   0 %

Matthew Botein

    1,218,552     6.06 %   1.61 %   1,218,552     0     0 %   0 %

Joseph Mazzella

    331,052     1.72 %   0.44 %   331,052     0     0 %   0 %

Mazzella Family Irrevocable Trust

    407,031     2.11 %   0.54 %   407,031     0     0 %   0 %

Farhad Nanji

    122,109     0.71 %   0.18 %   122,109     0     0 %   0 %

Mark Wiedman

    54,556     0.29 %   0.07 %   54,556     0     0 %   0 %

*
Represents less than 1%.

(1)
Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, Class A Units of PNMAC are exchangeable at any time and from time to time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. The number of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by each selling stockholder

166


Table of Contents

    other than Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund consists entirely of the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable to such selling stockholder upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such selling stockholder as of September 26 2013 pursuant to the exchange agreement, assuming an exchange on a one-for-one basis. The number of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund consists entirely of shares of Class A common stock held directly as of September 26, 2013.

(2)
Represents the percentage of voting power of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting together as a single class. Each holder of Class A Units of PNMAC other than us also holds one share of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to our stockholders that is equal to the aggregate number of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such holder. As a holder exchanges Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to the holder by its share of Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced. Total economic interest in PNMAC is calculated as the percentage of all outstanding Class A Units of PNMAC beneficially held by the stockholder, directly or indirectly through PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., assuming that each share of Class A common stock held is equivalent to one Class A Unit of PNMAC.

(3)
The number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund consists of all of the shares of Class A common stock held directly by Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund as of September 26, 2013. The number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by each other selling stockholder consists of all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable to such selling stockholder upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such selling stockholder as of September 26, 2013 pursuant to the exchange agreement, assuming an exchange on a one-for-one basis, and, solely in the case of Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund, 6,110,000 shares of Class A common stock.

167


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of our capital stock is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

    Class A Common Stock

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

        Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

    Class B Common Stock

        Each holder of Class B common stock is entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each Class A Unit of PNMAC held by such holder. Accordingly, the unit holders of PNMAC holding shares of Class B common stock collectively have a number of votes in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of Class A Units of PNMAC that they hold.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

        Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or winding up of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

        As our members of PNMAC exchange Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

168


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

    the designation of the series;

    the number of shares of the series, which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

    the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series;

    whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

    the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

    the rights of priority and amounts payable, if any, on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;

    the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

    the terms of any purchase, retirement or sinking fund, if any, provided for shares of the series;

    the terms, if any, upon which the shares of the series will be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class, classes or series, or other securities, whether or not issued by our company or any other entity;

    restrictions, if any, upon issuance of indebtedness of our company so long as any shares of the series are outstanding; and

    restrictions, if any, on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series.

        We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which our stockholders might receive a premium for their shares of Class A common stock over the market price of the shares of Class A common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

        The DGCL does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as the Class A common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

        One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

169


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

    Undesignated Preferred Stock

        The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

    Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of our board of directors, two or more of our directors, the chairman of our board, our chief executive officer or one or more holders of at least a minimum percentage of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock. This minimum will initially be 25% and will automatically increase to 51% on the first date on which the holders of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock (other than any holder that was, or whose affiliate was, a member of PNMAC immediately prior to the initial public offering of our Class A common stock) hold more than 51% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock. Our bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

        Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made pursuant to our stockholders agreements with BlackRock and Highfields or by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws provided that, pursuant to our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields, if that action, amends the specific rights of BlackRock or Highfields in an adverse manner when that entity, together with its affiliates, holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, such action is approved by that entity.

    No Cumulative Voting

        The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

    Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        The DGCL provides that, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, the affirmative vote of holders of shares constituting a majority of the votes of all shares entitled to vote

170


Table of Contents

may approve amendments to the certificate of incorporation. In addition to the stockholder approval required by the DGCL, our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that our certificate of incorporation may not be amended in any manner that is adverse to BlackRock or Highfields without the consent of BlackRock or Highfields, as applicable, as long as such stockholder, together with its affiliates, holds more than 5% of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, as well as our stockholders, to amend or repeal our bylaws, provided that, pursuant to our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields if that action by either our board of directors or our stockholders amends the bylaws in a manner adverse to BlackRock or Highfields when that entity, together with its affiliates, holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, such action is approved by that entity.

    Stockholder Action by Written Consent

        Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our bylaws prohibit the taking of any action of our stockholders by written consent without a meeting unless that action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by our board of directors or requires the approval only of certain classes or series of our stock.

    Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

        We have not opted out of, and therefore are subject to, Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 provides that, subject to certain exceptions specified in the law, a publicly-held Delaware corporation shall not engage in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. These provisions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers, assets or stock sales or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company's board of directors.

        In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

    On or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written

171


Table of Contents

      consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. If Section 203 were to apply to us, we expect that it would have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. In such event, we would also anticipate that Section 203 could discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        Under certain circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who would be an "interested stockholder" to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. The provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Corporate Opportunity

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that neither BlackRock nor Highfields or their respective affiliates has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we now engage or propose to engage. In addition, in the event that either of BlackRock or Highfields acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business or employee thereof, they shall not be liable to us nor to any of our stockholders (or any affiliates thereof) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that any amendment or repeal of the provisions related to corporate opportunities described above requires the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields as long as they, or any of their affiliates, hold any equity interest in us.

Options

        See "Executive and Director Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans" for a discussion of the terms of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Registration Rights

        The following are entitled to rights with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the shares of Class A common stock for which their Class A Units of PNMAC have been, or may be, exchanged:

    BlackRock, which is the holder of 15,560,647 Class A Units of PNMAC initially exchangeable for 15,560,647 shares of our Class A common stock as of September 26, 2013;

    Highfields, which is the holder of 20,169,732 Class A Units of PNMAC initially exchangeable for 20,169,732 shares of our Class A common stock as of September 26, 2013;

    Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund, which, as of September 26, 2013, is the holder of 6,110,000 shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the exchange of 6,110,000 Class A Units of PNMAC; and

172


Table of Contents

    58 other holders collectively owning 21,270,732 Class A Units of PNMAC initially exchangeable for 21,270,732 shares of our Class A common stock.

        These registration rights are contained in our registration rights agreement, which is described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement" above and a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

        See "Executive and Director Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Market Listing

        Our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "PFSI."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

173


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Sales of substantial numbers of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities or equity-related securities.

        As of September 26, 2013, we have a total of 18,887,777 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. All of the 12,777,777 shares of Class A common stock sold in our initial public offering, the 43,973,679 shares of Class A common stock to be sold as contemplated in this prospectus, and the 23,047,133 shares initially issuable under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares have been registered on a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act and include 19,137,432 shares issuable under that plan upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be held or acquired by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below and shares subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, each of our directors and officers, and all of the selling stockholders have agreed to certain restrictions on our ability to sell additional shares of our Class A common stock during the period ending November 4, 2013. We have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise issue or dispose of, any shares of our Class A common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our Class A common stock, or any related security or instrument (including without limitation any Class A Units of PNMAC and any shares of our Class B common stock) during that period, without the prior written consent of each of Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. The agreements provide for customary exceptions.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who may be deemed our affiliate is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock and the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, provided that at least six months has elapsed since such shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must also comply with such provisions of Rule 144 (other than the six-month holding period requirement) in order to sell shares of Class A common stock which are not restricted securities (such as shares of Class A common stock acquired by affiliates through purchases in the open market following this offering). A person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell shares of Class A common stock (i) subject only to the requirements as to availability of current public information about us, provided that a period of at least six months has elapsed since the shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours, and (ii) without regard to the requirements as to availability of current public information about us or any other requirement of Rule 144, provided that at least one year has elapsed since the shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours.

174


Table of Contents


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        The selling stockholders (which as used herein includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest selling shares received after the date of this prospectus from a selling stockholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer) may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares on the NYSE or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are listed, quoted or traded, including the over-the-counter market, or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. The offering price of the shares from time to time will be determined by the selling stockholder and, at the time of determination, may be higher or lower than the market price of our Class A common stock on the NYSE.

        The selling stockholders may offer their shares from time to time pursuant to one or more of the following methods:

    ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

    block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

    purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

    an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

    privately negotiated transactions;

    short sales effected after the date the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC;

    through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

    agreements by broker-dealers with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

    a combination of any such methods of sale; or

    any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

        The selling stockholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus. The selling stockholders are not obligated to, and there is no assurance that the selling stockholders will, sell all or any of the shares we are registering. The selling stockholders may transfer, devise or gift such shares by other means not described in this prospectus.

        In connection with the sale of our shares, the selling stockholders may sell the shares directly or through broker-dealers acting as a principal or agent, or pursuant to a distribution by one or more underwriters on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. The selling stockholders may also enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). The selling stockholders, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of the Class A common stock may be "underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act.

175


Table of Contents

        Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit that they earn on any resale of the shares may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Selling stockholders who are "underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject tothe prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and may have liability as underwriters under the Securities Act.

        The aggregate proceeds to each selling stockholder from the sale of our Class A common stock offered by them will be the purchase price of the Class A common stock less discounts or commissions, if any. Each of the selling stockholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of our Class A common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from an offering by the selling stockholders.

        Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The selling stockholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved. Any profits on the resale of shares by a broker-dealer acting as principal might be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act. Discounts, concessions, commissions and similar selling expenses, if any, attributable to the sale of shares will be borne by a selling stockholder. The selling stockholders may agree to indemnify any agent, dealer or broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving sales of the shares if liabilities are imposed on that person under the Securities Act.

        The selling stockholders may from time to time pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares owned by them and, if they default in the performance of any of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares from time to time under this prospectus as it may be supplemented from time to time, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling stockholders under this prospectus.

        To the extent required, the shares to be sold, the names of the selling stockholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

        In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, our Class A common stock may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states our Class A common stock may not be sold unless it has been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.

        The anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of shares in the market and to activities of certain of the selling stockholders and their affiliates. In addition, we will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the selling stockholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling stockholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

        Upon our notification by a selling stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with an underwriter or broker-dealer for the sale of shares through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution, secondary distribution or a purchase by an underwriter or broker-dealer, we will

176


Table of Contents

file an amendment to this prospectus or a supplement to this prospectus, if required, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, disclosing certain material information, including:

    the number of shares being offered;

    the names of such selling stockholder and the participating underwriters, broker-dealers or agents;

    any discounts, commissions or other compensation paid to underwriters or broker-dealers and any discounts, commission or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid by any underwriters to dealers;

    the public offering price; and

    other material terms of the offering.

        In the ordinary course of business, certain of the underwriters, broker-dealers or agents and their affiliates who may become involved in the sale of the Class A common stock may be customers and/or suppliers of, engage in transactions with, and perform services for, us.

        We will pay all the fees and expenses incurred by us incident to the registration of the shares, except for underwriting discounts and commissions, fees and disbursements for counsel for any selling stockholder and certain other expenses, all of which will be borne by the selling stockholders.

        We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders and their affiliates and representatives against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with the registration of the resales of the shares to which this prospectus relates.

177


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bingham McCutchen LLP, Costa Mesa, California.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the recapitalization and reorganization). Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including exhibits, schedules, and amendments) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus relating to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and are qualified in all respects by the complete text of the applicable contract, agreement or other document, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Whenever this prospectus refers to any contract, agreement, or other document, you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract, agreement, or document.

        You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any annual, quarterly or special reports, proxy statements and other information that we file with the SEC at the SEC's public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC's Website ( http://www.sec.gov ).

178


Table of Contents


INDEX TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

  F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Quarters and Six Month Periods Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Six Month Periods Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Six Month Periods Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-5  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

ASSETS

             

Cash

 
$

38,468
 
$

12,323
 

Short-term investments at fair value

    156,148     53,164  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value (includes $646,944 and $438,850 pledged to secure mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase)

    656,341     448,384  

Real estate acquired in settlement of loans

    309      

Servicing advances (includes $6,807 and $7,430 pledged to secure note payable)

    94,791     93,152  

Receivable from Investment Funds

    2,987     3,672  

Receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    16,725     16,691  

Derivative assets

    37,177     27,290  

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    55,322     47,723  

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at fair value

    1,579     1,897  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value (includes $10,978 and $12,370 pledged to secure note payable)

    23,070     19,798  

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value (includes $169,815 and $88,587 pledged to secure note payable)

    176,668     89,177  

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements, net

    8,037     5,065  

Capitalized software, net

    946     795  

Other

    12,212     13,032  
           

Total assets

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163  
           

LIABILITIES

             

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

500,427
 
$

393,534
 

Note payable

    47,209     53,013  

Payable to Investment Funds

    36,328     36,795  

Derivative liabilities

    27,445     509  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    54,313     36,279  

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    52,729     46,779  

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    6,185     3,504  
           

Total liabilities

    724,636     570,413  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 12,777,777 issued and outstanding

 
$

1
 
$

 

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 61 issued and outstanding

         

Additional paid-in capital

    90,159      

Retained earnings

    2,793      
           

Total PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. stockholders' equity

    92,953      
           

Members' equity related to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

        261,750  

Noncontrolling interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

    463,191      
           

Total equity

    556,144     261,750  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands, except share data)
 

Revenue

                         

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727  

Loan origination fees

    6,312     2,452     11,980     2,687  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    22,054     7,715     50,298     13,839  

Net servicing income:

                         

Loan servicing fees

                         

From non-affiliates

    11,744     3,696     20,801     6,622  

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,787     4,438     16,513     8,563  

From Investment Funds

    2,100     3,023     4,247     6,646  

Mortgage servicing rebate to Investment Funds

    (34 )   (249 )   (173 )   (495 )

Ancillary and other fees

    2,662     1,118     4,923     2,508  
                   

    25,259     12,026     46,311     23,844  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (3,190 )   (4,368 )   (8,200 )   (4,610 )
                   

Net servicing income

    22,069     7,658     38,111     19,234  
                   

Management fees:

                         

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,455     2,488     14,947     4,292  

From Investment Funds

    1,974     2,368     3,888     4,757  
                   

    10,429     4,856     18,835     9,049  
                   

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    2,862     2,110     7,599     3,899  

Interest

    4,474     2,146     6,217     2,577  

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (320 )   121     (233 )   316  

Other

    243     721     1,057     1,191  
                   

Total net revenue

    110,777     42,569     216,475     81,519  
                   

Expenses

                         

Compensation

    42,339     26,492     78,020     45,900  

Interest

    4,200     1,122     7,530     2,184  

Professional services

    2,783     1,007     5,070     2,251  

Loan origination

    2,516     567     5,023     738  

Servicing

    1,609     461     3,141     1,439  

Technology

    2,030     1,122     3,616     2,104  

Occupancy

    596     301     1,087     684  

Other

    4,475     1,019     7,466     1,179  
                   

Total expenses

    60,548     32,091     110,953     56,479  
                   

Income before provision for income taxes

    50,229     10,478     105,522     25,040  

Provision for income taxes

    2,038         2,038      
                   

Net income

    48,191   $ 10,478     103,484   $ 25,040  
                       

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    45,398           100,691        
                       

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

  $ 2,793         $ 2,793        
                       

Earnings per common share

                         

Basic

  $ 0.22         $ 0.22        

Diluted

  $ 0.22         $ 0.22        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

                         

Basic

    12,778           12,778        

Diluted

    77,163           77,163        

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

 
  PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Stockholders    
  Noncontrolling
interest in
Private
National
Mortgage
Acceptance
Company, LLC
   
 
 
  Number of Shares   Common stock    
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
paid-
in capital
  Retained
earnings
  Members'
equity
   
 
 
  Class A   Class B   Class A   Class B   Total equity  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

          $   $   $   $   $ 123,915   $   $ 123,915  

Capital:

                                                       

Contributions

                            15,058         15,058  

Distributions

                            (5,834 )       (5,834 )

Unit-based compensation expense

                            9,050         9,050  

Net income

                            25,040         25,040  
                                       

Balance at June 30, 2012

          $   $   $   $   $ 167,229   $   $ 167,229  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2012

          $   $   $   $   $ 261,750   $   $ 261,750  

Capital:

                                                       

Contributions

                                     

Distributions

                            (19,623 )       (19,623 )

Unit-based compensation expense

                            238         238  

Partner capital issuance costs

                            (3,745 )       (3,745 )

Net income

                            76,834         76,834  

Exchange of existing partner units to Class A units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

                            (315,454 )   315,454      
                                       

Balance post-reorganization

                                315,454     315,454  

Issuance of common shares in initial public offering, net of issuance costs

    12,778         1         229,999                 230,000  

Underwriting and offering costs

                    (13,225 )               (13,225 )

Initial recognition of noncontrolling interest

                    (127,160 )           127,160      

Stock-based compensation

                    545                 545  

Unit-based compensation expense

                                115     115  

Distributions

                                (3,395 )   (3,395 )

Net income

                        2,793         23,857     26,650  
                                       

Balance at June 30, 2013

    12,778       $ 1   $   $ 90,159   $ 2,793   $   $ 463,191   $ 556,144  
                                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

 
  Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from operating activities:

             

Net income

  $ 103,484   $ 25,040  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    (82,611 )   (28,727 )

Accrual of servicing rebate to Investment Funds

    173     495  

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    8,200     4,610  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    (7,599 )   (3,899 )

Change in fair value of investment in common shares of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    318     (233 )

Stock and unit-based compensation expense

    898     9,050  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and commitment fees relating to financing facilities

    2,346     693  

Depreciation and amortization

    317     254  

Purchase of mortgage loans held for sale from PennyMac Investment Trust

    (8,282,163 )   (2,458,242 )

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale

    (612,966 )   (155,498 )

Sale and principal payments of mortgage loans held for sale

    8,695,704     2,458,405  

Increase in servicing advances

    (1,638 )   (9,268 )

Increase in prepaid expenses

    (5,163 )   (1,474 )

Repurchase of real estate acquired in settlement of loans subject to representations and warranties

    (309 )    

Decrease in receivable from Investment Funds

    512     3,125  

Decrease (increase) in receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    999     (10,502 )

(Increase) decrease in other assets

    (147 )   817  

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    15,987     4,321  

Increase in income taxes payable

    2,031      

(Decrease) increase in payable to Investment Funds

    (467 )   4,258  

Increase in payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    5,450     14,127  
           

Net cash used in operating activities

    (156,644 )   (142,648 )
           

Cash flow from investing activities:

             

Net increase in short-term investment

    (102,984 )   (1,956 )

Purchase of furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements

    (3,735 )   (1,488 )

Acquisition of capitalized software

    (342 )   (321 )

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

    (4,009 )    

Decrease (increase) in margin deposits and restricted cash

    2,759     (4,330 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (108,311 )   (8,095 )
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

 
  Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from financing activities:

             

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase

    8,127,574     2,393,570  

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    (8,020,681 )   (2,250,724 )

Decrease in note payable

    (5,804 )   (485 )

Issuance of common stock

    230,000      

Payment of common stock underwriting and offering costs

    (13,225 )    

Payment by noncontrolling interest of common stock issuance costs

    (3,745 )    

Noncontrolling interest repayments of partners' capital contributions

        (77 )

Noncontrolling interest collection of subscriptions receivable

        15,058  

Noncontrolling interest distributions

    (23,019 )   (5,757 )
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    291,100     151,585  
           

Net increase in cash

    26,145     842  

Cash at beginning of period

    12,323     16,465  
           

Cash at end of period

  $ 38,468   $ 17,307  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Presentation

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. ("PFSI" or the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on December 31, 2012. Pursuant to a reorganization, the Company became a holding corporation and its sole asset is an equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC ("PennyMac"). The Company is the managing member of PennyMac and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of PennyMac subject to the consent rights of other members under certain circumstances and, through PennyMac and its subsidiaries, continues to conduct the business previously conducted by these subsidiaries.

        PennyMac is a Delaware limited liability company which, through its subsidiaries, engages in mortgage banking and investment management activities. PennyMac's mortgage banking activities consist of residential mortgage lending (including correspondent lending and retail lending) and loan servicing. The investment management activities and a portion of the loan servicing activities are conducted on behalf of investment vehicles that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets. PennyMac's primary wholly-owned subsidiaries are:

    PNMAC Capital Management, LLC ("PCM") – a Delaware limited liability company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. PCM enters into investment management agreements with entities that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets.

    Presently, PCM has management agreements with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a publicly held real estate investment trust ("PMT"), and three investment funds: PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P., (the "Master Fund"), both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC (collectively, "Investment Funds"). Together, the Investment Funds and PMT are referred to as the "Advised Entities."

    PennyMac Loan Services, LLC ("PLS") – a Delaware limited liability company that services portfolios of residential mortgage loans on behalf of third parties or entities managed by the Company, originates new prime credit quality residential mortgage loans, and generally engages in mortgage banking activities for its own account and the account of PMT.

    PLS is approved as a seller/servicer of mortgage loans by the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and as an issuer of securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae"). PLS is a licensed Federal Housing Administration Nonsupervised Title II Lender with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") and a lender/servicer with the Veterans Administration ("VA") (each an "Agency" and collectively the "Agencies ").

    PNMAC Opportunity Fund Associates, LLC ("PMOFA") – a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Master Fund. PMOFA is entitled to incentive fees representing allocations of profits (the "Carried Interest") from the Master Fund.

    Initial Public Offering and Recapitalization

        On May 14, 2013, PFSI completed an initial public offering ("IPO") in which it sold approximately 12.8 million shares of its Class A common stock, at a public offering price of $18.00 per share. PFSI received net proceeds of $216.8 million, after deducting net underwriting discounts and commissions,

F-7


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

from sales of its shares in the IPO. PFSI used these net proceeds to purchase approximately 12.8 million Class A Units of PennyMac. PFSI operates and controls all of the business and affairs and consolidates the financial results of PennyMac and its subsidiaries. The purchase of 12.8 million Class A Units of PennyMac has been accounted for as a transfer of interests under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect a reclassification of members' equity to noncontrolling interests in the Company of $315.5 million. This amount represents the carrying value in the Company of the existing owners of PennyMac that has been purchased for the Class A Units of PennyMac.

        After the completion of the recapitalization and reorganization transactions, PennyMac is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, accordingly, PennyMac's consolidated financial statements are the Company's historical financial statements. The historical consolidated financial statements of PennyMac are reflected herein based on the historical ownership interests of the existing owners of PennyMac.

        Before the IPO, PennyMac completed a reorganization by amending its limited liability company agreement to convert all classes of ownership interests held by its existing owners to a single class of common units. The conversion of existing interests was based on the various interests' liquidation priorities as specified in PennyMac's prior limited liability company agreement. In connection with that reorganization, PFSI became the sole managing member of PennyMac.

        As part of the IPO, PFSI entered into a tax receivable agreement with PennyMac's existing owners whereby PFSI will pay to such owners 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PFSI is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of the then-existing unitholders and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to PFSI entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

    Basis of presentation

        The Company's unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC regarding interim financial reporting. The information included in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q should be read with the financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Company's final prospectus dated May 8, 2013 as part of its Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (SEC File No. 333-186495) (the "Registration Statement").

        The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the interim periods, but are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be anticipated for the full year ending December 31, 2013.

Note 2—Concentration of Risk

        A substantial portion of the Company's activities relate to the Advised Entities. Fees charged to these entities (comprised of management fees, loan servicing fees and loan servicing rebates, Carried Interest income and fulfillment fees from PMT) totaled 42% and 53% of total revenues for the

F-8


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 2—Concentration of Risk (Continued)

quarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 45% and 52% for the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies

        The Company's updated accounting policies are summarized below.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for awards of nonstatutory and incentive stock options ("Stock Options"), time-based restricted stock units, performance-based restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and stock grants. The Company estimates the value of the Stock Options, time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units awarded with reference to the value of its underlying common stock on the date of the award. Compensation costs are fixed, except for performance-based restricted stock units, at the estimated fair value as of the award date as all grantees are employees and directors of the Company or PennyMac. The Company amortizes the fair value of previously granted stock-based awards to compensation expense over the vesting period using the graded vesting method. Expense relating to awards is included in Compensation in the consolidated statements of income.

    Income Taxes

        The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes. Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

        The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized as income in the period in which the change occurs. Subject to management's judgment, a valuation allowance is established if it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized.

        The Company recognizes tax benefits relating to its tax positions only if, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority. A tax position that meets this standard is recognized as the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the appropriate taxing authority. The Company will classify any penalties and interest as a component of provision for income taxes.

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates

    PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    Management Fees

        Before February 1, 2013, under a management agreement, PennyMac received from PMT a base management fee. The base management fee was calculated at 1.5% per year of PMT's shareholders' equity. The management agreement also provided for a performance incentive fee, which was

F-9


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

calculated at 20% per year of the amount by which PMT's "core earnings," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeded an 8% "hurdle rate" as defined in the management agreement. PennyMac did not earn a performance incentive fee before February 1, 2013.

        Effective February 1, 2013, the management agreement was amended to provide that:

    The base management fee is calculated quarterly and is equal to the sum of (i) 1.5% per year of PMT's shareholders' equity up to $2 billion, (ii) 1.375% per year of shareholders' equity in excess of $2 billion and up to $5 billion, and (iii) 1.25% per year of PMT's shareholders' equity in excess of $5 billion.

    The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which PMT's "net income," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before deducting the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on "equity."

    The performance incentive fee is calculated quarterly and is equal to the sum of: (a) 10% of the amount by which PMT's net income for the quarter exceeds (i) an 8% return on equity plus the "high watermark," up to (ii) a 12% return on PMT's equity; plus (b) 15% of the amount by which PMT's net income for the quarter exceeds (i) a 12% return on PMT's equity plus the high watermark, up to (ii) a 16% return on PMT's equity; plus (c) 20% of the amount by which PMT's net income for the quarter exceeds a 16% return on equity plus the high watermark.

    For the purpose of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee:

    "Net income" is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP and certain other non-cash charges determined after discussions between the Company and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees.

    "Equity" is the weighted average of the issue price per common share of all of PMT's public offerings, multiplied by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (including restricted share units) in the four-quarter period.

    The "high watermark" starts at zero and is adjusted quarterly. The quarterly adjustment reflects the amount by which the net income (stated as a percentage of return on equity) in that quarter exceeds or falls short of the lesser of 8% and the Fannie Mae Mortgage-Backed Security ("MBS") yield (the target yield) for such quarter. If the net income is lower than the target yield, the high watermark is increased by the difference. If the net income is higher than the target yield, the high watermark is reduced by the difference. Each time a performance incentive fee is earned, the high watermark returns to zero. As a result, the threshold amounts required for the Company to earn a performance incentive fee are adjusted cumulatively based on the performance of PMT's net income over (or under) the target yield, until the net income in excess of the target yield exceeds the then-current cumulative high watermark amount, and a performance incentive fee is earned.

        The base management fee and the performance incentive fee are both receivable quarterly in arrears. The performance incentive fee may be paid in cash or in PMT's common shares (subject to a limit of no more than 50% paid in common shares), at PMT's option.

F-10


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Following is a summary of the base management and performance incentive fees earned from PMT for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Base management fee

  $ 4,575   $ 2,488   $ 8,940   $ 4,292  

Performance incentive fee

    3,880         6,007      
                   

  $ 8,455   $ 2,488   $ 14,947   $ 4,292  
                   

        The term of the management agreement, as amended, expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the management agreement.

        In the event of termination by PMT, the Company may be entitled to a termination fee in certain circumstances. The termination fee is equal to three times the sum of (a) the average annual base management fee, and (b) the average annual (or, if the period is than 24 months, annualized) performance incentive fee earned by the Company, in each case during the 24-month period before termination.

    Mortgage Loan Servicing

        The Company has a loan servicing agreement with PMT. Before February 1, 2013, the servicing fee rates were based on the risk characteristics of the mortgage loans serviced and total servicing compensation was established at levels that management believed were competitive with those charged by other servicers or specialty servicers, as applicable.

    Servicing fee rates for nonperforming loans ranged between 50 and 100 basis points per year on the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans serviced on PMT's behalf. PennyMac was also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges, including boarding and deboarding fees, liquidation and disposition fees, assumption, modification and origination fees and late charges, as well as interest on funds on deposit in custodial accounts. In the event PennyMac either effected a refinancing of a loan on PMT's behalf and not through a third party lender and the resulting loan was readily saleable, or originated a loan to facilitate the disposition of real estate that PMT had acquired in settlement of a loan, PennyMac was entitled to receive from PMT market-based fees and compensation.

    For mortgage loans serviced by PMT as a result of acquisitions and sales with servicing rights retained in connection with PMT's correspondent lending business, PennyMac was entitled to base subservicing fees and other customary market-based fees and charges as described above.

        Effective February 1, 2013, the servicing agreement was amended to provide for servicing fees payable to the Company that changed from being based on a percentage of the loan's unpaid principal balance to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of loans ("REO"). The Company also remains entitled to market-based fees and charges including boarding and deboarding fees,

F-11


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

liquidation and disposition fees, assumption, modification and origination fees and late charges relating to loans it services for PMT.

    The base servicing fees for distressed whole loans are calculated based on a monthly per-loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of such loan or the related underlying real estate. Presently, the base servicing fees for distressed whole loans range from $30 per month for current loans up to $125 per month for loans that are severely delinquent and in foreclosure.

    The base servicing fees for loans subserviced by the Company on PMT's behalf are also calculated through a monthly per-loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on whether the mortgage loan is a fixed-rate or adjustable-rate loan. The base servicing fees for loans subserviced on PMT's behalf are $7.50 per month for fixed-rate loans and $8.50 per month for adjustable rate mortgage loans. To the extent that these loans become delinquent, the Company is entitled to an additional servicing fee per loan falling within a range of $10 to $75 per month based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the loan or the related underlying real estate. The Company is also entitled to customary ancillary income and certain market-based fees and charges, including boarding and deboarding fees, liquidation and disposition fees, assumption, modification and origination fees.

    The Company is required to provide a range of services and activities significantly greater in scope than the services provided in connection with a customary servicing arrangement because PMT does not have any employees or infrastructure. For these services, the Company receives a supplemental fee of $25 per month for each distressed whole loan and $3.25 per month for each subserviced loan. The Company is entitled to reimbursement for all customary, good faith reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performance of its servicing obligations.

    The Company, on behalf of PMT, currently participates in the U.S. Department of the Treasury and HUD's Home Affordable Modification Program ("HAMP") (and other similar mortgage loan modification programs), which establishes standard loan modification guidelines for "at risk" homeowners and provides incentive payments to certain participants, including loan servicers, for achieving modifications and successfully remaining in the program. The loan servicing agreement entitles the Company to retain any incentive payments made to it and to which it is entitled under HAMP; provided, however, that with respect to any such incentive payments paid to the Company under HAMP in connection with a mortgage loan modification for which PMT previously paid the Company a modification fee, the Company shall reimburse PMT an amount equal to the incentive payments.

F-12


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Following is a summary of mortgage loan servicing fees earned for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loan servicing fees:

                         

Base

  $ 6,150   $ 3,110   $ 11,866   $ 6,138  

Activity-based

    2,637     1,328     4,647     2,425  
                   

  $ 8,787   $ 4,438   $ 16,513   $ 8,563  
                   

        The term of the servicing agreement, as amended, expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the servicing agreement.

    Correspondent Lending

        Before February 1, 2013, PMT paid PennyMac a fulfillment fee of 50 basis points of the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans sold to non-affiliates where PMT is approved or licensed to sell to such non-affiliate. Effective February 1, 2013, the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement provides for a fulfillment fee paid to the Company based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires. The fulfillment fee is equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans purchased by PMT, with the addition of potential fee rate discounts applicable to PMT's monthly purchase volume in excess of designated thresholds. The Company has also agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and the Company and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such services for any other third party.

        The Company is entitled to a fulfillment fee based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires and equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. Presently, the applicable percentages are (i) 0.50% for conventional mortgage loans, (ii) 0.88% for loans underwritten in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, (iii) 0.80% for the U.S. Department of the Treasury and HUD's Home Affordable Refinance Program ("HARP") mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 105% or less, (iv) 1.20% for HARP mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of greater than 105%, and (v) 0.50% for all other mortgage loans not contemplated above; provided, however, that the Company may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of the applicable fulfillment fee and credit the amount of such reduction to the reimbursement otherwise due as described in the following paragraph. This reduction may only be credited to the reimbursement applicable to the month in which the related mortgage has been funded.

        In the event that PMT purchases mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance in any month totaling more than $2.5 billion, the Company has agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT an amount equal to the percentage of such aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to Mortgage loans for which the Company collected fulfillment frees for such month, multiplied by the sum of the following: (a) the product of (i) 0.025%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion and less than or equal to$5 billion plus (b) the product of (i) 0.05%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $5 billion.

F-13


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        PMT does not hold the Ginnie Mae approval required to issue securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae MBS and act as a servicer. Accordingly, under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, the Company currently purchases loans underwritten in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide "as is" and without recourse of any kind to PMT at its cost less fees collected by PMT from the seller, plus accrued interest and a sourcing fee of three basis points.

        In consideration for the mortgage banking services provided by the Company with respect to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans under PLS's early purchase program, the Company is entitled to fees (i) accruing at a rate equal to $25,000 per year per early purchase facility administered by the Company, and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan PMT acquires. In consideration for the warehouse services provided by the Company with respect to mortgage loans that PMT finances for its warehouse lending clients, with respect to each facility, the Company is entitled to fees (i) accruing at a rate equal to $25,000 per year, and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan that PMT finances thereunder. Where PMT has entered into both an early purchase agreement and a warehouse lending agreement with the same client, the Company shall only be entitled to one $25,000 per year fee and, with respect to any mortgage loan that becomes subject to both such agreements, only one $50 per loan fee.

        The term of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        Following is a summary of correspondent lending activity between the Company and PMT for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Sourcing fees paid

  $ 1,349   $ 461   $ 2,359   $ 701  

Fulfillment fee revenue

  $ 22,054   $ 7,715   $ 50,298   $ 13,839  

Unpaid principal balance of loans fulfilled for PMT

  $ 4,323,885   $ 1,537,636   $ 9,110,711   $ 2,336,843  

Fair value of loans purchased from PMT

  $ 4,733,767   $ 1,620,123   $ 8,282,163   $ 2,458,243  

    Investment Activities

        Pursuant to the terms of a mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") recapture agreement, effective February 1, 2013, if the Company refinances through its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, the Company is generally required to transfer and convey to one of PMT's wholly-owned subsidiaries, without cost to PMT, the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have a total unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the total unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated. Where the fair market value of the aggregate MSRs to be transferred is less than $200,000, the Company may, at its option, wire cash to PMT in an amount equal to such fair market value in lieu of transferring such MSRs. The MSR recapture agreement expires, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the agreement, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods. The Company recorded MSR recapture totaling $366,000 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 as a component of gain on mortgage loans held for sale.

F-14


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Pursuant to the terms of a spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement, PMT may acquire from the Company the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from MSRs acquired by the Company, in which case the Company generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under the spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction. The Company made no transfers to PMT under the spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013.

    Other Transactions

        In connection with the IPO of PMT's common shares on August 4, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse the Company for the $2.9 million payment that it made to the underwriters in such offering (the "Conditional Reimbursement") if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. Effective February 1, 2013, PMT amended the terms of the reimbursement agreement to provide for the reimbursement to the Company of the Conditional Reimbursement if PMT is required to pay the Company performance incentive fees under the management agreement at a rate of $10 in reimbursement for every $100 of performance incentive fees earned. The reimbursement of the Conditional Reimbursement is subject to a maximum reimbursement in any particular 12-month period of $1.0 million and the maximum amount that may be reimbursed under the agreement is $2.9 million. The Company received payments from PMT totaling $422,000 during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013.

        In the event the termination fee is payable to the Company under the management agreement and the Company has not received the full amount of the reimbursements and payments under the reimbursement agreement, such amount will be paid in full. The term of the reimbursement agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        PMT reimburses the Company for other expenses, including common overhead expenses incurred on its behalf by the Company, in accordance with the terms of its management agreement. Such amounts are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reimbursement of expenses incurred on PMT's behalf

  $ 585   $ 2,055   $ 1,834   $ 3,261  

Reimbursement of common overhead incurred by PCM and its affiliates

    3,201     882     5,807     1,268  
                   

  $ 3,786   $ 2,937   $ 7,641   $ 4,529  
                   

Payments and settlements during the period(1)

  $ 32,616   $ 11,014   $ 65,290   $ 16,859  
                   

(1)
Payments and settlements include payments for management fees and correspondent lending activities itemized in the preceding table and netting settlements made pursuant to master netting agreements between the Company and PMT.

F-15


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Amounts due from PMT are summarized below as of the dates presented:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Management fees

  $ 8,455   $ 4,473  

Servicing fees

    4,319     3,670  

Underwriting fees

    2,519     2,941  

Allocated expenses

    1,432     1,132  

Loan purchases

        4,475  
           

  $ 16,725   $ 16,691  
           

        The Company also holds an investment in PMT in the form of 75,000 common shares of beneficial interest as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The shares had fair values of $1,579,000 and $1,897,000 as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

    Investment Funds

        Amounts due from the Investment Funds are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Receivable from Investment Funds:

             

Loan servicing fees

  $ 672   $ 1,052  

Loan servicing rebate

    239     (239 )

Management fees

    1,961     2,164  

Expense reimbursements

    115     695  
           

  $ 2,987   $ 3,672  
           

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds:

             

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC

  $ 34,447   $ 29,785  

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

    20,875     17,938  
           

  $ 55,322   $ 47,723  
           

        Amounts due to the Investment Funds totaling $36,328,000 and $36,795,000 represent amounts advanced by the Investment Funds to fund servicing advances made by the Company as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Note 5—Earnings Per Common Share

        Basic earnings per common share is determined using net income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is determined by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average of common shares outstanding, assuming all potentially dilutive common shares were issued. For periods in which the Company records a loss, potentially dilutive common shares are excluded from the diluted loss per common share calculation as their effect on loss per common share is anti-dilutive.

F-16


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 5—Earnings Per Common Share (Continued)

        The Company applies the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive weighted-average common shares represented by the unvested restricted stock units and the exchangeable PennyMac Class A units. The diluted earnings per share calculation assumes the exchange of these PennyMac Class A partnership units on an as if converted basis. Accordingly, the numerator is also adjusted to include the earnings allocated to the partnership unitholders after taking into account the tax effect of such exchange.

        The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
 
 
  (in thousands,
except
per share
amounts)

 

Basic earnings per common share:

       

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 2,793  
       

Weighted-average shares outstanding

    12,778  
       

Basic earnings per share

  $ 0.22  
       

Diluted earnings per common share:

       

Net income

  $ 2,793  

Effect of net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax

    13,813  
       

Diluted net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 16,606  
       

Weighted-average common stock outstanding

    12,778  

Dilutive potential exchangeable PennyMac Class A common units to common shares

    64,380  

Dilutive potential common stock issuable under stock-based compensation plans

    5  
       

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

    77,163  
       

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.22  
       

Note 6—Loan Sales and Servicing Activities

        The Company purchases and sells mortgage loans to the secondary mortgage market without recourse for credit losses. However, the Company maintains continuing involvement with the loans in the form of servicing arrangements and the liability under representations and warranties it makes to purchasers and insurers of the loans.

F-17


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Sales and Servicing Activities (Continued)

        The following table summarizes cash flows between the Company and transferees upon sale of mortgage loans in transactions where the Company maintains continuing involvement with the mortgage loans (primarily the obligation to service the loans on behalf of the loans' owners or owners' agents):

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flows:

                         

Proceeds from sales

  $ 4,634,607   $ 1,645,277   $ 8,695,704   $ 2,458,405  

Servicing fees received

  $ 12,402   $ 2,541   $ 21,701   $ 4,387  

Net servicing (advances) recoveries          

  $ (78 ) $ (574 ) $ 3,658   $ (1,182 )

Quarter-end information:

                         

Unpaid principal balance of loans outstanding at period-end          

  $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747   $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747  

Loans delinquent 30-89 days

  $ 204,998   $ 24,824   $ 204,998   $ 24,824  

Loans delinquent 90 or more days or in foreclosure or bankruptcy

  $ 63,049   $ 6,551   $ 63,049   $ 6,551  

        The Company's mortgage servicing portfolio is summarized as follows:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subservicing   Total
loans serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 24,974,284   $ 24,974,284  

Agencies

    17,622,302         17,622,302  

Private investors

    1,155,301         1,155,301  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    653,789         653,789  
               

  $ 19,431,392   $ 24,974,284   $ 44,405,676  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 41,971   $ 827,344   $ 869,315  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 246,910   $ 235,072   $ 481,982  

60 days

    72,849     123,783     196,632  

90 days or more

    158,577     1,129,945     1,288,522  
               

    478,336     1,488,800     1,967,136  

Loans pending foreclosure

    65,881     1,256,520     1,322,401  
               

  $ 544,217   $ 2,745,320   $ 3,289,537  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company (1)

  $ 302,786   $ 312,930   $ 615,716  
               

F-18


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Sales and Servicing Activities (Continued)

 

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subservicing   Total
loans serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 16,552,939   $ 16,552,939  

Agencies

    9,860,284         9,860,284  

Private investors

    1,321,584         1,321,584  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    417,742         417,742  
               

  $ 11,599,610   $ 16,552,939   $ 28,152,549  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 45,562   $ 375,818   $ 421,380  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 191,884   $ 187,653   $ 379,537  

60 days

    60,886     122,564     183,450  

90 days or more

    112,847     851,851     964,698  
               

    365,617     1,162,068     1,527,685  

Loans pending foreclosure

    75,329     1,290,687     1,366,016  
               

  $ 440,946   $ 2,452,755   $ 2,893,701  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company(1)

  $ 263,562   $ 150,080   $ 413,642  
               

(1)
Borrower and investor custodial cash accounts relate to loans serviced under the servicing agreements and are not recorded on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. The Company earns interest on custodial funds it manages on behalf of the loans' investors, which is recorded as part of the interest income in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

        Following is a summary of the geographical distribution of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio for the top five and all other states as measured by the total unpaid principal balance:

State
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

California

  $ 16,410,235   $ 10,696,508  

Virginia

    2,323,804     *  

Texas

    2,285,834     1,223,382  

Florida

    2,003,649     1,385,286  

Colorado

    1,895,865     1,299,295  

Washington

    *     1,143,849  

All other states

    19,486,289     12,404,229  
           

  $ 44,405,676   $ 28,152,549  
           

*
State did not represent a top five state as of the respective date.

        Certain of the loans serviced by the Company are subserviced on the Company's behalf by other mortgage loan servicers. Loans are subserviced for the Company when the loans are secured by property in the State of Massachusetts where the Company is not licensed and a license is required to

F-19


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Sales and Servicing Activities (Continued)

perform such services, or on a transitional basis for loans where the Company has obtained the rights to service the loans but servicing of the loans has not yet transferred to the Company's servicing system.

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments

        The Company uses derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate risk for the commitments it makes to purchase or originate mortgage loans at specified interest rates (interest rate lock commitments or "IRLCs"), its inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and MSRs. All derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. The Company has elected to net derivative asset and liability positions, and cash collateral obtained from (or posted to) its counterparties when subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. In the event of default, all counterparties are subject to legally enforceable master netting agreements. The derivatives that are not subject to a master netting arrangement are IRLCs.

        As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company was not party to reverse repurchase agreements or securities lending transactions that are required to be disclosed in the following table.

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
assets
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
assets
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives subject to master netting arrangements:

                                     

MBS put options

  $ 4,194   $   $ 4,194   $ 967   $   $ 967  

MBS call options

    1,935         1,935              

Forward purchase contracts

    5,550         5,550     1,645         1,645  

Forward sale contracts

    93,579         93,579     1,818         1,818  

Netting

        (77,236 )   (77,236 )       (1,091 )   (1,091 )
                           

    105,258     (77,236 )   28,022     4,430     (1,091 )   3,339  

Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangements—IRLCs

    9,155         9,155     23,951         23,951  
                           

Total

  $ 114,413   $ (77,236 ) $ 37,177   $ 28,381   $ (1,091 ) $ 27,290  
                           

F-20


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Assets, Financial Assets, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

        The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative asset positions after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for setoff accounting.

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
   
  Gross amounts not
offfset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Net amount
of assets
in the
balance
sheet
   
  Net amount
of assets
in the
balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 9,155   $   $   $ 9,155   $ 23,951   $   $   $ 23,951  

Bank of America, N.A. 

    10,487             10,487     1,782             1,782  

Barclays Capital

    3,883             3,883                  

Citibank

    4,636             4,636     522             522  

Jefferies & Co. 

    3,060             3,060                  

Wells Fargo

    1,671             1,671     18             18  

Bank of NY Mellon

                    311             311  

Other

    4,285             4,285     706             706  
                                   

Total

  $ 37,177   $   $   $ 37,177   $ 27,290   $   $   $ 27,290  
                                   

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities and Financial Liabilities

        Following is a summary of net derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase. As discussed above, all derivatives with the exception of IRLCs are subject to master netting arrangements. The assets sold under agreements to repurchase do not qualify for setoff accounting.

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
liabilities
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
consolidated
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of liabilities
presented
in the
consolidated
balance
sheet
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
liabilities
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
consolidated
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of liabilities
presented
in the
consolidated
balance
sheet
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives:

                                     

Subject to a master netting arrangement:

                                     

Forward purchase contracts

  $ 23,306   $   $ 23,306   $ 389   $   $ 389  

Forward sale contracts

    9,227         9,227     1,894         1,894  

Netting

        (30,453 )   (30,453 )       (1,785 )   (1,785 )
                           

    32,533     (30,453 )   2,080     2,283     (1,785 )   498  

Derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement—IRLCs

    25,365         25,365     11         11  
                           

Total derivatives

    57,898     (30,453 )   27,445     2,294     (1,785 )   509  
                           

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    500,427         500,427     393,534         393,534  
                           

Total

  $ 558,325   $ (30,453 ) $ 527,872   $ 395,828   $ (1,785 ) $ 394,043  
                           

F-21


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Liabilities, Financial Liabilities, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

        The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for setoff accounting. All assets sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by sufficient collateral or exceed the liability amount recorded on the consolidated balance sheet.

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Net amount of
liabilities
in the
consolidated
balance sheet
   
  Net amount of
liabilities
in the
consolidated
balance sheet
   
 
 
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
  Net
amount
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
  Net
amount
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 25,365   $   $   $ 25,365   $   $   $   $  

Citibank, N.A. 

    93,657     (93,657 )           121,200     (121,200 )        

Bank of America, N.A. 

    236,384     (236,384 )           150,082     (150,082 )        

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

    170,386     (170,386 )           122,443     (122,252 )       191  

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. 

    134             134     53             53  

Bank of NY Mellon

    1,491             1,491                  

Other

    455             455     265             265  
                                   

Total

  $ 527,872   $ (500,427 ) $   $ 27,445   $ 394,043   $ (393,534 ) $   $ 509  
                                   

Note 8—Fair Value

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

    Fair Value Accounting Elections

        Management identified all of its non-cash financial assets and its originated MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% to be accounted for at estimated fair value so changes in fair value will be reflected in results of operations as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company's performance. The Company's financial assets subject to this election include the short-term investments and mortgage loans held for sale.

        For originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5%, management has concluded that such assets present different risks to the Company than originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and therefore require a different risk management approach. Management's risk management efforts relating to these assets are aimed at mainly moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Management has identified these assets for accounting using the amortization method.

F-22


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Management's risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at mainly moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values. During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, a portion of the IRLCs, the fair value of which typically increases when prepayment speeds increase, were used to moderate the effect of changes in fair value of the servicing assets, which typically decreases as prepayment speeds increase.

    Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 156,148   $ 156,148   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    656,341         651,816     4,525  

Investment in PMT

    1,579     1,579          

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

    23,070             23,070  

Derivative assets:

                         

Interest rate lock commitments

    9,155             9,155  

Forward purchase contracts

    5,550         5,550      

Forward sales contracts

    93,579         93,579      

MBS put options

    4,194         4,194      

MBS call options

    1,935         1,935      
                   

Total derivative assets before netting

    114,413         105,258     9,155  

Netting(1)

    (77,236 )            
                   

Total derivative assets

    37,177         105,258     9,155  
                   

  $ 874,315   $ 157,727   $ 757,074   $ 36,750  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Derivative liabilities:

                         

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 25,365   $   $   $ 25,365  

Forward purchase contracts

    23,306         23,306      

Forward sales contracts

    9,227         9,227      
                   

Total derivative liabilities before netting

    57,898         32,533     25,365  

Netting(1)

    (30,453 )            
                   

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 27,445   $   $ 32,533   $ 25,365  
                   

(1)
Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

F-23


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 53,164   $ 53,164   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    448,384         448,384      

Investment in PMT

    1,897     1,897          

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

    19,798             19,798  

Derivative assets:

                         

Interest rate lock commitments

    23,951             23,951  

Forward purchase contracts

    1,645         1,645      

Forward sales contracts

    1,818         1,818      

MBS put options

    967         967      
                   

Total derivative assets before netting

    28,381         4,430     23,951  

Netting(1)

    (1,091 )            
                   

Total derivative assets

    27,290         4,430     23,951  
                   

  $ 550,533   $ 55,061   $ 452,814   $ 43,749  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Derivative liabilities:

                         

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 11   $   $   $ 11  

Forward purchase contracts

    389         389      

Forward sales contracts

    1,894         1,894      
                   

Total derivative liabilities before netting

    2,294         2,283     11  

Netting(1)

    (1,785 )            
                   

Net derivative liabilities

  $ 509   $   $ 2,283   $ 11  
                   

(1)
Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the setoff of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

F-24


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        As shown above, certain of the Company's mortgage loans held for sale, MSRs at fair value, and IRLCs are measured using Level 3 inputs. Following is a roll forward of these items for the quarters and six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 where Level 3 significant inputs were used on a recurring basis:

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Mortgage
loans held
for sale
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Net interest
rate lock
commitments(1)
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, March 31, 2013

  $ 4,487   $ 18,622   $ 25,437   $ 48,546  

Repurchases

    923             923  

Repayments

    (608 )           (608 )

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

            23,530     23,530  

Purchases of MSR

        4,008         4,008  

Sales of MSR

        (550 )       (550 )

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

        17         17  

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

                         

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

                 

Other factors

    (277 )   973     (20,983 )   (20,287 )
                   

    (277 )   973     (20,983 )   (20,287 )
                   

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

            (44,194 )   (44,194 )

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments (asset) liability to mortgage loans acquired for sale

                 
                   

Balance, June 30, 2013

  $ 4,525   $ 23,070   $ (16,210 ) $ 11,385  
                   

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013

  $ (329 ) $ 973   $ (16,210 )      
                     

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013

  $ (277 )       $ (16,210 )      
                       

(1)
For the purpose of this table, the interest rate lock asset and liability positions are shown net.

F-25


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, March 31, 2012

  $ 26,344   $ 8,088   $ 34,432  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        34,338     34,338  

Purchases of MSR

             

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    62         62  

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

                   

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

             

Other factors

    (2,957 )   49     (2,908 )
               

    (2,957 )   49     (2,908 )
               

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (29,765 )   (29,765 )

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments (asset) liability to mortgage loans acquired for sale

             
               

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $ 23,449   $ 12,710   $ 36,159  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012

  $ (2,957 ) $ 12,710        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012

        $ 12,710        
                   

F-26


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Mortgage
loans held
for sale
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Net interest
rate lock
commitments(1)
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $   $ 19,798   $ 23,951   $ 43,749  

Repurchases

    5,529             5,529  

Repayments

    (622 )           (622 )

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

            57,179     57,179  

Purchases of MSR

        4,008         4,008  

Sales of MSR

        (550 )       (550 )

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

        20         20  

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

                         

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

                 

Other factors

    (382 )   (206 )   (21,090 )   (21,678 )
                   

    (382 )   (206 )   (21,090 )   (21,678 )
                   

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

            (76,250 )   (76,250 )

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments (asset) liability to mortgage loans acquired for sale

                 
                   

Balance, June 30, 2013

  $ 4,525   $ 23,070   $ (16,210 ) $ 11,385  
                   

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013

  $ (443 ) $ (206 ) $ (16,210 )      
                     

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013

  $ (382 )       $ (16,210 )      
                       

(1)
For the purpose of this table, the interest rate lock asset and liability positions are shown net.

F-27


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 25,698   $ 7,905   $ 33,603  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        48,782     48,782  

Purchases of MSR

             

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    742         742  

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

                   

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

             

Other factors

    (2,991 )   57     (2,934 )
               

    (2,991 )   57     (2,934 )
               

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (44,034 )   (44,034 )

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments (asset) liability to mortgage loans acquired for sale

             
               

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $ 23,449   $ 12,710   $ 36,159  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012

  $ (2,991 ) $ 12,710        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012

        $ 12,710        
                   

F-28


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        The information used in the preceding roll forwards represents activity for any financial statement items identified as using Level 3 significant inputs at either the beginning or the end of the periods presented. The Company had no transfers in or out among the levels.

        Gains (losses) from changes in estimated fair values included in earnings for financial statement items carried at estimated fair value as a result of management's election of the fair value option are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2013   Quarter ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total   Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Short-term investments

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    (7,791 )       (7,791 )   35,939         35,939  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        973     973         (2,957 )   (2,957 )
                           

  $ (7,791 ) $ 973   $ (6,818 ) $ 35,939   $ (2,957 ) $ 32,982  
                           

 

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2013   Six months ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total   Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Short-term investments

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    18,489         18,489     52,125         52,125  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        (206 )   (206 )       (2,991 )   (2,991 )
                           

  $ 18,489   $ (206 ) $ 18,283   $ 52,125   $ (2,991 ) $ 49,134  
                           

F-29


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following are the fair value and related principal amounts due upon maturity of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option as of the dates presented:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 655,221   $ 652,361   $ 2,860  

90 or more days delinquent

    1,120     1,428     (308 )
               

  $ 656,341   $ 653,789   $ 2,552  
               

 

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 447,889   $ 418,650   $ 29,239  

90 or more days delinquent

    495     623     (128 )
               

  $ 448,384   $ 419,273   $ 29,111  
               

    Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates presented:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 67,465   $   $   $ 67,465  
                   

  $ 67,465   $   $   $ 67,465  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 51,180   $   $   $ 51,180  
                   

  $ 51,180   $   $   $ 51,180  
                   

F-30


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the total gains (losses) on assets measured at estimated fair values on a nonrecurring basis:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 688   $ (841 ) $ 132   $ 784  
                   

  $ 688   $ (841 ) $ 132   $ 784  
                   

        The Company evaluates its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value for impairment with reference to the assets' fair values. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value based on the interest rates borne by the mortgage loans underlying the MSRs. Mortgage loans are grouped into note rate pools of 50 basis points for fixed-rate mortgage loans with note rates between 3% and 4.5% and a single pool for mortgage loans with note rates below 3%. MSRs relating to adjustable rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are evaluated in a single pool. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool reduced by any existing valuation allowance, those MSRs are impaired.

        When MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current period income and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted using a valuation allowance. If the value of the MSRs subsequently increases, the increase in value is recognized in current period income only to the extent of the valuation allowance.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management concludes that recovery of the value is unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that note rate pool to its estimated fair value is charged to the valuation allowance.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortized Cost

        The Company's Cash as well as its Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase, Note payable, Carried Interest due from Investment Funds , and amounts receivable from and payable to the Advised Entities are carried at cost.

         Cash is measured using "Level 1" significant inputs. The Company's borrowings carried at amortized cost do not have active markets or observable inputs and the fair value is measured using management's best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. The Company has classified these financial instruments as "Level 3" financial statement items as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 due to the lack of current market activity and the Company's reliance on unobservable inputs to estimate the fair value.

        Management has concluded that the carrying value of the Carried Interest due from Investment Funds approximates its fair value as the balance represents the amount distributable to the Company at the balance sheet date assuming liquidation of the Investment Funds. Management has concluded that

F-31


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

the estimated fair value of the Note payable approximates the agreements' carrying value due to the agreements' short terms and variable interest rates.

        The Company also carries the receivable from and payable to the Advised Entities at cost. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of such balances approximates the carrying value due to the short terms of such balances.

    Valuation Techniques and Assumptions

        Most of the Company's financial assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. A portion of the Company's financial assets and all of its MSRs are "Level 3" financial statement items which require the use of significant unobservable inputs in the estimation of the assets' values. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

        The Company has assigned the responsibility for estimating the fair values of "Level 3" financial statement items to a valuation group and has developed procedures and controls governing the valuation process relating to these assets. The estimation of fair values of the Company's financial assets are assigned to its Financial Analysis and Valuation group (the "FAV group"), which is responsible for valuing and monitoring the Company's investment portfolios and maintenance of its valuation policies and procedures.

        The FAV group reports to the Company's senior management valuation committee, which oversees and approves the valuations. The FAV group monitors the models used for valuation of the Company's "Level 3" financial statement items, including the models' performance versus actual results and reports those results to the senior management valuation committee. The results developed in the FAV group's monitoring activities are used to calibrate subsequent projections used for valuation.

        The FAV group is responsible for reporting to the Company's senior management valuation committee on a monthly basis on the changes in the valuation of the portfolio, including major factors affecting the valuation and any changes in model methods and assumptions. To assess the reasonableness of its valuations, the FAV group presents an analysis of the effect on the valuation of each of the changes to the significant inputs to the models.

        The following describes the techniques and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of "Level 2" and "Level 3" fair value financial statement items:

    Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Most of the Company's mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are saleable into active markets and are therefore categorized as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using their quoted market or contracted price or market price equivalent.

        Certain of the Company's mortgage loans may become non-saleable into active markets due to identification of a defect by the Company or to the repurchase of a mortgage loan with an identified defect. Because such loans are generally not saleable into active mortgage markets, they are classified as "Level 3" financial statement items. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's "non-saleable" mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are discount

F-32


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

rate, home price projections, voluntary prepayment speeds and default speeds. Significant changes in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significant change to the loans' fair value measurement. Increases in home price projections are generally accompanied by an increase in voluntary prepayment speeds.

        The Company did not hold "Level 3" mortgage loans held for sale before 2013. Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of "Level 3" mortgage loans held for sale at fair value:

 
  June 30, 2013
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Key Inputs

   

Discount rate

 

7.8%-13.4%

  (9.0%)

Twelve-month projected housing price index change

  6.8%-7.3%

  (6.9%)

Prepayment speed(1)

  1.9%-5.5%

  (4.7%)

Total prepayment speed(2)

  3.3%-5.6%

  (5.1%)

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using life voluntary Conditional Prepayment Rate ("CPR"). CPR represents the percentage of the remaining unpaid principal balance ("UPB") that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

(2)
Total prepayment speed is measured using life total CPR.

        Changes in fair value attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk are measured by the change in the respective loan's delinquency status at period-end from the later of the beginning of the period or acquisition date.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company categorizes IRLCs as a "Level 3" financial statement item. The Company estimates the fair value of an IRLC based on quoted Agency MBS prices, its estimate of the fair value of the MSRs it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased as a percentage of the commitment it has made (the "pull-through rate").

        The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's IRLCs are the pull-through rate and the MSR component of the Company's estimate of the value of the mortgage loans it has committed to purchase. Significant changes in the pull-through rate and the MSR component of the IRLCs, in isolation, could result in a significant change in fair value measurement. The financial effects of changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a positive effect on the fair value of the MSR component of IRLC value, but increase the pull-through rate for loans that have decreased in fair value in comparison to the agreed-upon purchase price.

F-33


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of IRLCs:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Key Inputs

       

Pull-through rate

 

57.8%-98.0%

 

61.6%-98.1%

  (81.3%)   (79.1%)

MSR value expressed as:

       

Servicing fee multiple

  1.7-5.2   3.2-4.2

  (4.5)   (4.0)

Percentage of unpaid principal balance

  0.4%-2.6%   0.6%-2.2%

  (1.2%)   (0.9%)

        The Company estimates the fair value of commitments to sell loans based on quoted MBS prices. The Company estimates the fair value of the MBS options and futures it purchases and sells based on observed interest rate volatilities in the MBS market. The Company estimates the fair value of its MBS interest rate swaptions based on quoted market prices.

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        MSRs are categorized as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value. The key assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment and default rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate, and cost to service loans. The results of the estimates of fair value of MSRs are reported to the Company's senior management valuation committee as part of their review and approval of monthly valuation results. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are included in the consolidated statements of income under the caption Net servicing income—Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights .

F-34


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition are as follows:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,
 
  2013   2012
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

  $4,372,786   $423,031   $1,560,292   $5,544

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  29   25   24   27

Pricing spread(1)

 

5.4%-12.4%

 

6.4%-9.6%

 

7.5%-11.9%

 

7.5%-9.9%

  (8.0%)   (7.2%)   (9.8%)   (7.9%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  8.5%-18.5%   8.7%-15.3%   6.7%-14.7%   7.9%-15.6%

  (8.8%)   (9.0%)   (8.2%)   (10.3%)

Life (in years)

  2.9-6.9   3.0-6.9   2.9-7.0   5.3-7.0

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (6.5)   (6.6)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

  $68-$120   $68-$68   $68-$100   $68-$100

  ($103)   ($68)   ($99)   ($72)

 

 
  Six months ended June 30,
 
  2013   2012
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

  $8,229,142   $423,355   $2,325,346   $13,287

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  28   25   26   29

Pricing spread(1)

  5.4%-12.5%   6.4%-9.6%   7.5%-11.9%   7.5%-9.9%

  (8.2%)   (7.2%)   (9.8%)   (8.5%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  8.5%-18.5%   8.7%-15.3%   6.7%-14.7%   7.8%-15.6%

  (8.8%)   (9.0%)   (8.1%)   (9.2%)

Life (in years)

  2.9-6.9   3.0-6.9   2.9-7.0   3.6-7.0

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (6.6)   (6.7)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

  $68-$120   $68-$68   $68-$100   $68-$100

  ($102)   ($68)   ($99)   ($80)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward rate curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar London Inter Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans.

(2)
Annual total prepayment speed is measured using life total CPR.

F-35


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of the Company's MSRs at period end and the effect on the estimated fair value from adverse changes in those assumptions (weighted averages are based upon unpaid principal balance):

    Purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
 
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

 
 
  (Carrying value, unpaid principal balance of underlying loans
and effect on value amounts in thousands)

 

Carrying value

  $10,978   $   $12,370   $  

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

 

$1,155,301

   
 

$1,271,478

   
 

Weighted-average note rate

  5.96%       6.01%      

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  50       50      

Discount rate

 

15.3%-15.3%

   
 

15.3%-15.3%

   
 

  (15.3%)       (15.3%)      

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($277)       ($302)      

Effect on value of 10% adverse change          

  ($542)       ($590)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change          

  ($1,037)       ($1,130)      

Average life (in years)

 

4.9

   
 

5.0

   
 

Prepayment speed(1)

  11.0%-11.0%       10.7%-10.7%      

  (11.0%)       (10.7%)      

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($254)       ($273)      

Effect on value of 10% adverse change          

  ($500)       ($529)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change          

  ($977)       ($1,040)      

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

 

$279-$279

   
 

$270-$270

   
 

  ($279)       ($270)      

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($267)       ($290)      

Effect on value of 10% adverse change          

  ($535)       ($580)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change          

  ($1,070)       ($1,159)      

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

F-36


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

    All other MSRs

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012
 
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

 
  (Carrying value, unpaid principal balance of underlying loans and effect
on value amounts in thousands)

Carrying value

  $12,092   $176,668   $7,428   $89,177

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

 

$1,327,754

 

$16,294,547

 

$1,166,765

 

$8,730,686

Weighted-average note rate

  4.71%   3.52%   5.22%   3.65%

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  25   28   26   28

Pricing spread(1)

 

6.4%-17.5%

 

5.4%-14.1%

 

7.5%-19.5%

 

7.5%-16.5%

  (8.7%)   (7.5%)   (10.6%)   (9.8%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($218)   ($3,923)   ($113)   ($1,814)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($429)   ($7,703)   ($222)   ($3,562)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($830)   ($14,859)   ($430)   ($6,870)

Average life (in years)

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.7-6.9

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.5-6.9

  (6.5)   (6.7)   (5.0)   (6.6)

Prepayment speed(2)

  8.7%-76.2%   8.6%-17.2%   9.0%-84.2%   8.7%-28.3%

  (11.3%)   (9.0%)   (19.2%)   (9.2%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($292)   ($3,823)   ($238)   ($1,751)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($572)   ($7,520)   ($462)   ($3,446)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,100)   ($14,562)   ($877)   ($6,674)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

 

$68-$115

 

$68-$120

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

  ($72)   ($101)   ($76)   ($99)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($111)   ($1,944)   ($77)   ($963)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($221)   ($3,888)   ($153)   ($1,926)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($443)   ($7,776)   ($307)   ($3,852)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

        The preceding sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables; do not incorporate changes in the variables in relation to other variables; are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used; and do not incorporate other factors that would affect the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the preceding estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

F-37


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 9—Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value include the following:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Conforming

  $ 102,366   $ 50,003  

Government-insured or guaranteed

    549,450     398,381  

Repurchased mortgage loans

    4,525      
           

  $ 656,341   $ 448,384  
           

Fair value of mortgage loans pledged to secure mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 646,944   $ 438,850  
           

Note 10—Derivative Instruments

        The Company is exposed to price risk relative to its mortgage loans held for sale as well as to its IRLCs. The Company bears price risk from the time an IRLC is made to PMT or a loan applicant to the time the mortgage loan is sold. The Company is exposed to loss in value of its commitments to originate or purchase mortgage loans held for sale when mortgage rates increase. The Company is also exposed to loss in value of its MSRs when interest rates decrease.

        The Company engages in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, the Company uses derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value of the Company's IRLCs, inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and MSRs. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities.

F-38


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 10—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The Company had the following derivative financial instruments recorded on its consolidated balance sheets:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
   
  Fair Value    
  Fair Value  
Instrument
  Notional
amount
  Derivative
assets
  Derivative
liabilities
  Notional
amount
  Derivative
assets
  Derivative
liabilities
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

                                     

Free-standing derivatives:

                                     

Interest rate lock commitments

    1,767,314   $ 9,155   $ 25,365     1,576,174   $ 23,951   $ 11  

Forward purchase contracts

    2,071,590     5,550     23,306     1,021,981     1,645     389  

Forward sales contracts

    4,226,940     93,579     9,227     2,621,948     1,818     1,894  

MBS call options

    625,000     1,935                  

MBS put options

    260,000     4,194         500,000     967      
                               

Total derivatives before netting

          114,413     57,898           28,381     2,294  

Netting

          (77,236 )   (30,453 )         (1,091 )   (1,785 )
                               

Total

        $ 37,177   $ 27,445         $ 27,290   $ 509  
                               

        The following table summarizes the activity for derivative contracts used to hedge the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale at notional value:

 
  Balance
beginning
of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end
of period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2013

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    582,150     14,207,171     (12,717,731 )   2,071,590  

Forward sales contracts

    1,278,281     19,752,025     (16,803,366 )   4,226,940  

MBS call options

    30,000     1,050,000     (455,000 )   625,000  

MBS put options

    50,000     1,195,000     (985,000 )   260,000  

 

 
  Balance
beginning
of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end
of period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    582,150     3,042,549     (3,079,524 )   545,175  

Forward sales contracts

    1,278,281     5,215,628     (4,971,235 )   1,522,674  

MBS call options

    30,000     125,000     (150,000 )   5,000  

MBS put options

    50,000     305,000     (145,000 )   210,000  

F-39


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 10—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

 

 
  Balance
beginning
of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end of
period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    130,900     15,654,716     (13,714,026 )   2,071,590  

Forward sales contracts

    510,569     22,635,736     (18,919,365 )   4,226,940  

MBS call options

    3,000     1,088,000     (466,000 )   625,000  

MBS put options

    29,000     1,263,000     (1,032,000 )   260,000  

 

 
  Balance
beginning
of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end
of period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Six months ended June 30, 2012

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    130,900     4,490,094     (4,075,819 )   545,175  

Forward sales contracts

    510,569     8,099,339     (7,087,234 )   1,522,674  

MBS call options

    3,000     163,000     (161,000 )   5,000  

MBS put options

    29,000     373,000     (192,000 )   210,000  

        The Company recorded net gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments used to hedge the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans totaling $94,202,000 and $(23,526,000) for the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, and $106,518,000 and $(25,488,000) for the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Derivative gains and losses are included in Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

        The Company recorded a net loss on derivative financial instruments used as economic hedges of MSRs totaling $1,291,000 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013. The Company had no similar economic hedges in place for the quarter or six months ended June 30, 2012. The derivative loss is included in Amortization, impairment and changes in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

F-40


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 11—Mortgage Servicing Rights

    Carried at Fair Value:

        The activity in MSRs carried at fair value is as follows:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 18,622   $ 26,344   $ 19,798   $ 25,698  

Additions:

                         

Servicing resulting from MSR purchases

    4,008         4,008      

Servicing resulting from loan sales

    17     62     20     742  

Sales

    (550 )       (550 )    

Change in fair value:

                         

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in valuation model

    1,957     (1,650 )   (1,524 )   (336 )

Other changes in fair value(1)

    (984 )   (1,307 )   1,318     (2,655 )
                   

Total change in fair value

    973     (2,957 )   (206 )   (2,991 )
                   

Balance at end of period

  $ 23,070   $ 23,449   $ 23,070   $ 23,449  
                   

(1)
Represents changes due to realization of cash flows.

F-41


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 11—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

    Carried at Amortized Cost:

        The activity in MSRs carried at amortized cost is summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Amortized cost:

                         

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 130,793   $ 15,853   $ 92,155   $ 6,496  

Additions:

                         

Servicing resulting from loan sales

    52,461     15,022     94,194     24,644  

Amortization

    (4,251 )   (570 )   (7,346 )   (835 )

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than-temporary impairment

                 
                   

Balance at end of period

    179,003     30,305     179,003     30,305  
                   

Valuation allowance for impairment of MSRs:

                         

Balance at beginning of period

    (2,423 )   (13 )   (2,978 )   (70 )

Reversal (additions)

    88     (841 )   643     (784 )

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than-temporary impairment

                 
                   

Balance at end of period

    (2,335 )   (854 )   (2,335 )   (854 )
                   

MSRs, net

  $ 176,668   $ 29,451   $ 176,668   $ 29,451  
                   

Estimated fair value of MSRs at end of period

  $ 194,529   $ 29,647   $ 194,529   $ 29,647  
                   

        The following table summarizes the Company's estimate of future amortization of its existing MSRs. This projection was developed using the assumptions made by management in its June 30, 2013 valuation of MSRs. The assumptions underlying the following estimate will change as market conditions and portfolio composition and behavior change, causing both actual and projected amortization levels to change over time.

12-month period ending June 30,
  Estimated
amortization
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2014

  $ 17,793  

2015

    16,995  

2016

    16,254  

2017

    15,631  

2018

    14,735  

Thereafter

    97,595  
       

Total

  $ 179,003  
       

        Servicing fees relating to MSRs are recorded in Net servicing income—Loan servicing fees—From non-affiliates on the consolidated statements of income; late charges, ancillary and other fees are

F-42


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 11—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

recorded in Net servicing income—Loan servicing fees—Ancillary and other fees on the consolidated statements of income and are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Contractual servicing fees

  $ 11,744   $ 3,600   $ 20,801   $ 6,445  

Late charges

    396     206     809     473  

Ancillary and other fees

    132     64     234     122  
                   

  $ 12,272   $ 3,870   $ 21,844   $ 7,040  
                   

Note 12—Carried Interest Due from Investment Funds

        The activity in the Company's Carried Interest due from Investment Funds is summarized as follows:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 52,460   $ 39,039   $ 47,723   $ 37,250  

Carried Interest recognized during the period

    2,862     2,110     7,599     3,899  

Proceeds received during the period

                 
                   

Balance at end of period

  $ 55,322   $ 41,149   $ 55,322   $ 41,149  
                   

        The amount of the Carried Interest received by the Company depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of Carried Interest recorded by the Company at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced in future periods. However, the Company is not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of Carried Interest will only be reduced to the extent of amounts previously recognized.

        Management expects the Carried Interest to be collected by the Company when the Investment Funds liquidate. The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion as specified in the limited liability company and limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

F-43


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 13—Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at Fair Value

        Following is a summary of Change in fair value and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Dividends

  $ 43   $ 42   $ 85   $ 83  

Change in fair value

    (363 )   79     (318 )   233  
                   

  $ (320 ) $ 121   $ (233 ) $ 316  
                   

Fair value of PMT shares at period end

  $ 1,579   $ 1,480   $ 1,579   $ 1,480  
                   

Note 14—Borrowings

        As of June 30, 2013, the Company maintained four borrowing facilities: three facilities that provide for sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase; and one note payable secured by MSRs and servicing advances made relating to loans in the Company's loan servicing portfolio.

    Mortgage Loans Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase

        The borrowing facilities secured by mortgage loans held for sale are in the form of loan sale and repurchase agreements. Eligible loans are sold under advance rates based on the loan type. Interest is charged at a rate based on the buyer's overnight cost-of funds rate for one agreement and based on LIBOR for the other two agreements. Loans sold under these agreements may be re-pledged by the lenders.

F-44


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 14—Borrowings (Continued)

        Financial data pertaining to mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase are as follows:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Period end:

                         

Balance

  $ 500,427   $ 220,546   $ 500,427   $ 220,546  

Unused amount(1)

  $ 299,573   $ 179,454   $ 299,573   $ 179,454  

Weighted-average interest rate

    1.93 %   2.12 %   1.93 %   2.12 %

Fair value of loans securing agreements to repurchase

  $ 646,944   $ 247,053   $ 646,944   $ 247,053  

During the period:

                         

Average balance of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 412,849   $ 154,475   $ 344,335   $ 109,715  

Weighted-average interest rate(2)

    1.98 %   1.68 %   2.09 %   2.12 %

Total interest expense

  $ 2,956   $ 831   $ 5,331   $ 1,902  

Maximum daily amount outstanding

  $ 623,523   $ 236,324   $ 623,523   $ 236,324  

(1)
The amount the Company is able to borrow under loan repurchase agreements is tied to the fair value of unencumbered mortgage loans eligible to secure those agreements and the Company's ability to fund the agreements' margin requirements relating to the mortgage loans sold.

(2)
Excludes the effect of amortization of commitment fees totaling $891,000 and $175,000 for the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, and $1.7 million and $724,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively.

        Following is a summary of maturities of outstanding advances under repurchase agreements by maturity date:

Remaining maturity at June 30, 2013
  Balance  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Within 30 days

  $ 19,109  

Over 30 to 90 days

    481,318  

Over 90 days to 180 days

     

Over 180 days to 1 year

     
       

  $ 500,427  
       

Weighted-average maturity (in months)

    2.28  
       

        The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to the Company's mortgage loans

F-45


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 14—Borrowings (Continued)

held for sale sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of June 30, 2013:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk   Weighted-average
maturity of advances under
repurchase agreement
  Facility Maturity
 
  (in thousands)
   
   

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 31,137   September 15, 2013   January 2, 2014

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 50,006   July 25, 2013   July 25, 2013

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 69,006   September 13, 2013   June 29, 2014(1)

(1)
The earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination.

        The Company is subject to margin calls during the period the agreements are outstanding and therefore may be required to repay a portion of the borrowings before the respective agreements mature if the value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the mortgage loans securing those agreements decreases. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had $4.1 million on deposit with its mortgage loan repurchase agreement counterparties. Such amounts are included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

    Note Payable

        The note payable is summarized below:

 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

At period end:

             

Note payable secured by:

             

Servicing advances

  $ 4,671   $ 4,905  

MSRs

    42,538     48,108  
           

  $ 47,209   $ 53,013  
           

Assets pledged to secure note:

             

Servicing advances

  $ 6,807   $ 7,430  

MSRs

  $ 180,794   $ 100,957  

        The note payable matures on the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination. Interest is charged at a rate based on the lender's overnight cost of funds. The note payable is secured by servicing advances and MSRs relating to certain loans in the Company's servicing portfolio, and provides for advance rates ranging from 50% to 85% of the amount of the servicing advances or the carrying value of the MSR pledged, up to a maximum of $17 million in the case of servicing advances and $100 million in the case of MSRs.

        The borrowing facilities contain various covenants, including financial covenants governing the Company's net worth, debt-to-equity ratio, profitability and liquidity. Management believes the Company was in compliance with these requirements as of June 30, 2013.

F-46


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 15—Liability for Losses Under Representations and Warranties

        The Company's agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans the Company sells to those Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer. In such cases, the Company bears any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. The Company's credit loss may be reduced by any recourse it has to correspondent lenders that sold such mortgage loans and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, the Company has the right to seek a recovery of related credit losses from that correspondent lender.

        The Company records a provision for losses relating to the representations and warranties it makes as part of its loan sale transactions. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent lender.

        The Company establishes a liability at the time loans are sold and continually updates its liability estimate.

        Following is a summary of the Company's liability for representations and warranties:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 4,748   $ 760   $ 3,504   $ 449  

Provisions for losses on loans sold

    1,453     627     2,697     938  

Incurred losses

    (16 )       (16 )    
                   

Balance at end of period

  $ 6,185   $ 1,387   $ 6,185   $ 1,387  
                   

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties

  $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747   $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747  
                   

F-47


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 15—Liability for Losses Under Representations and Warranties (Continued)

        Following is a summary of the Company's repurchase activity:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

During the period:

                         

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans repurchased

  $ 2,741   $   $ 4,867   $  

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans put to correspondent lenders

  $ 574   $   $ 1,053   $  

At period end:

                         

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to pending claims for repurchase

  $ 296   $ 3,853   $ 296   $ 3,853  

        The level of the liability for representations and warranties requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors (including unemployment levels and trends, and housing price levels and trends), investor reviews of recently sold mortgage loans and repurchase demand strategies relating to defaulted mortgage loans, and other external conditions that will change over the lives of the underlying loans.

        The Company's representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, management believes that the current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. Management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

Note 16—Income Taxes

        The Company files U.S. federal and state corporate income tax returns for PFSI and partnership returns for PennyMac. Before the IPO, the Company did not have a provision for income taxes as PennyMac is a pass-through taxable entity. PennyMac's partnership returns are generally subject to examination for 2009 and forward and for 2008 and forward for certain states. In March 2013, the IRS concluded their audit of the partnership returns of PennyMac and its subsidiaries for the tax year ended December 31, 2010 and proposed no changes to the returns as originally filed. No returns are currently under examination.

F-48


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 16—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The following table details the Company's income tax expense (benefit).

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
  Six months ended
June 30, 2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current expense:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

         
           

Total current expense

         
           

Deferred expense:

             

Federal

    1,516     1,516  

State

    522     522  
           

Total deferred expense

    2,038     2,038  
           

Total provision for income taxes

  $ 2,038   $ 2,038  
           

        The provision for deferred income taxes for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 primarily relates to mortgage servicing rights the Company received pursuant to sales of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.

        The following table is a reconciliation of the Company's provision for income taxes at statutory rates to the provision for income taxes at the Company's effective tax rate:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
  Six months ended
June 30, 2013
 

Statutory federal tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %

Rate attributable to non-controlling interest

    -31.6 %   -33.4 %

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    0.7 %   0.3 %

Valuation allowance

    0.0 %   0.0 %
           

Effective tax rate

    4.1 %   1.9 %
           

        The components of the Company's provision for deferred income taxes are as follows:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
  Six months ended
June 30, 2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing rights

  $ 2,218   $ 2,218  

Net operating loss carry forward

    (233 )   (233 )

Carried Interest

    140     140  

Other

    (87 )   (87 )

Valuation allowance

         
           

Total provision for deferred income taxes

  $ 2,038   $ 2,038  
           

F-49


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 16—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The components of income taxes payable, net are as follows:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Taxes currently receivable

  $ 7  

Deferred income taxes payable

    (2,038 )
       

Income taxes payable

  $ (2,031 )
       

        The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities are presented below:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred income tax assets:

       

Net operating loss carry forward

  $ 233  

Other

    87  
       

Gross deferred tax assets

    320  
       

Deferred income tax liabilities:

       

Mortgage servicing rights

    (2,218 )

Carried Interest

    (140 )
       

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    (2,358 )
       

Net deferred income tax liability

  $ (2,038 )
       

        The net deferred income tax liability is recorded in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2013. There was no income tax liability as of December 31, 2012 since PennyMac is a pass-through taxable entity.

        The Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $233,000 reflecting the benefit of a net operating loss carry forward that generally expires in 2033.

        At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and does not anticipate any increase in unrecognized tax benefits. Should the accrual of any interest or penalties relative to unrecognized tax benefits be necessary, it is the Company's policy to record such accruals in the Company's income tax accounts. No such accruals existed at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

F-50


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 17—Net Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value is summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

                         

Loan proceeds

  $ (43,318 ) $ 17,319   $ (55,141 ) $ 23,019  

Hedging activities

    22,260     (14,670 )   39,881     (20,702 )
                   

    (21,058 )   2,649     (15,260 )   2,317  
                   

Non-cash gain on sale:

                         

Change in fair value of IRLCs

    (41,647 )   4,622     (40,150 )   4,805  

MSRs received as proceeds on sale

    52,478     15,085     94,214     25,386  

MSR recapture payable to affiliate

    (366 )       (500 )    

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (1,453 )   (627 )   (2,697 )   (938 )

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held for sale at period end:

                         

Loans

    (17,242 )   1,917     (19,633 )   1,943  

Hedging instruments

    71,942     (8,856 )   66,637     (4,786 )
                   

Total non-cash gain (loss) relating to loans and hedging instruments held at period end

    54,700     (6,939 )   47,004     (2,843 )
                   

Total non-cash gain on sale

    63,712     12,141     97,871     26,410  
                   

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727  
                   

Note 18—Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for awards of Stock Options, time-based and performance-based restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and stock grants. The Company estimates the value of the Stock Options, time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units awarded with reference to the value of its underlying common stock on the date of the award. The Company amortizes the fair value of previously granted stock-based awards to compensation expense over the vesting period using the graded vesting method. Compensation costs are fixed, except for the performance-based restricted stock units, at the estimated fair value of the award date as all grantees are employees and directors of the Company. Expense relating to awards is included in Compensation in the consolidated statements of income.

F-51


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 18—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Following is a summary of the stock-based compensation expense by instrument awarded for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Stock Options

  $ 198   $  

Performance-based RSUs

    282      

Time-based RSUs

    65      
           

  $ 545   $  
           

        The Stock Option award agreements provide for the award of Stock Options to purchase the optioned common stock. In general, and except as otherwise provided by the agreement, one-third of the optioned common stock will vest in a lump sum on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the recipient's continued service through each anniversary. Each Stock Option will have a term of ten years from the date of grant but will expire (1) immediately upon termination of the holder's employment or other association with the Company for cause, (2) one year after the holder's employment or other association is terminated due to death or disability and (3) three months after the holder's employment or other association is terminated for any other reason.

        The fair value of each Stock Option award is estimated on the date of grant using a variant of the Black Scholes model based on the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatilities of comparable companies' common shares.

        The Company uses historical data to estimate share option exercise and employee departure behavior used in the option-pricing model; groups of employees (executives and non-executives) that have similar historical behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term of common stock options granted is derived from the option pricing model and represents the period of time that common stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the common stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

        The Company made its first Stock Option awards on June 13, 2013. Following are the key assumptions used to estimate the value of such options:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013

Expected volatility

  45%

Expected dividends

  0%

Risk-free rate

  0.03%-2.30%

F-52


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 18—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The table below summarizes Stock Option award activity and compensation expense:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
 

Number of Stock Options:

       

Outstanding at beginning of period

     

Granted

    423,407  

Exercised

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of period

    423,407  
       

Weighted-average exercise price:

       

Outstanding at beginning of period

  $  

Granted

    21.03  

Exercised

     

Expired or canceled

     

Outstanding at end of period

  $ 21.03  

Exercisable at end of period

     

Available for future grant

     

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years):

       

Outstanding at end of period

    10  

Exercisable at end of period

     

Aggregate intrinsic value (in thousands):

       

Outstanding at end of period

  $ 102  

Exercisable at end of period

  $  

        The RSU award agreements provide for the award recipient of performance-based RSUs to obtain, for each RSU, a variable number of the Company's Class A Common Stock and time-based RSUs to obtain, for each RSU, one share of the Company's Class A Common Stock. One-third of all time-based RSUs vest in a lump sum on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, subject to the recipient's continued service through each anniversary. The number of shares received upon vesting of performance-based RSUs is determined based on the attainment of the performance goals, subject to conditions including continued employment throughout the performance period. The performance-based RSUs vest in full on the date the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors determines that the goals based on the performance components have been satisfied.

        Compensation expense related to performance-based and time-based RSUs is based on the fair value of the underlying stock on the award date and is recognized over the vesting period using the graded vesting method. This amount is included in the compensation expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of income for the three months ended June 30, 2013.

F-53


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 18—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The table below summarizes RSU award activity and compensation expense:

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Time-based   Performance-based  

Number of units

             

Outstanding at beginning of period

         

Granted

    70,826     499,364  

Vested

         

Expired or canceled

         
           

Outstanding at end of period

    70,826     499,364  
           

Weighted-average grant date fair value:

             

Outstanding at beginning of period

  $   $  

Granted

  $ 17.51   $ 17.55  

Vested

  $   $  

Expired or canceled

  $   $  

Outstanding at end of period

  $ 17.51   $ 17.55  

Compensation expense recorded during the period (in thousands)

  $ 65   $ 283  

Period end:

             

Units available for future awards

         

Unamortized compensation cost (in thousands)

  $ 1,175   $ 8,480  

Note 19—Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 6,594   $ 1,649  

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 7   $  

Non-cash investing activity:

             

Receipt of MSRs created in loan sales activities

  $ 94,214   $ 25,971  

Note 20—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

        The Company, through PLS, is required to maintain specified levels of equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing with the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company's loan servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

F-54


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 20—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements (Continued)

        The Agencies' capital requirements, the calculations of which are specified by each Agency, are summarized below:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
Requirement—company subject to requirement
  Net worth(1)   Required   Net worth(1)   Required  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fannie Mae—PLS

  $ 251,858   $ 48,519   $ 172,843   $ 35,947  

Freddie Mac—PLS

  $ 252,284   $ 43,520   $ 173,273   $ 27,119  

Ginnie Mae:

                         

Issuer—PLS

  $ 238,515   $ 41,615   $ 152,782   $ 23,886  

Issuer's parent—PennyMac

  $ 523,274   $ 45,777   $ 227,560   $ 26,275  

HUD—PLS

  $ 238,515   $ 1,000   $ 152,782   $ 1,000  

(1)
Calculated in compliance with the respective Agency's requirements.

        PennyMac is required to maintain specified levels of its members' equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing with the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of PennyMac's servicing portfolio or loan origination volume. Noncompliance with the respective agencies' capital requirements can result in the respective Agency taking various remedial actions up to and including removing PennyMac's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective Agency. Management believes that PennyMac had Agency capital in excess of the respective Agencies' requirements at June 30, 2013.

Note 21—Commitments and Contingencies

    Commitments to Fund and Sell Mortgage Loans

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PMT

  $ 1,505,403  

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

    261,911  
       

  $ 1,767,314  
       

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

  $ 4,226,940  
       

    Litigation

        The business of the Company involves the collection of numerous accounts, as well as the validity of liens and compliance with various state and federal lending and servicing laws. Accordingly, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings in the normal course of business. As of June 30, 2013, the Company was not involved in any legal proceedings, claims, or actions that management believes would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on it.

Note 22—Segments and Related Information

        The Company has two business segments: mortgage banking and investment management.

F-55


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 22—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

        The mortgage banking segment represents the Company's operations aimed at originating, purchasing, selling and servicing newly originated mortgage loans and servicing mortgage loans sourced and managed by the investment management segment, including executing the loan resolution strategy identified by the investment management segment.

        The investment management segment represents the activities of the Company's investment manager, which include sourcing, performing diligence, bidding and completion of asset acquisitions and managing the acquired assets for the Advised Entities.

        The investment management segment presently focuses on managing investments in distressed mortgage assets, which include mortgage loans that are either in default or are perceived to be at higher risk of default. The investment management segment then seeks to maximize the value of the mortgage loans on behalf of investors through the direction of effective "high touch" servicing by the mortgage banking segment. "High touch" servicing is based on significant levels of borrower outreach and contact, and the ability to implement long-term, sustainable loan modification and restructuring programs that address borrowers' ability and willingness to pay their mortgage loans. Where this is not possible, the investment management segment seeks to effect property resolution in a timely, orderly and economically efficient manner for the investor.

        Financial highlights by operating segment are as follows:

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value          

  $ 42,654   $   $ 42,654  

Loan origination fees

    6,312         6,312  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    22,054         22,054  

Net servicing income

    22,069         22,069  

Management fees

        10,429     10,429  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        2,862     2,862  

Interest

    4,469     5     4,474  

Other

    (320 )   243     (77 )
               

    97,238     13,539     110,777  

Expenses:

                   

Compensation

    39,293     3,046     42,339  

Interest

    4,200         4,200  

Other

    13,860     149     14,009  
               

    57,353     3,195     60,548  
               

Income before provision for income taxes

  $ 39,885   $ 10,344   $ 50,229  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 1,234,766   $ 46,014   $ 1,280,780  
               

F-56


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 22—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

 

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 14,790   $   $ 14,790  

Loan origination fees

    2,452         2,452  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    7,715         7,715  

Net servicing income

    7,658         7,658  

Management fees

        4,856     4,856  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        2,110     2,110  

Interest

    2,145     1     2,146  

Other

    121     721     842  

Intersegment

             
               

    34,881     7,688     42,569  

Expenses:

                   

Compensation

    24,603     1,889     26,492  

Interest

    1,122         1,122  

Other

    4,265     212     4,477  
               

    29,990     2,101     32,091  
               

Net income

  $ 4,891   $ 5,587   $ 10,478  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 491,892   $ 13,744   $ 505,636  
               

F-57


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 22—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

 

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value          

  $ 82,611   $   $ 82,611  

Loan origination fees

    11,980         11,980  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    50,298         50,298  

Net servicing income

    38,111         38,111  

Management fees

        18,835     18,835  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        7,599     7,599  

Interest

    6,207     10     6,217  

Other

    (233 )   1,057     824  

Intersegment

             
               

    188,974     27,501     216,475  
               

Expenses:

                   

Compensation

    72,614     5,406     78,020  

Interest

    7,530         7,530  

Other

    25,115     288     25,403  
               

    105,259     5,694     110,953  
               

Income before provision for income taxes

  $ 83,715   $ 21,807   $ 105,522  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 1,234,766   $ 46,014   $ 1,280,780  
               

F-58


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 22—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

 

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 28,727   $   $ 28,727  

Loan origination fees

    2,687         2,687  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    13,839         13,839  

Net servicing income

    19,234         19,234  

Management fees

        9,049     9,049  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        3,899     3,899  

Interest

    2,575     2     2,577  

Other

    817     690     1,507  

Intersegment

             
               

    67,879     13,640     81,519  
               

Expenses:

                   

Compensation

    42,453     3,447     45,900  

Interest

    2,184         2,184  

Other

    8,067     328     8,395  
               

    52,704     3,775     56,479  
               

Net income

  $ 15,175   $ 9,865   $ 25,040  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 491,892   $ 13,744   $ 505,636  
               

Note 23—Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated all events and transactions through the date the Company issued these consolidated financial statements. During this period:

    On July 2, 2013, the Company, through PennyMac, entered into a master repurchase agreement with Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. ("Morgan Stanley"), pursuant to which one of PennyMac's wholly-owned subsidiaries, PLS, may sell, and later repurchase, newly originated mortgage loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $200 million (the "Loan Repo Facility"). The Loan Repo Facility is used to fund loans that are purchased or originated by PLS and held for sale and/or securitization. The Loan Repo Facility is committed for a period of 364 days, and the obligations of PLS are fully guaranteed by PennyMac. The mortgage loans are serviced by PLS.

    All agreements to repurchase that matured between June 30, 2013 and the date of this Report were extended or renewed.

F-59


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-61  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-62  

Consolidated Statements of Income for Each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2012

  F-63  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity for Each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2012

  F-64  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2012

  F-65  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-67  

F-60


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Members of
PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on May 14, 2013, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC ("PNMAC"), a subsidiary of the Company, sold 12.8 million Class A Units to the Company, which represents recapitalization and reorganization of PNMAC. As a result of the recapitalization and reorganization, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 are PNMAC's historical financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 25, 2013, except for Note 1, as to which the date is October 1, 2013

F-61


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands
except unit data)

 

ASSETS

             

Cash

 
$

12,323
 
$

16,465
 

Short-term investment, at fair value

    53,164     16,041  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    448,384     89,857  

Servicing advances

    93,152     63,565  

Receivable from Investment Funds

    3,672     8,264  

Receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    16,691     11,600  

Derivative assets

    27,290     5,460  

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    47,723     37,250  

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, at fair value

    1,897     1,247  

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    19,798     25,698  

Mortgage servicing rights, at lower of cost or fair value

    89,177     6,426  

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements, net

    5,065     2,541  

Capitalized software, net

    795     556  

Other

    13,032     4,311  
           

Total assets

  $ 832,163   $ 289,281  
           

LIABILITIES

             

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

393,534
 
$

77,700
 

Notes payable

    53,013     18,602  

Payable to Investment Funds

    36,795     29,622  

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    46,779     25,595  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    36,279     13,398  

Derivative liabilities

    509      

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    3,504     449  
           

Total liabilities

    570,413     165,366  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

MEMBERS' EQUITY

             

Preferred units, 96,682 units authorized and subscribed, 96,682 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

 
$

97,148
 
$

96,374
 

Common units, 20,556 and 10,665 units authorized; 9,914 and 4,564 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

         

Class C common units, 3,738 and 3,542 units authorized; 367 and zero units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

         

Members' equity attributable to common units from equity compensation plan

    22,270     2,737  

Stock subscription receivable

    (4,842 )   (19,918 )

Retained earnings

    147,174     44,722  
           

Total members' equity

    261,750     123,915  
           

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 832,163   $ 289,281  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-62


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands except unit data)
 

Revenue

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 118,170   $ 13,029   $ 2,008  

Loan origination fees

    9,634     669     734  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    62,906     1,744     80  

Net servicing income:

                   

Loan servicing fees

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    18,608     13,204     2,989  

From Investment Funds

    11,716     14,523     9,474  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (885 )   (2,772 )   1,162  

From non-affiliates

    20,673     11,493     11,431  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    2,245     1,657     1,345  
               

    52,357     38,105     26,401  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (12,252 )   (9,438 )   (400 )
               

Net servicing income

    40,105     28,667     26,001  
               

Management fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    15,141     8,456     5,484  

From Investment Funds

    9,363     9,943     9,943  
               

    24,504     18,399     15,427  
               

Carried interest from Investment Funds

    10,473     12,596     24,654  

Interest

    6,354     1,532     195  

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    817     23     130  

Other

    2          
               

Total net revenue

    272,965     76,659     69,229  
               

Expenses

                   

Compensation

    124,014     47,479     25,412  

Interest

    7,879     1,875     790  

Professional services

    5,568     3,867     2,244  

Technology

    4,455     1,979     1,959  

Servicing

    3,642     2,344     2,167  

Loan origination

    2,953     185     150  

Occupancy

    1,521     1,985     938  

Other

    4,610     2,246     2,527  
               

Total expenses

    154,642     61,960     36,187  
               

Net income

  $ 118,323   $ 14,699   $ 33,042  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-63


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY

 
   
   
   
   
  Class C
common units
   
   
   
 
 
  Preferred units   Common units    
   
   
 
 
  Subscriptions
receivable
  Retained
earnings
   
 
 
  Units   Amounts   Units   Amounts   Units   Amounts   Total  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    35,920   $ 35,960       $ 445       $   $ (1,661 ) $ 14,156   $ 48,900  

Capital:

                                                       

Contributions

    9,953     8,949                     18         8,967  

Advances to unit holders

                                (2,027 )   (2,027 )

Redemptions

    (542 )   (427 )                   209     (6 )   (224 )

Unit-based compensation expense

    40         715     1,291             20         1,311  

Net income

                                33,042     33,042  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2010

    45,371     44,482     715     1,736             (1,414 )   45,165     89,969  

Capital:

                                                       

Contributions

    35,265     35,196                     (16,288 )       18,908  

Contributions and concurrent distributions

    14,999     14,968                         (14,968 )    

Subscriptions

    1,709     1,709                     (1,709 )        

Distributions

        543                     (543 )        

Redemptions

    (662 )   (273 )                   61     81     (131 )

Draws

        (331 )                   (25 )   (290 )   (646 )

Unit-based compensation expense

        80     3,849     1,001                 35     1,116  

Net income

                                14,699     14,699  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2011

    96,682     96,374     4,564     2,737             (19,918 )   44,722     123,915  

Capital:

                                                       

Collection of subscriptions receivable

                            15,058         15,058  

Redemptions

    (125 )   (125 )                   143     (24 )   (6 )

Distributions

                                (15,847 )   (15,847 )

Unit-based compensation expense

    125     899     5,350     19,158     367     375     (125 )       20,307  

Net income

                                118,323     118,323  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2012

    96,682   $ 97,148     9,914   $ 21,895     367   $ 375   $ (4,842 ) $ 147,174   $ 261,750  
                                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-64


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from operating activities:

                   

Net income

  $ 118,323   $ 14,699   $ 33,042  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    (118,685 )   (13,029 )   (2,318 )

Accrual of servicing rebate to (from) Investment Funds

    885     2,772     (1,162 )

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    12,252     9,438     227  

Carried interest income

    (10,473 )   (12,596 )   (24,654 )

Change in fair value of investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (650 )   114     (73 )

Accrual of stock-based compensation

    20,308     1,116     1,292  

Amortization of commitment fees relating to financing facilities

    1,866     1,028     675  

Depreciation and amortization

    520     251     365  

Purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans held for sale

    (8,864,264 )   (575,649 )    

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale

    (539,160 )   (149,393 )   (69,331 )

Sale and principal payments of mortgage loans held for sale

    9,056,986     649,625     56,257  

Increase in servicing advances

    (30,855 )   (40,754 )   (19,968 )

Decrease (increase) in receivable from Investment Funds

    3,797     (1,644 )   (587 )

(Increase) decrease in due from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (3,970 )   (5,675 )   2,785  

Increase in other assets

    (5,998 )   (1,423 )   (1,603 )

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    22,704     8,596     1,661  

Increase in payable to Investment Funds

    7,173     16,359     10,745  

Increase in payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    21,184     21,447      

Decrease in other liabilities

        (350 )    

Decrease in other receivables

        350      
               

Net cash used in operating activities

    (308,057 )   (74,718 )   (12,647 )
               

Cash flow from investing activities:

                   

Net (increase) decrease in short-term investment

    (37,123 )   (6,727 )   5,630  

Purchase of furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements

    (3,370 )   (1,888 )   (686 )

Acquisition of capitalized software

    (503 )   (112 )   (146 )

Increase in margin deposits and restricted cash

    (4,539 )   (2,310 )    

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

        (1,352 )   (11,974 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (45,535 )   (12,389 )   (7,176 )
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-65


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from financing activities:

                   

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase at fair value

        120,897     16,074  

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

        (134,186 )    

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase

    8,528,184     535,845      

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    (8,212,350 )   (458,145 )    

Increase in notes payable

    34,411     15,103      

Collection of subscriptions receivable

    15,058     18,908     8,967  

Capital redemptions

    (6 )   (131 )   (204 )

Distributions

    (15,847 )   (646 )   (2,027 )
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    349,450     97,645     22,810  
               

Net (decrease) increase in cash

    (4,142 )   10,538     2,987  

Cash at beginning of year

    16,465     5,927     2,940  
               

Cash at end of year

  $ 12,323   $ 16,465   $ 5,927  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-66


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Organization

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. ("PFSI" or the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on December 31, 2012. Pursuant to a reorganization, the Company became a holding corporation and its sole asset is an equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC ("PennyMac"). The Company is the managing member of PennyMac and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of PennyMac subject to the consent rights of other members under certain circumstances and, through PennyMac and its subsidiaries, continues to conduct the business previously conducted by these subsidiaries.

        PennyMac is a Delaware limited liability company which, through its subsidiaries, engages in mortgage banking and investment management activities. PennyMac's mortgage banking activities consist of residential mortgage lending (including correspondent lending and retail lending) and loan servicing. The investment management activities and a portion of the loan servicing activities are conducted on behalf of investment vehicles that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets. PennyMac's primary wholly-owned subsidiaries are:

    PNMAC Capital Management, LLC ("PCM") – a Delaware limited liability company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. PCM enters into investment management agreements with entities that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets.

    Presently, PCM has management agreements with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a publicly held real estate investment trust ("PMT"), and three investment funds: PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P., (the "Master Fund"), both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC (collectively, "Investment Funds"). Together, the Investment Funds and PMT are referred to as the "Advised Entities."

    PennyMac Loan Services, LLC ("PLS") – a Delaware limited liability company that services portfolios of residential mortgage loans on behalf of third parties or entities managed by the Company, originates new prime credit quality residential mortgage loans, and generally engages in mortgage banking activities for its own account and the account of PMT.

    PLS is approved as a seller/servicer of mortgage loans by the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") and as an issuer of securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae"). PLS is a licensed Federal Housing Administration Nonsupervised Title II Lender with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") and a lender/servicer with the Veterans Administration ("VA") (each an "Agency" and collectively the "Agencies ").

    PNMAC Opportunity Fund Associates, LLC ("PMOFA") – a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Master Fund. PMOFA is entitled to incentive fees representing allocations of profits (the "Carried Interest") from the Master Fund.

    Initial Public Offering and Recapitalization

        On May 14, 2013, PFSI completed an initial public offering ("IPO") in which it sold approximately 12.8 million shares of its Class A common stock, at a public offering price of $18.00 per share. PFSI received net proceeds of $216.8 million, after deducting net underwriting discounts and commissions,

F-67


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 1—Organization (Continued)

from sales of its shares in the IPO. PFSI used these net proceeds to purchase approximately 12.8 million Class A Units of PennyMac. PFSI operates and controls all of the business and affairs and consolidates the financial results of PennyMac and its subsidiaries. The purchase of 12.8 million Class A Units of PennyMac has been accounted for as a transfer of interests under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect a reclassification of members' equity to noncontrolling interests in the Company of $315.5 million. This amount represents the carrying value in the Company of the existing owners of PennyMac that has been purchased for the Class A Units of PennyMac.

        After the completion of the recapitalization and reorganization transactions, PennyMac is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, accordingly, PennyMac's consolidated financial statements are the Company's historical financial statements. The historical consolidated financial statements of PennyMac are reflected herein based on the historical ownership interests of the existing owners of PennyMac.

        Before the IPO, PennyMac completed a reorganization by amending its limited liability company agreement to convert all classes of ownership interests held by its existing owners to a single class of common units. The conversion of existing interests was based on the various interests' liquidation priorities as specified in PennyMac's prior limited liability company agreement. In connection with that reorganization, PFSI became the sole managing member of PennyMac.

        As part of the IPO, PFSI entered into a tax receivable agreement with PennyMac's existing owners whereby PFSI will pay to such owners 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PFSI is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of the then-existing unitholders and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to PFSI entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Note 2—Concentration of Risk

        A substantial portion of the Company's activities relate to the Investment Funds that it manages and PMT. Fees charged to these entities (comprised of management fees, loan servicing fees and loan servicing rebates, Carried Interest income and fulfillment fees from PMT) totaled 48%, 75% and 78% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A portion of these fees are received pursuant to the management agreements between the Company and PMT and the Investment Funds. This agreement was amended, effective February 1, 2013, as described in Note 26— Subsequent Events .

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies

        A description of the Company's significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis, which is in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S.

F-68


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

GAAP") as codified in the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification (the "Codification").

    Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PFSI and its wholly-owned subsidiary PennyMac and all of PennyMac's wholly-owned subsidiaries. PennyMac has whole ownership of all of its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will likely differ from those estimates.

    Fair Value

        The Company groups its assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the observability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. These may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and other inputs.

    Level 3—Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity for an investment at the end of the period), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances.

        While management believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

        Management incorporates lack of liquidity into its fair value estimates based on the type of asset or liability measured and the valuation method used. The Company uses discounted cash flow techniques to estimate fair value. These techniques incorporate forecasting of expected cash flows

F-69


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

discounted at appropriate market discount rates that are intended to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market.

    Short Term Investment

        Short-term investment, which represents an investment in an institutional liquidity management fund or a money market account deposited with a depository institution, is carried at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in current period income. The Company classifies its short term investment as a "Level 1" fair value financial statement item.

    Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Management has elected to have mortgage loans held for sale accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. Management has elected to record mortgage loans held for sale at fair value to be reflected in income as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company's performance. Accordingly, changes in the estimated fair value of mortgage loans are recognized in current period income. All changes in fair value, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value . The Company classifies mortgage loans held for sale at fair value as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items.

        The Company recognizes transfers of mortgage loans as sales when it surrenders control over the mortgage loans. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

    Interest Income

        Interest income on mortgage loans is recognized over the life of the loans using their contractual interest rates. Income recognition is suspended for loans when they become 90 days delinquent, or when, in management's opinion, a full recovery of income and principal becomes doubtful. Income recognition is resumed when the loan becomes contractually current.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company is exposed to price risk relative to its mortgage loans acquired for sale as well as to the commitments it makes to loan applicants to originate or to PMT to acquire loans at specified interest rates. The Company bears price risk from the time a commitment to originate a loan is made to a borrower or to purchase a loan from PMT to the time the purchased mortgage loan is sold. During this period, the Company is exposed to losses if mortgage interest rates rise, because the value of the purchase commitment or mortgage loan acquired for sale declines. The Company is exposed to risk relative to the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs"). The Company is exposed to loss in value of its MSRs when interest rates decrease.

F-70


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company engages in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of earnings caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, the Company uses derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value of the Company's IRLC and inventory of mortgage loans acquired for sale. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities.

        In its loan origination activities, the Company makes contractual commitments to loan applicants and to PMT to originate and purchase mortgage loans at specified interest rates ("interest rate lock commitments" or "IRLCs"). These commitments are accounted for as derivative financial instruments. The Company manages the risk created by IRLCs relating to mortgage loans acquired for sale by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the mortgage loans and by the purchase and sale of mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") options and futures. Such agreements are also accounted for as derivative instruments. These instruments are also used to manage the risk created by changes in prepayment speeds on certain of the MSRs the Company holds. The Company classifies its IRLCs as "Level 3" financial statement items and the derivative financial instruments it acquires to manage the risks created by IRLCs and holding mortgage loans held for sale as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items.

        MSRs are generally subject to loss in value when mortgage rates decline. Declining mortgage rates normally encourage increased mortgage refinancing activity. Increased refinancing activity reduces the life of the loans underlying the MSRs, thereby reducing their value. Reductions in the value of these assets affect earnings primarily through change in fair value and impairment charges. For MSRs backed by mortgage loans with historically low interest rates, factors other than interest rates (such as housing price changes) take on increasing influence on prepayment behavior of mortgage loans underlying MSRs. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company included MSRs in its hedging activities.

        The Company accounts for its derivative financial instruments as free-standing derivatives. The Company does not designate its forward sale agreements or options and futures for hedge accounting. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in the fair values being reported in current period income. Changes in fair value are included in Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale in the Company's consolidated statements of income. For derivative hedging MSRs, changes in fair value are included in Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Company's consolidated statement of income.

        When the Company has multiple derivative instruments with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement, it offsets the amounts recorded as assets and liabilities and amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral it has deposited with the counterparty or the obligation to return cash collateral it has collected from the counterparty arising from the same master netting arrangement. Such offset amounts are presented as either a net asset or liability by counterparty on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.

    Servicing Advances

        Servicing advances represent escrow and corporate advances made on behalf of borrowers and the loans' investors to fund delinquent balances for property tax and insurance premiums and out of pocket expenses (e.g., preservation and restoration of mortgaged or real estate owned property, legal fees, appraisals and insurance premiums). Servicing advances are made in accordance with the Company's

F-71


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

servicing agreements and are deemed recoverable at the time of liquidation. These advances are periodically reviewed for collectability. Uncollectible amounts are written off when they are deemed uncollectible.

    Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

        The Company has a general partnership interest or other Carried Interest arrangement with the Investment Funds, and earns Carried Interest thereunder. Carried Interest, in general terms, is the share of any profits that the general partners receive as compensation. The Company determines the amount of Carried Interest to be recorded each period based on the cash flows that would be produced assuming termination of the Investment Funds agreements at each period end. The allocation of profits between the Investment Funds and the Company is described under the Significant Accounting Policies caption Management Fees and Carried Interest, following.

    Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        Common shares of beneficial interest in PMT are carried at their fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. Fair value for purposes of the Company's holdings in PMT is based on the published closing price of the shares as of period end. The Company classifies its investment in common shares of PMT as a "Level 1" fair value financial statement item.

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        MSRs arise from contractual agreements between the Company and investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, the Company performs loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. The servicing functions typically performed include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; supervising the acquisition of real estate owned ("REO") and property disposition, REO represents real estate collateralizing the mortgage loans acquired through foreclosure.

        The value of MSRs is derived from the net positive cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. The Company receives a servicing fee ranging generally from 0.25% to 0.38% annually on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. The Company is contractually entitled to receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor-contracted fees such as late charges, collateral reconveyance charges and loan prepayment penalties, and the Company is generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance related to its collection of mortgagor payments. The Company also generally has the right to solicit the mortgagors for other products and services as well as for new mortgages for those considering refinancing or purchasing a new home.

        The Company recognizes MSRs initially at their estimated fair value, either as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans where the Company assumes the obligation to service the loan in the sale transaction, or from the purchase of MSRs. The Company's MSRs generally relate to pools of distressed loans ("Distressed MSRs"), and pools of loans that were originated to borrowers with prime credit characteristics or are backed by government insurance. Accordingly, the assumptions used in the valuation are differentiated based on the higher impact of the delinquency migration of the Distressed

F-72


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

MSRs and significantly higher expected cost to service and advance payments for MSRs backed by the distressed assets.

        The Company's subsequent accounting for MSRs is based on the class of MSRs. The Company has identified two classes of MSRs: originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% and MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%. The Company distinguishes between these classes of MSRs due to their differing sensitivities to change in value as the result of the effect that changes in market interest rates have on mortgage prepayment speeds within the servicing portfolio. Originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% are accounted for using the amortization method. MSRs backed by loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period earnings.

        The precise fair value of MSRs is difficult to determine because MSRs are not actively traded in standalone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of MSRs and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect the Company's earnings. PCM's valuation committee reviews and approves the fair value estimates of MSRs. Therefore, the Company classifies its MSRs as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items.

        The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management assumes market participants would use in their determinations of fair value. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in the Company's discounted cash flow model are based on market factors which management believes are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

        The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These variables can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change.

        MSRs are generally subject to loss in value when mortgage rates decline. Declining mortgage rates normally encourage increased mortgage refinancing activity. Increased refinancing activity reduces the life of the loans underlying the MSRs, thereby reducing their value. Reductions in the value of these assets affect earnings primarily through change in fair value and impairment charges. For MSRs backed by mortgage loans with historically low interest rates, factors other than interest rates (such as housing price changes) take on increasing influence on prepayment behavior of mortgage loans underlying MSRs.

    MSRs Accounted for Using the Amortization Method

        The Company amortizes MSRs that are accounted for using the amortization method. MSR amortization is determined by applying the ratio of the net MSR cash flows projected for the current period to the estimated total remaining net MSR cash flows. The estimated total net MSR cash flows are determined at the beginning of each month using prepayment assumptions applicable at that time.

        MSRs accounted for using the amortization method are periodically evaluated for impairment. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSRs decreases below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current-period income and the carrying value of the MSRs is

F-73


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

adjusted through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, the increase in value is recognized in current-period income. When an increase in value of MSR is recognized, the valuation allowance is adjusted to bring the carrying value of the MSRs to a level not in excess of the asset's amortized cost.

        The Company stratifies its MSRs by predominant risk characteristic when evaluating for impairment. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. Fixed-rate loans are stratified into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool, impairment is recognized to the extent of the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value, including the existing valuation allowance for that pool.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management deems recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Both amortization and changes in the amount of impairment of MSRs are recorded in current period income in Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of income.

    MSRs Accounted for at Fair Value

        Changes in fair value of MSRs accounted for at fair value are recognized in current period income in Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of income.

    Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment and Building Improvements

        Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets, which range from five to seven years.

    Capitalized Software

        The Company capitalizes certain consulting, payroll, and payroll-related costs related to computer software for internal use, and subsequently amortizes such costs over a period of five years using the straight-line method.

        The Company also periodically assesses long-lived assets including capitalized software for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If management identifies an indicator of impairment, it assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and is measured as the excess of carrying value over fair value. No such impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

F-74


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash represents deposits that serve as collateral for various agreements the Company has entered into, such as derivative margin account agreements. Restricted cash is included in Other assets in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Management classifies restricted cash as "Level 1" financial statement items.

    Mortgage Loans Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        The carrying value of mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase is based on the accrued cost of the agreements. Management classifies mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. The costs of creating the facilities underlying the agreements are recognized as deferred charges in Other assets and amortized to Interest expense over the term of the borrowing facility.

    Liability for Losses under Representations and Warranties

        The Company's agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans the Company sells to the Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor, or may become ineligible to receive any of the benefits provided by the insurer with respect to such mortgage loans. In such cases, the Company bears any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. The Company's credit loss may be reduced by any recourse it has to correspondent lenders that, in turn, had sold such mortgage loans to the Company and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, the Company has the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that correspondent lender.

        The Company records a provision for losses relating to such representations and warranties as part of its loan sale transactions. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. The Company establishes a liability at the time loans are sold and continually updates its liability estimate.

        The level of the liability for representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans, The Company's representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, management believes that the current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. Management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible

F-75


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

    Management Fees and Carried Interest

        Management fee income includes investment advisory and shareholder services fees earned from the Investment Funds and management fees from PMT.

        Pursuant to the investment management agreements between the Investment Funds and the Company, the Investment Funds paid total management fees (including shareholder services fees) equal to an annual rate of 2% on capital commitments until December 31, 2011. Thereafter, the Company earns a fee equal to an annual rate of 2% of the net asset values of the Funds so long as the fee does exceed 2% of the aggregate capital contributions to the Funds. The management fee is accrued monthly and paid quarterly.

        The Company may earn Carried Interest from each of the Investment Funds in which the Company has a general partnership interest or other Carried Interest arrangement. At the end of each reporting period, the Investment Fund administrator calculates the Carried Interest that would be due to the Company for each fund as specified in the fund agreements, as if the fair value of the underlying investments were realized as of such date, regardless of whether such amounts have been realized. The Company records Carried Interest income for the increase or decrease in the amount of Carried Interest that would be due to the Company at the end of the reporting period. The Investment Funds' agreements do not obligate the Company to pay guaranteed returns or hurdles to the owners of the Investment Fund, and therefore, the Company will not record negative Carried Interest over the life of an Investment Fund.

        Profit distributions from the Investment Funds are made in accordance with the following distribution priorities. Such distributions were recallable by the Investment Funds for purposes of making new investments until December 31, 2011:

    1.
    First, 100% to Investment Fund investors until investors have received 100% of their capital contributions;

    2.
    Second, 100% to Investment Fund investors, until investors have received a preferred return on the amounts described in (1) above calculated at a rate of 8%, compounded annually;

    3.
    Third, 100% to the Company until the Company has received an amount equal to 20% of the sum of (a) the profits distributed to the Investment Fund investors pursuant to (2) above and (b) the amount paid to the Company pursuant to this item (3) (the "catch-up" provision); and

    4.
    Thereafter, (i) 80% to the Investment Fund investors and (ii) 20% to the Company.

        During 2011, the Company amended its agreement with the Funds, relating to the "catch-up" provision included in the profit distribution. The approved amendment resulted in an additional accrual of Carried Interest from the funds of $3,321,000 recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        The Company's management fees relating to PMT for the periods presented were calculated on a quarterly basis and included a base management fee and a performance incentive. This agreement was amended, effective February 1, 2013, as described in Note 26— Subsequent Events . The base management fee was calculated at the annual rate of 1.5% of PMT's shareholders' equity, adjusted to

F-76


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

exclude the effect of unrealized gains and losses and other non-cash items and one-time adjustments as agreed to between the Company and PMT's independent trustees. The performance incentive fee was calculated at 20% per year of the amount by which "core earnings," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeded an 8% "hurdle rate."

    "Core earnings," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, was defined as U.S. GAAP net income (loss) adjusted to exclude non-cash equity compensation expense, unrealized gains and losses or other non-cash items recognized during the period, any conditional payment amounts relating to PMT's initial public offering paid to the Company and the underwriters of that offering, and any one-time events pursuant to changes in U.S. GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between the Company and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees.

    The "hurdle rate" was calculated as the product of (1) the weighted average of the issue price per share of all of PMT's public offerings multiplied by the weighted average number of PMT's shares outstanding in the four quarter period and (2) 8%.

    Loan Servicing Fee Income

        Loan servicing fees are received by the Company for servicing residential mortgage for others, including the Investment Funds and PMT. Loan servicing fees are recognized as earned.

    Loan Servicing Rebate

        Under the servicing agreements between the Company and the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and the end of every calendar year thereafter, the Company will rebate to the Investment Funds an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the Investment Funds' assets, and, conversely, charge the Investment Funds if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for such assets. Under the agreements, the Company will rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan origination activities. The Company records the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred. Effective December 31, 2011, the Company amended its servicing agreement with one of the Investment Funds to exit the loan servicing rebate arrangement and be charged set servicing fee rates beginning January 1, 2012.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has three formal equity compensation plans:

    A common equity compensation plan by which it may award up to 15% of PennyMac's total equity in the form of Common units to key members of the Company's management. Common units are subordinate to the Company's preferred units. The common units vest over a three- or four-year period. Vesting of four-year awards starts on the grantees' date of hire. Vesting of three-year awards begins on the award date. Several key management members of the Company have received common units.

    A Class C common equity plan by which PennyMac may award up to 3% of its total equity to key members of the management of its correspondent lending group. Class C common units are

F-77


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      subordinate to the Company's preferred and common units and vest over 4 years and upon the satisfaction of certain performance thresholds; and

    The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan which will grant common units of PennyMac to key employees and vest immediately. The first units earned under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will not be issued until 2013.

        The Company recognizes compensation expense relating to its stock-based compensation with reference to the fair value of the common units it awards. The fair value the common units is estimated by discounting forecasted cash flows, dividends and terminal value from a hypothetical sale of the Company to the holders of the common units. Management uses assumptions that it believes would be used by market participants when valuing the Company. Assumptions used to forecast the cash flows include: short and long-term growth rates of the Company, discount rate, and percent of income distributed.

        The Company amortizes the fair value of previously granted share based awards to Compensation expense using the graded vesting method. Under the graded vesting method, compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period for each separate vesting of the award.

    Income Taxes

        PennyMac intends to be treated as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes. Each partner is responsible for the tax liability or benefit relating to such partner's distributive share of taxable income or loss. Accordingly, no provision for Federal income taxes is reflected in the accompanying financial statements.

        Management's assessment of the requirement to provide for income taxes also includes an assessment of the liability arising from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken by the Company. Management has concluded that the Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Company's financial position. If applicable, the Company will recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in "interest expense" and penalties in "other expenses" on the consolidated statements of income.

        With few exceptions, the periods that are open for examination by federal and major state tax jurisdictions are the tax periods ending December 31, 2009 and forward. The tax periods ended December 31, 2008 and forward are open for examination by the California Franchise Tax Board. As of December 31, 2012, the Internal Revenue Service was conducting an examination of PennyMac's federal income tax filings for the year ended December 31, 2010. In March 2013, the IRS Exam team concluded their audit of PennyMac's federal income tax return for the tax year ended December 31, 2010 and subsequently formally notified us that they will not be proposing any changes to the return as originally filed. No other federal or state examinations were in progress as of December 31, 2012.

    Variable Interest Held in Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entities

        PMOFA is a general partner in the Master Fund. The Master Fund wholly owns PennyMac Mortgage Co. Funding, LLC ("Funding, LLC"), PennyMac Mortgage Co. Funding II, LLC ("Funding II, LLC), and PennyMac Mortgage Co, LLC ("Mortgage Co"). Funding LLC and Funding II, LLC, are each the majority interest holder in PennyMac Loan Trust 2010-NPL1, PennyMac Loan Trust 2011 NPL1 and PennyMac REO 2011 NPL1 (the "Trusts") which in the case of the first

F-78


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

entity hold the mortgage loans for Funding LLC, and in the case of the latter two entities hold the mortgage loans for Funding II, LLC. PLS provides loan servicing to the Trusts as well as to Mortgage Co. The related party group constituting the Company and its affiliates (including PMOFA) has equity interest in the Master Fund, the ultimate Parent of the Trusts, Mortgage Co, Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC. The direct equity holder in the Trusts and Mortgage Co, Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC however, do not have power to direct operations of the respective entities and as such, both the Trust and Mortgage Co are considered to be variable interest entities ("VIEs") as defined in the Consolidations topic of the Codification.

        The Company is not the primary beneficiary in these VIEs, given it does not represent the enterprise within the related party group that is most closely associated with these VIEs and, as such, the Company does not consolidate these VIEs. Exposure of loss to the related party group from the unconsolidated VIEs is limited to the contributed capital of the related party group in the Master Fund totaling $1,436,000 which represents the general partnership interest held by PMOFA in the Master Fund.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In December 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update, ("ASU"), ASU 2011-11 to the Balance Sheet topic of the Codification. The amendments in this ASU affect all entities that have financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with the Offsetting Presentation section of the Balance Sheet topic or the Presentation section of the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification or (2) subject an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement.

        The amendments in this ASU require the Company to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangement to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of netting to an entity's financial position.

        In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which clarifies which instruments and transactions are subject to the offsetting disclosure requirements established by ASU 2011-11. The ASU clarifies that the scope applied to derivatives accounted for in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with the Offsetting Presentation section of the Balance Sheet topic or the Presentation section of the Derivatives and Hedging topic or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement.

        The ASU amendment and the subsequent clarification of the amendment are effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and must be shown for all periods shown on the balance sheet. The adoption of these ASU amendments is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

F-79


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates

    Investment Funds

        Amounts due from the Investment Funds are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Receivable from Investment Funds:

             

Loan servicing fees

  $ 1,052   $ 2,601  

Loan servicing rebate

    (239 )   3,139  

Management fees

    2,164     2,486  

Expense reimbursements

    695     38  
           

  $ 3,672   $ 8,264  
           

Carried interest due from Investment Funds:

             

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC

  $ 29,785   $ 24,473  

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

    17,938     12,777  
           

  $ 47,723   $ 37,250  
           

        In accordance with the servicing agreements between the Company and the Investment Funds, certain monies are advanced to the Company by the Investment Funds for servicing advances relating to loans serviced by PLS on the Investment Funds' behalf. The Company reimburses such advances upon collection of funds from borrowers for mortgage loans serviced or upon liquidation of real estate acquired in settlement of loans.

        Amounts due to the Investment Funds totaling $36,795,000 and $29,622,000 represent amounts advanced by the Investment Funds to fund servicing advances made by the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

    PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

        Amounts due from PMT are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Servicing fees and allocated expenses

  $ 4,802   $ 6,173  

Management fees

    4,473     2,486  

Loan purchases

    4,475      

Contingent underwriting fees

    2,941     2,941  
           

  $ 16,691   $ 11,600  
           

        Certain of the underwriting costs incurred in PMT's initial public offering were paid on PMT's behalf by the Company. Reimbursement to the Company is contingent on PMT's performance as follows: PMT will reimburse the Company if, during any full four calendar quarter period during the 24 full calendar quarters after the date of the completion of its initial public offering, August 4, 2009, PMT's "core earnings" for such four quarter period and before the incentive portion of the Company's

F-80


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

management fee equals or exceeds an 8% incentive fee "hurdle rate." If this requirement is not satisfied by the end of such 24 calendar quarter period, PMT's obligation to reimburse the Company and make the conditional payment of the underwriting discount will terminate. Management has concluded that this contingency is probable of being met during the 24-quarter period and has recognized a receivable for reimbursement of the payment made on behalf of PMT. The management agreement was amended, effective February 1, 2013, as described in Note 26— Subsequent Events .

        Amounts due to PMT are summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Expense

  $ 4,829   $ 7,557  

Servicing advances

    41,950     18,038  
           

  $ 46,779   $ 25,595  
           

        In accordance with the servicing agreements between the Company and PMT, certain monies are advanced to the Company by an affiliate for servicing advances relating to loans serviced by PLS on PMT's behalf. The Company reimburses such advances upon collection of funds from borrowers for mortgage loans serviced or upon liquidation of real estate acquired in settlement of loans.

        Expenses allocated to PMT during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are detailed below:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
Income statement caption
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 1,374   $ 1,091   $ 401  

Technology

    1,158     1,094     474  

Depreciation and amortization

    590     324     115  

Other

    1,067     1,472     428  
               

Total expenses allocated to PMT

  $ 4,189   $ 3,981   $ 1,418  
               

        During PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010, the Company waived its right to reimbursement from PMT for PMT's proportionate share of common overhead expenses. Such expenses totaling approximately $500,000 have been waived for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company did not waive any other charges during PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010. Management does not intend to waive recovery of common overhead costs in the future.

        The Company also holds an investment in PMT in the form of 75,000 common shares of beneficial interest as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The shares had fair values of $1,897,000 and $1,247,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Until December 2012, the Company's short-term investments included investments in an institutional liquidity management (money market) fund managed by an affiliate, BlackRock, Inc. Investments in the fund were not insured. The fund invests exclusively in first-tier securities as rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The fund's investments are comprised primarily of

F-81


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

domestic commercial paper, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, obligations of U.S. banks and foreign banks with U.S. operations, fully collateralized repurchase agreements and variable and floating rate demand notes. The Company did not have any amounts on deposit in the fund managed by BlackRock, Inc. at December 31, 2012.

        In connection with PMT's correspondent lending business, PLS also provides certain mortgage banking services, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, to PMT for a fulfillment fee based on a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. The fulfillment fee for such services during the periods presented was 50 basis points. Beginning November 1, 2010, the Company began transferring the interest income and paying a sourcing fee of three basis points for each mortgage loan it bought from PMT for ultimate disposition to a third-party where the Company was approved or licensed to sell to such third-party and PMT was not.

        Following is a summary of fees received and paid relating to these activities:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fullfilment fees received

  $ 62,906   $ 1,744   $  

Sourcing fees paid

  $ 2,505   $ 166   $ 103  

Note 5—Loan Sales

        The Company purchases and sells mortgage loans to the secondary mortgage market without recourse for credit losses. However the Company maintains continuing involvement with the loans in the form of servicing arrangements and the liability under representations and warranties it makes to purchasers and insurers of the loans.

        The following table summarizes cash flows between the Company and transferees upon sale of mortgage loan in transactions where the Company maintains continuing involvement with the mortgage loan (primarily the obligation to service the loan on behalf of the loan's owner or owner's agent):

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flows:

                   

Proceeds from sales

  $ 9,123,645   $ 655,724   $ 56,332  

Service fees received

  $ 14,976   $ 11,485   $ 10,334  

Net servicing advances

  $ 7,818   $ 538   $ 829  

Year-end information:

                   

Unpaid principal balance of loans outstanding at period-end

  $ 9,847,509   $ 696,521        

Loans delinquent 30-89 days

  $ 137,827   $ 5,272        

Loans delinquent 90 or more days or in foreclosure or bankruptcy          

  $ 54,795   $ 813        

F-82


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities

        The Company's mortgage servicing portfolio is summarized as follows:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subservicing   Total
loans serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 16,552,939   $ 16,552,939  

Agencies

    9,860,284         9,860,284  

Private investors

    1,321,584         1,321,584  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    417,742         417,742  
               

  $ 11,599,610   $ 16,552,939   $ 28,152,549  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 45,562   $ 375,818   $ 421,380  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 191,884   $ 187,653   $ 379,537  

60 days

    60,886     122,564     183,450  

90 days or more

    112,847     851,851     964,698  
               

    365,617     1,162,068     1,527,685  

Loans pending foreclosure

    75,329     1,290,687     1,366,016  
               

  $ 440,946   $ 2,452,755   $ 2,893,701  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company

  $ 263,562   $ 150,080   $ 413,642  
               

F-83


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities (Continued)

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subservicing   Total
loans serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 3,533,529   $ 3,533,529  

Agencies

    2,547,679         2,547,679  

Private investors

    1,571,016         1,571,016  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    84,384         84,384  
               

  $ 4,203,079   $ 3,533,529   $ 7,736,608  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 95,243   $ 350,631   $ 445,874  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 132,035   $ 135,688   $ 267,723  

60 days

    60,241     105,256     165,497  

90 days or more

    88,407     707,753     796,160  
               

    280,683     948,697     1,229,380  

Loans pending foreclosure

    99,859     1,405,133     1,504,992  
               

  $ 380,542   $ 2,353,830   $ 2,734,372  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company (1)

  $ 84,220   $ 2,403   $ 86,623  
               

(1)
Borrower and investor custodial cash accounts relate to loans serviced under the Servicing Agreements and are not recorded on the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The Company earns interest on custodial funds it manages on behalf of the loans' investors, which is recorded as part of the interest income in the Company's consolidated statement of income.

        Following is a summary of the geographical distribution of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio for the top five states as measured by the total unpaid principal balance as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
State
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

California

  $ 10,696,508   $ 2,617,167  

Florida

    1,385,286     622,387  

Colorado

    1,299,295     *  

Texas

    1,223,382     *  

Washington

    1,143,849     *  

Oregon

    *     448,358  

New York

    *     403,904  

Illinois

    *     262,433  

All other states

    12,404,229     3,382,359  
           

  $ 28,152,549   $ 7,736,608  
           

*
State did not represent a top five state for the respective year.

F-84


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities (Continued)

        Certain of the loans serviced by the Company are subserviced on the Company's behalf by other mortgage loan servicers. Loans are subserviced for the Company when the loans are secured by property in the State of Massachusetts where the Company is not licensed and a license is required to perform such services, or on a transitional basis for loans where the Company has obtained the rights to service the loans but servicing of the loans has not yet transferred to the Company's servicing system.

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments

        The Company uses derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate risk for its IRLCs and MSRs. All derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The Company has elected to net derivatives asset and liability positions, and cash collateral obtained (or posted) by (or for) its counterparties when subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. In the event of default, all counterparties are subject to legally enforceable master netting agreements. The derivatives that are not subject to a master netting arrangement are IRLCs, which are commitments made to loan applicants to originate and to PMT to purchase mortgage loans held for sale at specified interest rates.

        As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not enter into reverse repurchase agreements or securities lending transactions that are required to be disclosed in the following table.

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
assets
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
assets
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives:

                                     

Subject to master netting arrangements:

                                     

MBS put options

  $ 967   $   $ 967   $   $   $  

Forward purchase contracts

    1,645     (158 )   1,487                  

Forward sale contracts

    1,818     (1,316 )   502                  

Cash collateral

        383     383              
                           

    4,430     (1,091 )   3,339              

Derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement

    23,951         23,951     5,460         5,460  
                           

Total

  $ 28,381   $ (1,091 ) $ 27,290   $ 5,460   $   $ 5,460  
                           

F-85


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Assets, Financial Assets, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

        The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative asset positions after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for netting.

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Net amount
of assets
in the
balance
sheet
   
  Net amount
of assets
in the
balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 23,951   $   $   $ 23,951   $ 7,905   $   $   $ 7,905  

Bank of America, N.A. 

    1,782             1,782     1,048             1,048  

Citibank

    522             522                  

Bank of NY Mellon

    311             311                  

Other

    724             724     (3,493 )           (3,493 )
                                   

Total

  $ 27,290   $   $   $ 27,290   $ 5,460   $   $   $ 5,460  
                                   

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities and Financial Liabilities

        Following is a summary of net derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase. As discussed above, all derivatives with the exception of IRLCs are subject to master netting arrangements. The assets sold under agreements to repurchase do not qualify for offset.

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
liabilities
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of liabilities
presented
in the
balance
sheet
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
liabilities
  Gross amounts
offset
in the balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of liabilities
presented
in the
balance
sheet
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives:

                                     

Subject to a master netting arrangement:

                                     

Forward purchase contracts

  $ 389   $ (158 ) $ 231   $   $   $  

Forward sale contracts

    1,894     (1,315 )   579              

Cash collateral

        (312 )   (312 )            
                           

    2,283     (1,785 )   498              

Derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement

    11         11              
                           

Total derivatives

    2,294     (1,785 )   509              
                           

Assets sold under agreements to repurchase:

                                     

Mortgage loans acquired for sale at fair value

    393,534         393,534     77,700         77,700  
                           

Total

  $ 395,828   $ (1,785 ) $ 394,043   $ 77,700   $   $ 77,700  
                           

F-86


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Liabilities, Financial Liabilities, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

        The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for offset. All assets sold under agreements to repurchase have sufficient collateral or exceed the liability amount recorded on the balance sheet.

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
balance sheet
   
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
balance sheet
   
 
 
  Net amount of
liabilities
in the
balance sheet
   
  Net amount of
liabilities
in the
balance sheet
   
 
 
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
  Net
amount
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
  Net
amount
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Citibank

  $ 121,200   $ (121,200 ) $   $   $   $   $   $  

Bank of America, N.A. 

    150,082     (150,082 )           77,700     (77,700 )        

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

    122,443     (122,252 )       191                  

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. 

    53             53                  

Other

    265             265                  
                                   

Total

  $ 394,043   $ (393,534 ) $   $ 509   $ 77,700   $ (77,700 ) $   $  
                                   

Note 8—Fair Value

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

    Fair Value Accounting Elections

        Management identified all of its non-cash financial assets, its originated MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%, and its loans sold under agreements to repurchase on the consolidated balance sheets, to be accounted for at estimated fair value so such changes in fair value will be reflected in results of operations as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company's performance. The Company's financial assets subject to this election include the short-term investment and mortgage loans held for sale.

        For originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5%, management has concluded that such assets present different risks to the Company than originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and therefore require a different risk management approach. Management's risk management efforts relating to these assets are aimed at mainly moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Management has identified these assets for accounting using the amortization method. Management's risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at mainly

F-87


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values. During the period, a portion of the IRLCs, the fair value of which typically increases when prepayment speeds increase, were used to mitigate the effect of changes in fair value of the servicing assets, which typically decreases as prepayment speeds increase.

        For loans sold under agreements to repurchase subject to agreements made beginning in December 2010, management has determined that historical cost accounting is more appropriate because under this method debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the debt and not expensed as incurred, thereby reflecting the debt issuance cost over the periods benefiting from the usage of the debt.

    Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Netting   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                               

Short-term investment

  $ 53,164   $   $ 53,164   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    448,384             448,384      

Investment in PMT

    1,897         1,897          

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    19,798                 19,798  

Derivative assets:

                               

Interest rate lock commitments

    23,951                 23,951  

Forward purchase contracts

    1,487     (158 )       1,645      

Forward sales contracts

    503     (1,315 )       1,818      

MBS call options

    967             967      
                       

Total derivative assets before cash collateral netting          

    26,908     (1,473 )       4,430     23,951  

Cash collateral

    382     382              
                       

Total derivative assets

    27,290     (1,091 )       4,430     23,951  
                       

  $ 550,533   $ (1,091 ) $ 55,061   $ 452,814   $ 43,749  
                       

Liabilities:

                               

Derivative liabilities:

                               

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 11   $   $   $   $ 11  

Forward purchase contracts

    231     (158 )       389      

Forward sales contracts

    579     (1,315 )       1,894      
                       

Total derivative liabilities before cash collateral netting          

    821     (1,473 )       2,283     11  

Cash collateral

    (312 )   (312 )            
                       

Total derivative liabilities before netting adjustment          

  $ 509   $ (1,785 ) $   $ 2,283   $ 11  
                       

F-88


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 16,041   $ 16,041   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    89,857         89,857      

Investment in PMT

    1,247     1,247          

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    25,698             25,698  

Derivative assets

    5,460         (2,445 )   7,905  
                   

  $ 138,303   $ 17,288   $ 87,412   $ 33,603  
                   

(1)
Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

        As shown above, MSRs at fair value, IRLCs, and loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value are measured using Level 3 inputs. Following is a roll forward of these items for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 where Level 3 inputs were used on a recurring basis:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
servicing rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 25,698   $ 7,905   $ 33,603  

Purchases

             

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        167,076     167,076  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    774         774  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (6,674 )       (6,674 )

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (151,030 )   (151,030 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $ 19,798   $ 23,951   $ 43,749  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at December 31, 2012

  $ (6,674 ) $ 23,951        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at December 31, 2012

        $ 23,951        
                   

F-89


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 

 
  Year ended December 31, 2011  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 31,957   $ (13 ) $ 31,944  

Purchases

    1,352         1,352  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        18,436     18,436  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    1,696         1,696  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (9,307 )       (9,307 )

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (10,518 )   (10,518 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 25,698   $ 7,905   $ 33,603  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

  $ (9,307 ) $ 7,905        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

        $ 7,905        
                   

 

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Liabilities:

       

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value:

       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 13,289  

Changes in estimated fair value included in income

     

Sales

    57,908  

Assumption of agreements pursuant purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans subject to agreements to repurchase

    62,989  

Repurchases

    (134,186 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $  
       

Changes in unrealized losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

  $  
       

F-90


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 

 
  Year ended December 31, 2010  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 19,024   $ 11   $ 19,035  

Purchases

    11,974         11,974  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        816     816  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    1,185         1,185  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (226 )       (226 )

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (840 )   (840 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 31,957   $ (13 ) $ 31,944  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

  $ (226 ) $ (13 )      
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

        $ (13 )      
                   

 

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Liabilities:

       

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value:

       

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 713  

Changes in estimated fair value included in income

     

Sales

    63,696  

Assumption of agreements pursuant purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans subject to agreements to repurchase

     

Repurchases

    (51,120 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 13,289  
       

Changes in unrealized losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

  $  
       

        The information used in the preceding roll forwards represents activity for any financial statement items identified as using Level 3 inputs at either the beginning or the end of the current fiscal period. Transfer in or out of Level 3 represents either the beginning value (for transfer in), or the ending value (for transfer out) of any investments where a change in the pricing level occurred from the beginning to the end of the period.

F-91


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Gains (losses) from changes in estimated fair values included in earnings for financial statement items carried at estimated fair value pursuant to the fair value option are summarized below:

 
  2012   2011  
 
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total   Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                                     

Short-term investments

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    171,236         171,236     13,029         13,029  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        (6,674 )   (6,674 )       (9,307 )   (9,307 )
                           

  $ 171,236   $ (6,674 ) $ 164,562   $ 13,029   $ (9,307 ) $ 3,722  
                           

Liabilities:

                                     

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

  $   $   $   $   $   $  
                           

  $   $   $   $   $   $  
                           

 

 
  2010  
 
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Short-term investments

  $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    2,008         2,008  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        400     400  
               

  $ 2,008   $ 400   $ 2,408  
               

Liabilities:

                   

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

  $   $   $  
               

  $   $   $  
               

F-92


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following are the fair value and related principal amounts due upon maturity of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 447,889   $ 418,650   $ 29,239  

90 or more days delinquent

    495     623     (128 )
               

  $ 448,384   $ 419,273   $ 29,111  
               

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 89,857   $ 84,384   $ 5,473  

90 or more days delinquent

             
               

  $ 89,857   $ 84,384   $ 5,473  
               

    Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 51,180   $   $   $ 51,180  
                   

  $ 51,180   $   $   $ 51,180  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 6,426   $   $   $ 6,426  
                   

  $ 6,426   $   $   $ 6,426  
                   

F-93


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the net gains (losses) on assets measured at estimated fair values on a nonrecurring basis for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ (2,908 ) $ (70 ) $  
               

        The Company evaluates its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value for impairment with reference to the assets' fair value. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value based on the interest rates borne by the mortgage loans underlying the MSRs. Mortgage loans are grouped into note rate pools of 50 basis points for fixed-rate mortgage loans with note rates between 3% and 4.5% and a single pool for mortgage loans with note rates below 3%. MSRs relating to adjustable rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are evaluated in a single pool. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool reduced by any existing valuation allowance, those MSRs are impaired.

        When MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current-period earnings and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted using a valuation allowance. If the value of the MSRs subsequently increases, the restoration of value is recognized in current period earnings only to the extent of the valuation allowance.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management deems recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated fair value is charged to the valuation allowance.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortized Cost

        The Company's cash balances as well as its Carried Interest due from Investment Funds, amounts receivable from and payable to Investment Funds and PMT and mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase, and note payable are carried at amortized costs.

        Management has concluded that the carrying value of the Carried Interest due from Investment Funds approximates its fair value as the balance represents the amount distributable to the Company at the balance sheet date assuming liquidation of the Investment Funds. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of the note payable approximates the agreements' carrying value due to the agreements' short terms and variable interest rates.

        The Company also carries the receivable from and payable to Investment Funds and PMT at cost. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of such balances approximates the carrying value due to the short terms of such balances.

        Cash is measured using Level 1 Inputs. The Company's borrowings carried at amortized cost do not have active markets or observable inputs and the fair value is measured using management's best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant

F-94


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

management judgment or estimation. The Company has classified these financial instruments as Level 3 as of December 31, 2012 due to the lack of current market activity and the Company's reliance on unobservable inputs to estimate the fair value.

    Valuation Process, Techniques and Assumptions

        Most of the Company's financial assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. A substantial portion of those assets are "Level 3" financial statement items which require the use of significant unobservable inputs in the estimation of the assets' values. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

        The Company has assigned the responsibility for estimating the fair values of "Level 3" financial statement items to a specialized valuation group and has developed procedures and controls governing the valuation process relating to these assets. The estimation of fair values of the Company's financial assets are assigned to its Financial Analysis and Valuation group (the "FAV group"), which is responsible for valuing and monitoring the Company's investment portfolios and maintenance of its valuation policies and procedures.

        The FAV group reports to the Company's senior management valuation committee, which oversees and approves the valuations. The valuation committee includes the Company's chief executive, financial, investment and credit officers. The FAV group monitors the models used for valuation of the Company's "Level 3" financial statement items, including the models' performance versus actual results and reports those results to the valuation committee. The results developed in the FAV group's monitoring activities are used to calibrate subsequent projections used for valuation.

        The FAV group is responsible for reporting to the valuation committee on a monthly basis on the changes in the valuation of the portfolio, including major drivers affecting the valuation and any changes in model methods and assumptions. To assess the reasonableness of its valuations, the FAV group presents an analysis of the effect on the valuation of each of the changes to the significant inputs to the models.

        The following describes the methods used in estimating the fair values of Level 2 and Level 3 fair value financial statement items:

    Mortgage Loans

        The Company's mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, are saleable into active markets and are therefore categorized as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using their quoted market or contracted price or market price equivalent. Changes in fair value attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk are measured by the change in the respective loan's delinquency status at period-end from the later of the beginning of the period or acquisition date.

F-95


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company estimates the fair value of an IRLC based on quoted Agency MBS prices, its estimate of the fair value of the MSRs it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment.

        The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's IRLCs are the pull-through rate—the percentage of loans that the Company ultimately funds as a percentage of the commitments it has made—and the MSR component of the Company's estimate of the value of the mortgage loans it has committed to purchase. Significant changes in any of those inputs, in isolation, could result in a significant change in fair value measurement. Changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a negative effect on the fair value of mortgage loans and a positive effect on the fair value of MSRs that are created in the sale of such mortgage loans.

        Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of interest rate lock commitments:

 
  December 31,
 
  2012   2011

Key Inputs
  Range
(Weighted average)

Pull-through rate

  61.6%-98.1%   55.0%-100.0%

  (79.1%)   (91.8%)

MSR value expressed as:

       

Servicing fee multiple

  3.2-4.2   2.1-5.7

  (4.0)   (4.8)

Percentage of unpaid principal balance

  0.6%-2.2%   0.5%-2.7%

  (0.9%)   (1.5%)

        The Company estimates the fair value of commitments to sell loans based on quoted MBS prices. The Company estimates the fair value of the MBS options and futures it purchases and sells based on observed interest rate volatilities in the MBS market. The Company estimates the fair value of its MBS interest rate swaptions based on quoted market prices.

    Mortgage Servicing Rights

        MSRs are categorized as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value. The key assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment and default rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate, and cost to service loans. The results of the estimates of fair value of MSRs are reported to PCM's valuation committee as part of their review and approval of monthly valuation results. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are included in the consolidated statements of income under the caption Net servicing income .

F-96


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition are as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2012   2011
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Pricing spread(1)

  7.5%-11.9%   7.5%-9.9%   9.3%-12.6%   8.3%-14.0%

  (9.8%)   (8.4%)   (9.7%)   (11.7%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  6.7%-17.8%   7.8%-20.1%   5.6%-7.9%   6.3%-8.9%

  (8.5%)   (9.7%)   (6.8%)   (8.2%)

Life (in years)

  2.8-7.0   3.6-7.0   5.2-8.0   6.5-8.1

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (7.3)   (7.0)

Cost of servicing

  $68-$100   $68-$100   $61-$98   $64-$98

  ($99)   ($78)   ($96)   ($88)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward rate curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans.

(2)
Annual total prepayment speed is measured using Life Total Constant Prepayment Rate.

        Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of the Company's MSRs at year end and the effect on the estimated fair value from adverse changes in those assumptions (weighted averages are based upon unpaid principal balance):

F-97


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

    Purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans

 
  December 31,
 
  2012   2011
 
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

 
  (unpaid prinicpal balance and effect on value in thousands)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

  $1,271,478     $1,486,836  

Discount rate

 

15.3%-15.3%

 

 

19.0%-19.0%

 

  (15.3%)     (19.0%)  

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($302)     ($375)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($590)     ($733)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,130)     ($1,400)  

Average life (in years)

 

5.0

     

4.9

   

Prepayment speed(1)

  10.7%-10.7%     10.2%-10.2%  

  (10.7%)     (10.2%)  

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($273)     ($244)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($529)     ($469)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,040)     ($927)  

Cost of servicing

 

$270-$270

 

 

$136-$136

 

  ($270)     ($136)  

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($290)     ($132)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($580)     ($264)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,159)     ($527)  

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using Constant Prepayment Rate, or CPR. CPR represents the percentage of the remaining UPB that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

F-98


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

    All other MSRs

 
  December 31,
 
  2012   2011
 
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

 
  (unpaid principal balance and effect on value in thousands)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

  $1,166,765   $8,730,686   $1,528,613   $617,402

Pricing spread(1)

 

7.5%-19.5%

 

7.5%-16.5%

 

7.5%-19.5%

 

7.5%-17.0%

  (10.6%)   (9.8%)   (10.4%)   (9.8%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($113)   ($1,814)   ($168)   ($146)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($222)   ($3,562)   ($332)   ($287)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($430)   ($6,870)   ($643)   ($553)

Average life (in years)

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.5-6.9

 

0.1-11.6

 

1.0-12.7

  (5.0)   (6.6)   (4.7)   (6.2)

Prepayment speed(2)

  9.0%-84.2%   8.7%-28.3%   8.1%-75.7%   6.7%-21.2%

  (19.2%)   (9.2%)   (17.7%)   (9.1%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($238)   ($1,751)   ($307)   ($116)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($462)   ($3,446)   ($598)   ($228)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($877)   ($6,674)   ($1,137)   ($442)

Cost of servicing

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

  ($76)   ($99)   ($76)   ($94)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($77)   ($963)   ($100)   ($70)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($153)   ($1,926)   ($200)   ($139)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($307)   ($3,852)   ($323)   ($266)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

        The preceding sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables; do not incorporate changes in the variables in relation to other variables; are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used; and do not incorporate other factors that would affect the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the preceding estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

    Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

        Fair value of mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase is based on the accrued cost of the agreements, which approximates the agreements' fair values, due to the agreements' short maturities.

F-99


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 9—Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value include the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Conforming

  $ 50,003   $ 19,860  

Government-insured or guaranteed

    398,381     69,997  
           

  $ 448,384   $ 89,857  
           

        At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had pledged $438,850,000 and $86,787,000, respectively, in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale to secure loans sold under agreements to repurchase.

Note 10—Mortgage Servicing Rights

    Carried at Fair Value:

        The activity in MSRs carried at fair value is as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 25,698   $ 31,957   $ 19,024  

Additions:

                   

Servicing resulting from loan sales

    774     1,696     1,185  

Purchases

        1,352     11,974  
               

Total additions

    774     3,048     13,159  
               

Change in fair value:

                   

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in valuation model(1)

    (1,550 )   (5,323 )   4,612  

Other changes in fair value(2)

    (5,124 )   (3,984 )   (4,838 )
               

Total change in fair value

    (6,674 )   (9,307 )   (226 )
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 19,798   $ 25,698   $ 31,957  
               

(1)
2010 change is primarily due to decreased delinquency and lower servicing cost expectations, which were slightly offset by higher expected prepayment speeds. 2011 change is primarily due to higher prepayment expectations due to lower interest rates, slightly offset by improved delinquency and servicing cost expectations. 2012 change is primarily due to higher realized and expected future prepayments as interest rates declined, somewhat offset by improvements in discount rates.

(2)
Represents changes due to realization of cash flows.

F-100


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

    Carried at Amortized Cost:

        The activity in MSRs carried at amortized cost is summarized below for the years presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Amortized cost:

                   

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 6,496   $   $  

Additions

    89,698     6,557      

Amortization

    (4,039 )   (61 )    

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than temporary impairment

             
               

Amortized cost at year end

    92,155     6,496      
               

Valuation allowance for impairment of MSRs:

                   

Balance at beginning of year

    (70 )        

Additions

    (2,908 )   (70 )    

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than temporary impairment

             
               

Balance at year end

    (2,978 )   (70 )    
               

MSRs, net

  $ 89,177   $ 6,426   $  
               

Estimated Fair Value of MSRs at year end

  $ 91,028   $ 6,465   $  
               

        The following table summarizes the Company's estimate of amortization of its existing MSRs. This projection was developed using the assumptions made by management in its December 31, 2012 valuation of MSRs. The assumptions underlying the following estimate will change as market conditions and portfolio composition and behavior change, causing both actual and projected amortization levels to change over time. Therefore, the following estimates will change in a manner and amount not presently determinable by management.

Year ending December 31,
  Estimated
amortization
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 10,177  

2014

    9,314  

2015

    8,531  

2016

    7,862  

2017

    7,327  

Thereafter

    48,944  
       

Total

  $ 92,155  
       

F-101


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

        Servicing fees relating to MSRs are recorded in are recorded in Net servicing income—Loan servicing fees—From non-affiliates on the consolidated statements of income; late fees and ancillary fees are recorded in Net servicing income—Loan servicing fees—From borrowers—ancillary fees on the consolidated statements of income and are summarized below:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Contractual servicing fees

  $ 20,468   $ 11,310   $ 11,309  

Late charges

    948     829     722  

Ancillary fees

    276     136     96  
               

  $ 21,692   $ 12,275   $ 12,127  
               

Note 11—Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

        The activity in the Company's Carried Interest is summarized as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 37,250   $ 24,654   $  

Carried Interest recognized during the year:

                   

Recognition of Carried Interest earned during the period

    10,473     9,275     24,654  

Adjustment recognized pursuant to amendment of Management Agreement

        3,321      
               

    10,473     12,596     24,654  

Proceeds received during the year

             
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 47,723   $ 37,250   $ 24,654  
               

        The amount of the Carried Interest received by the Company depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of Carried Interest recorded by the Company at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, the Company is not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of Carried Interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized. Management expects the Carried Interest to be collected by the Company when the Investment Funds liquidate.

        The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company and limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

F-102


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12—Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at Fair Value

        The Company recorded dividends from its investment in common shares of PMT totaling $167,000, $138,000 and $58,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The dividends were included in Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

Note 13—Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment and Building Improvements

        Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Equipment and building improvements

  $ 6,494   $ 3,146  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (1,429 )   (605 )
           

  $ 5,065   $ 2,541  
           

        Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $846,000, $337,000 and $154,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 14—Capitalized Software

        Capitalized software is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost

  $ 1,676   $ 1,248  

Less: accumulated amortization

    (881 )   (692 )
           

  $ 795   $ 556  
           

        Software amortization expense totaled $264,000, $238,000 and $211,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 15—Borrowings

        The Company maintains four borrowing facilities: three facilities that provide for sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase; and one note payable secured by MSRs and servicing advances made on loans in the Company's loan servicing portfolio.

    Mortgage Loans Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase

        The borrowing facilities secured by mortgage loans held for sale are in the form of loan sale and repurchase agreements. Eligible loans are sold under advance rates based on the loan type. Interest is charged at a rate based on the buyer's overnight cost-of funds rate for one agreement and based on the London Interbank Offered Rate for the other two agreements. Loans sold under these agreements may be re-pledged by the lenders.

F-103


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 15—Borrowings (Continued)

        Financial data pertaining to loans sold under agreements to repurchase were as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year end:

                   

Balance

  $ 393,534   $ 77,700   $ 13,289  

Unused amount(1)

  $ 106,466   $ 22,300   $ 36,711  

Weighted-average interest rate

    2.20 %   2.39 %   2.60 %

Fair value of loans securing agreements to repurchase

  $ 438,850   $ 86,787   $ 14,721  

During the year:

                   

Average balance of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 172,729   $ 24,905   $ 4,399  

Weighted-average interest rate(2)

    2.24 %   2.66 %   2.61 %

Total interest expense

  $ 5,927   $ 1,874   $ 790  

Maximum daily amount outstanding

  $ 441,245   $ 127,593   $ 14,502  

(1)
The amount the Company is able to borrow under loan repurchase agreements is tied to the fair value of unencumbered mortgage loans eligible to secure those agreements and the Company's ability to fund the agreements' margin requirements relating to the collateral sold.

(2)
Excludes the effect of commitment fees of $1,987,000, $1,028,000 and $675,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Following is a summary of maturities of outstanding advances under repurchase agreements by maturity date:

Remaining maturity at December 31, 2012
  Balance  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Within 30 days

  $ 33,211  

Over 30 to 90 days

    360,323  

Over 90 days to 180 days

     

Over 180 days to 1 year

     
       

  $ 393,534  
       

Weighted-average maturity (in months)

    2.2  

        The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to the Company's mortgage loans

F-104


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 15—Borrowings (Continued)

held for sale sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of December 31, 2012:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk   Weighted-average
repurchase agreement
maturity
 
  (in thousands)
   

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 22,101   January 4, 2013

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 15,624   September 23, 2013

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 14,164   June 25, 2013

        The Company is subject to margin calls during the period the agreements are outstanding and therefore may be required to repay a portion of the borrowings before the respective agreements mature if the value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the mortgage loans securing those agreements decreases. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $6,849,000 on deposit with its loan repurchase agreement counterparties.

    Note Payable

        The note payable is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Note payable secured by:

             

Servicing advances

  $ 4,905   $ 4,186  

MSRs

    48,108     14,416  
           

  $ 53,013   $ 18,602  
           

Servicing advances pledged to secure note payable

  $ 7,430   $ 6,593  

MSRs pledged to secure note payable

  $ 100,957   $ 20,861  

        The note payable matures on March 26, 2013. Interest is charged at a rate based on the lender's overnight cost of funds. The note payable secured by servicing advances and MSRs relating to certain loans in the Company's servicing portfolio provides for advance rates ranging from 50% to 85% of the amount of the servicing advances or the carrying value of the MSR pledged, up to a maximum of $17 million in the case of servicing advances and $100 million in the case of MSRs.

        The borrowing facilities contain various covenants, including financial covenants governing the Company's net worth, debt-to equity ratio, profitability and liquidity. Management believes the Company was in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2012.

F-105


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 16—Liability for Representations and Warranties

        Following is a summary of the Company's liability for representations and warranties for the periods presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, beginning of the year

  $ 449   $ 189   $ 34  

Provisions for losses on loans sold

    3,055     283     120  

Obligation assumed from affiliate

        (23 )   35  

Incurred losses

             
               

Balance, end of year

  $ 3,504   $ 449   $ 189  
               

        Following is a summary of the repurchase activity at and for the years presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

During the year:

                   

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans repurchased

  $ 4,399   $   $  

Incurred losses on repurchased loans

  $   $   $  

At year end:

                   

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans subject to pending claims for repurchase

  $ 2,582   $ 9,774   $  

        The level of the liability for representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans, However, management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations. The current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties.

Note 17—Derivative Instruments

        The Company is exposed to price risk relative to its mortgage loans acquired for sale as well as to the commitments it makes to loan applicants to originate or to PMT to acquire loans at specified interest rates. The Company bears price risk from the time a commitment to originate or purchase a loan is made to a loan applicant or PMT to the time the mortgage loan is sold. The Company is exposed to loss in value of its commitments to originate or purchase commitment or mortgage loans acquired for sale when mortgage rates rise. The Company is exposed to risk relative to the fair value of its MSRs. The Company is exposed to loss in value of its MSRs when interest rates decrease.

        The Company engages in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of earnings caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, the Company uses derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value

F-106


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 17—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

of the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans acquired for sale. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities.

        The Company had the following derivative financial instruments recorded on its consolidated balance sheets as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
   
  Fair Value    
   
 
Instrument
  Notional
amount
  Derivative
assets
  Derivative
liabilities
  Notional
amount
  Fair
value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

                               

Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):

                               

Interest rate lock commitments          

    1,576,174   $ 23,951   $ 11     325,091   $ 7,905  

Forward purchase contracts

    1,021,981     1,487     231     130,900     2  

Forward sales contracts

    2,621,948     503     579     510,569     (2,531 )

MBS call options

    500,000     967         32,000     84  
                           

Total derivatives before netting          

          26,908     821           5,460  
                           

Netting

          382     (312 )          
                           

Total

        $ 27,290   $ 509         $ 5,460  
                           

        The following table summarizes the activity for derivative contracts used to hedge the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans at notional value:

 
  Balance
beginning of year
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end of year
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    130,900     19,425,777     (18,534,696 )   1,021,981  

Forward sales contracts

    510,569     29,394,503     (27,283,124 )   2,621,948  

MBS call options

    32,000     2,183,000     (1,715,000 )   500,000  

Year ended December 31, 2011

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    2,908     978,395     (850,403 )   130,900  

Forward sales contracts

    27,700     1,975,563     (1,492,694 )   510,569  

MBS call options

    2,000     105,500     (75,500 )   32,000  

Year ended December 31, 2010

                         

Forward purchase contracts

        98,149     (95,241 )   2,908  

Forward sales contracts

        195,719     (168,019 )   27,700  

MBS call options

        27,000     (25,000 )   2,000  

        The Company recorded net gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments used to hedge the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans totaling $(67,983,000), $(10,797,000) and $252,000 and for the years ending December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Derivative gains and losses are included in Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

F-107


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 17—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The Company recorded net gains on derivative financial instruments used as economic hedges of MSRs totaling $1,324,000 for the year ending December 31, 2012. The derivative gains are included in Amortization, impairment and changes in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Company's consolidated statements of income. The Company had no similar economic hedges in place in prior years.

Note 18—Members' Equity

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, PennyMac's limited liability company agreement was amended to issue additional preferred units and raise approximately $36 million from its preferred members, to issue additional common units to common members, to adopt the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and to provide for Class C common units.

        Subscriptions receivable are amounts due from certain members who are holders of preferred units, and earn interest at rates of either 4% or 8% annually. Interest is collectible from the distribution of the preferred return and receivables will be satisfied no later than at the time of income distribution to the members, in accordance with PennyMac's limited liability company agreement.

        Only the preferred units have voting rights. Each preferred unit entitles the holder to one (1) vote per preferred unit on any matters to be decided by a vote of the members. No other member and no other class of units have voting rights. Preferred unit holders are entitled to a preferred return of 8% per year on their capital contributions. In the event of liquidation, preferred unit holders are entitled to their accumulated unpaid return plus return of the face amount of their contributions before any distributions are made to common or Class C common unit holders. Preferred and common unit holders are also entitled to a priority operating return before any income is allocated to Class C common unit holders. In the event of a liquidation, preferred and common unit holders are entitled to their accumulated priority operating return before any distributions are made to Class C common unit holders.

        The Company made distributions of $15,847,000 and $14,968,000 to PennyMac's unit holders to pay a portion of the income taxes relating to the Company's taxable income allocated to the respective unit holders for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 19—Mortgage Servicing Rebate (to) from Funds

        The Company provided a waiver to the Investment Funds relating to the "at cost" servicing fee amounting to approximately $536,000 and $2,462,000, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-108


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 20—Net Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value is summarized below for the years presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

                   

Loan proceeds

  $ 78,671   $ 182   $ (221 )

Hedging activities

    (70,916 )   (8,578 )   (315 )
               

    7,755     (8,396 )   (536 )
               

Non-cash gain on sale:

                   

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    16,035     7,919     (24 )

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    90,472     8,253     1,174  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (3,055 )   (259 )   (51 )

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held for sale at year-end:

                   

Loans

    4,030     393     1,099  

Hedging activities

    2,933     5,119     346  
               

Total non-cash gain relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    6,963     5,512     1,445  
               

Total non-cash gain on sale

    110,415     21,425     2,544  
               

  $ 118,170   $ 13,029   $ 2,008  
               

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has three equity based compensation plans:

    A common equity compensation plan by which it may award up to 15% of PennyMac's total equity in the form of common units to key members of the Company's management. Common units are subordinate to PennyMac's preferred units. The common units vest over a three-or four-year period. Vesting of four-year awards starts on the grantees' date of hire and awards are 25% vested on the second anniversary, 50% on the third anniversary, and 100% on the fourth anniversary. Vesting of three-year awards begins on the award date. The common units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant. Several key management members of the Company have received common units. Unvested common units under this plan have the rights to participate in PennyMac's distributed and undistributed earnings. However, undistributed earnings allocable to these unvested common units are forfeitable.

    A Class C common equity plan by which it may award up to 3% of PennyMac's total equity to key members of the management of its correspondent lending group. Class C common units vest over 4 years and upon the satisfaction of certain performance thresholds. Vesting occurs 12.5%, 12.5%, 25% and 50% on each successive year anniversary of the award date. The Class C

F-109


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

      common units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant. Unvested common units under this plan have the rights to participate in PennyMac's distributed and undistributed earnings. However, undistributed earnings allocable to these unvested common units are forfeitable; and

    The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan by which it will grant common units of PennyMac to key employees and vest immediately. The first units earned under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will not be issued until 2013. Common units granted under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan participate in PennyMac's profits and losses after the grant date. Common units granted under the 2011 Equity Inventive Plan participate in PennyMac's profits and losses after the grant date. The equity incentive plan common units have a strike price equal to zero on the date of grant. Common units under this plan have the rights to participate in PennyMac's distributed and undistributed earnings.

        The table below summarizes common unit activity under the common equity compensation plan and compensation expense for the years presented:

 
  As of and for the Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Number of units

                   

Outstanding at beginning of year

    12,174     9,588     6,348  

Granted

    324     6,933     4,667  

Vested

    (5,350 )   (3,849 )   (715 )

Expired or canceled

    (3,615 )   (498 )   (712 )
               

Outstanding at end of year

    3,533     12,174     9,588  
               

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

                   

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $ 398   $ 393   $ 313  

Granted

  $ 433   $ 411   $ 500  

Vested

  $ 416   $ 408   $ 338  

Expired or canceled

  $ 226   $ 447   $ 318  

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 397   $ 398   $ 393  

Units available for future awards

 
$

 
$

311
 
$

311
 

Compensation expense recorded during the year

  $ 1,029   $ 1,160   $ 1,292  

Unamortized costs at year end

  $ 426   $ 1,189   $ 2,067  

        As of December 31, 2012, the weighted-average remaining vesting term of unvested units was approximately seven months.

    Class C Awards

        The Company issued Class C units of PennyMac initially during November 2011 and periodically during 2012 as awards to employees of the Company's correspondent lending group. The Class C units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the preferred units and common units as

F-110


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

described above. Class C units have partially vested and there were no cancelled or forfeited units as of December 31, 2012.

        The following is the activity for the Class C Units:

 
  As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Units outstanding, beginning of year

    2,932          

Granted

    88     2,932      

Vested

    (367 )        
               

Units outstanding, end of year

    2,653     2,932      
               

Weighted average grant date fair value:

                   

Outstanding, beginning of year

  $ 196   $   $  

Granted

  $ 1,446   $ 196   $  

Vested

  $ 198   $   $  

Outstanding, end of year

  $ 439   $ 196   $  

Units available for future awards

        610      

Compensation expense recorded during the year

  $ 375,000   $ 19,000   $  

Unamortized costs at year end

  $ 1,082,000   $ 575,000   $  

    2011 Incentive Plan

        The Company has 2011 Incentive Plan Common Unit awards (2011 unit awards) where the terms and conditions were communicated to employees and key members of management of the Company during 2012. The 2011 unit awards are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the preferred units and common units as described in Note 4 along with performance metrics established for the 2012 vesting period in accordance with the 2011 Incentive Plan agreement. The service period for these awards precedes the grant date which is expected to be established on January 1, 2013. At each reporting period, the Company assesses the probability of the likelihood that the performance metrics will be achieved and the 2011 unit awards will become eligible to vest. These performance metrics became probable of being achieved during 2012 and the Company is recording expense relating to the estimated fair values of the unit awards over the service period.

F-111


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following is the activity for the 2011 unit awards during the year end December 31, 2012:

 
  Estimated number
of awards
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     

Granted

    3,545  

Vested

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of year

    3,545  
       

Weighted average service period fair value:

       

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $  

Granted

    4,557  

Vested

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 4,557  
       

Units available for future awards

    2,525  

Compensation expense recorded during the year

  $ 18,129,000  

Unamortized costs at year end

  $  

        The Company did not award any common units under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        The Class C Unit and Common Unit awards contain certain repurchase provisions which could result in an award being settled in cash at the option of the Company alone, in the event of certain types of termination scenarios. The Company established a policy that settlement will not occur until the point in time where the unit holder has borne sufficient risks and rewards of equity ownership, assumed as six months and one day post vesting.

    Valuation of Stock Based Compensation Awards

        The valuation of Stock Based Compensation Awards during 2011 and 2012 was estimated using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, and the market approach to determine the value of the Company. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on the Company's forecasts. The market approach was developed by applying market multiples of comparable peer companies in the Company's industry or similar lines of business. The values determined by the income and the market approach were combined by weighting the income and market approaches equally. The primary assumptions used in the determination of the fair value of the Company using the discounted cash flow method were the discount rate, terminal capitalization rate, and growth rate assumptions.

F-112


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The aggregate value was then allocated to each class of units utilizing the options pricing model using the following assumptions:

Assumption
  May 1,
2012
  January 1,
2012
  November 1,
2011
  October 1,
2011
 

Time to liquidity event

    0.67 years     1.00 years     1.17 years     1.25 years  

Risk-free rate

    0.08 %   0.15 %   0.15 %   0.16 %

Dividend yield

    0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Volatility

    40.00 %   40.00 %   40.00 %   40.00 %

        The value derived from the options pricing model was reduced by the following in the determination of fair values of the awards at each of the following dates:

Assumption
  May 1,
2012
  January 1,
2012
  November 1,
2011
  October 1,
2011
 

Lack of marketability discount

    20 %   20% to 25%     25% to 30%     20 %

Lack of control discount

    17 %   17%     17%     17 %

Note 22—Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 7,858   $ 858   $  

Non-cash investing activity:

                   

Receipt of MSRs created in loan sales activities

  $ 90,472   $ 8,253   $ 1,174  

Non-cash financing activity:

                   

Cancellation of stock subscription

  $   $ 61   $ 209  

Stock subscription

  $ 125   $ 1,709   $  

Contributions and concurrent distributions

  $   $ 14,968   $  

Contribution receivable

  $   $ 16,288   $  

Note 23—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

        The Company, through PLS, is required to maintain specified levels of equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing by the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company's loan servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

F-113


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 23—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements (Continued)

        The Agencies' capital requirements, the calculations of which are specified by each Agency, are summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
Instrument
  Net
Worth(1)
  Required   Net
Worth(1)
  Required  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fannie Mae—PLS

  $ 172,843   $ 35,947   $ 67,796   $ 7,122  

Freddie Mac—PLS

  $ 173,273   $ 27,119   $ 68,107   $ 2,000  

Government National Mortgage Association:

                         

Issuer—PLS

  $ 152,782   $ 23,886   $ 50,626   $ 2,490  

Issuer's parent—PennyMac

  $ 227,560   $ 26,275   $ 91,677   $ 2,739  

HUD—PLS

  $ 152,782   $ 1,000   $ 50,626   $ 1,000  

(1)
Calculated in compliance with the respective Agency's requirements.

        Management believes that the Company had Agency capital in excess of these requirements at December 31, 2012. The Company is required to maintain specified levels of members' equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing by the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company's servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

        Noncompliance with the respective agencies' capital requirements can result in the respective Agency taking various remedial actions up to and including removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective Agency.

Note 24—Commitments and Contingencies

    Commitments to Fund and Sell Mortgage Loans

 
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PMT

  $ 1,287,405  

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

    288,769  
       

  $ 1,576,174  
       

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

  $ 2,621,948  
       

F-114


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 24—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    Other Contractual Commitments

        The Company leases its primary office facilities under an agreement that expires on February 28, 2017. The Company also licenses certain software to support its loan servicing operations. Commitments for payments under these agreements are summarized below:

Year
  Software
Licenses
  Office
Lease
  Less: Office
Sublease
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 2,952   $ 2,758   $ 210   $ 5,500  

2014

    2,952     3,042         5,994  

2015

    2,214     3,235         5,449  

2016

        2,957         2,957  

2017

        559         559  

Thereafter

                 
                   

  $ 8,118   $ 12,551   $ 210   $ 20,459  
                   

(1)
Software licenses include both volume and activity-based fees that are dependent on the number of loans serviced during each period and include a base fee of approximately $452,000 per year. Estimated payments for software licenses above are based on the number of loans currently serviced by the Company, which totaled approximately 123,000 at December 31, 2012. Future amounts due may significantly fluctuate based on changes in the number of loans serviced by the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2012, software license fees totaled $2.1 million.

        During 2011, the Company entered into a leasing arrangement to relocate its corporate offices. As a result of that agreement, PennyMac subleased its existing facilities and included a loss relating to the sublease of $1,155,000 in occupancy expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Office lease expense (including the provision for losses on the sublease rents and sublease income) totaled $1,790,000, $2,962,000 and $1,335,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

    Examination of Federal Income Tax Filings

        As of December 31, 2012, the Internal Revenue Service was conducting an examination of PennyMac's federal income tax filings for the year ended December 31, 2010. In March 2013, the IRS examination team concluded their audit of the Company's federal income tax return for the tax year ended December 31, 2010 and subsequently formally notified us that they will not be proposing any changes to the return as originally filed. No other federal or state examination was in progress as of December 31, 2012.

    Litigation

        The business of the Company involves the collection of numerous accounts as well as the validity of liens and compliance with various state and federal lending and servicing laws; as such the Company is subject to various legal proceedings in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2012, there were no material current or pending claims against the Company.

F-115


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25—Segments and Related Information

        The Company has two business segments: mortgage banking and investment management.

        The investment management segment represents the activities of the Company's investment manager, which include sourcing, performing diligence, bidding and completion of asset acquisitions and managing the acquired assets for the Investment Funds and PMT.

        The investment management segment presently focuses on managing investments in distressed mortgage assets, which include mortgage loans that are either in default or are perceived to be at higher risk of default. The investment management segment then seeks to maximize the value of the mortgage loans on behalf of investors through the direction of effective "high touch" servicing by the mortgage banking segment. "High touch" servicing is based on significant levels of borrower outreach and contact, and the ability to implement long-term, sustainable loan modification and restructuring programs that address borrowers' ability and willingness to pay their mortgage loans. Where this is not possible, the investment management segment seeks to effect property resolution in a timely, orderly and economically efficient manner for the investor.

        The mortgage banking segment represents the Company's operations aimed at servicing mortgage loans managed by the investment management segment, including executing the loan resolution strategy identified by the investment management segment, and originating, purchasing, selling and servicing newly originated mortgage loans.

        Financial highlights by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2012
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 118,170   $   $ 118,170  

Loan origination fees

    9,634         9,634  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    62,906         62,906  

Net servicing income

    40,105         40,105  

Management fees

        24,504     24,504  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        10,473     10,473  

Interest

    6,349     5     6,354  

Other

    2     817     819  

Intersegment

             
               

    237,166     35,799     272,965  

Expenses:

                   

Interest

    7,879         7,879  

Other

    136,109     10,654     146,763  
               

    143,988     10,654     154,642  
               

Net income

  $ 93,178   $ 25,145   $ 118,323  
               

Segment assets at year end

  $ 793,630   $ 38,533   $ 832,163  
               

F-116


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25—Segments and Related Information (Continued)


Year ended December 31, 2011
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 13,029   $   $ 13,029  

Loan origination fees

    669         669  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    1,744         1,744  

Net servicing income

    28,667         28,667  

Management fees

        18,399     18,399  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        12,596     12,596  

Interest

    1,528     4     1,532  

Other

        23     23  

Intersegment

             
               

    45,637     31,022     76,659  

Expenses:

                   

Interest

    1,875         1,875  

Other

    47,904     12,181     60,085  
               

    49,779     12,181     61,960  
               

Net income

  $ (4,142 ) $ 18,841   $ 14,699  
               

Segment assets at year end

  $ 242,962   $ 46,319   $ 289,281  
               

 

Year ended December 31, 2010
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 2,008   $   $ 2,008  

Loan origination fees

    734         734  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    80         80  

Net servicing income

    26,001         26,001  

Management fees

        15,427     15,427  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        24,654     24,654  

Interest

    176     19     195  

Other

        130     130  

Intersegment

             
               

    28,999     40,230     69,229  

Expenses:

                   

Interest

    790         790  

Other

    25,821     9,576     35,397  
               

    26,611     9,576     36,187  
               

Net income

  $ 2,388   $ 30,654   $ 33,042  
               

Segment assets at year end

  $ 92,844   $ 35,558   $ 128,402  
               

F-117


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 3— Significant Accounting Policies .

Note 26—Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated all events or transactions through March 25, 2013, the date the Company issued these financial statements. During this period:

        The Company made distributions to its unit holders totaling $9.4 million to pay a portion of the unit holders' income taxes relating to their taxable income from the Company in January 2013.

        On February 1, 2013, the Company entered into the following agreements with PMT and its subsidiaries: Amended and Restated Management Agreement (the "Management Agreement"), by and among PMT, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PMT (the "Operating Partnership") and PCM; Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement (the "Servicing Agreement"), between the Operating Partnership and PLS; Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement ("MBWS Agreement"), between PLS and PennyMac Corp., a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of PMT; MSR Recapture Agreement ("MSR Recapture Agreement"), between PLS and PennyMac Corp.; Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement ("Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement"), between PLS and the Operating Partnership; and Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement ("Reimbursement Agreement"), by and among PMT, the Operating Partnership and PCM. The initial term of all of the agreements other than the Reimbursement Agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the respective agreements. The Reimbursement Agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        The Management Agreement was amended to provide for the payment to PCM of a base management fee and a performance incentive fee, both payable quarterly and in arrears. The base management fee is equal to the sum of (i) 1.5% per annum of shareholders' equity up to $2 billion, (ii) 1.375% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $2 billion and up to $5 billion, and (iii) 1.25% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $5 billion. The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which "net income," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on "equity." "Net income," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with GAAP and adjusted for certain non cash charges.

        The Servicing Agreement was amended to provide for servicing fees payable to PLS that changed from a percentage of the loan's UPB to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan.

        The MBWS Agreement provides for a fulfillment fee paid to PLS based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires. The fulfillment fee is equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. The terms of the MBWS agreement are similar to the prior MBWS agreement, with the addition of potential fee rate discounts applicable to PMT's monthly purchase volume in excess of designated thresholds. The Company has also agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and PLS and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such services for any other third party.

F-118


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 26—Subsequent Events (Continued)

        Pursuant to the terms of the MSR Recapture Agreement, if PLS refinances via its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, PLS is generally required to transfer and convey to PennyMac Corp., without cost to PennyMac Corp., the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated.

        Pursuant to the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, PMT may acquire from PLS the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from MSRs acquired by PLS, in which case PLS generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction.

        At this time, we do not expect our entry into the Servicing Agreement, the MBWS Agreement, the MSR Recapture Agreement, the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement or the Reimbursement Agreement to have a material impact on our future financial results or operating metrics. As a result of amending the Management Agreement, we expect to earn performance incentive fees which we had previously not earned, however we do not expect those fees to have a material impact on our future financial results or operating metrics.

        Pursuant to the Reimbursement Agreement, the Company may be entitled to reimbursement of certain payments. In connection with the initial public offering of PMT's common shares, on August 4, 2009, PCM entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse PCM for a $2.9 million payment that it made to the underwriters of the IPO if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. Such reimbursements are contingent on earning a performance incentive fee under the Management Agreement and are subject to specified maximum payments in any 12-month period.

        On February 6, 2013, distributions of $5.8 million were made to enable the payment of subscriptions receivable and repayment of certain advances made in lieu of bonuses in prior years.

        In March 2013, the IRS exam team concluded their audit of the Company's federal income tax return for the year ended December 31, 2010 and subsequently formally notified us that they will not be proposing any changes to the tax return as originally filed.

        On March 22, 2013, the Company amended its Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to revise certain of its financial covenants and extend the term thereof.

F-119


Table of Contents

 

43,973,679 Shares

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

GRAPHIC




PROSPECTUS

                          , 2013


   


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the fees and expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions). Except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, all amounts are estimates.

 
  Amount Paid
or to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 106,877  

Legal fees and expenses

    75,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    65,000  

Printing expenses

    150,000  

Miscellaneous

    5,000  
       

Total

  $ 401,877  
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law such protection would be not available for liability:

    for any breach of a duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit; or

    for an act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute, including unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Our certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of our certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        Our bylaws further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

        In addition, our bylaws provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

II-1


Table of Contents

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify and advance expenses to each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, for expenses such as, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, arising out of the person's services as our director or executive officer or as the director or executive officer of any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The SEC has taken the position that personal liability of directors for violation of the federal securities laws cannot be limited and that indemnification by us for any such violation is unenforceable. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        On July 15, 2013, we issued 6,110,000 shares of Class A common stock to Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund in exchange for 6,110,000 Class A Units of PNMAC that had been donated to Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund by BlackRock. This exchange was made pursuant to an exercise notice provided by Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund as a permitted transferee under the exchange agreement described in the prospectus included in this Registration Statement. The issuance of these shares was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits

Number   Description
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).
        
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 19, 2013).
        
  4.1   Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 29, 2013).
        
  5.1   Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP.
        
  10.1   Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, dated as of May 8, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

II-2


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.2   Exchange Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and the Company Unitholders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).
        
  10.3   Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and each of the Members (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).
        
  10.4   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and the Holders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).
        
  10.5   Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).
        
  10.6   Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and HC Partners LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).
        
  10.7 PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).
        
  10.8 PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 16, 2013).
        
  10.9 PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).
        
  10.10 PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Other Eligible Participants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).
        
  10.11 PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).
        
  10.12 Form of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 5, 2013).
        
  10.13 Employment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2013, by and among Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and Stanford L. Kurland (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
        
  10.14 Employment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2013, by and among Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and David A. Spector (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
 
   

II-3


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.15   Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.16   Amendment No. 1 to Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).
        
  10.17   Amendment No. 2 to Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp., dated as of August 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 19, 2013).
        
        
  10.18   Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.19   Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).
        
  10.20   MSR Recapture Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.21   Amendment No. 1 to MSR Recapture Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp.
        
  10.22   Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.23   Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management,  LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.24   Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., dated as of February 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.25   Confidentiality Agreement, by and between PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 6, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
 
   

II-4


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.26   Amended and Restated Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).
        
  10.27   Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Co., LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).
        
  10.28   Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008, as amended effective as of January 1, 2012, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.29   Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2010, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).
        
  10.30   Investment Management Agreement, as amended and restated May 26, 2011, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.31   Investment Management Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008, between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.32   Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.33   Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
        
  10.34   Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2012, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
        
  10.35   Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2012, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
 
   

II-5


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.36   Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
        
  10.37   Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
        
  10.38   Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.39   Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.40   Amendment Number Two to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.
        
  10.41   Amendment Number Three to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.
        
  10.42   Amendment Number Four to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.
        
  10.43   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).
        
  10.44   Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
        
  10.45   Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2013, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).
        
  10.46   Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2013, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2013).
 
   

II-6


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.47   Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2013, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Cceptance Company, LLC
        
  10.48   Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013, by and among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC.
        
  10.49   Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2013, by and among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC.
        
  14.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 5, 2013).
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC as filed on March 26, 2013).
        
  23.1   Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  23.2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

Indicates a management contract or compensation plan
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

        All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is given in the financial statements or notes to those statements.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

            (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

            (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

           (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in

II-7


Table of Contents

      volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

            (iii)To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

            (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

            (4)   That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

II-8


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Moorpark, State of California, on September 30, 2013.

    PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JEFFREY P. GROGIN

Jeffrey P. Grogin
Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and
Secretary

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Stanford L. Kurland and Jeffrey P. Grogin his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ STANFORD L. KURLAND

Stanford L. Kurland
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
  September 30, 2013

/s/ ANNE MCCALLION

Anne McCallion

 

Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

September 30, 2013

/s/ DAVID A. SPECTOR

David A. Spector

 

Director

 

September 30, 2013

/s/ MATTHEW BOTEIN

Matthew Botein

 

Director

 

September 30, 2013

II-9


Table of Contents

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ JAMES K. HUNT

James K. Hunt
  Director   September 30, 2013

/s/ JOSEPH MAZZELLA

Joseph Mazzella

 

Director

 

September 30, 2013

/s/ FARHAD NANJI

Farhad Nanji

 

Director

 

September 30, 2013

/s/ JOHN TAYLOR

John Taylor

 

Director

 

September 30, 2013

/s/ MARK WIEDMAN

Mark Wiedman

 

Director

 

September 30, 2013

II-10


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Number   Description
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 19, 2013).

 

4.1

 

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 29, 2013).

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP.

 

10.1

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, dated as of May 8, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

10.2

 

Exchange Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and the Company Unitholders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

10.3

 

Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and each of the Members (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

10.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and the Holders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

10.5

 

Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

10.6

 

Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and HC Partners LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

10.7


PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

10.8


PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 16, 2013).

 

10.9


PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).

II-11


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.10 PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Other Eligible Participants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).

 

10.11


PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).

 

10.12


Form of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 5, 2013).

 

10.13


Employment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2013, by and among Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and Stanford L. Kurland (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.14


Employment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2013, by and among Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and David A. Spector (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.15

 

Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.16

 

Amendment No. 1 to Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

10.17

 

Amendment No. 2 to Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp., dated as of August 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 19, 2013).

 

 

 

 

 

10.18

 

Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.19

 

Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

10.20

 

MSR Recapture Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.21

 

Amendment No. 1 to MSR Recapture Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp.

II-12


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.22   Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.23

 

Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management,  LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.24

 

Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., dated as of February 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.25

 

Confidentiality Agreement, by and between PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, dated as of February 6, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.26

 

Amended and Restated Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

10.27

 

Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Co., LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

10.28

 

Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008, as amended effective as of January 1, 2012, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.29

 

Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2010, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

10.30

 

Investment Management Agreement, as amended and restated May 26, 2011, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.31

 

Investment Management Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008, between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

II-13


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.32   Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.33

 

Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.34

 

Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2012, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.35

 

Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2012, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.36

 

Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.37

 

Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.38

 

Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.39

 

Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.40

 

Amendment Number Two to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.

 

10.41

 

Amendment Number Three to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.

 

10.42

 

Amendment Number Four to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A.

II-14


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  10.43   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, between Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

10.44

 

Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.45

 

Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2013, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

10.46

 

Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2013, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2013).

 

10.47

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2013, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Cceptance Company, LLC

 

10.48

 

Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013, by and among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC.

 

10.49

 

Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2013, by and among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC.

 

14.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Registrant's Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 5, 2013).

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC as filed on March 26, 2013).

 

23.1

 

Consent of Bingham McCutchen LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.2

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

Indicates management contract or compensation plan

II-15




Exhibit 5.1

 

October 1, 2013

 

 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA  93021

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to an aggregate of up to 43,973,679 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Shares”) that may be sold by the parties listed as selling stockholders in the Registration Statement (the “Selling Stockholders”), of which 6,110,000 Shares (the “Existing Shares”) are currently held by one of the Selling Stockholders and 37,863,679 (the “Exchanged Shares”) are issuable by the Company upon the exchange of Class A Units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (the “Class A Units”) pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, dated May 8, 2013, by and among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the other parties thereto (the “Exchange Agreement”).  The Existing Shares may be sold or delivered, and the Exchanged Shares, after they have been issued in exchange for Class A Units in accordance with the Exchange Agreement, may be sold or delivered, from time to time as set forth in the Registration Statement, any amendment thereto, the prospectus contained therein (the “Prospectus”) and supplements to the Prospectus, and pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act.

 

We have reviewed the corporate proceedings of the Company with respect to the authorization of the issuance of the Shares.  As such counsel, we have also examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto and such other documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purpose of this opinion. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied on certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company.  In rendering the opinion expressed below, we have assumed without verification the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.

 

We have also assumed that, at or prior to the time of the issuance and delivery of any Exchanged Shares, that there will not have occurred any change in law, change in the Exchange Agreement or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, or further action by the Company’s board of directors, in each case affecting the validity of the issuance of the Shares.

 

This opinion is limited solely to the Delaware General Corporation Law, as applied by courts located in Delaware.

 



 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

October 1, 2013

Page Two

 

 

 

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Existing Shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the Exchanged Shares, when issued in exchange for Class A Units in accordance with the Exchange Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  In rendering the opinions set forth above, we are opining only as to the specific legal issues expressly set forth therein, and no opinion shall be inferred as to any other matter or matters.

 

This opinion is intended solely for use in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares that are the subject of the Registration Statement and is not to be relied upon for any other purpose.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Bingham McCutchen LLP

 

BINGHAM MCCUTCHEN LLP

 




Exhibit 10.21

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

 

TO MSR RECAPTURE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 1 to MSR Recapture Agreement, effective as of August 1, 2013 (the “ Amendment ”), by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Service Provider ”), and PennyMac Corp., Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Service Provider and the Company are parties to that certain MSR Recapture Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013 (the “ Existing MSR Agreement ” and, as amended by this Amendment, the “ MSR Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing MSR Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, the Service Provider and the Company  have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing MSR Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing MSR Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and mutual obligations set forth herein, the Service Provider and the Company hereby agree that the Existing MSR Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.   Exhibits . Section 3.02(c) of the Existing MSR Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following language:

 

“If, during any calendar month, the Servicer or its Affiliates originate new residential mortgage loans the proceeds of which are used to refinance a Mortgage Loan in the Portfolio (such a new mortgage loan, a “ New Mortgage Loan ”), the Service Provider shall either (i) transfer and convey to the MSR Owner on the related Assignment Date the Servicing Rights with respect to one or more of such New Mortgage Loans, that together have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the New Mortgage Loans originated during such month; or (ii) at its option, but only to the extent that the fair market value of the aggregate Servicing Rights to be transferred is less than $200,000, wire to the Company cash in an amount equal to such fair market value.”

 

 

SECTION 2.   Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first set forth above (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

A-1



 

2.1       Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, each party shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to such party in form and substance:

 

(a)        this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Service Provider and the Company; and

 

(b)        such other documents as such party or counsel to such party may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.   Representations and Warranties . Each party represents that it is in compliance in all material respects with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing MSR Agreement on its part to be observed or performed.

 

SECTION 4.   Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing MSR Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 5.   GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

SECTION 6.   Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 7.   Conflicts .  The parties hereto agree that in the event there is any conflict between the terms of this Amendment, and the terms of the Existing MSR Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment shall control.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

A-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

The Service Provider:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

The Company:

PENNYMAC CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Name:

Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

A-3




Exhibit 10.40

 

Execution

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO

to the

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 26, 2012,

by and between

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

This AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO (this “ Amendment Number Two ”) is made this 17 th  day of April, 2013, by and between PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (“Seller”) and CITIBANK, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between Seller and Buyer, as such agreement may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer have agreed to amend the Agreement to modify the definition of Change of Control contained therein as more specifically set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Seller represents to Buyer that the Seller Parties are in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                  Amendments .  Effective as of date on which PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. completes its initial public offering of its Class A common stock (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)        Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Change of Control” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) with respect to Seller, the acquisition by any Person, or two or more Persons acting in concert, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of outstanding shares of voting stock of Seller if after giving effect to such acquisition such Person or Persons owns twenty percent (25%) or more of such outstanding shares of voting stock, (b) Guarantor ceases to directly or indirectly own and control, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of Seller or any of Guarantor’s wholly owned Subsidiaries, including but not limited to those Persons identified on Schedule 3 attached hereto and (c) PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. ceases to be the sole managing member of the Guarantor.

 

SECTION 2.                  Fees and Expenses .  Seller agrees to pay to Buyer all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Amendment Number Two (including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of the Buyer’s legal counsel) in accordance with Sections 23 and 25 of the Agreement.

 



 

SECTION 3.                  Representations .  Seller hereby represents to Buyer that as of the date hereof, the Seller Parties are in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

SECTION 4.                  Binding Effect; Governing Law .  This Amendment Number Two shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (EXCEPT FOR SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW WHICH SHALL GOVERN).

 

SECTION 5.                  Counterparts .  This Amendment Number Two may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.                  Limited Effect .  Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  Reference to this Amendment Number Two need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have caused this Amendment Number Two to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

(Seller)

 

 

 

By: /s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Managing Director and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

(Buyer and Agent, as applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Susan Mills

 

Name: Susan Mills

 

Title: Vice President, Citibank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged:

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

By: /s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name: Pamela Marsh

 

Title:   Managing Director and Treasurer

 

 




Exhibit 10.41

 

EXECUTION

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE

to the

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 26, 2012,

by and between

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

This AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE (this “ Amendment Number Three ”) is made this 25 th  day of June, 2013 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), by and between PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (“Seller”) and CITIBANK, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between Seller and Buyer, as such agreement may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer have agreed to amend the Agreement to extend the term of the facility and modify other provision of the Agreement as more specifically set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Seller represents to Buyer that the Seller Parties are in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.    Amendments .  Effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)        Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the new definition of “2013 Additional Commitment Fee” in the appropriate alphabetical order to read as follows:

 

2013 Additional Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

(b)        Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Termination Date” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Termination Date ” shall mean July 25, 2013, or such earlier date on which this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the provisions hereof or by operation of law.”

 

SECTION 2.    Fees and Expenses .  Seller agrees to pay to Buyer all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Amendment Number Three (including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of the Buyer’s legal counsel) in accordance with Sections 23 and 25 of the Agreement.

 



 

SECTION 3.    Representations .  Seller hereby represents to Buyer that as of the date hereof, the Seller Parties are in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

SECTION 4.    Binding Effect; Governing Law .  This Amendment Number Three shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (EXCEPT FOR SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW WHICH SHALL GOVERN).

 

SECTION 5.    Counterparts .  This Amendment Number Three may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.    Limited Effect .  Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  Reference to this Amendment Number Three need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have caused this Amendment Number Three to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

(Seller)

 

 

 

By: /s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

V.P., Treasurer

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

(Buyer and Agent, as applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Peter D. Steinmetz

 

Name: Peter D. Steinmetz

 

Title: Vice President, Citibank N.A.

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged:

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

 

By: /s/ Pamela Marsh

Name:

Pamela Marsh

Title:

Managing Director, Treasurer

 




Exhibit 10.42

 

EXECUTION

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR

to the

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 26, 2012,

by and between

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

This AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR (this “ Amendment Number Four ”) is made this 25 th  day of July, 2013 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), by and between PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC (“Seller”) and CITIBANK, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between Seller and Buyer, as such agreement may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer have agreed to amend the Agreement to extend the term of the facility and modify other provisions of the Agreement as more specifically set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Seller represents to Buyer that the Seller Parties are in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.    Amendments .  Effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)  Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the definition of “FHA Up-Front Rejection” in the appropriate alphabetical order as follows:

 

FHA Up-Front Rejection ” shall mean, with respect to a Loan presented to FHA and proposed to become subject to an FHA Insurance Contract, the rejection by FHA of such Loan, as evidenced by a “notice of rejection” or similar written notice delivered by FHA to the related originator of such Loan.

 

(b)  Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Adjusted Tangible Net Worth” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the excess of total assets, which shall include the value of mortgage servicing rights in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) an amount calculated in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the MSR Value Cap, of such Person, over total liabilities of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.”

 

(c)  Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definition of “Termination Date” in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 



 

EXECUTION

 

 

Termination Date ” shall mean July 24, 2014, or such earlier date on which this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the provisions hereof or by operation of law.”

 

 

(a)        Section 12(p) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“(p)      Financial Representations and Warranties .  (A) Seller’s Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is greater than or equal to $90,000,000; (B) Seller’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents are greater than or equal to $20,000,000; (C) [reserved]; (D) the ratio of Seller’s Total Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is less than 10:1; and (E) Seller’s consolidated Net Income was equal to or greater than $1.00 for the previous calendar quarter.”

 

(b)        Section 13(p) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“(p)  Financial Covenants .  (i) Seller covenants and agrees with Buyer that during the term of this Agreement: (A) its Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall at all times be greater than or equal to $90,000,000; (B) its unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents shall at all times be greater than or equal to $20,000,000; (C) [reserved]; (D) the ratio of its  Total Indebtedness to Adjusted Tangible Net Worth shall at all times be less than 10:1; and (E) its consolidated Net Income shall be equal to or greater than $1.00 for each calendar quarter.

 

(d)  Section 13 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding new clauses (uu) and (vv) as follows:

 

“(uu)    Takeout Commitments .  Upon Buyer’s reasonable request, Seller shall deliver to Buyer any and all information relating to Takeout Commitments that relate specifically to Purchased Loans that are then subject to a Transaction.

 

(vv)      Acquisition of Repurchase or Indemnity Obligations .  The Seller shall not acquire any loan level repurchase or indemnity obligations from any third party in connection with its purchase of any mortgage loan pool or mortgage origination platform, other than in the ordinary course of Seller’s business.”

 

(e)  Section 18 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding new clause (kk) as follows:

 

“(kk)    The 6-month rolling average rate of FHA Up-Front Rejections with respect to mortgage loans originated by Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller exceeds 5% of the total number of mortgage loans originated by Seller and/or such Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller and presented to FHA (by number of loans) .”

 

 

(f)  Schedule 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding new clause (xxx) as follows:

 

 

“(xxx)  No Discrimination .  Seller makes credit accessible to all qualified applicants in accordance with all Requirements of Law. Seller has not discriminated, and will not discriminate,

 



 

EXECUTION

 

 

against credit applicants on the basis of any prohibited characteristic, including race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital or familial status, age (provided that the applicant has the ability to enter into a binding contract), handicap, sexual orientation or because all or part of the applicant’s income is derived from a public assistance program or because of the applicant’s good faith exercise of rights under the Federal Consumer Protection Act.   Seller has measures in place designed to monitor its lending practices and platform-level origination details to prevent discrimination on any of the foregoing prohibited bases.   Furthermore, Seller has not discouraged, and will not discourage, the completion of any credit application based on any of the foregoing prohibited bases. In addition, Seller has complied with all anti-redlining provisions and equal credit opportunity laws applicable under all Requirements of Law.”

 

SECTION 2.    Fees and Expenses .  Seller agrees to pay to Buyer all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection with this Amendment Number Four (including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of the Buyer’s legal counsel) in accordance with Sections 23 and 25 of the Agreement.

 

 

SECTION 3.    Representations .  Seller hereby represents to Buyer that as of the date hereof, the Seller Parties are in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

SECTION 4.    Binding Effect; Governing Law .  This Amendment Number Four shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (EXCEPT FOR SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW WHICH SHALL GOVERN).

 

SECTION 5.    Counterparts .  This Amendment Number Four may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.    Limited Effect .  Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  Reference to this Amendment Number Four need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller and Buyer have caused this Amendment Number Four to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

 

(Seller)

 

By:  /s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

(Buyer and Agent, as applicable)

 

By: /s/ Susan Mills

 

Name: Susan Mills

 

Title:  Vice President, Citibank, N.A.

 

 

Acknowledged:

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC

By:   /s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Managing Director and Treasurer

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF [MONTHLY][QUARTERLY] CERTIFICATION

 

In connection with (i) the Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of  June 26, 2012, as amended (the “ Agreement ”), by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and Citibank, N.A. (“ Buyer ”) and (ii) the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012 by [___________] (“Guarantor”) in favor of Buyer, I, _______________, _______________ of [Seller] [Servicer] [Guarantor], do hereby certify that:

 

 

 

(i)

 

Seller is in compliance with all provisions and terms of the Agreement;

 

 

 

(ii)

 

no Default has occurred thereunder and no Default exists as of the date hereof;

 

 

 

(iii)

 

there have not been any modifications to the Underwriting Guidelines that would require notice to Buyer under the Agreement;

 

 

 

(iv)

 

all additional modifications to the Underwriting Guidelines since the date of the most recent disclosure to Buyer of any modification to the Underwriting Guidelines are set forth herein;

 

 

 

 

(A)

Seller’s Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is greater than or equal to $90,000,000; (B) Seller’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents is greater than or equal to $20,000,000; (C) [reserved]; (D) the ratio of Seller’s Total Indebtedness, to Tangible Net Worth is less than 10:1; (E) Seller’s consolidated Net Income was equal to or greater than $1.00 for the previous calendar quarter; and (F) The servicing multiple used in determining the book value of [_____] servicing portfolio in accordance with GAAP for the previous month is equal to [__].

 

 

 

(v)

 

Seller has at all times during the term of the Agreement remained an approved servicer in good standing to service mortgage loans for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac;

 

 

 

(vi)

 

Seller has at all times during the term of the Agreement remained an approved mortgagee with the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) pursuant to Section 203 of the National Housing Act and has remained an approved servicer with the Federal Housing Administration to service mortgage loans for HUD;

 

 

 

(vii)

 

To the extent that any Mortgage Loan subject to any Transaction hereunder is an FHA Loan, Seller is in good standing with the FHA as an FHA Approved Mortgagee;

 

 

 

(viii)

 

To the extent that any Mortgage Loan subject to any Transaction hereunder is a VA Loan, Seller is in good standing with the VA as a VA Approved Lender;

 

 

 

(ix)

 

As at the end of [INSERT APPLICABLE MONTH/QUARTER/YEAR]:

 

1.             The Adjusted Tangible Net Worth of Seller is $__________ ;

 



 

2.             The ratio of Seller’s Total Indebtedness to its Adjusted Tangible Net Worth is _________ ;

 

3.             The Liquidity of Seller is $_________ ;

 

4.             Attached as Schedule I hereto are the calculations demonstrating Seller’s compliance with the Tangible Net Worth covenant, Seller’s compliance with the ratio of Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth covenant, and Seller’s compliance with the Liquidity Covenant, each as set forth in Section 13(p) of the Agreement;

 

5.             Attached as Schedule II hereto is a list of any repurchase agreements, loan and security agreements or similar credit facilities or agreements for borrowed funds entered into by Seller and any third party that have been terminated in the last thirty (30) Business Days or with respect to which the amount available for borrowing has been reduced;

 

6.             Attached as Schedule III hereto is a list of any repurchase agreements, loan and security agreements or similar credit facilities or agreements for borrowed funds entered into by Seller and any third party and shall include the size of such facilities and the related termination date of such facilities;

 

7.             Seller has received ____ repurchase and indemnity requests from its third party investors (including any Agency) during the previous calendar month.  The aggregate amount of all repurchase and indemnity requests delivered to Seller by its third party investors (including any Agency) during the previous calendar month is $______;

 

8.             The aggregate amount of all repurchase and indemnity claims paid by Seller to its third party investors (including any Agency) during the previous calendar month is $_______;

 

9.             As of the date hereof, the aggregate outstanding amount of all repurchase and indemnity obligations of Seller to its third party investors (including any Agency) is $________;

 

10.     The amount of Loan Loss Reserves of Seller is equal to $_________;

 

11.     Seller has at all times during the previous calendar month maintained its status with (i) Ginnie Mae as an approved issuer, (ii) HUD, pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act, (iii) the FHA, as an FHA Approved Mortgagee and servicer, (iv) VA as a VA approved Lender, and (vi) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer and lender; and

 

12.     As of the date hereof, the “compare ratio” assigned to Servicer by FHA under its “Neighborhood Watch” program is ______.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate.

 



 

Date:                          , 201   

 

 

 

 

[SELLER][GUARANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

 

A-I-1



 

SCHEDULE II

 

Lender

Type

Previous Size
($)

Current Size
($)

Termination
Date

Maximum
Size ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-II-1



 

SCHEDULE III

 

Lender

Type

Previous Size
($)

Current Size
($)

Termination
Date

Maximum
Size ($)

 

 

 

 

 

A-II-2




Exhibit 10.47

 

EXECUTION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 5, 2013 (this “ Amendment ”), among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Seller ”) and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2013 (the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; as amended by this Amendment, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”) and the related Pricing Side Letter, dated as of May 3, 2013 (as amended from time to time, the “ Pricing Side Letter ”).  The Guarantor is party to that certain Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009, as the same may be further amended from time to time, by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

 

The Buyer and Seller have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1.   Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

1.1       deleting the definition of “ Mortgage Loan in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Mortgage Loan ” means any Conforming Mortgage Loan, FHA Loan, VA Loan, Jumbo Mortgage Loan, Conforming High CLTV Loan, FHA 203(k) Loan, USDA Loan or Pooled Mortgage Loan which is a fixed or floating rate, one to four family residential mortgage loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a mortgage, which satisfies the requirements set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines and Section 13(b) hereof; provided, however, that, except with respect to Conforming High CLTV Loans and as expressly approved in writing by Buyer, Mortgage Loans shall not include any High Cost Mortgage Loans and; provided, further, that the related Purchase Date is no more than sixty (60) days following the origination date except with respect to any Mortgage Loan that is transferred to Seller from PennyMac Corp., in which case the related Purchase Date is no more than one hundred twenty (120) days following the origination date.

 

-1-



 

1.2       adding the following definitions of “ FHA 203(k) Loan ” and “ USDA Loan ” in their proper alphabetical order:

 

FHA 203(k) Loan ” means an FHA Loan that is eligible for FHA’s 203(k) loan program.

 

USDA Loan ” means a first lien Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the criteria established by and guaranteed by the United States Department of Agriculture.

 

SECTION 2.   Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1       Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a)        this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor;

 

(b)        Amendment No. 1 to Pricing Side Letter, dated as of September 5, 2013, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor; and

 

(c)        such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.   Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Repurchase Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.   Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the execution of this Amendment.

 

SECTION 5.   Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.   Severability . Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

SECTION 7.  GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE

 

-2-



 

STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 8.   Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement and related Program Agreements, as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-3-



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as

 

 

Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

 

Name: Adam Loskove

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

 

Name: Pamela Marsh

 

 

Title: V.P. and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company,

 

 

LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

 

Name: Pamela Marsh

 

 

Title: Managing Director, Treasurer

 

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.48

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 


 

 

Dated as of July 2, 2013

 


 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,
 
the Seller,

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,
the Buyer

 

 

and

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE CAPITAL HOLDINGS LLC,
the Agent

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 1.

Definitions and Accounting Matters

1

 

 

 

1.01

Certain Defined Terms

1

1.02

Accounting Terms and Determinations

21

1.03

Interpretation

21

 

 

 

Section 2.

Transactions, Repurchase and Margin Maintenance

22

 

 

 

2.01

Transactions

22

2.02

Transaction Request Procedure (Transactions other than Wet-Ink Transactions)

22

2.03

Transaction Request Procedure (Wet-Ink Transactions)

23

2.04

Limitation on Types of Transactions; Illegality

24

2.05

Payment of Repurchase Price, Price Differential

25

2.06

Margin Maintenance

27

 

 

 

Section 3.

Payments; Computations; Commitment Fee, Non-Utilization Fee, Etc.

27

 

 

 

3.01

Payments

27

3.02

Computations

28

3.03

Requirements of Law

28

3.04

Commitment Fee

29

3.05

Non-Utilization Fee

29

 

 

 

Section 4.

Purchased Items

29

 

 

 

4.01

Purchased Items; Security Interest

29

4.02

Further Documentation

31

4.03

Changes in Locations, Name, etc.

32

4.04

The Buyer’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact

32

4.05

Performance by The Buyer of The Seller’s Repurchase Obligations

33

4.06

Proceeds

33

4.07

Remedies

34

4.08

Limitation on Duties Regarding Preservation of Purchased Items

35

4.09

Powers Coupled with an Interest

35

4.10

Release of Security Interest

35

4.11

Cash Reporting

35

4.12

Taxes; Tax Treatment

35

 

 

 

Section 5.

Conditions Precedent

36

 

 

 

5.01

Initial Transaction

36

5.02

Initial and Subsequent Transactions

38

 

-i-



 

Section 6.

Representations and Warranties

40

 

 

 

6.01

Legal Name

40

6.02

Existence

41

6.03

Financial Condition

41

6.04

Litigation

41

6.05

No Breach

41

6.06

Action

42

6.07

Approvals

42

6.08

Margin Regulations

42

6.09

Taxes

42

6.10

Investment Company Act

43

6.11

Purchased Items; Security

43

6.12

Chief Executive Office/Jurisdiction of Organization

43

6.13

Location of Books and Records

44

6.14

Hedging

44

6.15

True and Complete Disclosure

44

6.16

Tangible Net Worth

44

6.17

ERISA

44

6.18

Delivery of Mortgage Loans

45

6.19

Subsidiaries

45

6.20

Regulatory Status

45

6.21

Takeout Commitments; Takeout Assignments

45

6.22

Identification of Servicer(s)

45

6.23

Solvency

45

6.24

Massachusetts Subprime Loans, Nevada Subprime Loans and Loans Subject to Consent or Other Orders

46

6.25

Licenses

46

6.26

True Sales

46

6.27

No Burdensome Restrictions

46

6.28

Origination and Acquisition of Mortgage Loans

46

6.29

No Broker

47

6.30

FHA/VA/RHS

47

6.31

Seller’s Internal Mortgage Tracking System

47

6.32

Servicer Approvals; Compliance with Guidelines

47

6.33

Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac/Ginnie Mae

47

6.34

Servicing

47

 

 

 

Section 7.

Covenants of the Seller

47

 

 

 

7.01

Financial Statements

47

7.02

Litigation

50

7.03

Existence, etc.

51

7.04

Prohibition of Fundamental Changes

51

7.05

Margin Deficiency

52

7.06

Notices

52

7.07

Interest Rate Protection Agreements

52

 

-ii-



 

7.08

Reports

53

7.09

Underwriting Guidelines

53

7.10

Transactions with Affiliates

53

7.11

Limitation on Liens

54

7.12

Limitation on Guarantees

54

7.13

Limitation on Distributions

54

7.14

Maintenance of Tangible Net Worth

54

7.15

Maintenance of Ratio of Total Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth

54

7.16

Maintenance of Profitability

54

7.17

Servicer; Servicing File

54

7.18

Maintenance of Liquidity

55

7.19

Required Filings

55

7.20

No Adverse Selection

55

7.21

Massachusetts Subprime Loans, Nevada Subprime Loans and Loans subject to Consent or Other Orders

55

7.22

[Reserved]

55

7.23

Agency Approvals

55

7.24

Takeout Commitments; Takeout Assignments

55

7.25

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

55

7.26

MERS Designated Mortgage Loans

56

7.27

Loan Purchase Agreements

56

7.28

[Reserved]

56

7.29

Power of Attorney

56

7.30

Quality Control

56

7.31

Maintenance of Papers, Records and Files

56

7.32

Taxes, Etc.

57

7.33

Delivery of Servicing Rights and Servicing Records

57

7.34

MERS

58

7.35

Maintenance of Financial Covenants

58

7.36

FHA/VA/RHS Loans

58

 

 

 

Section 8.

Events of Default

59

 

 

 

Section 9.

Remedies Upon Default

64

 

 

 

Section 10.

No Duty of The Buyer

65

 

 

 

Section 11.

Reserved

65

 

 

 

Section 12.

The Agent

65

 

 

 

12.01

Appointment

65

12.02

Duties of Agent

65

12.03

Delegation of Duties

65

12.04

Exculpatory Provisions

66

12.05

Reliance by Agent

66

12.06

Notices

66

 

-iii-



 

12.07

Non Reliance by Buyer

67

12.08

Indemnification

67

12.09

Successor Agent

67

 

 

 

Section 13.

Miscellaneous

68

 

 

 

13.01

Delay Not Waiver; Remedies Are Cumulative

68

13.02

Notices

68

13.03

Use of Employee Plan Assets

69

13.04

Indemnification and Expenses

69

13.05

Waiver of Redemption and Deficiency Rights

70

13.06

Reimbursement

70

13.07

Termination

71

13.08

Severability

71

13.09

Amendments and Waivers

71

13.10

Assignments and Participations

71

13.11

Successors and Assigns

72

13.12

Survival

72

13.13

Captions

72

13.14

Counterparts

73

13.15

Governing Law; Repurchase Agreement Constitutes Security Agreement

73

13.16

Captions

73

13.17

Electronic Signatures

73

13.18

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

73

13.19

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

74

13.20

Acknowledgments

74

13.21

Hypothecation or Pledge of Purchased Items

74

13.22

Servicing

74

13.23

Periodic Due Diligence Review

76

13.24

[Reserved

77

13.25

Set-Off

77

13.26

Single Agreement

78

13.27

Intent

78

13.28

Confidentiality

79

13.29

Entire Agreement

80

 

-iv-



 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

Representations and Warranties re: Eligible Mortgage Loans

 

SCHEDULE 2

Filing Jurisdictions and Offices

 

SCHEDULE 3

Subsidiaries

 

SCHEDULE 4

Previous Names, Assumed Names or Trade Names used by the Seller

 

SCHEDULE 5

Cooperative Mortgage Loan Documents

 

SCHEDULE 6

Excluded States

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Custodial Agreement

 

EXHIBIT B

Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Seller

 

EXHIBIT C

Form of Transaction Request

 

EXHIBIT D

Form of Warehouse Lender’s Release Letter

 

EXHIBIT E

Underwriting Guidelines

 

EXHIBIT F

Form of Blocked Account Agreement

 

EXHIBIT G

Form of Servicer Notice and Agreement

 

EXHIBIT H

Form of Takeout Assignment

 

EXHIBIT I

Form of Confirmation

 

EXHIBIT J

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

 

EXHIBIT K

Form of Takeout Proceeds Identification Letter

 

EXHIBIT L

List of Approved Takeout Investors

 

EXHIBIT M

Form of Officer’s Certificate

 

EXHIBIT N

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

 

-v-



 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of July 2, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, this “ Repurchase Agreement ”), by and between PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Seller ”), MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., a national banking association (the “ Buyer ”) and MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE CAPITAL HOLDINGS LLC, a New York limited liability company, as agent for the Buyer (together with any successor agent appointed from time to time in accordance with the terms of Section 12.09, the “ Agent ”) .

 

RECITALS

 

Buyer shall, from time to time, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, agree to enter into transactions in which Seller transfers to Buyer Eligible Mortgage Loans against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Purchased Loans at a date certain, against the transfer of funds by Seller.  Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a “ Transaction, ” and, unless otherwise agreed in writing, shall be governed by this Agreement.

 

Section 1.        Definitions and Accounting Matters .

 

1.01     Certain Defined Terms.   As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings (all terms defined in this Section 1.01 or in other provisions of this Repurchase Agreement in the singular to have the same meanings when used in the plural and vice versa):

 

1934 Act ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Accepted Servicing Practices ” shall mean with respect to any Mortgage Loan, those accepted and prudent mortgage servicing practices (including collection procedures) of prudent mortgage lending institutions that service mortgage loans of the same type as the Mortgage Loans in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located, and which are in accordance with FHA Regulations, VA Regulations, RHS, Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae servicing practices and procedures for MBS pool mortgages, as defined in the applicable FHA, VA, RHS, Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae servicing guides including future updates, and in a manner at least equal in quality to the servicing the Seller or the Seller’s designee provides to mortgage loans which it owns in its own portfolio.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (together with the correlative meanings of “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote 20% or more of the securities (on a fully diluted basis) having ordinary voting power for the directors or managing general partners (or their equivalent) of such Person, or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract,

 

Master Repurchase Agreement

 



 

or otherwise; provided, however, that, for the purposes of this Repurchase Agreement, the term “Affiliate” with respect to the Seller shall be limited to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and its wholly owned affiliates.

 

Agency ” shall mean Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, FHA, VA, RHS and any other government mortgage loan program acceptable to the Buyer (or the Agent on the Buyer’s behalf) or any successors thereto.

 

Agency Approvals ” shall mean approval by the applicable Agencies as an approved issuer in good standing, as more particularly defined in Section 6.07(b)  hereof.

 

Agency Guide ” shall mean, with respect to Fannie Mae securities and Fannie Mae eligible Mortgage Loans, the Fannie Mae Selling Guide and the Fannie Mae Servicing Guide, with respect to Freddie Mac securities and Freddie Mac eligible Mortgage Loans, the Freddie Mac Sellers’ and Servicers’ Guide; and with respect to any other Agency, the relevant guide or guidelines or regulations, in each case including all exhibits thereto, as such guide may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Applicable Pricing Spread ” shall mean, for each Type of Eligible Mortgage Loan, the applicable pricing spread set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Applicable Purchase Rate ” shall mean, for each Type of Eligible Mortgage Loan, the applicable purchase rate set forth in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.10(a)  hereof.

 

Assignment of Mortgage ” means, with respect to any mortgage, an assignment of the mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the related mortgaged property is located to reflect the assignment and pledge of the mortgage.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended.

 

Blocked Account ” shall mean the account identified in the Blocked Account Agreement.

 

Blocked Account Agreement ” shall mean the collection account control agreement to be entered into by the Buyer, the Agent, the Seller and City National Bank in form and substance acceptable to the Buyer to be entered into with respect to the Blocked Account as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-2-



 

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which the New York Stock Exchange, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or the Custodian is authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

 

Buyer ” shall have the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

Calculation Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Transaction, (a) initially, the period commencing on the related Purchase Date to but excluding the first Repurchase Date to occur after that Purchase Date; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on a Payment Date to but excluding the next Repurchase Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Calculation Period may end after the Termination Date.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” shall mean, for any Person, all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) Property to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of this Repurchase Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock ” shall mean any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all similar ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

 

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, (c) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government, (d) commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in either case maturing within 90 days after the day of acquisition, (e) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s, (f) securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, or (g) shares of money market, mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

 

-3-



 

Change of Control ” shall mean, (a) with respect to the Seller or the Guarantor, the acquisition by any Person, or two or more Persons acting in concert, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of outstanding Equity Interests of the Seller or the Guarantor if after giving effect to such acquisition such Person or Persons owns twenty percent (20%) or more of such outstanding Equity Interests, or (b) the owners of the Equity Interests in the Seller as of the Effective Date cease to own more than fifty percent (50%) of such Equity Interests.  For purposes of this definition, “Equity Interests” means, with respect to the Seller, all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity of the Seller, including common stock, preferred stock, warrants, membership interests, partnership interests, limited partnership interests, convertible debentures, other debt securities which include voting rights in the Seller referred to, and any and all agreements, instruments and documents convertible, in whole or in part, into any one or more of the foregoing.

 

Closing Agent ” shall mean, with respect to any Wet-Ink Transaction, an entity reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer and the Agent (which may be a title company, escrow company or attorney in accordance with local law and practice in the jurisdiction where the related Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan is being originated) to which the proceeds of such Wet-Ink Transaction are to be wired pursuant to the instructions of the Seller.  Unless the Agent notifies the Seller (electronically or in writing) that a Closing Agent is unsatisfactory, each Closing Agent utilized by the Seller shall be deemed satisfactory; provided, that the Agent shall instruct the Custodian that no funds shall be transferred to the account of any Closing Agent after the date that is five (5) Business Days following the date that notice is delivered to the Seller that such Closing Agent is unsatisfactory, and provided, further, that the Recognized Value shall be deemed to be zero with respect to each Mortgage Loan, for so long as such Mortgage Loan is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, as to which the proceeds of such Mortgage Loan were wired to a Closing Agent with respect to which the Agent has notified the Seller at any time (both before and after the related Purchase Date without regard to the five (5) Business Day period referenced above) that such Closing Agent is not satisfactory.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.04 hereof.

 

Commitment Fee Percentage ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 hereof.

 

“Confirmation” shall mean, with respect to any Transaction, a confirmation of such Transaction, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit  I, as may be modified by the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer).

 

-4-



 

Cooperative Corporation ” shall mean the cooperative apartment corporation that holds legal title to a Cooperative Project and grants occupancy rights to units therein to stockholders through Proprietary Leases or similar arrangements.

 

Cooperative Mortgage Loan ” shall mean a Mortgage Loan that is secured by a first lien on a perfected security interest in Cooperative Shares and the related Proprietary Lease granting exclusive rights to occupy the related Cooperative Unit in the building owned by the related Cooperative Corporation.

 

Cooperative Mortgage Loan Documents ” shall mean the documents listed on Schedule 5 attached hereto.

 

Cooperative Mortgage Note ” shall mean the original executed promissory note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a Mortgagor with respect to a Cooperative Mortgage Loan.

 

Cooperative Project ” shall mean all real property owned by a Cooperative Corporation in the State of New York including the land, separate dwelling units and all common elements.

 

Cooperative Shares ” shall mean the shares of stock issued by a Cooperative Corporation and allocated to a Cooperative Unit and represented by a stock certificate.

 

Cooperative Unit ” shall mean a specific unit in a Cooperative Project.

 

Custodial Agreement ” shall mean the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Seller, the Custodian, the Disbursement Agent, the Agent and the Buyer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

Custodian ” shall mean Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as custodian under the Custodial Agreement, and its successors and permitted assigns thereunder.

 

Default ” shall mean an Event of Default or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

 

Disbursement Agent ” shall mean Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as disbursement agent under the Custodial Agreement, and its successors and permitted assigns thereunder.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Due Diligence Review ” shall mean the performance by the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) of any or all of the reviews permitted under Section 13.23 hereof with respect to any or all of the Purchased Loans, as desired by the Buyer and the Agent from time to time.

 

-5-


 

Effective Date ” shall mean the date upon which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.01 hereof shall have been satisfied.

 

Electronic Agent ” shall mean Merscorp Holdings, Inc., as electronic agent under the Electronic Tracking Agreement, and its successors and permitted assigns thereunder.

 

Electronic Tracking Agreement ” shall mean the Electronic Tracking Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013, among the Seller, the Buyer, the Agent, the Electronic Agent and MERS, as the same shall be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Eligible Mortgage Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or trade or business that is a member of any group of organizations (i) described in Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code of which the Seller or the Guarantor is a member and (ii) solely for purposes of potential liability under Section 302(c)(11) of ERISA and Section 412(c)(11) of the Code and the lien created under Section 302(f) of ERISA and Section 412(n) of the Code, described in Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code of which the Seller or the Guarantor is a member.

 

Eurocurrency Liabilities ” shall have the meaning specified in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

 

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8 hereof.

 

Exception ” shall have the meaning specified in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Exception Report ” shall mean the portion of the Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report detailing Exceptions in respect of each Mortgage Loan.

 

Excess Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.05(d)  hereof.

 

Fannie Mae ” shall mean the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Federal Funds Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Buyer from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

-6-



 

FHA ” shall mean the Federal Housing Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto and including the Federal Housing Commissioner and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development where appropriate under the FHA Regulations.

 

FHA Approved Mortgagee ” shall mean an institution which is approved by FHA to act as servicer and mortgagee of record pursuant to FHA Regulations.

 

FHA Insurance Contract ” shall mean the contractual obligation of FHA respecting the insurance of an FHA Loan pursuant to the National Housing Act, as amended.

 

FHA Loan ” shall mean a Mortgage Loan that is the subject of an FHA Insurance Contract as evidenced by a Mortgage Insurance Certificate.

 

FHA Regulations ” shall mean the regulations promulgated by HUD under the National Housing Act, codified in 24 Code of Federal Regulations, and other HUD issuances relating to FHA Loans, including the related handbooks, Circulars, Notices and Mortgagee Letters.

 

FHA §203(k) Loan ” shall mean a closed-end first lien FHA Loan with the following characteristics:

 

(a)                                a portion of the proceeds of which will be used for the purpose of rehabilitating or repairing the related single family property;

 

(b)                               which satisfies the definition of “rehabilitation loan” under 24 C.F.R. 203.50(a); and

 

(c)                                the payment of which is insured by the FHA under the National Housing Act or with respect to which a current binding and enforceable commitment for such insurance has been issued by the FHA.

 

Freddie Mac ” shall mean the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States.

 

Ginnie Mae ” shall mean the Government National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any court or arbitrator, accounting board or authority having jurisdiction over the Seller, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its properties.

 

-7-



 

Guarantee ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person or in any manner providing for the payment of any Indebtedness of any other Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such Indebtedness against loss (whether by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or otherwise); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) obligations to make servicing advances for delinquent taxes and insurance or other obligations in respect of a Mortgaged Property, to the extent required by the Buyer.  The amount of any Guarantee of a Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.  The terms “ Guarantee ” and “ Guaranteed ” used as verbs shall have correlative meanings.

 

Guarantor ” shall mean Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Guaranty ” shall mean the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by Guarantor in favor of Buyer, as such agreement may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

“HARP Loan” shall mean a mortgage loan which has been refinanced pursuant to the Home Affordable Refinance Program guidelines issued by the Federal Housing Finance Authority and conforms to the most recently published underwriting and eligibility criteria of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, in addition to the Buyer’s published guidelines for such mortgage loans, as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Loan at any time, any principal and/or interest thereon and all dividends, sale proceeds (including, without limitation, any proceeds from the liquidation or securitization of such Purchased Loan or other disposition thereof), rent and other collections and distributions thereon (including, without limitation, any proceeds received in respect of mortgage insurance), but not including any commitment fees, origination fees and/or servicing fees accrued in respect of periods on or after the initial Purchase Date with respect to such Purchased Loan.

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, for any Person without duplication: (a) obligations created, issued or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of Property to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition price of Property or services, other than trade accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the ordinary course of business so long as such trade accounts payable are payable within ninety (90) days after the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered; (c) indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective Indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person; (d) obligations (contingent or

 

-8-



 

otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial institutions for account of such Person; (e) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) obligations of such Person under repurchase agreements, sale/buy-back agreements or like arrangements; (g) indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person; (h) all obligations of such Person incurred in connection with the acquisition or carrying of fixed assets by such Person; and (i) indebtedness of general partnerships of which such Person is a general partner.

 

Intangible Assets ” shall mean the excess of the cost over book value of assets acquired, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, franchises and other intangible assets (excluding in any event the value of any residual securities and the value of any owned or purchased mortgage servicing rights).

 

Interest Rate Protection Agreement ” shall mean, with respect to any or all of the Purchased Loans, any short sale of US Treasury Securities, futures contract, mortgage related security, eurodollar futures contract, options related contract, interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or similar arrangement providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies, entered into by the Seller and an Affiliate of the Buyer, and acceptable to the Buyer and the Agent.

 

LIBOR Base Rate ” shall mean, with respect to each day any Transaction is outstanding, the rate per annum equal to the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as one-month LIBOR on such date (and if such date is not a Business Day, the rate quoted as one-month LIBOR on the Business Day immediately preceding such date), and if such rate shall not be so quoted, the rate per annum at which the Buyer is offered Dollar deposits at or about 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such date by prime banks in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign currency exchange operations in respect of the Transactions are then being conducted for delivery on such day for a period of thirty (30) days and in an amount comparable to the aggregate Purchase Price of all Transactions outstanding on such day.

 

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean with respect to each day during each Calculation Period pertaining to a LIBOR Transaction, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

 

LIBOR Base Rate

 

1.00 – LIBOR Rate Reserve Percentage

 

LIBOR Rate Reserve Percentage ” shall mean, for any Calculation Period pertaining to a LIBOR Transaction, the reserve percentage applicable two Business Days before the first day of such Calculation Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor thereto) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York, New York with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities (or with respect to any other category

 

-9-



 

of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on LIBOR Transactions is determined) having a term comparable to such Calculation Period.  As of the Effective Date, the LIBOR Rate Reserve Percentage shall be deemed to be zero.

 

LIBOR Transaction ” shall mean a Transaction with respect to which the related Pricing Rate is determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

 

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance.

 

Liquidity ” shall mean with respect to any Person, the sum of (i) its unrestricted cash, plus (ii) its unrestricted Cash Equivalents, plus (iii) the aggregate amount of unused capacity available to such Person (taking into account applicable haircuts) under committed mortgage loan warehouse and servicer advance facilities for which such Person has unencumbered eligible collateral to pledge thereunder.

 

“Loan Guaranty Certificate” shall mean, with respect to any VA Loan, the physical or electronic certificate evidencing the VA Loan Guaranty Agreement.

 

Loan Loss Reserves ” shall mean funds held by the Seller to cover potential losses in connection with the mortgage loans owned in the Seller’s portfolio, including without limitation any amounts required to be maintained and held as a loan loss reserve in accordance with GAAP and any other regulatory requirement applicable to the Seller.

 

Margin Base ” shall mean the aggregate Recognized Value of all Purchased Loans.

 

Margin Deficiency ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.06 hereof.

 

Market Value ” shall mean, as of any date with respect to any Eligible Mortgage Loan or Purchased Loan, the price at which such Eligible Mortgage Loan or Purchased Loan could readily be sold as determined by the Agent in its sole discretion, acting in good faith, which price may be determined to be zero.  The Agent’s determination of Market Value shall be conclusive upon the parties absent manifest error on the part of the Agent.  For the purpose of determining the related Market Value, the Agent shall have the right to request at any time from the Seller, an updated valuation for each Mortgage Loan, in a form acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion.  The Market Value shall be deemed to be zero with respect to each Mortgage Loan for which such valuation is not provided as promptly as is commercially reasonable.

 

Massachusetts Subprime Loan ” shall mean a Mortgage Loan to a Mortgagor with a credit score of 660 or less if such Mortgage Loan is secured by a residence located in Massachusetts or made to a Mortgagor whose primary residence is in Massachusetts.

 

Master Trust Receipt ” shall have the meaning provided thereto in the Custodial Agreement.

 

-10-



 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the Property, business, operations, financial condition or prospects of the Seller or the Guarantor, (b) the ability of the Seller or the Guarantor, to perform its obligations under any of the Repurchase Documents to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of any of the Repurchase Documents, (d) the rights and remedies of the Buyer under any of the Repurchase Documents, (e) the timely payment of the Repurchase Price or the Price Differential on the Transactions or other amounts payable in connection therewith or (f) the Purchased Items taken as a whole.

 

Maximum Amount ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

MERS ” shall mean Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc.

 

MERS Designated Mortgage Loan ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3 of the Electronic Tracking Agreement.

 

MERS Procedures Manual ” shall mean the MERS Procedures Manual attached as Exhibit B to the Electronic Tracking Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

MERS® System ” shall mean the Electronic Agent’s mortgage electronic registry system, as more particularly described in the MERS Procedures Manual.

 

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Mortgage ” shall mean the mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument securing a Mortgage Note, which creates a first lien on the fee in real property securing the Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgage File ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Custodial Agreement.

 

“Mortgage Insurance Certificate” shall mean the physical or electronic certificate evidencing an FHA Insurance Contract.

 

Mortgage Loan ” shall mean a mortgage loan which the Seller has sold to the Buyer pursuant hereto and which the Custodian has been instructed to hold for the Buyer pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, and which Mortgage Loan includes, without limitation, (i) a Mortgage Note and related Mortgage, (ii) all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the Mortgaged Property covered by such Mortgage and (iii) the related Servicing Rights.

 

Mortgage Loan Data File ” shall mean a computer-readable file containing information with respect to each Purchased Loan, to be delivered by the Seller to the Agent pursuant to Section 2.02(a)  hereof, the data fields of which are identified on Annex I to the Custodial Agreement.

 

-11-



 

Mortgage Loan Documents ” shall mean, with respect to each Purchased Loan, the documents comprising the Mortgage File for such Purchased Loan, as applicable.

 

Mortgage Loan Schedule ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report ” shall mean the mortgage loan schedule and exception report prepared by the Custodian pursuant to the Custodial Agreement.

 

Mortgage Note ” shall mean the original executed promissory note or other evidence of the indebtedness of a mortgagor/borrower with respect to a Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage Note Interest Rate ” shall mean the annual rate of interest borne on the Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean the real property (including all improvements, buildings, fixtures, building equipment and personal property thereon and all additions, alterations and replacements made at any time with respect to the foregoing) and all other collateral securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note or, in the case of any Cooperative Mortgage Loan, the Cooperative Shares and the Proprietary Lease.

 

Mortgagor ” shall mean the obligor on a Mortgage Note.

 

MS Indebtedness ” shall mean any indebtedness of the Seller hereunder and under any other arrangement (other than this Repurchase Agreement) between the Seller on the one hand and the Buyer or an Affiliate of the Buyer on the other hand (including, without limitation, the amount of any loans, interest due and default interest, termination payments, hedging costs, structuring or other facility fees and expenses).

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been or are required to be made by the Seller or the Guarantor, or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

 

Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, the net income of the Seller for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Nevada Subprime Loan ” shall mean a Mortgage Loan to a Mortgagor with a credit score of 660 or less if such Mortgage Loan is secured by a residence located in Nevada or made to a Mortgagor whose primary residence is in Nevada.

 

“Non-Utilization Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  3.05 hereof.

 

“Non-Utilization Fee Percentage ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

-12-



 

Payment Date ” shall mean, with respect to each Transaction, the sixth Business Day of each calendar month, commencing with the first such date after the related Purchase Date.

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or government (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof).

 

Plan ” shall mean an employee benefit or other plan established or maintained by the Seller or the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Post-Default Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Predatory Lending Practices ” means any and all underwriting and lending policies, procedures and practices defined or enumerated as predatory, abusive, high cost, covered, high risk or any other comparable term, no matter how defined in any local or municipal ordinance or regulation or any state or federal regulation or statute prohibiting, limiting or otherwise relating to the protection of consumers from such policies, procedures and practices.  Such policies, practices and procedures may include, without limitation, charging excessive loan, broker, and closing fees, charging excessive rates of loan interest, making loans without regard to a consumer’s ability to re-pay the loan, refinancing loans with no material benefit to the consumer, charging fees for services not actually performed, discriminating against consumers on the basis of race, gender, or age, failing to make proper disclosures to the consumer of the consumer’s rights under federal and state law, and any other predatory lending policy, practice or procedure as defined by ordinance, regulation or statute.

 

Prescribed Laws ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) (the USA PATRIOT Act), (b) Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, (c) the International Emergency Economic Power Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et. seq. and (d) all other Requirements of Law relating to money laundering or terrorism, including without limitation, the USA PATRIOT Act and all regulations and executive orders promulgated with respect to money laundering or terrorism, including, without limitation, those promulgated by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

Price Differential ” means, with respect to any Transaction hereunder as of any date, the aggregate amount obtained by daily application of the Pricing Rate for such Transaction to the Purchase Price for such Transaction during the period commencing on

 

-13-



 

(and including) the Purchase Date for such Transaction and ending on (but excluding) the Termination Date (reduced by any amount of such Price Differential previously paid by the Seller to the Buyer with respect to such Transaction).

 

Pricing Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Pricing Side Letter.

 

Pricing Side Letter ” shall mean the pricing side letter, dated as of the date hereof, among the Seller, the Buyer and the Agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Principal ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Annex I.

 

Property ” shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

 

Proprietary Lease ” shall mean a lease on (or occupancy agreement with respect to) a Cooperative Unit evidencing the possessory interest of the owner of the Cooperative Shares or the Seller in such Cooperative Unit.

 

Purchase Advice ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.05(d)  hereof.

 

Purchase Advice Deficiency ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.05(d)  hereof.

 

Purchase Date ” shall mean the date on which a Transaction is entered into hereunder.

 

Purchase Price ” shall mean, with respect to each Purchased Loan, (i) on each Purchase Date therefor, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the product of (x) the Applicable Purchase Rate times (y) the Market Value of such Purchased Loan, and (b) the product of (x) the Applicable Purchase Rate times (y) the outstanding principal balance of such Purchased Loan on such Purchase Date and (ii) thereafter, such amount decreased by the amount of any payments made by the Seller hereunder that are applied in reduction of such amount.

 

Purchased Items ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.01(b)  hereof.

 

Purchased Loans ” shall mean the Mortgage Loans sold by the Seller on a servicing-released basis to the Buyer, in Transactions hereunder (together with any additional Eligible Mortgage Loans transferred pursuant to Section 2.06 ) together with the related Records, the related Servicing Rights (which, for the avoidance of doubt, were sold by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer on the related Purchase Date), the related Takeout Commitment, if any, and with respect to each Mortgage Loan, any related FHA Insurance Contract, any related VA Loan Guaranty Agreement, any related Rural Housing Service Guaranty, the Seller’s rights under any related escrow letter and/or insured closing letter, the Seller’s rights under any takeout commitment related to the Mortgage Loans and other Purchased Items with respect to the Mortgage Loans, such other property, rights, titles or interest as are specified on a Transaction Request, and all

 

-14-



 

instruments, chattel paper, and general intangibles comprising or relating to all of the foregoing.

 

Qualified Originator ” shall mean the Seller or a correspondent of the Seller approved by Seller pursuant to a process and standards approved by the Buyer (or the Agent on the Buyer’s behalf).

 

Recognition Agreement ” shall mean, with respect to a Cooperative Mortgage Loan, an agreement executed by a Cooperative Corporation which, among other things, acknowledges the lien of the Mortgage on the Mortgaged Property in question.

 

Recognized Value ” shall mean, with respect to each Purchased Loan the lesser of (a) the Applicable Purchase Rate multiplied by the Market Value of such Purchased Loan and (b) the Applicable Purchase Rate multiplied by the outstanding principal balance of such Purchased Loan. Recognized Value shall be zero with respect to each Purchased Loan that is not an Eligible Mortgage Loan.

 

Records ” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Loan, all instruments, agreements and other books, records, and reports and data generated by other media for the storage of information maintained by the Seller or any other person or entity with respect to a Purchased Loan.  Records shall include without limitation, the Mortgage Notes, any Mortgages, the Mortgage Loan Documents, the Servicing File, the Servicing Records and any other instruments necessary to document or service a Mortgage Loan that is a Purchased Loan, including, without limitation, the complete payment and modification history of each Purchased Loan.

 

Related Credit Enhancement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(c).

 

Regulation T, U or X ” shall mean Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

Remittance Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.05(d)  hereof.

 

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .21, .22, .23, .24, .28, .29, .31, or .32 of PBGC Reg. § 4043 (provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code or Section 303(j) of ERISA, shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code).

 

Repurchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

-15-


 

Repurchase Date ” shall mean the date occurring on (i) the sixth Business Day of each month following the related Purchase Date (or if such date is not a Business Day, the following Business Day), (ii) such earlier date provided under the terms of this Repurchase Agreement, or (iii) the Termination Date.  In no event shall the Repurchase Date for any Transaction occur after the Termination Date.

 

Repurchase Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement, the Pricing Side Letter, the Electronic Tracking Agreement, each Transaction Request, each Confirmation, the Blocked Account Agreement and any other related account control agreement.

 

Repurchase Obligations ” shall mean (a) all of the Seller’s obligation to pay the Repurchase Price on the Repurchase Date and other obligations and liabilities (including, without limitation, the obligation to pay the Commitment Fee, Non-Utilization Fee and any other fees and expenses hereunder) of the Seller to the Buyer, its Affiliates, Custodian or any other Person arising under, or in connection with, the Repurchase Documents or directly related to the Purchased Loans, whether now existing or hereafter arising; (b) any and all sums paid by the Buyer or on behalf of the Buyer pursuant to the Repurchase Documents in order to preserve any Purchased Loan or its interest therein; (c) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of any of the Seller’s indebtedness, obligations or liabilities referred to in clause (a), the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, collecting, preparing for sale, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on any Purchased Loan, or of any exercise by the Buyer, the Agent or any Affiliate of the Buyer of any of their respective rights under the Repurchase Documents, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs; and (d) all of the Seller’s indemnity obligations to the Buyer and the Agent pursuant to the Repurchase Documents.

 

Repurchase Price ” shall mean, with respect to each Purchased Loan, the price at which such Purchased Loan is to be transferred from the Buyer or its designee (including the Custodian) to the Seller upon termination of the related Transaction, which price will be determined in each case as the sum of the unpaid Purchase Price related to such Purchased Loan, the amount of unpaid Price Differential that has accrued with respect to such Transaction and the amount of any fees or expenses due and payable under the Repurchase Documents.

 

Requirement of Law ” shall mean as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (including, without duplication, Prescribed Laws and all laws with respect to unfair and deceptive lending practices and Predatory Lending Practices), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” shall mean, as to any Person, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer, the treasurer or the chief operating officer of such Person or such other officer designated as an authorized signatory in such

 

-16-



 

Person’s governing documents; provided, that in the event any such officer is unavailable at any time he or she is required to take any action hereunder, Responsible Officer shall mean any officer authorized to act on such officer’s behalf as demonstrated by a certificate of corporate resolution.

 

RHS Loan ” shall mean a Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the Rural Housing Service Section 502 Single Family Housing Guaranteed Loan Program, which Mortgage Loan is subject to a Rural Housing Service Guaranty and eligible for delivery to an Agency for inclusion in a loan pool securitized.

 

Rural Housing Service ” shall mean the Rural Housing Service of the USDA.

 

Rural Housing Service Approved Lender ” shall mean a lender which is approved by Rural Housing Service to act as a lender in connection with the origination of RHS Loans.

 

Rural Housing Service Guaranty ” shall mean with respect to a RHS Loan, the agreements evidencing the guaranty of such Loan by the Rural Housing Service.

 

Rural Housing Service Regulations ” shall mean the regulations, guidelines, instructions, policies and procedures adopted and implemented by the Rural Housing Service and applicable to (i) the origination and servicing of RHS Loans and (ii) the issuance and validity of Rural Housing Service Guaranties, in each case as such regulations, guidelines, instructions, policies and procedures may be revised or modified and in effect from time to time.

 

Section 404 Notice ” shall mean the notice required pursuant to Section 404 of the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009 (P.L. 111-22), which amends 15 U.S.C. Section 1641 et seq., to be delivered by a creditor that is an owner or an assignee of a mortgage loan to the related Mortgagor within thirty (30) days after the date on which such mortgage loan is sold or assigned to such creditor.

 

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

 

Security Agreement ” shall mean the specific security agreement creating a security interest on and pledge of the Cooperative Shares and the appurtenant Proprietary Lease securing a Cooperative Mortgage Loan.

 

Seller ” shall have the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Servicer ” shall mean PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or any other third party servicer as provided by Section 13.22(c)  hereof.

 

Servicer Notice and Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.22(c)  hereof.

 

-17-



 

“Servicer Report” shall mean a list (in computer readable form) of Purchased Loans serviced by the Servicer, providing as to each such Purchased Loan the applicable information reasonably agreed upon by the Buyer and the Seller.

 

Servicing Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.22(c)  hereof.

 

Servicing Records ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.22(b)  hereof.

 

Servicing Rights ” shall mean contractual, possessory or other rights of the Seller or any other Person to service or subservice a Mortgage Loan, whether arising under the Servicing Agreement, the Custodial Agreement or otherwise, to administer or service a Purchased Loan or to possess related Servicing Records.

 

Settlement Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Purchased Loan, the actual date on which the Takeout Price for such Purchased Loan is received by the Buyer, for the benefit of the Buyer, or the Seller pursuant to a Takeout Commitment or on which the purchase price paid for such Purchased Loan by the Takeout Investor is otherwise received by the Buyer, for the benefit of the Buyer, or the Seller.

 

Single Employer Plan ” shall mean as to any Person any Plan of such Person which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

System ” shall mean all hardware or software, or any system consisting of one or more thereof, including, without limitation, any and all enhancements, upgrades, customizations, modifications and the like utilized by any Person for the benefit of such Person to perform its obligations and to administer and track, store, process, provide, and where appropriate, insert, true and accurate dates and calculations for dates and spans with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

 

Takeout Assignment ” shall mean an assignment executed by the Seller, whereby the Seller irrevocably assigns its rights and obligations under a Takeout Commitment, and which assignment shall be substantially in the form and content of Exhibit H hereto.

 

Takeout Commitment ” shall mean a trade confirmation from a Takeout Investor to the Seller confirming the details of a forward trade between the Takeout

 

-18-



 

Investor (as the buyer) and the Seller (as the seller) constituting a valid, binding and enforceable mandatory delivery commitment by a Takeout Investor to purchase on the anticipated Settlement Date and at a given Takeout Price described therein.

 

Takeout Investor ” shall mean a securities broker-dealer, Agency or other institution, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, which has made a Takeout Commitment.

 

Takeout Price ” shall mean as to each Takeout Commitment the purchase price (expressed as a percentage of par) set forth therein.

 

Takeout Proceeds ” shall mean as to each Purchased Loan which is subject to a Takeout Commitment, the actual amount of proceeds delivered to the Buyer, for the account of the Buyer, by the applicable Takeout Investor for the purchase of such Purchased Loan.

 

Takeout Proceeds Identification Letter ” shall mean a takeout proceeds identification letter, substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto.

 

Tangible Net Worth ” shall mean, as of a particular date,

 

(a)        all amounts which would be included under equity on a balance sheet of the Seller at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP, less

 

(b)        (i) amounts owing to the Seller from Affiliates and (ii) Intangible Assets.

 

Termination Date ” shall mean July 1, 2014 or such earlier date on which this Repurchase Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the provisions hereof or by operation of law.

 

Total Indebtedness ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate Indebtedness of the Seller during such period less the amount of any nonspecific balance sheet reserves maintained in accordance with GAAP.

 

Transaction ” shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals hereof.

 

Transaction Request ” shall mean a Transaction Request substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

 

Type ” shall mean each type of Mortgage Loan identified in the definition of Applicable Pricing Spread.

 

Underwriting Guidelines ” shall mean the underwriting guidelines attached as Exhibit E hereto, which comply with all current requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, in effect as of the date of this Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with terms of this Agreement, and which have been approved (including any changes subsequent to the date hereof) in writing by Agent.

 

-19-



 

Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest or the renewal or enforcement thereof in any Purchased Items is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

 

USDA ” shall mean the United States Department of Agriculture.

 

“VA” shall mean the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, an agency of the United States of America, or any successor thereto including the Secretary of Veterans Affairs.

 

“VA Approved Lender” shall mean a lender which is approved by VA to act as a lender in connection with the origination of VA loans.

 

“VA Loan” shall mean a Mortgage Loan that, as of the closing of such Mortgage Loan, is the subject of a VA Loan Guaranty Agreement and that will be evidenced by a physical or electronic Loan Guaranty Certificate delivered after closing of such Mortgage Loan.

 

“VA Loan Guaranty Agreement” shall mean the obligation of the United States to pay a specific percentage of a Mortgage Loan (subject to a maximum amount) upon default of the Mortgagor pursuant to the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act, as amended.

 

“VA Regulations” shall mean the regulations promulgated by the Veterans Administration pursuant to the Serviceman’s Readjustment Act, as amended, codified in 36 Code of Federal Regulations, and other VA issuances relating to VA loans, including related Handbooks, Circulars and Notices.

 

Wet Aged Report ” shall have the meaning specified in the Custodial Agreement.

 

Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan ” shall mean a Mortgage Loan originated by the Seller in a transaction table-funded by the Buyer, which origination or table funding is financed in part or in whole with proceeds of Transactions and as to which the Custodian has not yet received the related Mortgage File.  A Mortgage Loan shall cease to be a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan on the date on which the Agent has received a Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report from the Custodian with respect to such Mortgage Loan confirming that the Custodian has physical possession of the related Mortgage File (as defined in the Custodial Agreement) and that there are no Exceptions (as defined in the Custodial Agreement) with respect to such Mortgage Loan. No Mortgage Loan that is table-funded by Seller or any third party shall be eligible as a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan under this Repurchase Agreement.

 

-20-



 

Wet-Ink Transaction ” shall mean a Transaction in which a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan is the Purchased Loan.  A Wet-Ink Transaction shall cease to be a Wet-Ink Transaction on the date that the underlying Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan ceases to be a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan (in accordance with the definition thereof).

 

Whole Loan Transfer ” shall mean the sale or transfer of some or all of the Mortgage Loans to a Takeout Investor in a whole loan transaction.

 

1.02     Accounting Terms and Determinations .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the Buyer hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP.

 

1.03     Interpretation .  The following rules of this subsection 1.03 apply unless the context requires otherwise or as otherwise provided in this Repurchase Agreement.  A gender includes all genders.  Where a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning.  A reference to a subsection, Section, Annex or Exhibit is, unless otherwise specified, a reference to a Section of, or annex or exhibit to, this Repurchase Agreement.  A reference to an agreement or document (including any Repurchase Document) is to the agreement or document as amended, modified, novated, supplemented or replaced, except to the extent prohibited thereby or by any Repurchase Document and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.  A reference to legislation or to a provision of legislation includes any amendment, modification or re-enactment of it, a legislative provision substituted for it and a regulation or statutory instrument issued under it.  A reference to conduct includes, without limitation, an omission, statement or undertaking, whether or not in writing.  The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Repurchase Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Repurchase Agreement.  The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”  In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding,” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

 

Except where otherwise provided in this Repurchase Agreement, any determination, consent, approval, statement or certificate made or confirmed in writing with notice to the Seller by the Buyer or the Agent on the Buyer’s behalf or an authorized officer of the Buyer or the Agent provided for in this Repurchase Agreement is conclusive and binds the parties in the absence of manifest error. A reference to an agreement includes a security interest, guarantee, agreement or legally enforceable arrangement whether or not in writing related to such agreement.

 

This Repurchase Agreement is the result of negotiations among, and has been reviewed by counsel to, the Buyer, the Agent and the Seller, and is the product of all parties.  In the interpretation of this Repurchase Agreement, no rule of construction shall apply to disadvantage one party on the ground that such party proposed or was involved in the preparation of any particular provision of this Repurchase Agreement or this Repurchase Agreement itself.  Except where otherwise expressly stated, the Buyer or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer may give or withhold, or give conditionally, approvals and consents and may form opinions and make

 

-21-



 

determinations at its absolute discretion.  Any requirement of good faith, discretion or judgment by the Buyer or the Agent shall not be construed to require the Buyer or the Agent to request or await receipt of information or documentation not immediately available from or with respect to the Seller, a servicer of the Purchased Loans, any other Person or the Purchased Loans themselves.

 

With respect to any Transaction, the Buyer and the Agent may conclusively rely upon, and shall incur no liability to the Seller in acting upon, any request or other communication that the Buyer or the Agent reasonably believes to have been given or made by a person authorized to enter into a Transaction on the Seller’s behalf.

 

Section 2.        Transactions, Repurchase and Margin Maintenance .

 

2.01     Transactions .

 

(a)  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Repurchase Documents and provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, Buyer shall, from time to time as requested by the Seller, enter into Transactions with an aggregate Purchase Price for all Purchased Loans acquired by the Buyer not to exceed the lesser of (i) the Maximum Amount and (ii) the Margin Base as in effect from time to time (after giving effect to the purchase of such Eligible Mortgage Loans).

 

(b)  A Confirmation (including all schedules related thereto), together with this Repurchase Agreement, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the terms agreed between the Seller and the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) with respect to the Transaction to which such Confirmation relates, and the Seller’s acceptance of the related proceeds of a Transaction shall constitute Seller’s agreement to the terms of such Confirmation.  It is the intention of the parties that each Confirmation shall not be separate from this Repurchase Agreement but shall be made a part hereof.  In the event of any conflict between this Repurchase Agreement and a Confirmation, the terms of this Repurchase Agreement shall control with respect to the related Transaction.  A Confirmation, and any terms and conditions therein, shall be applicable solely with respect to the related Transaction and shall not constitute a course of dealing between the Seller and the Buyer.

 

2.02     Transaction Request Procedure (Transactions other than Wet-Ink Transactions) .

 

(a)  The Seller may request a Transaction hereunder that is not a Wet-Ink Transaction, on any Business Day during the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the Termination Date by delivering to the Agent, with a copy to the Custodian, a Transaction Request, which Transaction Request must be received by the Agent prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the requested Purchase Date; provided that, the Agent shall use reasonable efforts to accommodate requests received after 11:00 a.m. but prior to 2:30 p.m., New York City time, on the requested Purchase Date.  Such Transaction Request shall (i) attach a schedule identifying the Eligible Mortgage Loans that the Seller proposes to sell to the Buyer hereunder in connection with such Transaction, (ii) specify the requested Purchase Price and Purchase Date, (iii) include (unless the same has been submitted previously) a Mortgage Loan

 

-22-



 

Data File containing information with respect to the Eligible Mortgage Loans that the Seller proposes to sell to the Buyer hereunder in connection with such Transaction, and (iv) such other information reasonably requested by the Buyer from time to time.

 

(b)  Upon receipt from the Seller of a Transaction Request pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , the Buyer shall, upon satisfaction of all applicable conditions precedent set forth in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof and provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, enter into such Transaction with the Seller. In the event that the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) determines to enter into a Transaction, the Buyer (or the Agent) shall specify the terms for such proposed Transaction, including the Purchase Price for the applicable Eligible Mortgage Loans, the Pricing Rate for the Transaction, the Market Value for the applicable Eligible Mortgage Loans, the Repurchase Date in respect of such Transaction and any additional terms or conditions of the Transaction, in a Confirmation to be delivered to the Seller on or prior to the applicable Purchase Date.

 

(c)  The Seller shall deliver to the Custodian, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Custodial Agreement, the Mortgage File pertaining to each Eligible Mortgage Loan to be sold to the Buyer hereunder on the requested Purchase Date.

 

(d) Pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, the Custodian shall deliver to the Agent and the Seller, no later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the initial Purchase Date, a Master Trust Receipt in respect of all Mortgage Loans to be purchased by the Buyer on such Purchase Date, and a Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report and, no later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each subsequent Purchase Date, an updated Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report; provided that, if, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of this Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer has accepted a Transaction Request after 11:00 a.m. on any Purchase Date, such Master Trust Receipt and Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report must be delivered not later than 2:30 p.m. on such Purchase Date.  The Seller acknowledges that Mortgage Loans listed in any Exception Report are not Eligible Mortgage Loans and the Buyer is not obligated to enter into any Transaction with respect to any Mortgage Loan listed in any Exception Report.

 

(e)  Subject to Section 5 hereof and provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Transaction will then be entered into by the Buyer, transferring, via wire transfer, to the account specified by Seller on a Transaction Request, an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Price for such Transaction in funds immediately available to the Seller.

 

2.03     Transaction Request Procedure (Wet-Ink Transactions) .

 

(a)        Seller may request a Wet-Ink Transaction hereunder, on any Business Day during the period from and including the Effective Date to and excluding the Termination Date, by delivering to the Agent, an estimate of the amount required to fund Wet-Ink Transactions the following Business Day, which estimate must be received by the Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time, one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Purchase Date.

 

-23-



 

(b)        On the requested Purchase Date for a Wet-Ink Transaction, the Seller may deliver to the Agent with a copy to the Custodian, no more than three (3) transmissions, which transmissions shall (i) attach a Transaction Request, (ii) attach a schedule identifying the Eligible Mortgage Loans that the Seller proposes to sell to the Buyer hereunder in connection with such Transaction, (iii) specify the requested Purchase Price and (iv) be accompanied by a Mortgage Loan Data File from the Custodian, pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, in respect of all Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans sold to the Buyer on such Purchase Date.  The latest transmission must be received by the Agent no later than 4:00 p.m. New York City time, on such Purchase Date.  Such Transaction Request shall specify the requested Purchase Date.

 

(c)        The Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) and release to the Custodian the Mortgage File pertaining to such Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan on the next Business Day following receipt of such Mortgage File by the Seller, but in any event no later than five (5) Business Days following the applicable Purchase Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Custodial Agreement.  On the applicable Purchase Date and on each Business Day following the applicable Purchase Date, no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, the Custodian shall deliver to the Agent a schedule listing each Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan with respect to which the complete Mortgage File has not been received by the Custodian (the “ Wet-Aged Report ”).  The Agent may confirm that the information in the Wet-Aged Report is consistent with the information provided to the Agent pursuant to Section 2.03(b) .

 

(d)       Upon the Seller’s request for a Transaction pursuant to Section 2.03(a) , the Buyer may, upon satisfaction of all conditions precedent set forth in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof, and provided that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, enter into a Transaction with the Seller on the requested Purchase Date, in the amount so requested.

 

(e)        Subject to Section 5 hereof, such Purchase Price will then be made available by the Custodian transferring at the direction of the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer), via wire transfer, the amount of such Purchase Price from the account of the Buyer maintained with the Custodian to the account of the designated Closing Agent pursuant to disbursement instructions provided by the Seller on the electronic system maintained by the Custodian; provided , however , that (i) the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) has been provided such disbursement instructions and shall not have rejected, in its sole discretion, any wiring location, (ii) the Custodian shall not, in any event, (A) transfer funds to the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller or (B) transfer funds in excess of the original principal balance of the related Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan.  Upon notice from the Closing Agent to the Seller that the related Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan was not originated, the Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan shall be removed from the list of Eligible Mortgage Loans and the Closing Agent shall immediately return the funds via wire transfer to the account of the Buyer maintained with the Custodian.  The Seller shall notify the Agent if a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan was not originated and has been removed from the list of Eligible Mortgage Loans.

 

2.04     Limitation on Types of Transactions; Illegality .  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if, on or prior to the determination of any LIBOR Rate:

 

-24-


 

(a)  the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) determines, which determination shall be conclusive, that quotations of rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the definition of “LIBOR Rate” in Section 1.01 hereof are not being provided in the relevant amounts or for the relevant maturities for purposes of determining Price Differential for Transactions as provided herein; or

 

(b)  the Buyer determines, which determination shall be conclusive, that the relevant rate referred to in the definition of “LIBOR Rate” in Section 1.01 hereof upon the basis of which the Price Differential for Transactions is to be determined is not likely adequately to cover the cost to the Buyer of entering into or maintaining Transactions; or

 

(c)  it becomes unlawful for the Buyer to enter into or maintain Transactions hereunder using a LIBOR Rate;

 

then the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) shall give the Seller prompt notice thereof and, so long as such condition remains in effect, the Buyer shall not be under any obligation to enter into any additional Transactions and the Seller shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price of all Transactions then outstanding within three (3) Business Days; provided that, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, and to the extent permitted under applicable law in the case of clause (c) above, Buyer shall select an alternative rate that will approximate the LIBOR Rate, and, if Seller agrees to pay such rate, Buyer shall continue to enter into Transactions under the terms of this Repurchase Agreement and the payment of the Repurchase Price shall not be accelerated pursuant to the terms of this sentence.

 

2.05     Payment of Repurchase Price, Price Differential .

 

(a)  The Seller hereby promises to pay in full on the Termination Date the aggregate Repurchase Price of all Transactions then outstanding.  In addition, the Seller shall repurchase the related Purchased Loans from Buyer on each related Repurchase Date.  Each obligation to repurchase exists without regard to any prior or intervening liquidation or foreclosure with respect to any Purchased Loan.  The Seller is obligated to obtain the related Purchased Loans from the Buyer or its designee (including Custodian) at Seller’s expense on (or after) the related Repurchase Date.  Provided that the applicable conditions in Section 5 have been satisfied and provided further no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the Agent is notified to the contrary not later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time at least one (1) Business Day prior to any such Repurchase Date, on each related Repurchase Date each Purchased Loan shall automatically become subject to a new Transaction.  In such event, the related Repurchase Date on which such Transaction becomes subject to a new Transaction shall become the “Purchase Date” for such Transaction. Seller shall deliver a written Transaction Request to Agent requesting that the Purchased Loans become subject to such new Transaction prior to such Purchase Date.  For each new Transaction, unless otherwise agreed, (y) the accrued and unpaid Price Differential shall be settled in cash on each related Repurchase Date, and (z) the Pricing Rate shall be as set forth in the Pricing Side Letter. The term of any Transaction shall not exceed one month.

 

(b)  The Seller hereby promises to pay to the Buyer, Price Differential on the unpaid Repurchase Price of each Transaction for the period from and including the Purchase

 

-25-



 

Date of such Transaction to but excluding the Termination Date of such Transaction, at a rate per annum equal to the Pricing Rate; provided , that in no event shall such rate per annum exceed the maximum rate permitted by law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller hereby promises to pay to the Buyer, interest at the applicable Post-Default Rate on any Repurchase Price and on any other amount payable by the Seller hereunder that shall not be paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or by mandatory prepayment or otherwise) for the period from and including the due date thereof to but excluding the date the same is paid in full.  Accrued Price Differential on each Transaction shall be payable monthly on the Repurchase Date each month and for the last month of the Repurchase Agreement on the Repurchase Date of such last month and on the Termination Date; provided , that the Buyer may, in its sole discretion, require accrued Price Differential to be paid simultaneously with any prepayment of Repurchase Price that is made by the Seller on a day other than the Termination Date.  Interest payable at the Post-Default Rate shall accrue daily and shall be payable upon such accrual.  Promptly after the determination of any interest rate provided for herein or any change therein, the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) shall give notice thereof to the Seller.

 

(c)  It is understood and agreed that, unless and until a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Seller shall be entitled to the proceeds of the Purchased Loans subject to Transactions outstanding hereunder subject to the terms and provisions of this Repurchase Agreement.  The Seller shall deposit all Income or other proceeds received with respect to each Purchased Loan after the related Purchase Date into the Blocked Account within two (2) Business Days of receipt.  Unless and until a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Seller may withdraw amounts from the Blocked Account on each Repurchase Date so long as all amounts then due and payable to Buyer have been paid in full.

 

(d) With respect to each Purchased Loan subject to a Takeout Commitment, the Seller shall instruct the related Takeout Investor to remit directly to the Buyer no later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on a Business Day all Takeout Proceeds in an amount equal to or greater than the Repurchase Price for such Purchased Loan.  Simultaneously, the Seller shall deliver to the Buyer via facsimile or electronic mail a purchase advice (the “ Purchase Advice ”) and shall indicate on such Purchase Advice the Mortgage Loan identification number which identified the applicable Eligible Mortgage Loan when it was purchased by the Buyer hereunder.  A portion of the Takeout Proceeds in an amount equal to the Recognized Value of such Purchased Loan shall be applied to the Repurchase Price of the outstanding Transactions.  Upon receipt by the Buyer of payment of the Repurchase Price in respect of such Purchased Loan (not taking into account any Price Differential which may be paid subsequently pursuant to the terms of this Repurchase Agreement), the Buyer shall release and remit to the Seller the amount of any Takeout Proceeds in excess of the Recognized Value of such Purchased Loans (the “ Remittance Amount ”); provided , that, both immediately before and after giving effect to such release and remittance, (i) there is no Default or Event of Default under this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document and (ii) there is no Margin Deficiency.  To the extent that a Margin Deficiency exists or would be created by the release of the Remittance Amount or a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Buyer shall be entitled to retain the Remittance Amount.  In the event that the Purchase Advice indicates that some of the proceeds forwarded to the Buyer do not belong to the Buyer or the Seller (such amount, the “ Excess Proceeds ”), then (i) the Seller shall provide the Buyer with a Takeout Proceeds Identification

 

-26-



 

Letter, and (ii) upon confirmation by the Buyer that the information set forth in the Purchase Advice matches the information that the Buyer has in its possession with respect to the Purchased Loans, the Buyer shall promptly remit by wire transfer the Excess Proceeds in accordance with the Seller’s instructions.  If funds are received before 3:00 p.m., New York City time on a Business Day, but either (A) no Purchase Advice is received or (B) such funds are not properly identified on the related Purchase Advice (a “ Purchase Advice Deficiency ”), then such funds shall be retained by the Buyer, and the Transactions made in respect of the related Purchased Loans shall continue to accrue Price Differential under this Repurchase Agreement, until such Purchase Advice Deficiency is remedied, and the Mortgage Loan subject to such Purchase Advice shall not be released until such Purchase Advice Deficiency is remedied.  In no event shall such Purchase Advice be back-dated to the date of its issuance.  The Buyer shall not be liable to the Seller or any other Person to the extent that the Buyer follows instructions given to it by the Seller in a Takeout Proceeds Identification Letter.

 

2.06     Margin Maintenance .

 

(a)  If at any time the aggregate Purchase Price of all Transactions then outstanding hereunder exceeds the aggregate Recognized Value of all Purchased Loans subject to such Transactions by $100,000 or more (a “ Margin Deficiency ”), as determined in good faith by the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) and notified to the Seller on any Business Day, the Seller shall no later than one (1) Business Day after receipt of such notice, either make a payment to the Buyer, in respect of the aggregate Purchase Price or transfer to the Buyer additional Eligible Mortgage Loans that are in all respects acceptable to the Buyer in good faith (which additional Eligible Mortgage Loans shall be deemed to be Purchased Loans under the Repurchase Documents) such that after giving effect to such payment or transfer no Margin Deficiency shall then exist.

 

(b)  If at any time the aggregate Purchase Price of all Transactions then outstanding hereunder exceeds the Maximum Amount then in effect, the Seller shall at such time make a payment to the Buyer, in respect of the aggregate Repurchase Price such that, after giving effect to such payment, the aggregate Purchase Price of all Transactions then outstanding hereunder shall not exceed the Maximum Amount then in effect.

 

Section 3.        Payments; Computations; Commitment Fee, Non-Utilization Fee, Etc .

 

3.01     Payments .

 

(a)  Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, all payments of Repurchase Price, including Price Differential, and other amounts to be paid by the Seller under this Repurchase Agreement, shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to the Buyer, at the following account maintained by the Buyer: Account No. 30463591, Citibank, N.A., ABA No. 021-000-089, Attn: Whole Loans, Ref: PennyMac, not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date on which such payment shall become due (and each such payment made after such time on such due date shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day).  The Seller acknowledges that it has no rights of withdrawal from the foregoing account.

 

-27-



 

(b)  Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, if the due date of any payment under this Repurchase Agreement would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and Price Differential shall accrue with respect to the amount of any Purchase Price so extended for the period of such extension.

 

3.02     Computations .  Price Differential on the Transactions shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which payable.

 

3.03     Requirements of Law .

 

(a)  If the introduction or adoption of or any change (other than any change by way of the imposition of or increase in reserve requirements included in the LIBOR Rate Reserve Percentage) in any Requirement of Law (other than with respect to any amendment made to the Buyer’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents) or any change in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by the Buyer with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

 

(i)         shall subject the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Repurchase Agreement or any Transaction entered into by it (excluding taxes on the Buyer’s or the Agent’s, as applicable, net income or franchise taxes) or change the basis of taxation of payments to the Buyer or Agent, as applicable, in respect thereof;

 

(ii)        shall impose, modify or hold applicable to any Transaction any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans, Transactions or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder;

 

(iii)       shall impose on the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) any other condition; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be), by an amount which the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) deem to be material, of making, participating in, continuing or maintaining any Transaction or to reduce any amount due or owing hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Seller shall promptly pay the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable.

 

(b)  If the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law applicable to the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be)(other than with respect to any amendment made to the Buyer’s or the Agent’s certificate of incorporation and

 

-28-



 

by-laws or other organizational or governing documents) regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) or any corporation controlling the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Buyer’s or the Agent’s, as applicable, or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its actions hereunder to a level below that which the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the Buyer’s or the Agent’s, as applicable, or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) to be material, then from time to time, the Seller shall promptly pay to the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Buyer for such reduction.

 

(c)  If the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) become entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall promptly notify the Seller of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.  A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by the Buyer or the Agent, as applicable, to the Seller shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

3.04     Commitment Fee.

 

The Seller agrees to pay to the Buyer a commitment fee equal to the product of (a) the Commitment Fee Percentage and (b) the Maximum Amount (the “ Commitment Fee ”), such payment to be made in Dollars in immediately available funds, without deduction, set off or counterclaim, to Buyer as provided in the Pricing Side Letter. The Seller also hereby agrees to pay to the Buyer any other fees provided in the Pricing Side Letter as specified therein.  The Buyer may, in its sole discretion, net any of the Commitment Fee or any other fee from the proceeds of any Purchase Price paid to the Seller. Each of such fees shall be deemed to be fully earned and non-refundable when paid.

 

3.05     Non-Utilization Fee.

 

On a monthly basis and on the Termination Date, the Seller agrees to pay to the Buyer a non-utilization fee in an amount set forth in the Pricing Side Letter (the “Non-Utilization Fee” ).  All such payments shall be made to the Buyer in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, setoff or counterclaim.  The Buyer may, in its sole discretion, net such Non-Utilization Fee from the proceeds of any Purchase Price paid to the Seller.

 

Section 4.        Purchased Items .

 

4.01     Purchased Items; Security Interest .

 

(a)  Pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, the Custodian shall hold the Mortgage Loan Documents as exclusive bailee and agent for the benefit of the Buyer pursuant to terms of the Custodial Agreement and shall deliver to the Buyer the Master Trust Receipts each to the effect that it has reviewed such Mortgage Loan Documents in the manner and to the extent

 

-29-



 

required by the Custodial Agreement and identifying any deficiencies in such Mortgage Loan Documents as so reviewed.

 

(b)  All of the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under each of the following items of property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created and wherever located, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Purchased Items :”

 

(i)         all Purchased Loans (including, without limitation, the related Servicing Rights). For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged and agreed by the Seller that the grant of a security interest by the Seller to the Buyer in any Purchased Loan shall not be released or otherwise affected due to the fact that any Purchased Loan is not an Eligible Mortgage Loan or that the Recognized Value thereof is zero dollars or is reduced, including if it is reduced to zero dollars, at any time;

 

(ii)        all Mortgage Loan Documents, including without limitation all promissory notes, and all Servicing Records, Servicing Agreements and any other collateral pledged or otherwise relating to such Purchased Loans, together with all files, documents, instruments, surveys, certificates, correspondence, appraisals, computer programs, computer storage media, accounting records and other books and records relating thereto, including electronic records;

 

(iii)       all rights of Seller to receive from any third party or to take delivery of any Servicing Records or other documents which constitute a part of the Mortgage File or Servicing File, all rights of Seller to receive from any third party or to take delivery of any Records or other documents which constitute a part of the Mortgage File;

 

(iv)       all mortgage guaranties and insurance (issued by governmental agencies or otherwise) and any mortgage insurance certificate or other document evidencing such mortgage guaranties or insurance relating to any Purchased Loan and all claims and payments thereunder;

 

(v)        all other insurance policies and insurance proceeds relating to any Purchased Loan or the related Mortgaged Property;

 

(vi)       all purchase agreements or other agreements, contracts (and all rights to receive documentation relating thereto) or any related Takeout Commitments now existing or hereafter arising, to the extent covering any part of the foregoing Purchased Items, all rights to deliver such Mortgage Loans to Takeout Investors or to permanent investors and other purchasers pursuant thereto and all proceeds resulting from the disposition of such Purchased Items pursuant thereto, including the Seller’s right and entitlement to receive the entire Takeout Price specified in each Takeout Commitment for the related Purchased Items;

 

(vii)      all Interest Rate Protection Agreements, to the extent relating to or constituting any and all of the foregoing;

 

(viii)     the Blocked Account and all monies from time to time on deposit in the Blocked Accounts and the Settlement Account established pursuant to the Custodial Agreement and all monies from time to time on deposit in the Settlement Account;

 

-30-



 

(ix)       all collateral, however defined, under any other agreement between the Seller or any of its Affiliates on the one hand and the Buyer or any of its Affiliates on the other hand;

 

(x)        all “accounts,” “chattel paper,” “commercial tort claims,” “deposit accounts,” “documents,” “equipment,” “general intangibles,” “goods,” “instruments,” “inventory,” “investment property,” “letter of credit rights,” and “securities’ accounts” as each of those terms is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code and all cash and Cash Equivalents and all products and proceeds relating to or constituting any or all of the foregoing; and

 

(xi)       any and all replacements, substitutions, distributions on or proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

 

(c)  The Seller and the Buyer intend that the Transactions hereunder be sales to the Buyer of the Purchased Items (including, without limitation, the related Servicing Rights) and not loans from the Buyer to the Seller secured by the Purchased Items.  However, in order to preserve the Buyer’s rights under this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents in the event that a court or other forum recharacterizes the Transactions hereunder as loans, and as security for the performance by the Seller of all of the Seller’s obligations to the Buyer under the Repurchase Documents and the Transactions entered into hereunder, the Seller hereby assigns, pledges and grants a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Items to the Buyer, to secure the payment of the Repurchase Price on all Transactions and all other amounts owing to the Buyer hereunder and under the other Repurchase Documents (collectively, and together with the pledge of Servicing Rights in the immediately preceding sentence, the “ Related Credit Enhancement ”). The Related Credit Enhancement is hereby pledged as further security for Seller’s Obligations to Buyer hereunder. The Seller agrees to mark its computer records and tapes to evidence the interests granted to the Buyer hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged and agreed by the Seller that the grant of a security interest by the Seller to the Buyer in any Purchased Loan shall not be released or otherwise affected due to the fact that any Purchased Loan is not an Eligible Mortgage Loan or that the Recognized Value thereof is zero dollars or is reduced, including if it is reduced to zero dollars, at any time.

 

4.02     Further Documentation .  At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer), and at the sole expense of the Seller, the Seller will promptly and duly execute and deliver, or will promptly cause to be executed and delivered, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Repurchase Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Liens created hereby.  The Seller also hereby authorizes the Buyer to file any such financing or continuation statement without the signature of the Seller to the extent permitted by applicable law.  A photographic or other reproduction of this Repurchase Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement for filing in any jurisdiction.

 

-31-



 

4.03     Changes in Locations, Name, etc .  The Seller shall not (i) change the location of its chief executive office/chief place of business or mailing address from that specified in Section 6 hereof, (ii) change its name, identity or corporate structure (or the equivalent) or change the location where it maintains its records with respect to the Purchased Items or (iii) reincorporate or reorganize under the laws of another jurisdiction unless it shall have given the Buyer at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof and shall have delivered to the Buyer all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and amendments thereto as the Buyer shall reasonably request and taken all other actions deemed reasonably necessary by the Buyer to continue its perfected status in the Purchased Items with the same or better priority.  The Seller’s organizational identification number is 4509384; the Seller’s federal tax identification number is 26-2049351.  The Seller shall promptly notify the Buyer of any change in such organizational or federal tax identification number.

 

4.04     The Buyer’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact .

 

(a)        The Seller hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Buyer and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of the Seller and in the name of the Seller or in its own name, from time to time in the Buyer’s discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Repurchase Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Repurchase Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Seller hereby gives the Buyer the power and right, on behalf of the Seller, without assent by, but with notice to, the Seller, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to do the following:

 

(i)         in the name of the Seller or its own name, or otherwise, to take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any mortgage insurance or payable on or on account of any other Purchased Items and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Buyer for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any such mortgage insurance or with respect to any other Purchased Items whenever payable;

 

(ii)        to pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Purchased Items; and

 

(iii)       (A) to direct any party liable for any payment under any Purchased Items to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Buyer or as the Buyer shall direct, including, without limitation, to send “goodbye” letters and Section 404 notices on behalf of the Seller and any applicable Servicer; (B) to ask or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Purchased Items; (C) to sign and endorse any invoices, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Purchased Items; (D) to commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Purchased Items or any portion thereof or proceeds thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Purchased

 

-32-



 

Items; (E) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against the Seller with respect to any Purchased Items; (F) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in clause (E) above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as the Buyer may deem appropriate; and (G) generally, to sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Purchased Items as fully and completely as though the Buyer were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Buyer’s option and the Seller’s expense, at any time, and from time to time, all acts and things which the Buyer deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Purchased Items and the Buyer’s Liens thereon and to effect the intent of this Repurchase Agreement, all as fully and effectively as the Seller might do.

 

The Seller hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.  This power of attorney shall not revoke any prior powers of attorney granted by the Seller.

 

(b)  The Seller also authorizes the Buyer, at any time and from time to time, (i) to execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 4.07 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Purchased Items and (ii) to file any initial financing statements, amendments thereto and continuation statements with or without the signature of the Seller as authorized by applicable law, as applicable to all or any part of the Purchased Items.

 

(c)  The powers conferred on the Buyer are solely to protect the interests of the Buyer in the Purchased Items and shall not impose any duty upon the Buyer to exercise any such powers.  The Buyer shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Buyer nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Seller for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

4.05     Performance by The Buyer of The Seller’s Repurchase Obligations .  If the Seller fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained in the Repurchase Documents and the Buyer itself performs or complies, or otherwise causes performance or compliance, with such agreement, the out-of-pocket expenses of the Buyer incurred in connection with such performance or compliance, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the Post-Default Rate, shall be payable by the Seller to the Buyer upon five (5) days notice that such amounts are due and payable, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, in which case such amounts shall be due and payable on demand and, in either case, shall constitute Repurchase Obligations.

 

4.06     Proceeds .  If a Default shall occur and be continuing, (a) all Income and other proceeds of Purchased Items received by the Seller consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items shall be held by the Seller in trust for the Buyer, segregated from other funds of the Seller, and shall forthwith upon receipt by the Seller be turned over to the Buyer in the exact form received by the Seller (duly endorsed by the Seller to the Buyer, if required) and (b) any and all such proceeds received by the Buyer (whether from the Seller or otherwise) may, in the sole discretion of the Buyer, be held by the Buyer as collateral security for, and/or then or at any time thereafter may be applied by the Buyer against, the Repurchase Obligations (whether

 

-33-



 

matured or unmatured), such application to be in such order as the Buyer shall elect. Any balance of such proceeds remaining after the Repurchase Obligations shall have been paid in full and this Repurchase Agreement shall have been terminated shall be paid over to the Seller or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same. For purposes hereof, proceeds shall include, but not be limited to, all principal and interest payments, all prepayments and payoffs, insurance claims, condemnation awards, sale proceeds, real estate owned rents and any other income and all other amounts received with respect to the Purchased Items.

 

4.07     Remedies .  If a Default shall occur and be continuing, the Buyer may, at its option, enter into one or more interest rate protection agreements or other hedging arrangements covering all or a portion of the Purchased Loans purchased by the Buyer hereunder, and the Seller shall be responsible for all damages, judgments, costs and expenses of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Buyer relating to or arising out of such Interest Rate Protection Agreements, including without limitation any net losses (after giving effect to any gain in the sale of the related Mortgage Loans) resulting from such Interest Rate Protection Agreements.  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Buyer may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Repurchase Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Repurchase Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Buyer without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon the Seller or any other Person (each and all of which demands, presentments, protests, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Purchased Items, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Purchased Items or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels or as an entirety at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Buyer or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk.  The Buyer shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Purchased Items so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in the Seller, which right or equity is hereby waived or released.  The Seller further agrees, at the Buyer’s request, to assemble the Purchased Items and make them available to the Buyer at places which the Buyer shall reasonably select, whether at the Seller’s premises or elsewhere.  The Buyer shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale, after deducting all costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Purchased Items or in any way relating to the Purchased Items or the rights of the Buyer hereunder, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Repurchase Obligations, in such order as the Buyer may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the Buyer of any other amount required or permitted by any provision of law, including without limitation Sections 9-608(a) and 9-615(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code, need the Buyer account for the surplus, if any, to the Seller.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Seller waives all claims, damages and demands the Seller may acquire against the Buyer arising out of the exercise by the Buyer of any of its rights hereunder, other than those claims, damages and demands arising from the gross

 

-34-



 

negligence or willful misconduct of the Buyer.  If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Purchased Items shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.  The Seller shall remain liable for any deficiency (plus accrued interest thereon at the Post-Default Rate) if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Purchased Items are insufficient to pay the Repurchase Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Buyer to collect such deficiency.

 

4.08     Limitation on Duties Regarding Preservation of Purchased Items .  The Buyer’s duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Purchased Items in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Buyer deals with similar property for its own account.  Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, neither the Buyer nor any of its respective directors, officers or employees shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Purchased Items or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Items upon the request of the Seller or otherwise.

 

4.09     Powers Coupled with an Interest .  All authorizations and agencies herein contained with respect to the Purchased Items are irrevocable and are powers coupled with an interest.

 

4.10     Release of Security Interest .  Upon termination of this Repurchase Agreement and payment to the Buyer of all Repurchase Obligations and the performance of all obligations under the Transactions and the Repurchase Documents the Buyer shall reconvey all Purchased Items to the Seller and release its security interest in any remaining Purchased Items.

 

4.11     Cash Reporting .  The Seller shall provide, or cause to be provided, to the Buyer on a monthly basis, or at more frequent intervals as requested by the Buyer, a report of all cash and other collections activity with respect to each Purchased Loan and the amount of the Loan Loss Reserves maintained by the Seller.  Such report shall be delivered to the Buyer not later than three (3) Business Days following the date of such request by the Buyer.

 

4.12     Taxes; Tax Treatment .

 

(a)  All payments made by the Seller under this Repurchase Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities (including penalties, interest and additions to tax) with respect thereto imposed by any Governmental Authority, excluding income taxes, branch profits taxes, franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on the net income by the United States, a state or a foreign jurisdiction under the laws of which the Buyer is organized or of its applicable lending office, or any political subdivision thereof (collectively, “Taxes”), all of which shall be paid by the Seller for its own account not later than the date when due.  If the Seller is required by law or regulation to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder, it shall: (a) make such deduction or withholding; (b) pay the amount so deducted or withheld to the appropriate Governmental Authority not later than the date when due; (c) deliver to the Buyer, promptly, original tax

 

-35-



 

receipts and other evidence satisfactory to the Buyer of the payment when due of the full amount of such Taxes; and (d) pay to the Buyer such additional amounts as may be necessary so that the Buyer receives, free and clear of all Taxes, a net amount equal to the amount it would have received under this Repurchase Agreement, as if no such deduction or withholding had been made.

 

(b)  In addition, the Seller agrees to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by any Governmental Authority that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Repurchase Agreement (“Other Taxes”).

 

(c)  The Seller agrees to indemnify the Buyer for the full amount of Taxes (including additional amounts with respect thereto) and Other Taxes, and the full amount of Taxes of any kind imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 4.12, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, provided that the Buyer shall have provided the Seller with evidence, reasonably satisfactory to the Seller, of payment of Taxes or Other Taxes, as the case may be.

 

(d) Without prejudice to the survival or any other agreement of the Seller hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Seller contained in this Section 4.12 shall survive the termination of this Repurchase Agreement.  Nothing contained in this Section 4.12 shall require the Buyer to make available any of its tax returns or other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary.

 

(e)  Each party to this Repurchase Agreement acknowledges that it is its intent for purposes of U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise taxes to treat each Transaction as indebtedness of the Seller that is secured by the Purchased Loans and that the Purchased Loans are owned by the Seller in the absence of an Event of Default.  All parties to this Repurchase Agreement agree to such treatment and agree to take no action inconsistent with this treatment, unless required by law.

 

Section 5.        Conditions Precedent .

 

5.01     Initial Transaction .  The Buyer entering into the initial Transaction hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of such Transaction, of the condition precedent that the Buyer shall have received all of the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer and its counsel in form and substance:

 

(a)  Repurchase Documents .

 

(i)         Repurchase Agreement .  This Repurchase Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Seller;

 

(ii)        Custodial Agreement .  The Custodial Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Seller and the Custodian;

 

-36-


 

(iii)                                                   Blocked Account Agreement .  A Blocked Account Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto;

 

(iv)                                                   Electronic Tracking Agreement .  The Electronic Tracking Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Seller, Electronic Agent and MERS.

 

(b)       Organizational Documents .  An officer’s certificate of the Seller and the Guarantor in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M , together with a good standing certificate dated as of a recent date, but in no event more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such initial Transaction and certified copies of the charter and by-laws (or equivalent documents) of the Seller and the Guarantor and of all corporate or other authority for the Seller and the Guarantor with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of the Repurchase Documents and each other document to be delivered by the Seller and the Guarantor from time to time in connection herewith (and the Buyer may conclusively rely on such certificate until it receives notice in writing from the Seller and the Guarantor to the contrary);

 

(c)        Legal Opinion .  A legal opinion of outside counsel to the Seller and the Guarantor, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ;

 

(d)      Master Trust Receipt and Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report .  A Master Trust Receipt, substantially in the form of Annex 2 of the Custodial Agreement, dated the Effective Date, from the Custodian, duly completed, with a Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report attached thereto;

 

(e)        Servicing Agreement(s) .  Any Servicing Agreement, certified as a true, correct and complete copy of the original together, with a fully executed Servicer Notice and Agreement and, if the Servicer is not the Seller, a letter from the applicable Servicer consenting to termination of such Servicing Agreement upon the occurrence of an Event of Default;

 

(f)         Filings, Registrations, Recordings; Lien Searches .  (i) Any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements) required to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create, in favor of the Buyer, a perfected, first-priority security interest in the Purchased Items, subject to no Liens other than those created hereunder, shall have been properly prepared and executed for filing (including the applicable county(ies) if the Buyer determines such filings are necessary in its sole discretion), registration or recording in each office in each jurisdiction in which such filings, registrations and recordations are required to perfect such first-priority security interest; provided, that assignments of the Mortgages securing or related to the Mortgage Loans shall not be required to be recorded prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default;

 

(ii)                                                       UCC lien searches in such jurisdictions as shall be applicable to the Seller and the Purchased Items, the results of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer;

 

(g)       Financial Statements .  The financial statements referenced in Section 6.03 ;

 

(h)       Underwriting Guidelines .  A certified copy of the Underwriting Guidelines, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Buyer;

 

-37-



 

(i)           Consents, Licenses, Approvals, etc . The Buyer shall have received copies certified by the Seller and the Guarantor of all consents, licenses and approvals, if any, required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller and the Guarantor of, and the validity and enforceability of, the Mortgage Loan Documents and Repurchase Documents, which consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, including but not limited to, evidence of the following, to the extent applicable and required, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, VA and RHS approval as lender, evidence of FHA approval as Mortgagee and FHA, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, RHS and VA approval as servicer of the Mortgage Loans, as well as approval by FHA, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, RHS and VA of any Servicer of the Mortgage Loans;

 

(j)           Insurance . The Buyer shall have received evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Buyer showing compliance by the Seller as of such initial Purchase Date with Section 7.25 hereof;

 

(k)       [ Reserved ];

 

(l)           Commitment Fee .  The Buyer shall have received the Commitment Fee; and

 

(m)   Other Documents .  Such other documents as the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

5.02                     Initial and Subsequent Transactions .  The entering into by the Buyer of each Transaction (including the initial Transaction) on any Business Day is subject to the satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent, both immediately prior to the entering into of such Transaction and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use of the Purchase Price paid to the Seller in respect thereof:

 

(a)        No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(b)    Representations and Warranties .  Both immediately prior to the entering into of such Transaction and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use of the Purchase Price paid to the Seller in respect thereof, the representations and warranties made by the Seller in Section 6 and Schedule 1 hereof, and elsewhere in each of the Repurchase Documents, shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the date of the making of such Transaction (in the case of the representations and warranties in Section 6.11 , Section 6.24 , the last two sentences of Section 6.28 and Schedule 1 , solely with respect to Purchased Loans subject to outstanding Transactions) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date);

 

(c)        Margin Maintenance .  No Margin Deficiency shall exist;

 

(d)      Due Diligence .  Subject to the Buyer’s right to perform one or more Due Diligence Reviews pursuant to Section 13.23 hereof, the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) shall have completed its due diligence review of the Mortgage Loan Documents for each Transaction and such other documents, records, agreements, instruments, mortgaged properties

 

-38-



 

or information relating to such Mortgage Loans as the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) in its sole discretion deems appropriate to review and such review shall be satisfactory to the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) in its sole discretion;

 

(e)        Master Trust Receipt .  A Master Trust Receipt, substantially in the form of Annex 2 of the Custodial Agreement, dated the Effective Date, from the Custodian, duly completed;

 

 

(f)         Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report .  The Buyer shall have received from the Custodian a Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report with Exceptions as are acceptable to the Buyer in its sole discretion in respect of Eligible Mortgage Loans to be purchased hereunder on such Business Day;

 

(g)       Release Letter .  The Agent shall have received from the Seller a Warehouse Lender’s Release Letter, if applicable, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (or such other form acceptable to the Agent);

 

(h)       Good Standing Certificate .  At the request of the Agent, the Seller and the Guarantor shall deliver to the Agent a good standing certificate dated as of a recent date, but in no event more than ten (10) days prior to the date of such Transaction;

 

(i)                                   Fees and Expenses .  The Buyer shall have received all fees, expenses and other amounts payable by the Seller under this Repurchase Agreement (including, without limitation the amount of any Commitment Fee and Non-Utilization Fee then due and owing, and all of the Buyer’s attorney fees and expenses as contemplated by Section 13.04(c)  and due diligence and indemnity expenses then due and owing) which amount, at the Buyer’s option, may be netted from the amount of Purchase Price to be paid to the Seller in connection with any Transaction entered into under this Repurchase Agreement;

 

(j)                                   Takeout Assignment .  Upon the request of the Buyer, the Buyer shall have received a Takeout Assignment for each Takeout Commitment relating to any Purchased Loan subject to a Transaction outstanding as of the Purchase Date;

 

(k)                               No Market Events .  None of the following shall have occurred and/or be continuing:

 

(i)                                                      an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the effective absence of a “repo market” or comparable “lending market” for financing debt obligations secured by mortgage loans or securities or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the Buyer not being able to finance any Mortgage Loans through the “repo market” or “lending market” with traditional counterparties at rates which would have been reasonable prior to the occurrence of such event or events;

 

(ii)                                                  an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the effective absence of a “securities market” for securities backed by mortgage loans or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the Buyer not being able to sell securities backed by mortgage loans at prices which would have been reasonable prior to such event or events; or

 

-39-



 

(iii)                                              an event beyond the control of the Buyer which the Buyer reasonably determines may result in the Buyer’s inability to perform its obligations under this Repurchase Agreement including, without limitation, acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war or terrorism, epidemics, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes, or other disasters of a similar nature to the foregoing shall have occurred or be continuing.

 

(l)           Filings, Registrations, Recordings .  Any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements) required to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create, in favor of the Buyer, a perfected, first-priority security interest in the Purchased Items, subject to no Liens other than those created hereunder, shall have been properly prepared and executed for filing (including the applicable county(ies) if the Buyer determines such filings are necessary in its sole discretion), registration or recording in each office in each jurisdiction in which such filings, registrations and recordations are required to perfect such first-priority security interest; provided , that assignments of the Mortgages securing or related to the Mortgage Loans shall not be required to be recorded prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

(m)   No Adverse Litigation .  The Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) shall not have determined that there is any action, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority affecting the Seller, the Guarantor or any of their Affiliates or Property (including, without limitation, any Purchased Loan), which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and which, if decided adversely, would have a reasonable likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(n)       Legal Sale .  With respect to any Mortgage Loan that was funded in the name of an Affiliate of the Seller, the Buyer may, in its sole discretion, require the Seller to provide evidence sufficient to satisfy the Buyer that such Mortgage Loan was acquired in a legal sale, including without limitation, an opinion, in form and substance and from an attorney, in both cases, acceptable to the Buyer in its sole discretion, that such Mortgage Loan was acquired in a legal sale.

 

Each request for a Transaction by the Seller hereunder shall constitute a certification by the Seller that all the conditions set forth in this Section 5 (other than Section 5.02(j) and (k) ) have been satisfied (both as of the date of such notice, request or confirmation and as of the Purchase Date therefor).

 

Section 6.                                 Representations and Warranties .  The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer that throughout the term of this Repurchase Agreement with respect to the Seller, the Guarantor and the Servicer:

 

6.01                     Legal Name .  On the Effective Date, the exact legal name of the Seller is PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, the exact legal name of the Guarantor is Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, and the exact legal name of the Servicer is PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, and no such party has used any previous names, assumed names or trade names except as set forth on Schedule 4 attached hereto.

 

-40-



 

6.02                     Existence .  Each of the Seller, the Servicer and the Guarantor (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (b) has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted, except where the lack of such licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except where failure so to qualify would not be reasonably likely (either individually or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.03                     Financial Condition .  The Seller has heretofore furnished to the Buyer a copy of (a) its and the Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated balance sheets of their consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year of the Seller ended December 31, 2012 (the “ Financial Statement Date ”) and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for the Seller and the Guarantor and their consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, with the opinion thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP and (b) the Seller’s and the Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated balance sheets of their consolidated Subsidiaries for the quarterly fiscal period of the Seller and the Guarantor ended March 31, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for the Seller and the Guarantor and their consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarterly fiscal periods.  All such financial statements are complete and correct and fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Seller and the Guarantor and their Subsidiaries and the consolidated results of their operations as at such dates and for such fiscal periods, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, as applicable).  Since the Financial Statement Date, there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated business, operations or financial condition of the Seller and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole from that set forth in the financial statements delivered for the fiscal year of the Seller ending on such date.

 

6.04                     Litigation .  There are no actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are pending or threatened) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Repurchase Documents or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) makes a claim or claims in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, (iii) which, individually or in the aggregate, if adversely determined, could reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iv) requires filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the 1934 Act or any rules thereunder.

 

6.05                     No Breach .  Neither (a) the execution and delivery of the Repurchase Documents nor (b) the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated in compliance with the terms and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Seller, or any applicable law (including, without limitation, Prescribed Laws), rule or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, or any Servicing Agreement or other material agreement or instrument to which the Seller, the Servicer

 

-41-



 

or the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their Property is bound or to which any of them is subject, or constitute a default under any such material agreement or instrument or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (except for the Liens created pursuant to this Repurchase Agreement) upon any Property of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument.

 

6.06                     Action .  The Seller, the Servicer and the Guarantor each has all necessary corporate or other power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Repurchase Documents; the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, as applicable, of each of the Repurchase Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on its part; and each Repurchase Document has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, as applicable, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, as applicable, enforceable against the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, as applicable, in accordance with its terms.

 

6.07                     Approvals .

 

(a)        No authorizations, approvals or consents of, and no filings or registrations with, any Governmental Authority or any securities exchange are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, as applicable, of the Repurchase Documents or for the legality, validity or enforceability thereof, except for filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to this Repurchase Agreement and the filing of this Repurchase Agreement and the Guaranty with the SEC, which filing will be made in a timely manner by the Seller.

 

(b)       The Seller and each Servicer is approved by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as an approved seller and servicer and, to the extent applicable, the Seller has all other approvals required with respect to the FHA, VA, RHS and any other Agency, in each case is in good standing (such collective approvals and conditions, “ Agency Approvals ”), with no event having occurred or the Seller having any reason whatsoever to believe or suspect will occur (including, without limitation, a change in insurance coverage) which would either make the Seller (or any Servicer) unable to comply with the eligibility requirements for maintaining all such applicable Agency Approvals or require notification to the relevant Agency.  The Seller (and any Servicer) has adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

6.08                     Margin Regulations .  Neither the making of any Transaction hereunder, nor the use of the proceeds thereof, will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation T, U or X.

 

6.09                     Taxes .  The Seller and the Guarantor, and their Subsidiaries have filed all Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns that are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by any of them, except for any such taxes as are being appropriately contested in good faith by

 

-42-



 

appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been provided.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Seller and the Guarantor and their Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are, in the opinion of the Seller or the Guarantor, as applicable, adequate.

 

6.10                     Investment Company Act .  Neither the Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

6.11                     Purchased Items; Security .

 

(a)        The Seller has not assigned, pledged, or otherwise conveyed or encumbered any Purchased Loan to any other Person, and immediately prior to the sale of such Purchased Loan to the Buyer, the Seller was the sole owner of such Purchased Loan and had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all Liens, in each case except for Liens to be released simultaneously with the sale to the Buyer hereunder and Liens granted in favor of the Buyer hereunder.  No Purchased Loan sold to the Buyer hereunder was acquired (by purchase or otherwise) by the Seller from an Affiliate of the Seller.

 

(b)       The provisions of this Repurchase Agreement are effective to create in favor of the Buyer a valid security interest in all right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under the Purchased Items.

 

(c)        Upon (i) receipt by the Custodian of each Mortgage Note endorsed in blank, and each assignment of the related Mortgage, assigned in blank, by a duly authorized officer of the Seller unless the related Mortgage Loan is registered in the MERS System in which case the Seller shall provide evidence of such registration, and (ii) the issuance by the Custodian to the Buyer of a Master Trust Receipt therefor, the Buyer shall have a fully perfected first priority security interest therein, in the Purchased Loan evidenced thereby and in the Seller’s interest in the related Mortgaged Property, in the event that any Transaction was construed to constitute a financing rather than a sale.

 

(d)      Upon the filing of financing statements on Form UCC-1 naming the Buyer as “Secured Party” and the Seller as “Debtor,” and describing the Purchased Items as the “Collateral,” in the jurisdictions and recording offices listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto, the security interests granted hereunder in the Purchased Items will constitute fully perfected first priority security interests under the Uniform Commercial Code in all right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under such Purchased Items which can be perfected by filing under the Uniform Commercial Code, in the event that any Transaction is construed to constitute a financing rather than a sale.

 

6.12                     Chief Executive Office/Jurisdiction of Organization .  On the Effective Date, the Seller’s chief executive office and operational facilities are located at 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021.  On the Effective Date, the Seller’s jurisdiction of organization is the state of Delaware.

 

-43-



 

6.13                     Location of Books and Records .  The location where the Seller keeps its books and records, including all computer tapes and records relating to the Purchased Items is its chief executive office.

 

6.14                     Hedging .  The Seller has entered into Interest Rate Protection Agreements, having a notional amount not less than 90% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Purchased Loans, with a counterparty acceptable to the Buyer, having terms with respect to protection against fluctuations in interest rates reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.

 

6.15                     True and Complete Disclosure .  The information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor to the Buyer in connection with the negotiation, preparation or delivery of this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents or included herein or therein or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, when taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  All written information furnished after the date hereof by or on behalf of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor to the Buyer in connection with this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will be true, complete and accurate in every material respect, or (in the case of projections) based on reasonable estimates, on the date as of which such information is stated or certified.  There is no fact known to a Responsible Officer of the Seller, after due inquiry, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been disclosed herein, in the other Repurchase Documents or in a report, financial statement, exhibit, schedule, disclosure letter or other writing furnished to the Buyer for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

6.16                     Tangible Net Worth .  On the Effective Date, the Tangible Net Worth of the Seller is not less than $90,000,000.

 

6.17                     ERISA .  Each Plan to which the Seller or the Guarantor, or their Subsidiaries make direct contributions, and, to the knowledge of the Seller, each other Plan and each Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has been administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law.  No event or condition has occurred and is continuing as to which the Seller or the Guarantor would be under an obligation to furnish a report to the Buyer under Section 7.01(d)  hereof.  The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such Plans.  The Seller and the Guarantor, and their Subsidiaries do not provide any material medical or health benefits to former employees other than as required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended, or similar state or local law at no cost to the employer.

 

-44-


 

6.18                     Delivery of Mortgage Loans .  The Seller has no reason to believe, after reasonable and diligent inquiry respecting (among other things) the relevant Mortgage Loan Documents, the characteristics and quality of the Mortgage Loans, that the transfer will not occur as required pursuant to this Repurchase Agreement.

 

6.19                     Subsidiaries .  The Seller, the Servicer and the Guarantor have no subsidiaries other than those identified on Schedule 3.

 

6.20                     Regulatory Status .  The Seller is not a “bank holding company” or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a “bank holding company” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and Regulation Y thereunder of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

6.21                     Takeout Commitments; Takeout Assignments .  Each Takeout Commitment (if any) has been delivered by the Seller and constitutes a valid, binding and existing obligation of a Takeout Investor, enforceable against the Seller and the Takeout Investor, respectively, in accordance with its terms (subject to bankruptcy laws and other similar laws of general application affecting rights of creditors and subject to the application of the rules of equity, including those relating to specific performance).  If requested by the Buyer, each Takeout Commitment (if any) has been duly and validly assigned by the Seller to the Buyer pursuant to a Takeout Assignment.

 

6.22                     Identification of Servicer(s) .  Each Servicer of any Mortgage Loans shall be identified in writing to the Buyer and must be acceptable to the Buyer in its sole reasonable discretion.  The Seller shall provide written notification to the Buyer within two (2) Business Days of any rating agency reducing the credit or servicer rating applicable to any Servicer.

 

6.23                     Solvency .  After giving effect to each Transaction (i) the amount of the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of the Seller and of the Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of the Seller and of the Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, contingent or otherwise,” as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (ii) the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Seller and of the Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liabilities of the Seller and of the Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their respective debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (iii) neither the Seller, nor the Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct their respective businesses, and (iv) the Seller and the Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be able to pay their respective debts as they mature.  The Seller does not intend to incur, or believe that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. The Seller is not contemplating the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of the Seller or any of its assets. The Seller is not transferring any Mortgage Loans with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors.  For purposes of this Section, “debt” means “liability on a claim,” “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured,

 

-45-



 

disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, and (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

 

6.24                     Massachusetts Subprime Loans, Nevada Subprime Loans and Loans Subject to Consent or Other Orders .  No Purchased Loan which is a Massachusetts Subprime Loan violates the Massachusetts Borrower’s Best Interest Statute (M.G.L. 183 § 28c) or is presumptively unfair under M.G.L. c 93A, as such term is defined in Massachusetts law and court decisions, no Purchased Loan is a Nevada Subprime Loan and no Purchased Loan violates any consent order or decree or any judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar judgments, orders, stipulations, awards, writs or injunctions applicable to the Buyer.

 

6.25                     Licenses .  The Buyer will not be required as a result of purchasing the Mortgage Loans to be licensed, registered or approved or to obtain permits or otherwise qualify (i) to do business in any state in which it is not currently so required or (ii) under any state or other jurisdiction’s consumer lending, fair debt collection or other applicable state or other jurisdiction’s statute or regulation.

 

6.26                     True Sales .  Any and all interest of a Qualified Originator in, to and under any Mortgage funded in the name of or acquired by such Qualified Originator or seller which is an Affiliate of the Seller has been sold, transferred, conveyed and assigned to the Seller pursuant to a legal sale and such Qualified Originator retains no interest in such Loan, and if so requested by the Buyer, such sale is covered by an opinion of counsel to that effect in form and substance acceptable to the Buyer.

 

6.27                     No Burdensome Restrictions .  No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.28                     Origination and Acquisition of Mortgage Loans .  The Mortgage Loans were originated by the Seller or a Qualified Originator, and the origination and collection practices used by the Seller or Qualified Originator, as applicable, with respect to the Mortgage Loans have been, in all material respects legal and in compliance with all laws with respect to unfair and deceptive lending practices and Predatory Lending Practices, proper, prudent and customary in the residential mortgage loan origination and servicing business, and in accordance with FHA, VA, RHS, Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac standards as applicable, and in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines. The Seller shall assure that the Buyer has access to the Freddie Mac Loan Prospector (LP) Fannie Mae DeskTop Underwriting (DU) to confirm the approved status of the Mortgage Loans under such programs; provided that LP and DU are not used for Mortgage Loans that are part of the “VA IRRRL”or “FHA Streamline” programs. All Mortgage Loans are in conformity with the Underwriting Guidelines and are eligible for sale to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or for guaranty by the VA or the RHS or for insurance by the FHA, and satisfy all applicable requirements for delivery to the appropriate Agency.  Each of the Mortgage Loans complies with the representations and warranties listed in Schedule 1 hereto.  The Seller shall provide written notice to the Buyer and the Agent of any material change in the process and standards pursuant to which Qualified Originators are

 

-46-



 

approved and shall notify the Buyer and the Agent of any Qualified Originators that are approved following the Effective Date.

 

6.29                     No Broker .  The Seller has not dealt with any broker, investment banker, agent, or other person, except for the Buyer, who may be entitled to any commission or compensation in connection with the sale of Purchased Loans pursuant to this Repurchase Agreement; provided , that if the Seller has dealt with any broker, investment banker, agent, or other person, except for the Buyer, who may be entitled to any commission or compensation in connection with the sale of Purchased Loans pursuant to this Agreement, such commission or compensation shall have been paid in full by the Seller.

 

6.30                     FHA/VA/RHS .  Each of the Seller and/or any Qualified Originator, if required and applicable, is an FHA Approved Mortgagee, a VA Approved Lender and a Rural Housing Service Approved Lender, in good standing to originate and service mortgages and has not been suspended as a mortgagee or servicer by the FHA, VA or RHS, as applicable.  The Seller and Servicer are not under review or investigation or have knowledge of imminent or future investigation, by the FHA, VA or RHS.

 

6.31                     Seller’s Internal Mortgage Tracking System .  Each printout and paper copy produced by the Seller’s internal mortgage tracking system and delivered to the Buyer is true, complete and accurate.

 

6.32                     Servicer Approvals; Compliance with Guidelines .  The Seller (in the event it is acting as Servicer), the Servicer and any third-party Servicer servicing any Purchased Loans hereunder has all consents, licenses and approvals necessary to service loans on behalf of each Agency and has remained at all times in compliance with the Guidelines.

 

6.33                     Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac/Ginnie Mae .  Each of the Seller, Servicer and/or any Qualified Originator, if required and applicable, and Servicer, if applicable is, as applicable, a seller approved by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, in good standing to originate and service mortgages and has not been suspended as a mortgagee or servicer by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.  The Seller and Servicer are not under review or investigation or have knowledge of imminent or future investigation, by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.

 

6.34                     Servicing .  The Seller, the Servicer or any third party Servicer has adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans, of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.

 

Section 7.                                 Covenants of the Seller .  The Seller covenants and agrees with the Buyer that, so long as any Transaction is outstanding and until payment in full of all Repurchase Obligations:

 

7.01                     Financial Statements .  The Seller shall deliver to the Buyer:

 

(a)        as soon as available, and in any event not later than forty (40) days after the end of each calendar month, (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller, the

 

-47-



 

Guarantor and each of their consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related unaudited consolidated statement of income and retained earnings and consolidated statement of equity of the Seller, the Guarantor and each of their consolidated Subsidiaries for such month and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Seller or the Guarantor, as the case may be, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Seller or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), and (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Seller, which certificate shall state that there is no Event of Default under Sections 8.01(ff), (gg), (hh) or (ii) of this Repurchase Agreement;

 

(b)       as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of the Seller and the Guarantor, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller and the Guarantor and their consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the related unaudited consolidated statement of income and retained earnings, consolidated statement of cash flows and consolidated statement of equity for the Seller and the Guarantor and their consolidated Subsidiaries for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Seller or the Guarantor, as applicable, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Seller or the Guarantor, as applicable, and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

 

(c)        as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Seller and the Guarantor, the consolidated balance sheet of the Seller and the Guarantor and their consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statement of income and retained earnings, consolidated statement of cash flows and consolidated statement of equity for the Seller and the Guarantor and their consolidated Subsidiaries for such year, accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope of audit or going concern and shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Seller and the Guarantor and their consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP, and a certificate of such accountants stating that, in making the examination necessary for their opinion, they obtained no knowledge, except as specifically stated, of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(d)      from time to time such other information regarding the financial condition, operations, or business of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor as the Buyer may reasonably request; and

 

(e)        as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within thirty (30) days after a Responsible Officer of the Seller knows, or with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan to which the Seller or the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries makes direct contributions, has reason to believe, that any of the events or conditions specified below with respect to any Plan or

 

-48-



 

Multiemployer Plan has occurred or exists, a statement signed by a senior financial officer of the Seller or the Guarantor, as applicable, setting forth details respecting such event or condition and the action, if any, that the Seller or the Guarantor, as applicable, or its ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto (and a copy of any report or notice required to be filed with or given to PBGC by the Seller or the Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event or condition):

 

(i)                                   any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan, as to which PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such event ( provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, including without limitation the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code or Section 302(e) of ERISA, shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the Code); and any request for a waiver under Section 412(d) of the Code for any Plan;

 

(ii)                               the distribution under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by the Seller or the Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate to terminate any Plan;

 

(iii)                           the institution by PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Seller or the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan;

 

(iv)                           the complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan by the Seller or the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate that results in liability under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the obligation to satisfy secondary liability as a result of a purchaser default) or the receipt by the Seller or the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;

 

(v)                               the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against the Seller or the Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed within thirty (30) days; and

 

(vi)                           the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that would result in the loss of tax-exempt status of the Plan and trust of which such Plan is a part if the Seller or the Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate fails to provide timely security to such Plan if and as required by the provisions of Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA.

 

The Seller will furnish to the Buyer, at the time it furnishes each set of financial statements pursuant to paragraphs (a) above, and cause the Guarantor to furnish to the Buyer, at the time it furnishes each set of financial statements pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above, an officer’s certificate in the form of Exhibit N hereto (each a “ Compliance Certificate ”) signed by a Responsible Officer of the Seller or the Guarantor, as applicable (i) in the case of the Seller,

 

-49-



 

certifying that, both immediately prior to the entering into of each Transaction that has been entered into during the period since the delivery to Buyer of the immediately preceding Compliance Certificate (or, with respect to the first such certificate, since the Effective Date) and also after giving effect to each such Transaction and to the intended use of the Purchase Price paid to the Seller in respect thereof, the representations and warranties made by the Seller in Section 6 and Schedule 1 hereof, and elsewhere in each of the Repurchase Documents, were true, correct and complete in all material respects (or otherwise waived in writing) on and as of the date of the making of each such Transaction (in the case of the representations and warranties in Section 6.11 , Section 6.24 and the last two sentences of Section 6.28 and Schedule 1 , solely with respect to Purchased Loans subject to such outstanding Transactions) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date), (ii) in the case of the Seller, certifying that Seller is, and as of the date of each Transaction that was entered during the period since the delivery to Buyer of the immediately preceding Compliance Certificate (or, with respect to the first such certificate, since the Effective Date) was, in compliance, in all material respects, with all governmental licenses and authorizations, statutory and regulatory requirements, and qualified to do business and in good standing in all required jurisdictions, (iii) in the case of the Seller and the Guarantor, stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, the Seller during such fiscal period or year has observed or performed in all material respects all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition, contained in this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate (and, if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing the same in reasonable detail and describing the action the Seller has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto), (iv) in the case of the Seller and the Guarantor, showing in detail the calculations supporting such Responsible Officer’s certification of the Seller’s compliance with the requirements of Sections 7.14 , 7.15, 7.16 and 7.18 and (v) in the case of the Seller, stating that neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates has entered into a new, or amended any existing, repurchase agreement or other credit facility with any Person that is a More Favorable Agreement, as defined in Section 7.35 of this Repurchase Agreement, or the new terms have been provided to Buyer and are set forth on a schedule attached to such certificate.  At the time the Compliance Certificate is provided by the Seller, the Seller shall provide to the Buyer a narrative description detailing the repurchase and indemnity requests or demands made upon the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor by any third party investors (including any Agency).

 

7.02                     Litigation .  The Seller will promptly, and in any event within 10 days after service of process on any of the following, give to the Buyer notice of all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are pending or threatened) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting the Seller, the Servicer, the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Repurchase Documents or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) makes a claim or claims in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, (iii) which, individually or in the aggregate, if adversely determined, could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) requires filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the 1934 Act and any rules thereunder.

 

-50-



 

7.03                     Existence, etc .  The Seller will, and the Seller will cause the Servicer and the Guarantor to:

 

(a)        preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material rights, privileges, licenses and franchises (including, but not limited to, any FHA, VA or RHS licenses) or approvals (provided that nothing in this Section 7.03(a)  shall prohibit any transaction expressly permitted under Section 7.04 hereof);

 

(b)       comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of Governmental Authorities (including, without limitation, Prescribed Laws, all environmental laws, all laws with respect to unfair and deceptive lending practices and Predatory Lending Practices) if failure to comply with such requirements would be reasonably likely (either individually or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)        keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

 

(d)      not change its jurisdiction of organization from the jurisdiction referred to in Section 6.11 unless it shall have provided the Buyer thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such change;

 

(e)        pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its Property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in conformance with GAAP; and

 

(f)         permit representatives of the Buyer, during normal business hours, to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records, to inspect any of its Properties, and to discuss its business and affairs with its officers, all to the extent reasonably requested by the Buyer; provided that, prior to a Default or Event of Default, Buyer shall provide not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice of any such examination.

 

7.04                     Prohibition of Fundamental Changes .  Neither the Seller, the Servicer nor the Guarantor shall (a) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation in which it is not the surviving entity or which may result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution). The Seller shall not, without the prior written consent of the Buyer, directly or indirectly materially alter, modify or otherwise change: (i) its current business operations; and (ii) its current mortgage loan origination platform (including but not limited to its process of mortgage loan acquisitions). Neither the Seller, the Servicer nor the Guarantor shall convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), all or substantially all of its Property, business or assets (including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests) whether now owned or hereafter acquired or allow any Subsidiary to Transfer substantially all of its assets to any Person; provided, that the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor may after prior written notice to the Buyer allow such action with respect to any Subsidiary which is not a material part of the Seller’s, the Servicer’s or the Guarantor’s overall business operations.

 

-51-



 

Neither the Seller nor the Guarantor shall create or acquire any material Subsidiary that is not consistent with its current business operations and platform without the prior written consent of the Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

7.05                     Margin Deficiency . If at any time there exists a Margin Deficiency, the Seller shall cure such Margin Deficiency in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof.

 

7.06                     Notices .  The Seller shall give notice to the Buyer and the Agent:

 

(a)        promptly upon receipt of notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(b)       [ Reserved ];

 

(c)        with respect to any Purchased Loan sold to the Buyer hereunder, immediately upon receipt of notice or knowledge that the underlying Mortgaged Property has been damaged by waste, fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other casualty, or otherwise damaged so as to affect materially and adversely the Market Value of such Purchased Loan or that such Purchased Loan breaches any representation or warranty listed on Schedule 1 hereto;

 

(d)      promptly upon receipt of notice or knowledge of (i) any default related to any Purchased Items, (ii) any Lien or security interest (other than security interests created hereby or by the other Repurchase Documents) on, or claim asserted against, any of the Purchased Items or (iii) any event or change in circumstances which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(e)        promptly upon any material and adverse change in the market value of any or all of the Seller’s, the Servicer’s or the Guarantor’s assets;

 

(f)         promptly upon notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any event (other than a Reportable Event) described in Section 8(n)  hereof without regard to its materiality;

 

(g)       promptly upon notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any material Reportable Event; and

 

(h)       promptly upon any change in the name or ownership of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Seller setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Seller has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

7.07                     Interest Rate Protection Agreements .  The Seller shall at all times maintain Interest Rate Protection Agreements, having a notional amount not less than 90% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Purchased Loans, with a counterparty acceptable to the Buyer, having terms with respect to protection against fluctuations in interest rates

 

-52-



 

reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.  The Seller shall deliver to the Buyer monthly a written summary of the notional amount of all outstanding Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

 

7.08                     Reports .  The Seller shall upon request of the Buyer provide the Buyer with a report, which report shall include, among other items, a summary of the Seller’s delinquency and loss experience with respect to mortgage loans serviced by the Seller, any Servicer or any designee of either, plus any such additional reports as the Buyer may reasonably request with respect to the Seller’s or any Servicer’s servicing portfolio or pending originations of mortgage loans.  The Seller shall provide notice upon becoming aware of any material penalties, sanctions or charges levied, or threatened to be levied, against it or any change or threatened change in approval status, or the commencement of any Agency audit (other than an audit conducted for due diligence purposes in the normal course of business by an Agency in accordance with the Agency’s policies) or investigation, or the institution of any action or the threat of institution of any action against Seller by any Agency, HUD or any other agency, or any supervisory or regulatory Governmental Authority supervising or regulating the origination or servicing of mortgage loans by, or the issuer or seller status of, the Seller.  In addition, upon the request of the Buyer, the Seller shall provide to the Buyer a report specifying the 6-month rolling average rate of rejection by FHA, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac of sales by the Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller, the 6-month rolling average ratio of sales to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to proposed sales by the Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller.

 

7.09                     Underwriting Guidelines. (a)            Without the prior written consent of the Agent, the Seller shall not originate Mortgage Loans in a manner inconsistent with the Underwriting Guidelines.  The Seller agrees to provide notice to the Buyer and the Agent within three (3) Business Days of  any material modifications to be made to the Underwriting Guidelines that will impact either the Buyer or the Agent or any mortgage loans that will become Purchased Loans.  The Seller agrees to deliver to the Buyer and the Agent copies of the Underwriting Guidelines in the event that any changes are made to the Underwriting Guidelines following the Effective Date.  If the Buyer (or the Agent on behalf of the Buyer) reasonably determines that a change is not acceptable to the Buyer, the Buyer will have no obligation to finance any Mortgage Loans that are originated pursuant to the new Underwriting Guidelines and, at the request of the Buyer or the Agent, the Seller shall repurchase any Purchase Loan which was originated pursuant to Underwriting Guidelines that were not approved by the Buyer.

 

(b)                               The Seller shall originate Mortgage Loans in a manner which is consistent with sound underwriting and appraisal practices, and in compliance with applicable federal and state consumer protection laws including, without limitation, all laws with respect to unfair or deceptive practices and all laws relating to Predatory Lending Practices.

 

7.10                     Transactions with Affiliates .  Neither the Seller nor the Guarantor will enter into any transaction, including without limitation any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless such transaction is (a) not otherwise prohibited under this Repurchase Agreement, (b) in the ordinary course of the Seller’s or the Guarantor’s business and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Seller or the Guarantor than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate, or make a payment that is prohibited by this Section 7.10 to any

 

-53-



 

Affiliate.  In no event shall the Seller sell to the Buyer hereunder any Purchased Loan acquired by the Seller from an Affiliate of the Seller.

 

7.11                     Limitation on Liens .  The Seller will defend the Purchased Items against, and will take such other action as is necessary to remove, any Lien, security interest or claim on or to the Purchased Items, other than the security interests created under this Repurchase Agreement, and the Seller will defend the right, title and interest of the Buyer in and to any of the Purchased Items against the claims and demands of all persons whomsoever.

 

7.12                     Limitation on Guarantees .  Neither the Seller nor the Guarantor shall create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guarantees except (i) to the extent reflected in the Seller’s or the Guarantor’s financial statements or notes thereto and (ii) to the extent the aggregate Guarantees do not exceed $250,000 in the case of the Seller.

 

7.13                     Limitation on Distributions .  Upon and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, the Seller shall not and, upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default the Guarantor shall not, declare or pay any dividends upon any shares of the Seller’s or the Guarantor’s, as applicable, stock now or hereafter outstanding, nor shall the Seller, or the Guarantor set apart assets for, a sinking or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any equity or partnership interest of the Seller or the Guarantor, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect of any of the foregoing or to any shareholder or equity owner of the Seller or the Guarantor either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Seller or the Guarantor or any of the Seller’s or the Guarantor’s consolidated Subsidiaries.

 

7.14                     Maintenance of Tangible Net Worth .  The Seller shall not permit its Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than $90,000,000.

 

7.15                     Maintenance of Ratio of Total Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth .  The Seller shall not permit the ratio of Total Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth at any time to be greater than 10:1.

 

7.16                     Maintenance of Profitability .  The Seller shall not permit Net Income (before income taxes), generated over a consecutive six month period, measured on the last day of each fiscal quarter, to be less than $1.00.

 

7.17                     Servicer; Servicing File .  The Seller shall provide to the Agent on the fifth Business Day of each month a computer readable file containing servicing information, including without limitation those fields specified by the Agent from time to time, on a loan-by-loan basis and in the aggregate, with respect to the Mortgage Loans serviced hereunder by the Seller or any Servicer.  The Seller shall not cause the Mortgage Loans to be serviced by any servicer other than a servicer expressly approved in writing by the Buyer.  The Servicer shall provide to the Agent a Servicer Report with respect to each of the Mortgage Loan serviced by such Servicer on each date that there is a change in the Mortgage Loans then serviced by such Servicer.

 

-54-


 

7.18     Maintenance of Liquidity .  The Seller shall ensure that, as of the end of each calendar month, it has unencumbered Cash Equivalents in an amount of not less than $20,000,000.

 

7.19     Required Filings .  The Seller shall promptly provide the Buyer and the Agent with copies of all documents which the Seller, the Servicer, the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the 1934 Act or any rules thereunder, unless such documents are filed with EDGAR.

 

7.20     No Adverse Selection .  The Seller has not selected any Purchased Item in a manner so as to adversely affect the Buyer’s interests.

 

7.21     Massachusetts Subprime Loans, Nevada Subprime Loans and Loans subject to Consent or Other Orders .  If Buyer determines, in its sole discretion, that any Purchased Loan breaches the representation and warranty in Section 6.24 of this Repurchase Agreement (whether or not such breach is material), or if Buyer determines, in its sole discretion, that a Purchased Loan is a Massachusetts Subprime Loan or a Nevada Subprime Loan which suffers from a compliance exception resulting from a systematic or recurring fault in the Seller’s or other originator’s origination practices or violates any consent order or decree or any judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar judgment order, stipulation, award, writ or injunction applicable to the buyer, then the Seller shall immediately, and in no case later than one (1) Business Day following discovery by, or notice to, Seller of such breach, repurchase such Mortgage Loan at the related Repurchase Price.  The date on which the Seller repurchase such Mortgage Loan will be considered the “Repurchase Date” for such Mortgage Loan.  The Buyer shall provide written notice to the Seller of any consent order or decree or any judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar judgment, order stipulation, award, writ or injunction applicable to the Buyer.

 

7.22     [Reserved] .

 

7.23     Agency Approvals .  Should the Seller or the Servicer, for any reason, cease to possess all required and applicable Agency Approvals, or should material notification to the relevant Agency be required, the Seller shall so notify the Buyer immediately in writing.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Seller shall take all necessary action to maintain all of its (and each Servicer’s) applicable Agency Approvals at all times during the term of this Repurchase Agreement and so long as any Transaction remains outstanding.

 

7.24     Takeout Commitments; Takeout Assignments .  If requested by the Buyer, each Takeout Commitment (if any) will be duly and validly assigned by the Seller to the Buyer pursuant to a Takeout Assignment.

 

7.25     Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  The Seller and the Guarantor shall keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition.  The Seller and the Servicer shall maintain errors and omissions insurance and/or mortgage impairment insurance and blanket bond coverage in such amounts as are in effect on the Effective Date and are customarily required by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (as disclosed to the

 

-55-



 

Buyer in writing) and shall not reduce such coverage without the written consent of the Buyer, and shall also maintain such other insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, and with respect to property and risks of a character usually maintained by entities engaged in the same or similar business similarly situated, against loss, damage and liability of the kinds and in the amounts customarily maintained by such entities. The Seller and the Servicer shall maintain endorsements for theft of warehouse lender money and collateral naming the Buyer as a loss payee under its bond coverage or other fidelity insurance and as a direct loss payee/right of action under its bond or other fidelity insurance policy.

 

7.26     MERS Designated Mortgage Loans .  With respect to each MERS Designated Mortgage Loan, neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall identify, or permit to be identified, any party other than Buyer in the field “warehouse/gestation” on the MERS® system without the express written consent of the Buyer.  The Buyer shall have the right to require the Seller or the Servicer, at the sole cost and expense of the Seller, to deregister each MERS Designated Mortgage Loan from the MERS® system and require MERS to prepare assignments of mortgage as specified by the Buyer.

 

7.27     Loan Purchase Agreements .  The Seller shall maintain at least one whole loan purchase agreement with at least one third party purchaser or Agency, pursuant to which such third party purchaser or Agency has agreed to purchase Eligible Mortgage Loans from the Seller.  The Seller shall not be in material default under any purchase agreement with any third party purchaser or Agency.  The Seller shall ensure that each Mortgage Loan sold to the Buyer in a Transaction hereunder which is subject to a Takeout Commitment with a third party purchaser is eligible for sale to such third party purchaser or Agency pursuant to the related purchase agreement.

 

7.28     [Reserved] .

 

7.29     Power of Attorney .  The Seller shall, from time to time at the request of the Buyer, deliver to the Buyer any powers of attorney or other documentation required by the Buyer to ensure the enforceability under applicable law of any rights and/or powers granted to the Buyer in Section 4.04 of this Repurchase Agreement.

 

7.30     Quality Control .  The Seller and the Servicer shall maintain an internal quality control program that evaluates and monitors, on a regular basis, the overall quality of (i) its origination activities (including its compliance with all requirements of the Freddie Mac Loan Prospector (LP) or the Fannie Mae DeskTop Underwriting (DU) program, and all applicable laws with respect to unfair and deceptive lending practices and Predatory Lending Practices and (ii) its servicing activities and that ensures that the Mortgage Loans are serviced in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and are serviced in accordance with all applicable Agency Guides; guards against dishonest, fraudulent or negligent acts; and guards against errors and omissions by officers, employees or other authorized persons.  The Seller shall notify the Buyer of the results of any such audit or third party audit of the Seller or the Servicer and of any issues or violations of policy which are discovered in connection with such internal quality control program.

 

7.31     Maintenance of Papers, Records and Files .

 

-56-



 

(a)  The Seller shall acquire, and the Seller shall build, maintain and have available, a complete file in accordance with lending industry custom and practice for each Purchased Loan.  The Seller will maintain all such Records not in the possession of Custodian or the Buyer in good and complete condition in accordance with industry practices and preserve them against loss or destruction.

 

(b)  The Seller shall collect and maintain or cause to be collected and maintained all Records relating to the Purchased Loans in accordance with industry custom and practice, including those maintained pursuant to subsection (a).  The Seller shall deliver, and shall cause the Servicer to deliver, to the Buyer or its designee updates of such Servicing Records at least monthly.  The Seller will not cause or authorize any Mortgage Loan Documents that are an original or an only copy to leave Custodian’s possession, except for individual items removed in connection with servicing a specific Loan, in which event the Seller will obtain or cause to be obtained a receipt from Custodian for any such paper, record or file.

 

(c)  For so long as the Buyer has an interest in or lien on any Purchased Loan, the Seller will hold or cause to be held all related Records in trust for the Buyer.  The Seller shall notify, or cause to be notified, every other party holding any such Records of the interests and liens granted hereby.

 

(d) Upon reasonable advance notice from Custodian or the Buyer, the Seller shall (x) make any and all such Records available to Custodian or the Buyer to examine any such Records, either by its own officers or employees, or by agents or contractors, or both, and make copies of all or any portion thereof, (y) permit the Buyer or its authorized agents to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of each of the Seller, the Servicer and the Guarantor with its respective chief operating officer and chief financial officer and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Seller, the Servicer and the Guarantor with its independent certified public accountants.

 

7.32     Taxes, Etc.   The Seller shall pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged, when due, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Seller or the Guarantor or upon their income and profits or upon any of their property, real, personal or mixed (including without limitation, the Purchased Loans) or upon any part thereof, as well as any other lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof, except for any such taxes, assessments and governmental charges, levies or claims as are appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves are provided.  The Seller shall file, and shall cause the Guarantor to file, on a timely basis all federal, state and local tax and information returns, reports and any other information statements or schedules required to be filed by or in respect of it.

 

7.33     Delivery of Servicing Rights and Servicing Records .  With respect to the Servicing Rights appurtenant to each Purchased Loan, the Buyer shall own, and the Seller shall deliver, such Servicing Rights to the Buyer on the related Purchase Date.  The Seller shall deliver (or cause the related Servicer to deliver) the Servicing Records (including any Agency required records) and the physical and contractual servicing of each Purchased Loan, to the Buyer or its designee upon the termination of the Seller, or Servicer as the servicer pursuant to Section 13.22. 

 

-57-



 

In addition, with respect to the Servicing Records for each Purchased Loan and the physical and contractual servicing of each Purchased Loan, the Seller shall deliver (or cause the related Servicer to deliver) such Servicing Records and, to the extent applicable, the servicing to the Buyer or its designee within thirty (30) days of the earlier of (i) the termination of the Seller, or Servicer as the servicer, respectively, of the Purchased Loans and (ii) the related Purchase Date for each such Purchased Loan (the “Servicing Delivery Requirement”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Servicing Delivery Requirement will be deemed restated for each such Purchased Loan on each Repurchase Date on which such Purchased Loan is repurchased by the Seller and becomes subject to a new Transaction (and the immediately preceding delivery requirement will be deemed to be rescinded), and a new 30 day Servicing Delivery Requirement will be deemed to commence for such Purchased Loans as of such Repurchase Date in the absence of directions to the contrary from the Buyer.  Further, the Servicing Delivery Requirement will no longer apply to any Purchased Loan that is repurchased in full by the Seller in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and is no longer subject to a Transaction.  The Seller’s, or Servicer’s transfer of the Servicing Rights, Servicing Records and the physical and contractual servicing under this Section shall be in accordance with customary standards in the industry and such transfer shall include the transfer of the gross amount of all escrows held for the related mortgagors (without reduction for unreimbursed advances or “negative escrows”).

 

7.34     MERS .  The Seller and the Servicer are members of MERS in good standing and current in the payment of all fees and assessments imposed by MERS, and shall comply with all rules and procedures of MERS in connection with the servicing of MERS Loans for as long as such Purchased Loans are registered with MERS.

 

7.35     Maintenance of Financial Covenants .  The Seller and the Buyer each agree that, to the extent that the Seller is obligated under any other repurchase agreement, loan agreement, warehouse facility, guaranty or similar credit facility (whether now in effect or in effect at any time during the term of this Repurchase Agreement) to comply with a financial covenant that is comparable to any of the financial covenants set forth in this Repurchase Agreement and such comparable provision is more restrictive to the Seller or the Guarantor or otherwise more favorable to the related lender or buyer thereunder than the parallel provision hereunder, or is in addition to any financial covenant set forth in this Repurchase Agreement, then such provision shall, with no further action required on the part of either the Seller or the Buyer, automatically become a part hereof and be incorporated herein, and the Seller hereby covenants to maintain, or cause to be maintained, compliance with such comparable or additional provision at all times throughout the term of this Repurchase Agreement; provided, however, that Seller’s obligation to comply with such provision shall terminate to the extent such provision is no longer in effect under the other repurchase agreement, loan agreement, warehouse facility, guaranty or similar credit facility.  The Seller agrees to promptly notify the Buyer of the execution of any agreement or other document that would cause the provisions of this Section 7.35 to become effective. The Seller and the Buyer further agree to execute and deliver any new guaranties, agreements or amendments to this Repurchase Agreement evidencing such provisions, provided that the execution of such amendment shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of such amendment, but shall merely be for the convenience of the parties hereto.

 

7.36     FHA/VA/RHS Loans .  The Seller will maintain the FHA insurance on any FHA Loan, the Rural Housing Service Guaranty on any RHS Loan and the VA guaranty on any VA

 

-58-



 

Loan, including without limitation, the payment of any premium owed thereunder.  The Seller shall make, or cause to be made, all advances and other payments and provide all such reports and notices as are required under the FHA Regulations, Rural Housing Service Regulations or VA Regulations, as applicable, and otherwise take all actions necessary to maintain and keep in full force and effect, during the term of this Agreement, the FHA Insurance Contract, Rural Housing Service Guaranty or VA Guaranty Agreement, as applicable, including providing any notices required to be delivered to the FHA, RHS or the VA, as the case may be, in connection with the servicing of the Mortgage Loans pursuant hereto.

 

Section 8.        Events of Default   Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) hereunder:

 

(a)  the Seller shall default in the payment of any Repurchase Price or Price Differential on any Transaction when due (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or at mandatory or optional prepayment or repurchase); or

 

(b)  the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor shall default in the payment of any other amount payable by it hereunder or under any other Repurchase Document after notification by the Buyer of such default, and such default shall have continued unremedied for three (3) Business Days; or

 

(c)  any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made herein or in any other Repurchase Document by the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor or any certificate furnished to the Buyer pursuant to the provisions hereof or thereof shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time made or furnished (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.24 (unless such Purchased Loan is not repurchased within two (2) Business Days of discovery of such breach of Section 6.24), the last two sentences of Section 6.28 or  Schedule 1 , which shall be considered solely for the purpose of determining the Recognized Value of the Purchased Loans; unless (i) the Seller shall have made any such representations and warranties with knowledge that they were materially false or misleading at the time made or (ii) any such representations and warranties have been determined by the Buyer in its sole discretion to be materially false or misleading on a regular basis); or

 

(d) the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall fail to comply with the requirements of Section 7.03(a) , Section 7.04 , Section 7.05 , Section 7.06 , any of Sections 7.10 through 7.16 , Section 7.18 , any of Sections 7.20 through 7.23 , Section 7.25 (other than the first sentence of such Section 7.25), Section 7.30 , Section 7.32 , Section 7.33 or Section 7.35 hereof; or the Seller shall otherwise fail to comply with the requirements of Section 7.29 or Section 7.36 hereof and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of one (1) Business Day; or the Seller shall otherwise fail to comply with the requirements of Section 7.09 , Section 7.26 or Section 7.31 hereof and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days; or the Seller shall otherwise fail to comply with the requirements of Section 7.17 , Section 7.19 , Section 7.24 , the first sentence of Section 7.25 , Section 7.27 , or Section 7.34 hereof and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days; or the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall fail to comply with the requirements of Section 7.01 , Section 7.02 , Section 7.03(b) , (c) , (d) , (e) , and (f) , or Section 7.07 and such default or

 

-59-



 

failure shall continue unremedied for a period of seven (7) Business Days; or the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement contained in this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document and such default or failure to observe or perform shall continue unremedied for a period of seven (7) Business Days; or

 

(e)  a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Seller or the Guarantor or any of their Affiliates by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction and the same shall not be satisfied, discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 30 days from the date of entry thereof, and the Seller or the Guarantor or any such Affiliate shall not, within said period of 30 days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed or bonded, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or

 

(f)  the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as such debts become due; or

 

(g)  the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor or any of their Affiliates shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator or the like of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, (iv) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or (vi) take any corporate or other action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(h)  a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor or any of their Affiliates, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor or any such Affiliate or of all or any substantial part of its property, or (iii) similar relief in respect of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor or any such Affiliate under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of 30 or more days; or an order for relief against the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor or any such Affiliate shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code; or

 

(i)   the Custodial Agreement or any Repurchase Document shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect, or the enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Seller; or

 

-60-



 

(j)   the Seller shall grant, or suffer to exist, any Lien on any Purchased Items except the Liens contemplated hereby; or the Liens contemplated hereby shall cease to be first priority perfected Liens on the Purchased Items in favor of the Buyer, or shall be Liens in favor of any Person other than the Buyer; or

 

(k)  the Seller or the Guarantor or any of their Affiliates shall be in default under, or fail to perform as required under, any note, indenture, repurchase agreement, loan and security agreement, credit facility, guaranty, swap agreement or any other contract to which it is a party, including, without limitation, any MS Indebtedness, which default (i) involves the failure to pay a matured obligation, or (ii) permits the acceleration of the maturity of obligations or permits the prepayment of any indebtedness thereunder, in either case, in excess of $250,000 by any other party to or beneficiary of such note, indenture, repurchase agreement, guaranty, swap agreement or other contract; or

 

(l)   any materially adverse change in the Property, business, financial condition or prospects of the Seller or the Guarantor or any of their Affiliates shall occur, in each case as determined by the Buyer in its sole discretion, or any other condition shall exist which, in the Buyer’s sole discretion, constitutes a material impairment of the Seller’s or the Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document;

 

(m) [ Reserved ]; or

 

(n)  the discovery by the Buyer of a condition or event which existed at or prior to the execution hereof and which the Buyer, in its sole discretion, determines materially and adversely affects: (i) the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Seller or the Guarantor, or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates; or (ii) the ability of either the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, or the Buyer to fulfill its respective obligations under this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document; or

 

(o)  (1) any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code) involving any Plan, (2) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, (3) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or institution of proceedings is, in the reasonable opinion of the Buyer, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, and, in the case of a Reportable Event, the continuance of such Reportable Event unremedied for ten (10) days after notice of such Reportable Event pursuant to Section 4043(a), (c) or (d) of ERISA is given or the continuance of such proceedings for ten (10) days after commencement thereof, as the case may be, (4) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (5) any withdrawal liability to a Multiemployer Plan shall be incurred by the Seller or the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or (6) any other event or condition shall occur or exist; and in each case in clauses (1) through (6) above, such event of condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, is likely to subject the Seller or the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries to any tax, penalty or

 

-61-



 

other liabilities in the aggregate material in relation to the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Seller or the Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries; or

 

(p)  the Electronic Tracking Agreement shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect and the Buyer shall not have received an Assignment of Mortgage with respect to each MERS Designated Mortgage Loan identified by the Buyer, in blank, in recordable form, but unrecorded; or

 

(q)  a Change of Control of the Seller or the Guarantor shall have occurred without the prior consent of the Buyer or a material change in the management of the Seller shall have occurred which has not been approved by the Buyer; or

 

(r)  the Buyer shall reasonably request, specifying the reasons for such request, reasonable information, and/or written responses to such requests, regarding the financial well-being of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor (including but not limited to any information regarding any repurchase and indemnity requests or demands made upon the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor by any third party investors (including any Agency)) and such reasonable information and/or responses shall not have been provided within three (3) Business Days of such request; or

 

(s)  the Seller or the Guarantor or any their Affiliates shall default under, or fail to perform as required under, or shall otherwise breach the terms of any instrument, agreement or contract between the Seller or such other entity, on the one hand, and the Buyer or any of the Buyer’s Affiliates on the other; or

 

(t)  the Seller’s or the Servicer’s membership in MERS is terminated for any reason; or

 

(u)  Servicer’s servicer rating assigned by at least one nationally recognized rating agency is lower by two or more ratings than the Servicer’s servicer rating in effect as of the date hereof; or

 

(v)  a material default of the Servicer shall have occurred under any Servicing Agreement; or

 

(w) the aggregate amount of all repurchase and indemnity obligations of the Seller to its third party investors (including any Agency) exceeds 30% of the Seller’s Liquidity; or

 

(x)  the Seller or any Servicer receives a notice of denial from any Agency or any Agency terminates, revokes or suspends such entity’s approval to sell and service loans to such Agency (including but not limited to its approval to use DU or LP to underwrite mortgage loans); or

 

(y)  the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, shall cease to be approved by or its approval shall be revoked, suspended, rescinded, halted, eliminated, withdrawn, annulled, repealed, voided or terminated by (i) Ginnie Mae as an approved issuer, (ii) HUD, pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act, (iii) the FHA, as an FHA Approved

 

-62-



 

Mortgagee or servicer, (iv) the VA as a VA Approved Lender or servicer, or (v) Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or RHS as an approved seller, servicer or lender; or

 

(z)  any Agency shall at any time cease to accept delivery of any loan or loans from the Seller under any program or notifies the Seller that any such Agency shall cease accepting loan deliveries from the Seller; or

 

(aa)         all or a portion of the Seller’s or the Servicer’s servicing portfolio consisting of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac loans is seized or the servicing of all or a portion of such loans is otherwise transferred away from the Seller; or

 

(bb)        if applicable, the Servicer’s FHA servicing eligibility is suspended, revoked or becomes subject to an investigation by the FHA; or

 

(cc)         if applicable, the Seller’s status as an FHA Approved Mortgagee is suspended, revoked or becomes subject to an investigation by the FHA; or

 

(dd)     if applicable, the Seller’s status as an VA Approved Lender is suspended, revoked or becomes subject to an investigation by the VA; or

 

(ee)         if applicable, the Seller’s status as a Rural Housing Service Approved Lender is suspended, rescinded, halted, eliminated, withdrawn, annulled, released, voided, revoked or otherwise terminated or becomes subject to an investigation by RHS; or

 

(ff) The 6-month rolling average rate of rejection by the FHA of insurance claims by the Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller exceeds 5% (by number of loans or unpaid principal balance) of claims submitted by the Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller (“Rejected Insurance Trigger”) and the Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder within five (5) days of the Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Rejected Insurance Trigger; or

 

(gg)      The 6-month rolling average ratio of reimbursement by the FHA to claims submitted by the Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller is less than 90% of the proceeds Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Seller is entitled to (“Reimbursement Trigger”) and the Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder within five (5) days of the Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Reimbursement Trigger; or

 

(hh)      The 6-month rolling average rate of rejection by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac of sales by the Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller exceeds 5% (by number of loans or unpaid principal balance) of proposed sales by the Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller (“Rejected Sales Trigger”) and the Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder within five (5) days of the Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Rejected Sales Trigger; or

 

(ii)  The 6-month rolling average ratio of sales to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to proposed sales by the Seller and/or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller is less than 90% (“Sales Ratio Trigger”) and the Seller has failed to repurchase all Purchased Loans hereunder

 

-63-



 

within five (5) days of the Buyer’s request for such repurchase following the occurrence of any Sales Ratio Trigger; or

 

(jj)  The “compare ratio” assigned to the Seller by FHA under its “Neighborhood Watch” program is greater than 150%; provided , however , that the Buyer may, by providing prior written notice to the Seller in the Buyer’s sole discretion, adopt a different threshold for such ratio or other statistic based upon the adoption by FHA of any change in the methodology under such program, and in such event, there shall be an Event of Default hereunder if the “compare ratio” or such other statistic assigned to the Seller by FHA is less favorable than such threshold adopted by the Buyer; or

 

(kk)      to the extent the Seller has “delegated lender insurance authority” from HUD as of the date hereof, such authority shall be revoked or suspended at any time by HUD.

 

Section 9.        Remedies Upon Default .

 

(a)  An Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless expressly waived in writing by the Buyer.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of one or more Events of Default hereunder, the Buyer’s obligation to enter into any additional Transactions hereunder shall automatically terminate without further action by any Person.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of one or more Events of Default other than those referred to in Section 8(g) or (h), the Buyer may immediately declare the Repurchase Price of the Transactions then outstanding to be immediately due and payable, together with all Price Differential thereon and fees and expenses accruing under this Repurchase Agreement.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default referred to in Sections 8(g) or (h) , such amounts shall immediately and automatically become due and payable without any further action by any Person.  Upon such declaration or such automatic acceleration, the balance then outstanding shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Seller.

 

(b)  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of one or more Events of Default and if the Buyer shall have exercised its rights to accelerate or an automatic acceleration shall have occurred pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, the Buyer shall have the right to obtain physical possession of, for the benefit of the Buyer, the Servicing Records and all other files of the Seller or the Servicer relating to the Purchased Items and all documents relating to the Purchased Items which are then or may thereafter come in to the possession of the Seller, the Servicer or any third party acting for the Seller and the Seller shall deliver to the Buyer such assignments as the Buyer shall request.  The Buyer shall be entitled to specific performance of all agreements of the Seller contained in this Repurchase Agreement.

 

-64-


 

Section 10.                         No Duty of The Buyer .  The powers conferred on the Buyer hereunder are solely to protect the Buyer’s interests in the Purchased Items and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers.  The Buyer shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Seller for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 11.                         Reserved .

 

Section 12.                         The Agent .

 

12.01             Appointment .  The Buyer hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as its Agent under this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents, and the Buyer irrevocably authorizes the Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Repurchase Agreement, the Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with the Buyer, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document or otherwise exist against the Agent.  The provisions of this Section 12 are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Buyer, and the Seller shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

 

12.02             Duties of Agent .  In accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Agent shall:

 

(a)        upon receipt of a Transaction Request pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.02, promptly transmit such Transaction Request to the Buyer and, upon approval by and at the instruction of the Buyer, enter into the Transactions and purchase the applicable Loans on the Buyer’s behalf;

 

(b)       upon receipt of a Confirmation from the Buyer pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.02(d), promptly transmit such Confirmation to the Seller; and

 

(c)        upon receipt of any payments of Repurchase Price and other amounts to be paid by the Seller or any other party under the Repurchase Agreement or the other Repurchase Documents, promptly deliver such payments to the Buyer at the following account (or such other account of which the Buyer may from time to time notify the Agent pursuant to Section 12.06): Account No. 30463591 , Citibank, N.A., ABA No. 021-000-089, Attn: Whole Loans, Ref: PennyMac.

 

12.03             Delegation of Duties .  The Agent may execute any of its duties under this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.

 

-65-



 

The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

 

12.04             Exculpatory Provisions .  Neither the Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to the Buyer for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Seller or any officer thereof contained in this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agent under or in connection with, this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document or for any failure of the Seller to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Buyer to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Seller.

 

12.05             Reliance by Agent .  The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, facsimile, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Seller), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent.  As between the Agent and the Buyer, the Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Buyer as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Buyer against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  As between the Agent and the Buyer, the Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents in accordance with a request of the Buyer, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Buyer and all future holders of the Purchased Loans.

 

12.06             Notices .  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Agent has received notice from the Buyer or the Seller referring to this Repurchase Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”  In the event that the Agent receives such a notice, the Agent shall give notice thereof to the Buyer.  The Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Buyer; provided that unless and until the Agent shall have received such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Buyer.  The Seller hereby acknowledges that all notices and other communications required to be delivered by the Seller to the Agent will not be valid if delivered solely to the Buyer; such notices and communications must be delivered as required herein.  Notices that are be delivered

 

-66-



 

to Agent shall be delivered to 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: SPG Mortgage Finance, Facsimile No.: 212-761-0093, Telephone No.: 212-761-4480.

 

12.07             Non Reliance by Buyer .  The Buyer expressly acknowledges that neither the Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Seller, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Agent to the Buyer.  The Buyer represents to the Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Seller and made its own decision to enter into Transactions and enter into this Repurchase Agreement.  The Buyer also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Seller.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished by the Seller to the Agent hereunder or under the other Repurchase Documents, which the Agent must distribute promptly to the Buyer, the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide the Buyer with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Seller which may come into the possession of the Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

12.08             Indemnification .  The Buyer agrees to indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller and without limiting the obligation of the Seller to do so) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Repurchase Price) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Transactions, this Repurchase Agreement, any of the other Repurchase Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that the Buyer shall not be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this Section 12.08 shall survive the payment of the Repurchase Prices and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

12.09             Successor Agent .  The Agent may resign as Agent upon thirty (30) calendar days’ notice to the Buyer and the Seller.  If the Agent shall resign as Agent under this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents, then the Buyer shall appoint a successor Agent, which successor Agent shall be approved by the Seller (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and any such successor Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Agent, and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties

 

-67-



 

as Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Repurchase Agreement or any holders of the Purchased Loans.  If no successor Agent has been appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) calendar days after the retiring Agent’s giving notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent, on behalf of the Buyer, may appoint an Agent which shall (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) be reasonably acceptable to the Seller.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations, under this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents.  After any retiring Agent’s resignation as Agent, the provisions of this Section 12 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents.

 

Section 13.                         Miscellaneous .

 

13.01             Delay Not Waiver; Remedies Are Cumulative .  No failure on the part of the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) to exercise, and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) of any right, power or remedy under any Repurchase Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. All rights and remedies of the Buyer provided for herein are cumulative and in addition to any and all other rights and remedies provided by law, the Repurchase Documents and the other instruments and agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, and are not conditional or contingent on any attempt by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) to exercise any of its rights under any other related document.  The Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) may exercise at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default one or more remedies, as they so desire, and may thereafter at any time and from time to time exercise any other remedy or remedies.

 

13.02             Notices .  Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Repurchase Agreement, all notices, requests and other communications provided for herein and under the Custodial Agreement (including without limitation any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Repurchase Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including without limitation by telex or facsimile) delivered to the intended recipient at the “Address for Notices” specified below its name on the signature pages hereof or thereof); or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party provided, that a copy of all notices given under Section 7.01 shall simultaneously be delivered to Credit Department, Morgan Stanley, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036 Attention: SPG Mortgage Finance.  Except as otherwise provided in this Repurchase Agreement and except for notices given under Section 2 (which shall be effective only on receipt), all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by telex or facsimile or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

 

-68-



 

13.03             Use of Employee Plan Assets .  No assets of an employee benefit plan subject to any provision of ERISA shall be used by either party hereto in a Transaction.

 

13.04             Indemnification and Expenses .

 

(a)        The Seller agrees to hold the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) and each of its Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each an “ Indemnified Party ”) harmless from and indemnify any Indemnified Party against all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and expenses of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Party (collectively, the “ Costs ”) relating to or arising out of this Repurchase Agreement, any other Repurchase Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Repurchase Agreement, any other Repurchase Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, any Takeout Proceeds Identification Letter), that, in each case, results from anything other than any Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Seller agrees to hold any Indemnified Party harmless from and indemnify such Indemnified Party against all Costs with respect to all Purchased Loans relating to or arising out of any violation or alleged violation of any environmental law, rule or regulation or any consumer credit laws, including without limitation laws with respect to unfair or deceptive lending practices and Predatory Lending Practices, the Truth in Lending Act and/or the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, that, in each case, results from anything other than such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(b)       In any suit, proceeding or action brought by an Indemnified Party in connection with any Mortgage Loan for any sum owing thereunder, or to enforce any provisions of any Mortgage Loan, the Seller will save, indemnify and hold such Indemnified Party harmless from and against all expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any defense, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or reduction of liability whatsoever of the account debtor or obligor thereunder, arising out of a breach by the Seller of any obligation thereunder or arising out of any other agreement, indebtedness or liability at any time owing to or in favor of such account debtor or obligor or its successors from the Seller.  The Seller also agrees to reimburse an Indemnified Party for all such Indemnified Party’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or the preservation of such Indemnified Party’s rights under this Repurchase Agreement, any other Repurchase Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel as and when billed by such Indemnified Party.

 

(c)        The Seller agrees to pay as and when billed by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) all of the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Repurchase Agreement, any other Repurchase Document or any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith.  The Seller agrees to pay as and when billed by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) all of the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby including without limitation (i) all the

 

-69-



 

reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to the Buyer and (ii) all the due diligence, inspection, testing and review costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) with respect to Purchased Items under this Repurchase Agreement, including, but not limited to, those costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer pursuant to Sections 13.04(a), 13.06 and 13.23 hereof. The Seller also agrees not to assert any claim against the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) or any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Repurchase Documents, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Transactions, this Repurchase Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.  THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY AND AGREEMENT NOT TO ASSERT CLAIMS EXPRESSLY APPLIES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TO THE NEGLIGENCE (BUT NOT GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT) OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.

 

(d)      If the Seller fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it under this Repurchase Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and indemnities, such amount may be paid on behalf of the Seller by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) (including without limitation by the Buyer netting such amount from the proceeds of any Purchase Price paid by the Buyer to the Seller hereunder), in its sole discretion and the Seller shall remain liable for any such payments by the Buyer.  No such payment by the Buyer shall be deemed a waiver of any of the Buyer’s rights under the Repurchase Documents.

 

(e)        Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Seller hereunder, the covenants and obligations of the Seller contained in this Section 13.04 shall survive the termination of this Repurchase Agreement, the payment in full of the Repurchase Price and all other amounts payable hereunder and delivery of the Purchased Loans by the Buyer against full payment therefor.

 

13.05             Waiver of Redemption and Deficiency Rights . The Seller hereby expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, every statute of limitation on a deficiency judgment, any reduction in the proceeds of any Purchased Items as a result of restrictions upon the Buyer, the Agent or Custodian contained in the Repurchase Documents or any other instrument delivered in connection therewith, and any right that it may have to direct the order in which any of the Purchased Items shall be disposed of in the event of any disposition pursuant hereto.

 

13.06             Reimbursement .  All sums reasonably expended by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy provided for herein shall be and remain the Seller’s obligation (unless and to the extent that the Seller is the prevailing party in any dispute, claim or action relating thereto).  The Seller agrees to pay, with interest at the Post-Default Rate to the extent that an Event of Default has occurred, the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the Buyer and/or Custodian in connection with the preparation, negotiation, enforcement (including any waivers), administration and amendment of the Repurchase Documents (regardless of whether a Transaction is entered into hereunder), the taking of any action, including legal action, required or permitted to be taken by the Buyer and/or Custodian pursuant

 

-70-



 

thereto, any “due diligence” or loan agent reviews conducted by the Buyer or on its behalf or by refinancing or restructuring in the nature of a “workout.”

 

13.07             Termination . This Repurchase Agreement shall remain in effect until the Termination Date.  However, no such termination shall affect the Seller’s outstanding obligations to the Buyer at the time of such termination.  The Seller’s obligations under Section 3.03, Section 4.12, Section 6, Section 7, Section 13.04 and Section 13.06 and any other reimbursement or indemnity obligation of the Seller to the Buyer pursuant to this Repurchase Agreement or any other Repurchase Documents shall survive the termination hereof.

 

13.08             Severability .  If any provision of any Repurchase Document is declared invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of the Repurchase Documents, and each Repurchase Document shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13.09             Amendments and Waivers .

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Repurchase Agreement, any provision of this Repurchase Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by an instrument in writing signed by the Seller, the Buyer and the Agent and any provision of this Repurchase Agreement may be waived by the Buyer; provided , that any waiver, amendment, supplement or modification shall apply to the Buyer and shall be binding upon the Seller, the Buyer, the Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns and, in the case of any waiver, the Seller, the Buyer and the Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Repurchase Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

13.10             Assignments and Participations .  (a) The Buyer may assign to one or more Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Repurchase Agreement; provided , however , that the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit J , with appropriate completions (an “ Assignment and Acceptance ”).

 

(b)       Upon such execution and delivery, from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, (i) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Buyer hereunder, and (ii) the Buyer assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that any rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Repurchase Agreement.

 

(c)        The Buyer may sell participations to one or more Persons in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Repurchase Agreement; provided , however , that (i) the Buyer’s obligations under this Repurchase Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Buyer shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Seller shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Buyer in

 

-71-



 

connection with the Buyer’s rights and obligations under and in respect of this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents.  Notwithstanding the terms of Section 3.03 , each participant of the Buyer shall be entitled to the additional compensation and other rights and protections afforded the Buyer under Section 3.03 to the same extent as the Buyer would have been entitled to receive them with respect to the participation sold to such participant.

 

(d)      The Buyer may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 13.10 , disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, as the case may be, any information relating to the Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or to any aspect of the Transactions that has been furnished to the Buyer by or on behalf of the Seller or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, any actual assignment or participation shall be subject to an executed confidentiality agreement.

 

(e)        The Buyer may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Repurchase Agreement (including, without limitation, the Repurchase Obligations owing to it) in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank.  No such assignment shall release the assigning the Buyer from its obligations hereunder.

 

(f)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Buyer may assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder to any Person, provided that upon the effective date of such assignment such Person shall become a party hereto and the Buyer hereunder and shall be (A) entitled to all the rights, benefits and privileges accorded the Buyer under the Repurchase Documents, and (B) subject to all the duties and obligations of the Buyer under the Repurchase Documents.

 

13.11             Successors and Assigns .  This Repurchase Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  The Seller may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Buyer.

 

13.12             Survival .  The obligations of the Seller under Sections 3.03 and 12.04 hereof shall survive the payment of the Repurchase Obligations relating to all Transactions and the termination of this Repurchase Agreement.  In addition, each representation and warranty made or deemed to be made by a request for a Transaction, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty, and the Buyer shall not be deemed to have waived, by reason of making any Transaction, any Default that may arise because any such representation or warranty shall have proved to be false or misleading, notwithstanding that the Buyer may have had notice or knowledge or reason to believe that such representation or warranty was false or misleading at the time such Transaction was made.

 

13.13             Captions .  The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Repurchase Agreement.

 

-72-


 

13.14             Counterparts .  This Repurchase Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Repurchase Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

 

13.15             Governing Law; Repurchase Agreement Constitutes Security Agreement .  This Repurchase Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to or in connection with this Repurchase Agreement, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and shall constitute a security agreement within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

13.16             Captions . The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Repurchase Agreement.

 

13.17             Electronic Signatures .  The parties agree that this Repurchase Agreement, any documents to be delivered pursuant to this Repurchase Agreement and any notices hereunder may be transmitted between them by e-mail and/or by facsimile.  The parties intend that faxed signatures and electronically imaged signatures such as .pdf files shall constitute original signatures and are binding on all parties.  Each party shall send to the other original signatures for any document that is transmitted by e-mail and/or by facsimile

 

13.18             Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .  The Seller hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(A)                           SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS REPURCHASE AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER REPURCHASE DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

 

(B)                            CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

 

(C)                           AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH UNDER ITS

 

-73-



 

SIGNATURE BELOW OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF WHICH THE BUYER SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED; AND

 

(D)                           AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

13.19             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF THE SELLER, THE AGENT AND THE BUYER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS REPURCHASE AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER REPURCHASE DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

13.20             Acknowledgments .  The Seller hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)        it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents;

 

(b)       the Buyer and the Agent have no fiduciary relationship to the Seller, and the relationship between the Seller, on the one hand, and the Buyer, on the other hand, is solely that of the Seller and the Buyer (and Agent of the Buyer, as applicable); and

 

(c)        no joint venture exists between the Buyer (including the Agent) and the Seller.

 

13.21             Hypothecation or Pledge of Purchased Items .  The Buyer, shall have free and unrestricted use of all of the Purchased Items and nothing in this Repurchase Agreement shall preclude the Buyer from engaging in repurchase transactions with the Purchased Items or otherwise selling, pledging, repledging, transferring, assigning, hypothecating, rehypothecating or otherwise conveying the Purchased Items.  Nothing contained in this Repurchase Agreement shall obligate the Buyer to segregate any Purchased Items delivered to the Buyer by the Seller.

 

13.22             Servicing .

 

(a)        The Seller covenants to maintain or cause the servicing of the Purchased Loans to be maintained in conformity with Accepted Servicing Practices.  In the event that the preceding language is interpreted as constituting one or more servicing contracts, each such servicing contract shall terminate automatically upon the earliest of (i) an Event of Default, (ii) thirty (30) days after the last Purchase Date of such Purchased Loan, (iii) the date on which all the Repurchase Obligations have been paid in full or (iv) the transfer of servicing approved by the Seller. Upon any such termination, Seller shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 7.31 as to the delivery of the Servicing Records and the physical servicing of each Purchased Loan.

 

(b)       During the period the Seller or Servicer is servicing the Purchased Loans, (i) the Seller agrees that the Buyer is the owner of the Servicing Rights and all servicing records,

 

-74-



 

including but not limited to any and all servicing agreements, files, documents, records, data bases, computer tapes, copies of computer tapes, proof of insurance coverage, insurance policies, appraisals, other closing documentation, payment history records, and any other records relating to or evidencing the servicing of such Mortgage Loans (the “Servicing Records”), and (ii) the Seller grants the Buyer a security interest in all servicing fees and rights relating to the Purchased Loans and all Servicing Records to secure the obligation of the Seller or its designee to service in conformity with this Section 13.22 and any other obligation of the Seller to the Buyer.  At all times during the term of this Repurchase Agreement, the Seller covenants to hold such Servicing Records in trust for the Buyer and to safeguard, or cause each Servicer to safeguard, such Servicing Records and to deliver them, or cause any such Servicer to deliver them to the extent permitted under the related Servicing Agreement promptly to the Buyer or its designee (including Custodian) at the Buyer’s request or otherwise as required by operation of Section 7.31 hereof.  It is understood and agreed by the parties that prior to an Event of Default, the Seller, as servicer shall retain the servicing fees with respect to the Purchased Loans.

 

(c)        If the Purchased Loans are, at any time during the term of this Repurchase Agreement, serviced by PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or a third party servicer (PennyMac Loan Services, LLC or such third party servicer, the “ Servicer ”), such Servicer must be acceptable to RHS, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, FHA or VA, as applicable, and each Seller (i) shall provide a copy of the servicing agreement to the Buyer, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Buyer (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), and (ii) shall provide a Servicer Notice and Agreement to the Servicer substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto (a “ Servicer Notice and Agreement ”) and shall cause the Servicer to acknowledge and agree to the same.  Any successor or assignee of a Servicer shall be approved in writing by the Buyer and shall acknowledge and agree to a Servicer Notice and Agreement prior to such successor’s assumption of servicing obligations with respect to the Mortgage Loans. Any transfer of servicing of Mortgage Loans to any Servicer in accordance with this Section 13.22(c) , shall be subject to the Buyer’s ownership and security interest in the Servicing Rights, (including, without limitation, the security interest created under Section 4.01(b) ), the Buyer’s security interest in any payments received or to be received by the Seller in connection with such transfer or to any payments of any kind with respect to the Mortgage Loans being serviced by the Servicer and such transfer shall be subject to the Buyer’s right to terminate the Servicing Agreement with such transferee and to cause such transferee to transfer the servicing rights to the Buyer’s designee, in each case as more particularly set forth in this Section 13.22(c) .

 

(d)      If the Servicer of the Purchased Loans is the Seller or the Servicer is an Affiliate of the Seller, the Seller shall provide to the Buyer a letter from the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, to the effect that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Buyer may terminate any Servicing Agreement and in any event transfer servicing to the Buyer’s designee, at no cost or expense to the Buyer, it being agreed that the Seller will pay any and all fees required to terminate the Servicing Agreement and to effectuate the transfer of servicing to the designee of the Buyer.

 

(e)        In addition to the rights provided in Section 13.22(a), the Buyer shall have the right, exercisable at any time in its sole discretion, upon written notice, to terminate the Seller or any Servicers as servicer, respectively, of any Purchased Loans and any related Servicing Agreement.  Upon any such termination, the Seller shall transfer or shall cause Servicer to

 

-75-



 

transfer such servicing with respect to such Purchased Loans to the Buyer or its designee, at no cost or expense to the Buyer.  The Seller agrees to cooperate with the Buyer in connection with the transfer of servicing.

 

(f)         After the Purchase Date for any Purchased Loan, until such Purchased Loan is repurchased by the Seller and possession thereof is relinquished by the Custodian, the Seller will have no right to modify or alter the terms of such Purchased Loan and the Seller will have no obligation or right to repossess such Purchased Loan or substitute another Purchased Loan, except as provided in the Custodial Agreement.

 

(g)       In the event the Seller or its Affiliate is servicing the Purchased Loans, the Seller shall permit the Buyer from time to time to inspect the Seller’s or its Affiliate’s servicing facilities, as the case may be, for the purpose of satisfying the Buyer that the Seller or its Affiliate, as the case may be, has the ability to service the Purchased Loans as provided in this Repurchase Agreement; provided that, prior to a Default or Event of Default, such inspection shall be subject to prior reasonable notice and shall be conducted during normal business hours.

 

(h)       The Buyer shall have the right in its sole discretion to appoint a third party to perform due diligence with respect to the Seller’s or the Servicer’s servicing facilities at any time.  The Seller shall cooperate with the Buyer and/or its designees to provide access to the Seller’s or the Servicer’s servicing facilities including without limitation its books and records with respect to the Seller’s or the Servicer’s servicing portfolio and the Purchased Loans.  In addition to the foregoing, the Seller shall permit the Buyer, or cause the Servicer to permit the Buyer, to inspect upon reasonable prior written notice at a mutually convenient time, the Seller’s, the Servicer’s or their Affiliate’s servicing facilities, as the case may be, for the purpose of satisfying the Buyer that the Seller, the Servicer or its Affiliate, as the case may be, has the ability to service the Mortgage Loans as provided in this Agreement.  In addition, with respect to any Servicer which is not an Affiliate of the Seller, the Seller shall use its best efforts to enable the Buyer to inspect the servicing facilities of such Servicer and to cause such Servicer to cooperate with the Buyer and/or its designees in connection with any due diligence performed by the Buyer and/or such designees in accordance with this Section 13.22(h).  The Seller and the Buyer further agree that all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer in connection with any due diligence or inspection performed pursuant to this Section 13.22(h) shall be paid by the Buyer.

 

13.23             Periodic Due Diligence Review .

 

(a)        Purchased Loans .  The Seller acknowledges that the Buyer has the right to perform continuing due diligence reviews with respect to the Purchased Loans and the manner in which they were originated, for purposes of verifying compliance with the representations, warranties and specifications made hereunder, or otherwise, and the Seller agrees that, unless a Default has occurred (in which case no notice is required), upon reasonable (but, prior to a Default or Event of Default, no less than three (3) Business Days’) prior notice to the Seller, the Buyer or its authorized representatives will be permitted during normal business hours to examine, inspect, and make copies and extracts of, the Mortgage Files and any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Mortgage Files in the possession or under the control of the Seller and/or the Custodian.  The Seller also shall make

 

-76-



 

available to the Buyer a knowledgeable financial or accounting officer for the purpose of answering questions respecting the Mortgage Files and the Mortgage Loans.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Seller acknowledges that the Buyer may make Transactions to the Seller based solely upon the information provided by the Seller to the Buyer in the Mortgage Loan Data File and the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, and that the Buyer, at its option, has the right at any time to conduct a partial or complete due diligence review on some or all of the Purchased Loans relating to such Transaction, including without limitation ordering new credit reports and new appraisals on the related Mortgaged Properties and otherwise re-generating the information used to originate such Mortgage Loan.  The Buyer may underwrite such Purchased Loans itself or engage a mutually agreed upon third party underwriter to perform such underwriting.  The Seller agrees to cooperate with the Buyer and any third party underwriter in connection with such underwriting, including, but not limited to, providing the Buyer and any third party underwriter with access to any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Purchased Loans in the possession, or under the control, of the Seller.

 

(b)       The Seller, the Servicer and the Guarantor .  The Seller acknowledges that the Buyer has the right to perform periodic due diligence reviews of the Seller’s, the Servicer’s and the Guarantor’s operations, including, but not limited to, a review of (1) the financial condition of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor, (2) loan origination and servicing guidelines, and (3) other corporate due diligence matters at the discretion of the Buyer. In connection therewith, the Seller agrees that upon reasonable (but no less than two (2) Business Day’s) prior notice to the Seller (provided, that if a Default has occurred and is continuing, no such notice shall be required), the Buyer or its authorized representatives will be permitted, and the Seller shall cause the Servicer and the Guarantor to permit Buyer or its authorized representatives, during normal business hours to examine, inspect, and make copies and extracts of all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor which are in possession or under the control of the Seller, as the Buyer may reasonably request. The Seller shall also make available to the Buyer, and cause the Servicer and the Guarantor to make available to the Buyer, a knowledgeable financial or accounting officer for the purpose of answering questions respecting the financial condition of the Seller, the Servicer and the Guarantor and make available to the Buyer an officer of the Seller, the Servicer or the Guarantor for the purpose of answering questions respecting other corporate due diligence matters.

 

(c)        Fees and Expenses .  The Seller further agrees that the Seller shall reimburse the Buyer for any and all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer in connection with their activities pursuant to this Section 13.23 as and when billed by the Buyer.

 

13.24             [ Reserved ].

 

13.25             Set-Off . The Seller hereby acknowledges, admits and agrees that the Seller’s obligations under this Repurchase Agreement are recourse obligations of the Seller to which the Seller pledges its full faith and credit.  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) provided by this Repurchase Agreement and by law, the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) shall have the right, without prior notice to the Seller, any such notice being expressly waived by the Seller to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount

 

-77-



 

becoming due and payable by the Seller hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Seller under the Repurchase Agreement or any other agreement between the Seller and its Affiliates and the Buyer and its Affiliates.  The Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) agree promptly to notify the Seller after any such set-off and application made by the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be); provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

13.26             Single Agreement . The Seller, the Agent and the Buyer acknowledge that, and have entered hereinto and will enter into each Transaction hereunder in consideration of and in reliance upon the fact that, all Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and have been made in consideration of each other.  Accordingly, the Seller, the Agent and the Buyer each agree (i) to perform all of its obligations in respect of each Transaction hereunder, and that a default in the performance of any such obligations shall constitute a default by it in respect of all Transactions hereunder, and (ii) that payments, deliveries and other transfers made by any of them in respect of any Transaction shall be deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries and other transfers in respect of any other Transaction hereunder, and the obligations to make any such payments, deliveries and other transfers may be applied against each other and netted.

 

13.27             Intent .

 

(a)        The Seller and the Buyer recognize that each Transaction is a “repurchase agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101(47)(A)(i) of Title 11 of the USC, a “securities contract” as that term is defined in Section 741(7)(A)(i) of Title 11 of the USC, and a “master netting agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101(38A)(A) of Title 11 of the USC, and that the pledge of the Related Credit Enhancement in Section 4.01(c) hereof is intended to constitute “a security agreement or other arrangement or other credit enhancement” that is “related to” the Repurchase Agreement and Transactions hereunder within the meaning of Sections 101(38A)(A), 101(47)(a)(v) and 741(7)(A)(x) of Title 11 of the USC.

 

(b)       It is understood that the Buyer’s right to liquidate the Purchased Items delivered to it in connection with the Transactions hereunder or to accelerate or terminate this Repurchase Agreement or otherwise exercise any other remedies pursuant to Section 9 hereof is a contractual right to liquidate, accelerate or terminate such Transaction as described in Sections 555, 559 and 561 of Title 11 of the USC.

 

(c)        The parties further agree that if a party hereto is an “insured depository institution” as such term is defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDIA”), then each Transaction hereunder is a “qualified financial contract” as that term is defined in the FDIA, and any rules, orders or policy statement thereunder.

 

-78-



 

(d)      It is understood that this Repurchase Agreement constitutes a “netting contract” as defined in and subject to Title IV of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) and each payment entitlement and payment obligation under any transaction hereunder shall constitute a “covered contractual payment entitlement” or “covered contractual payment obligation,” respectively, as defined in and subject to FDICIA.

 

13.28             Confidentiality .

 

(a)        The Repurchase Documents and their respective terms, provisions, supplements and amendments, and transactions and notices thereunder, are proprietary to the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) and shall be held by the Seller in strict confidence and shall not be disclosed to any third party without the consent of the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) except for (i) disclosure to the Seller’s Affiliates, directors, attorneys, agents or accountants (the “ Representatives ”), provided that the Seller shall (A) inform each of its Representatives receiving any Repurchase Documents of the confidential nature of the Repurchase Documents, (B) direct its Representatives to treat the Repurchase Documents confidentially, and (C) be responsible for any improper use of the Repurchase Documents by the Seller or its Representatives or (ii) upon prior written notice to the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be), disclosure required by law, rule, regulation or order of a court or other regulatory body or (iii) upon prior written notice to the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be), disclosure to any approved hedge counterparty to the extent necessary to obtain any Interest Rate Protection Agreement hereunder or (iv) any disclosures or filing required under Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or state securities’ laws; provided that in the case of disclosure by any party pursuant to the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), the Seller shall provide the Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) with prior written notice to permit Buyer and the Agent (or the Buyer or the Agent, as the case may be) to seek a protective order to take other appropriate action; provided further that in the case of (iv), the Seller shall not file any of the Repurchase Documents other than the Repurchase Agreement and the Guaranty with the SEC or state securities office unless the Seller shall have provided at least thirty (30) days (or such lesser time as may be demanded by the SEC or state securities office) prior written notice of such filing to the Buyer.  The Seller shall cooperate in the Buyer’s efforts to obtain a protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Repurchase Documents.  If, in the absence of a protective order, the Seller or any of its Representatives is compelled as a matter of law to disclose any such information, the Seller may disclose to the party compelling disclosure only the part of the Repurchase Documents as is required by law to be disclosed (in which case, prior to such disclosure, the Seller shall advise and consult with the Buyer and its counsel as to such disclosure and the nature and wording of such disclosure) and the Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain confidential treatment therefor. The Buyer and the Agent acknowledge that this Repurchase Agreement may be filed with the SEC; provided that, the Seller shall redact any pricing and other confidential provisions, including, without limitation, the amount of any fees, Commitment Fee, Non-Utilization Fee, Applicable Pricing Spread and Applicable Purchase Rate from such filed Agreement.

 

(b)       The Seller and the Buyer shall, with respect to all Mortgage Loans, comply with the applicable provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB”) and any

 

-79-



 

applicable state and local privacy laws pursuant to the GLB for financial institutions and applicable state and local privacy laws.  The Seller agrees to hold the Buyer and each of its Affiliates (other than any Excluded Affiliate) and their officers, directors and employees (each a “ GLB Indemnified Party ”) harmless from and indemnify any GLB Indemnified Party against all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and expenses of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such GLB Indemnified Party relating to or arising out of the Seller’s violation of the GLB or any applicable state or local privacy laws with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

 

13.29             Entire Agreement .  This Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto and thereto and supersede any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings relating to the matters provided for herein and therein.  No alteration, waiver, amendments, or change or supplement hereto shall be binding or effective unless the same is set forth in writing by a duly authorized representative of each party hereto. This Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents represent the agreement of the Buyer, the Agent and the Seller with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Buyer or the Agent relative to the subject matter hereof or thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Repurchase Documents.

 

-80-



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Repurchase Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SELLER

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name: Pamela Marsh

 

Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

6101 Condor Drive

 

Moorpark, California 93021

 

Attention: Pamela Marsh/Michael Wong

 

Telephone: (805) 330-6059/(818) 224-7055

 

E-mail: Pamela.marsh@pnmac.com

 

Michael.wong@pnmac.com

 

 

Master Repurchase Agreement

 



 

 

BUYER

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

By: /s/ Geoggrey Kott

 

Name: Geoffrey Kott

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

1585 Broadway

 

New York, New York 10036

 

Attention: SPG Mortgage Finance

 

Facsimile No.: 212-761-0093

 

Telephone No.: 212-761-4480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE
CAPITAL HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/Christopher Schmidt

 

Name: Christopher Schmidt

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

1585 Broadway

 

New York, New York 10036

 

Attention: SPG Mortgage Finance

 

Facsimile No.: 212-761-0093

 

Telephone No.: 212-761-4480

 

 

Master Repurchase Agreement

 


 

Schedule 1

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RE: MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Part I.  Eligible Mortgage Loans

 

As to each Mortgage Loan that is a Purchased Loan subject to any Transaction outstanding on a Purchase Date (and the related Mortgage, Mortgage Note, Assignment of Mortgage and Mortgaged Property), the Seller shall be deemed to make the following representations and warranties to the Buyer as of such date and at all times a Purchased Loan is subject to a Transaction.  With respect to any representations and warranties made to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, in the event that it is discovered that the circumstances with respect to the related Mortgage Loan are not accurately reflected in such representation and warranty notwithstanding that such representation and warranty is made to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, such Mortgage Loan shall be assigned a Recognized Value of zero.  Certain defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined in the Repurchase Agreement appear in Part II to this Schedule 1 :

 

(a)        Mortgage Loans as Described .  The information set forth in the Mortgage Loan Schedule with respect to the Mortgage Loan is complete, true and correct in all material respects.

 

(b)        Payments Current .  All payments required to be made up to the Purchase Date for the Mortgage Loan under the terms of the Mortgage Note have been made and credited.  No payment required under the Mortgage Loan is delinquent nor has any payment under the Mortgage Loan been delinquent at any time since the origination of the Mortgage Loan.  The first Monthly Payment shall be made, or shall have been made, with respect to the Mortgage Loan on its Due Date or within the grace period, all in accordance with the terms of the related Mortgage Note.

 

(c)        No Outstanding Charges .  There are no defaults in complying with the terms of the Mortgage securing the Mortgage Loan, and all taxes, governmental assessments, insurance premiums, water, sewer and municipal charges, leasehold payments or ground rents which previously became due and owing have been paid, or an escrow of funds has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for every such item which remains unpaid and which has been assessed but is not yet due and payable.  Neither the Seller nor the Qualified Originator from which the Seller acquired the Mortgage Loan has advanced funds, or induced, solicited or knowingly received any advance of funds by a party other than the Mortgagor, directly or indirectly, for the payment of any amount required under the Mortgage Loan, except for interest accruing from the date of the Mortgage Note or date of disbursement of the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan, whichever is earlier, to the day which precedes by one month the Due Date of the first installment of principal and interest thereunder.

 

(d)       Original Terms Unmodified .  The terms of the Mortgage Note and Mortgage have not been impaired, waived, altered or modified in any respect, from the date of origination; except by a written instrument which has been recorded, if necessary to protect the interests of the Buyer, and which has been delivered to the Custodian and the terms of which are

 

Schedule 1-1



 

reflected in the Mortgage Loan Schedule.  The substance of any such waiver, alteration or modification has been approved by the insurer under the Primary Insurance Policy, if any, and the title insurer, to the extent required, and, with respect to the FHA, RHS and VA Loans, has been approved by the FHA, to the extent required by the FHA Insurance Contract, the RHS to the extent required of the Rural Housing Service Guaranty or the VA, to the extent of the VA Guaranty Agreement, and its terms are reflected on the Mortgage Loan Schedule.  No Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan has been released, in whole or in part, except in connection with an assumption agreement approved by the insurer under the Primary Insurance Policy, if any, and the title insurer, to the extent required by such policy and with respect to any FHA Loan, the FHA to the extent required by the FHA Insurance Contract or FHA Regulations, or with respect to any VA Loan, the VA to the extent of the VA Guaranty Agreement, or with respect to any RHS Loan, the RHS to the extent of the Rural Housing Service Guaranty, and which assumption agreement is part of the Mortgage File delivered to the Custodian and the terms of which are reflected in the Mortgage Loan Schedule.

 

(e)        No Defenses .  The Mortgage Loan is not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, including without limitation the defense of usury, nor will the operation of any of the terms of the Mortgage Note or the Mortgage, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render either the Mortgage Note or the Mortgage unenforceable, in whole or in part and no such right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense has been asserted with respect thereto, and no Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan was a debtor in any state or Federal bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding at the time the Mortgage Loan was originated.  The Seller has no knowledge nor has it received any notice that any Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan is a debtor in any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

(f)        Hazard Insurance .  The Mortgaged Property is insured by a fire and extended perils insurance policy, issued by a Qualified Insurer, and such other hazards as are customary in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located, and to the extent required by the Seller as of the date of origination consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines, against earthquake and other risks insured against by Persons operating like properties in the locality of the Mortgaged Property, in an amount not less than the lesser of (i) 100% of the replacement cost (as calculated by a Qualified Insurer) of all improvements to the Mortgaged Property, and (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, provided that, such amount shall be not less than the amount necessary to avoid the operation of any co-insurance provisions with respect to the Mortgaged Property, and shall be consistent with the amount that would have been required as of the date of origination in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines.  If any portion of the Mortgaged Property is in an area identified by any federal Governmental Authority as having special flood hazards, and flood insurance is available, a flood insurance policy meeting the current guidelines of the Federal Emergency Management Agency is in effect with a generally acceptable insurance carrier, in an amount representing coverage not less than the least of (1) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, (2) the full insurable value of the Mortgaged Property, and (3) the maximum amount of insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended by the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1974.  All such insurance policies (collectively, the “hazard insurance policy”) contain a standard mortgagee clause naming the Seller, its successors and assigns (including without limitation, subsequent owners of the Mortgage Loan), as mortgagee, and may not be reduced, terminated or canceled without 30 days’ prior written notice to the mortgagee.  No such notice has been

 

Schedule 1-2



 

received by the Seller.  All premiums on such insurance policy have been paid.  The related Mortgage obligates the Mortgagor to maintain all such insurance and, at such Mortgagor’s failure to do so, authorizes the mortgagee to maintain such insurance at the Mortgagor’s cost and expense and to seek reimbursement therefor from such Mortgagor.  Where required by state law or regulation, the Mortgagor has been given an opportunity to choose the carrier of the required hazard insurance, provided the policy is not a “master” or “blanket” hazard insurance policy covering a condominium, or any hazard insurance policy covering the common facilities of a planned unit development.  The hazard insurance policy is the valid and binding obligation of the insurer and is in full force and effect.  The Seller has not engaged in, and has no knowledge of the Mortgagor’s having engaged in, any act or omission which would impair the coverage of any such policy, the benefits of the endorsement provided for herein, or the validity and binding effect of either including, without limitation, no unlawful fee, commission, kickback or other unlawful compensation or value of any kind has been or will be received, retained or realized by any attorney, firm or other Person, and no such unlawful items have been received, retained or realized by the Seller.

 

(g)        Compliance with Applicable Laws .  Any and all requirements of any federal, state or local law including, without limitation, usury, laws with respect to unfair and deceptive lending practices and Predatory Lending Practices truth-in-lending, real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity or disclosure laws applicable to the Mortgage Loan have been complied with, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not involve the violation of any such laws or regulations.

 

(h)        No Satisfaction of Mortgage .  The Mortgage has not been satisfied, canceled, subordinated or rescinded, in whole or in part, and the Mortgaged Property has not been released from the lien of the Mortgage, in whole or in part, nor has any instrument been executed that would effect any such release, cancellation, subordination or rescission.  The Seller has not waived the performance by the Mortgagor of any action, if the Mortgagor’s failure to perform such action would cause the Mortgage Loan to be in default, nor has the Seller waived any default resulting from any action or inaction by the Mortgagor.

 

(i)         Location and Type of Mortgaged Property .  The Mortgaged Property is located in an Acceptable State as identified in the Mortgage Loan Schedule and consists of a single parcel of real property with a dwelling which is acceptable to the related Agency pursuant to the applicable Agency Guide.  No residence or dwelling is a mobile home or a manufactured dwelling.  No portion of the Mortgaged Property is used for commercial purposes.

 

(j)         Valid First Lien .  The Mortgage is a valid, subsisting, enforceable and perfected first lien on the real property included in the Mortgaged Property, including all buildings on the Mortgaged Property and all installations and mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems located in or annexed to such buildings, and all additions, alterations and replacements made at any time with respect to the foregoing.  The lien of the Mortgage is subject only to:

 

(1)        the lien of current real property taxes and assessments not yet due and payable;

 

Schedule 1-3



 

(2)        covenants, conditions and restrictions, rights of way, easements and other matters of the public record as of the date of recording acceptable to prudent mortgage lending institutions generally and to any applicable Agency, and specifically referred to in the lender’s title insurance policy delivered to the applicable Agency, and originator of the Mortgage Loan and (a) referred to or otherwise considered in the appraisal made for the originator of the Mortgage Loan or (b) which do not adversely affect the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property set forth in such appraisal; and

 

(3)        other matters to which like properties are commonly subject which do not materially interfere with the benefits of the security intended to be provided by the Mortgage or the use, enjoyment, value or marketability of the related Mortgaged Property, and which will not in any way prevent realization of the full benefits of any FHA Insurance Contract, VA Guaranty Agreement or Rural Housing Service Guaranty.

 

Any security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document related to and delivered in connection with the Mortgage Loan establishes and creates a valid, subsisting and enforceable first lien and first priority security interest on the property described therein and the Seller has full right to pledge and assign the same to the Buyer.  The Mortgaged Property was not, as of the date of origination of the Mortgage Loan, subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other security instrument creating a lien subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage.

 

(k)        Validity of Mortgage Documents .  The Mortgage Note and the Mortgage and any other agreement executed and delivered by a Mortgagor or guarantor, if applicable, in connection with a Mortgage Loan are genuine, and each is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the maker thereof enforceable in accordance with its terms.  All parties to the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage and any other such related agreement had legal capacity to enter into the Mortgage Loan and to execute and deliver the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage and any such agreement, and the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage and any other such related agreement have been duly and properly executed by such related parties.  No fraud, error, omission, misrepresentation, negligence or similar occurrence with respect to a Mortgage Loan has taken place on the part of any Person, including, without limitation, the Mortgagor, any appraiser, any builder or developer, or any other party involved in the origination of the Mortgage Loan.  The Seller has reviewed all of the documents constituting the Servicing File and has made such inquiries as it deems necessary to make and confirm the accuracy of the representations set forth herein.

 

(l)         Full Disbursement of Proceeds .  The Mortgage Loan (unless it is an FHA §203(k) Loan) has been closed and the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan have been fully disbursed and there is no further requirement for future advances thereunder, and any and all requirements as to completion of any on-site or off-site improvement and as to disbursements of any escrow funds therefor have been complied with.  All costs, fees and expenses incurred in making or closing the Mortgage Loan and the recording of the Mortgage were paid, and the Mortgagor is not entitled to any refund of any amounts paid or due under the Mortgage Note or Mortgage.

 

(m)       Ownership .  The Seller is the sole owner and holder of the Mortgage Loan.  The Mortgage Loan is not assigned or pledged, and the Seller has good, indefeasible and

 

Schedule 1-4



 

marketable title thereto, and has full right to transfer, pledge and assign the Mortgage Loan to the Buyer free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge, claim or security interest, and has full right and authority subject to no interest or participation of, or agreement with, any other party, to assign, transfer and pledge each Mortgage Loan pursuant to this Repurchase Agreement and following the pledge of each Mortgage Loan, the Buyer will hold such Mortgage Loan free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge, claim or security interest except any such security interest created pursuant to the terms of this Repurchase Agreement.

 

(n)        Doing Business .  All parties which have had any interest in the Mortgage Loan, whether as Mortgagee, assignee, pledgee or otherwise, are (or, during the period in which they held and disposed of such interest, were) (i) in compliance with any and all applicable licensing requirements of the laws of the state wherein the Mortgaged Property is located and all applicable Agency Guides, and (ii) either (A) organized under the laws of such state, (B) qualified to do business in such state, (C) a federal savings and loan association, a savings bank or a national bank having a principal office in such state, or (D) not doing business in such state.

 

(o)        LTV .  No Mortgage Loan has an LTV greater than 100 ] %, unless otherwise eligible for sale or securitization under the applicable Agency Guide.  Each Mortgage Loan which is required to be subject to a Primary Insurance Policy pursuant to the Agency Guide of the applicable Agency is and will be subject to such a Primary Insurance Policy, issued by a Qualified Insurer, which insures that portion of the Mortgage Loan in excess of the portion of the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property as required by such Agency.  All provisions of such Primary Insurance Policy have been and are being complied with, such policy is in full force and effect, and all premiums due thereunder have been paid.  Any Mortgage subject to any such Primary Insurance Policy obligates the Mortgagor thereunder to maintain such insurance and to pay all premiums and charges in connection therewith.  The Mortgage Interest Rate for the Mortgage Loan does not include any such insurance premium.  No Mortgage Loan is subject to a lender-paid primary mortgage insurance policy.

 

(p)        Title Insurance .  Other than each Cooperative Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Loan is covered by either (i) an attorney’s opinion of title and abstract of title, the form and substance of which is acceptable to prudent mortgage lending institutions making mortgage loans in the area wherein the Mortgaged Property is located or (ii) an ALTA lender’s title insurance policy or other generally acceptable form of policy or insurance acceptable to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, as applicable, and with respect to FHA Loans, RHS Loans and VA Loans, the FHA, RHS or VA, as the case may be, and each such title insurance policy is issued by a title insurer acceptable to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, as applicable, and with respect to FHA Loans, RHS Loans and VA Loans, the FHA, RHS or the VA, as the case may be, and qualified to do business in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located, insuring the Seller, its successors and assigns, as to the first priority lien of the Mortgage in the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan (or to the extent a Mortgage Note provides for negative amortization, the maximum amount of negative amortization in accordance with the Mortgage), subject only to the exceptions contained in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of paragraph (j) of this Part I of Schedule 1 , and in the case of adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, against any loss by reason of the invalidity or unenforceability of the lien resulting from the provisions of the Mortgage

 

Schedule 1-5



 

providing for adjustment to the Mortgage Note Interest Rate and Monthly Payment.  Where required by state law or regulation, the Mortgagor has been given the opportunity to choose the carrier of the required mortgage title insurance.  Additionally, such lender’s title insurance policy affirmatively insures ingress and egress and against encroachments by or upon the Mortgaged Property or any interest therein.  The title policy does not contain any special exceptions (other than the standard exclusions) for zoning and uses and has been marked to delete the standard survey exception or to replace the standard survey exception with a specific survey reading.  The Seller, its successors and assigns, are the sole insureds of such lender’s title insurance policy, and such lender’s title insurance policy is valid and remains in full force and effect and will be in force and effect upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Repurchase Agreement.  No claims have been made under such lender’s title insurance policy, and no prior holder or servicer of the related Mortgage, including the Seller, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of such lender’s title insurance policy, including, without limitation, no unlawful fee, commission, kickback or other unlawful compensation or value of any kind has been or will be received, retained or realized by any attorney, firm or other Person, and no such unlawful items have been received, retained or realized by the Seller.

 

(q)        No Defaults .  Other than Mortgage Loans which are no more than thirty (30) days past due, there is no default, breach, violation or event of acceleration existing under the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note and no event has occurred which, with the passage of time or with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event of acceleration, and neither the Seller nor its predecessors have waived any default, breach, violation or event of acceleration.

 

(r)        No Mechanics’ Liens .  There are no mechanics’ or similar liens or claims which have been filed for work, labor or material (and no rights are outstanding that under the law could give rise to such liens) affecting the Mortgaged Property which are or may be liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the lien of the Mortgage.

 

(s)        Location of Improvements; No Encroachments .  All improvements which were considered in determining the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Mortgaged Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Mortgaged Property.  No improvement located on or being part of the Mortgaged Property is in violation of any applicable zoning and building law, ordinance or regulation.

 

(t)        Origination; Payment Terms .  The Mortgage Loan was originated by or in conjunction with a Mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act, a savings and loan association, a savings bank, a commercial bank, credit union, insurance company or similar banking institution which is supervised and examined by a federal or state authority.  Monthly Payments on the Mortgage Loan commenced no more than sixty (60) days after funds were disbursed in connection with the Mortgage Loan.  The Mortgage Note Interest Rate is adjusted, with respect to adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, on each Interest Rate Adjustment Date to equal the Index plus the Gross Margin (rounded up or down to the nearest .125%), subject to the Mortgage Note Interest Rate Cap.  The Mortgage Note is payable on the first day of each month.  Other than with respect to a Mortgage Loan identified on the related Mortgage Loan Schedule as an interest-

 

Schedule 1-6



 

only Mortgage Loan, the Mortgage Loan is payable in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which installments of interest, with respect to adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, are subject to change due to the adjustments to the Mortgage Note Interest Rate on each Interest Rate Adjustment Date, with interest calculated and payable in arrears, sufficient to amortize the Mortgage Loan fully by the stated maturity date, over an original term of not more than thirty (30) years from commencement of amortization.  With respect to each Mortgage Loan identified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule as an interest-only Mortgage Loan, the interest-only period shall not exceed ten (10) years (or such other period specified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule) and following the expiration of such interest-only period, the remaining Monthly Payments shall be sufficient to fully amortize the original principal balance over the remaining term of the Mortgage Loan and to pay interest at the related Mortgage Interest Rate.  The term of any Mortgage Loan shall not exceed thirty (30) years.

 

(u)        Customary Provisions .  The Mortgage Note has a stated maturity.  The Mortgage contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for the realization against the Mortgaged Property of the benefits of the security provided thereby, including, (i) in the case of a Mortgage designated as a deed of trust, by trustee’s sale, and (ii) otherwise by judicial foreclosure.  Upon default by a Mortgagor on a Mortgage Loan and foreclosure on, or trustee’s sale of, the Mortgaged Property pursuant to the proper procedures, the holder of the Mortgage Loan will be able to deliver good and merchantable title to the Mortgaged Property.  There is no homestead or other exemption available to a Mortgagor which would interfere with the right to sell the Mortgaged Property at a trustee’s sale or the right to foreclose the Mortgage.

 

(v)        Conformance with Underwriting Guidelines and Agency Standards .  The Mortgage Loan was underwritten in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and all provisions of the applicable Agency Guide.  The Mortgage Note and Mortgage are on forms acceptable to Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae, as applicable, and the Seller has not made any representations to a Mortgagor that are inconsistent with the mortgage instruments used.

 

(w)       Occupancy of the Mortgaged Property or Cooperative Unit .  As of the Purchase Date the Mortgaged Property or Cooperative Unit is lawfully occupied under applicable law.  All inspections, licenses and certificates required to be made or issued with respect to all occupied portions of the Mortgaged Property and, with respect to the use and occupancy of the same, including but not limited to certificates of occupancy and fire underwriting certificates, have been made or obtained from the appropriate authorities.  The Seller has not received notification from any Governmental Authority that the Mortgaged Property or Cooperative Unit is in material non-compliance with such laws or regulations, is being used, operated or occupied unlawfully or has failed to have or obtain such inspection, licenses or certificates, as the case may be.  The Seller has not received notice of any violation or failure to conform with any such law, ordinance, regulation, standard, license or certificate.

 

(x)        No Additional Collateral .  The Mortgage Note is not and has not been secured by any collateral except the lien of the corresponding Mortgage and the security interest of any applicable security agreement or chattel mortgage referred to in clause (j) above.

 

Schedule 1-7



 

(y)        Deeds of Trust .  In the event the Mortgage constitutes a deed of trust, a trustee, authorized and duly qualified under applicable law to serve as such, has been properly designated and currently so serves and is named in the Mortgage, and no fees or expenses are or will become payable by the Custodian or the Buyer to the trustee under the deed of trust, except in connection with a trustee’s sale after default by the Mortgagor.

 

(z)        Delivery of Mortgage Documents .  The Mortgage Note, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Mortgage and any other documents required to be delivered under the Custodial Agreement for each Mortgage Loan (other than Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans) have been delivered to the Custodian.  The Seller or its agent is in possession of a complete, true and accurate Mortgage File in compliance with the Custodial Agreement, except for such documents the originals of which have been delivered to the Custodian.

 

(aa)      Transfer of Mortgage Loans .  With respect to each Mortgage Loan other than a Cooperative Mortgage Loan, the Assignment of Mortgage is in recordable form and is acceptable for recording under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located with respect to each Cooperative Mortgage Loan, the UCC-3 assignment is in a form suitable for filing in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located.

 

(bb)      Due-On-Sale .  The Mortgage contains an enforceable provision for the acceleration of the payment of the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan in the event that the Mortgaged Property or Cooperative Unit, as applicable, is sold or transferred without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee thereunder.

 

(cc)      No Buydown Provisions; No Graduated Payments or Contingent Interests .  The Mortgage Loan does not contain provisions pursuant to which Monthly Payments are paid or partially paid with funds deposited in any separate account established by the Seller, the Mortgagor, or anyone on behalf of the Mortgagor, or paid by any source other than the Mortgagor nor does it contain any other similar provisions which may constitute a “buydown” provision.  The Mortgage Loan is not a graduated payment mortgage loan and the Mortgage Loan does not have a shared appreciation or other contingent interest feature.

 

(dd)     Consolidation of Future Advances .  Any future advances made to the Mortgagor prior to the Purchase Date have been consolidated with the outstanding principal amount secured by the Mortgage, and the secured principal amount, as consolidated, bears a single interest rate and single repayment term.  With respect to each Mortgage Loan other than a Cooperative Mortgage Loan, the lien of the Mortgage securing the consolidated principal amount is expressly insured as having first lien priority by a title insurance policy, an endorsement to the policy insuring the Mortgagee’s consolidated interest or by other title evidence acceptable to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  The consolidated principal amount does not exceed the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan.

 

(ee)      Mortgaged Property Undamaged .  The Mortgaged Property is undamaged by waste, fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other casualty so as to affect adversely the value of the Mortgaged Property or Cooperative Unit as security for the Mortgage Loan or the use for which the premises were intended and each Mortgaged Property is

 

Schedule 1-8



 

in good repair.  There have not been any condemnation proceedings with respect to the Mortgaged Property and the Seller has no knowledge of any such proceedings.

 

(ff)       Collection Practices; Escrow Deposits; Interest Rate Adjustments .  The origination and collection practices used by the originator, each servicer of the Mortgage Loan and the Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loan have been in all respects in compliance with Accepted Servicing Practices, applicable laws and regulations, and have been in all respects legal and proper and each FHA Loan, RHS Loan and VA Loan has been serviced in accordance with all FHA, RHS and VA policies and regulations, as applicable.  With respect to escrow deposits and Escrow Payments, all such payments are in the possession of, or under the control of, the Seller and there exist no deficiencies in connection therewith for which customary arrangements for repayment thereof have not been made.  All Escrow Payments have been collected in full compliance with state and federal law.  An escrow of funds is not prohibited by applicable law and, where required under the applicable Underwriting Guidelines or requested by the related Mortgagor, (for Mortgage Loans other than Cooperative Mortgage Loans) has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for every item that remains unpaid and has been assessed but is not yet due and payable.  No escrow deposits or Escrow Payments or other charges or payments due the Seller have been capitalized under the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note.  All Mortgage Note Interest Rate adjustments have been made in strict compliance with state and federal law and the terms of the related Mortgage Note.  Any interest required to be paid pursuant to state, federal and local law has been properly paid and credited.  The Mortgage Loan was originated and has been serviced in a manner such that the Mortgage Loan will be eligible for the maximum amount of insurance made available by the FHA, RHS or VA, as the case may be, without any right of offset, counterclaim or defense by the FHA, the RHS or VA, as the case may be.

 

(gg)      Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate .  With respect to adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, the Mortgage Loan is not convertible to a fixed interest rate Mortgage Loan.

 

(hh)      Other Insurance Policies .  No action, inaction or event has occurred and no state of facts exists or has existed that has resulted or will result in the exclusion from, denial of, or defense to coverage under any applicable special hazard insurance policy, PMI Policy or bankruptcy bond, irrespective of the cause of such failure of coverage.  In connection with the placement of any such insurance, no commission, fee, or other compensation has been or will be received by the Seller or by any officer, director, or employee of the Seller or any designee of the Seller or any corporation in which the Seller or any officer, director, or employee had a financial interest at the time of placement of such insurance.

 

(ii)        Servicemembers Civil Relief Act . The Mortgagor has not notified the Seller, and the Seller has no knowledge, of any relief requested or allowed to the Mortgagor under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act of 2003 (formerly known as the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940).

 

(jj)        Appraisal .  With respect to each Mortgage Loan for which the related Agency has not granted a property inspection waiver, the Mortgage File contains either (i) an appraisal of the related Mortgaged Property or Cooperative Unit signed prior to the approval of the Mortgage Loan application by a qualified appraiser, duly appointed by the Seller, who had no interest, direct or indirect in the Mortgaged Property or Cooperative Unit or in any loan made on

 

Schedule 1-9



 

the security thereof, and whose compensation is not affected by the approval or disapproval of the Mortgage Loan, and the appraisal and appraiser both satisfy the requirements of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, FHA, RHS or VA, as applicable, and Title XI of the Federal Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder, all as in effect on the date the Mortgage Loan was originated, or (ii) another valuation model otherwise permitted under applicable Agency Guides and acceptable to Buyer.

 

(kk)      Disclosure Materials .  The Mortgagor has executed a statement to the effect that the Mortgagor has received all disclosure materials required by applicable law with respect to the making of adjustable rate mortgage loans, and the Seller maintains such statement in the Mortgage File.

 

(ll)        Construction or Rehabilitation of Mortgaged Property .  No Mortgage Loan (other than an FHA §203(k) Loan) was made in connection with the construction or rehabilitation of a Mortgaged Property or facilitating the trade-in or exchange of a Mortgaged Property.

 

(mm)    No Defense to Insurance Coverage .  No action has been taken or failed to be taken, no event has occurred and no state of facts exists or has existed on or prior to the Purchase Date (whether or not known to the Seller on or prior to such date) which has resulted or will result in an exclusion from, denial of, or defense to coverage under any PMI Policy (including, without limitation, any exclusions, denials or defenses which would limit or reduce the availability of the timely payment of the full amount of the loss otherwise due thereunder to the insured) whether arising out of actions, representations, errors, omissions, negligence, or fraud of the Seller, the related Mortgagor or any party involved in the application for such coverage, including the appraisal, plans and specifications and other exhibits or documents submitted therewith to the insurer under such insurance policy, or for any other reason under such coverage, but not including the failure of such insurer to pay by reason of such insurer’s breach of such insurance policy or such insurer’s financial inability to pay.

 

(nn)      Capitalization of Interest .  The Mortgage Note does not by its terms provide for the capitalization or forbearance of interest.

 

(oo)      No Equity Participation .  No document relating to the Mortgage Loan provides for any contingent or additional interest in the form of participation in the cash flow of the Mortgaged Property or a sharing in the appreciation of the value of the Mortgaged Property.  The indebtedness evidenced by the Mortgage Note is not convertible to an ownership interest in the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgagor and the Seller has not financed nor does it own directly or indirectly, any equity of any form in the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgagor.

 

(pp)      Proceeds of Mortgage Loan .  The proceeds of the Mortgage Loan have not been and shall not be used to satisfy, in whole or in part, any debt owed or owing by the Mortgagor to the Seller or any Affiliate or correspondent of the Seller other than with respect to refinancing an existing mortgage loan by such entity.

 

Schedule 1-10


 

(qq)      Withdrawn Mortgage Loans .  If the Mortgage Loan has been released to the Seller pursuant to a Request for Release as permitted under Section 5 of the Custodial Agreement, then the promissory note relating to the Mortgage Loan was returned to the Custodian within 10 days (or if such tenth day was not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

 

(rr)       Origination Date .  The Origination Date is no earlier than 90 days prior to the date the Mortgage Loan is first included as a Purchased Loan under the Repurchase Agreement.

 

(ss)       No Exception .  The Custodian has not noted any material exceptions on an Exception Report (as defined in the Custodial Agreement) with respect to the Mortgage Loan which would materially adversely affect the Mortgage Loan or the security interest granted by the Seller in the Mortgage Loan to the Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement.

 

(tt)       Qualified Originator .  The Mortgage Loan has been originated by, and, if applicable, purchased by the Seller from, a Qualified Originator.

 

(uu)      Mortgage Submitted for Recordation .  The Mortgage either has been or will promptly be submitted for recordation in the appropriate governmental recording office of the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located.

 

(vv)      Value of Mortgaged Property .  The Seller has no knowledge of any circumstances existing that should reasonably be expected to adversely affect the value or the marketability of the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgage Loan or to cause the Mortgage Loan to prepay during any period materially faster or slower than the mortgage loans originated by Seller generally.

 

(ww)    HOEPA .  No Mortgage Loan is (a) subject to the provisions of the Homeownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 as amended (“HOEPA”), (b) a “high cost” mortgage loan, “covered” mortgage loan, “high risk home” mortgage loan, or “predatory” mortgage loan or any other comparable term, no matter how defined under any federal, state or local law, (c) subject to any comparable federal, state or local statutes or regulations, or any other statute or regulation providing for heightened regulatory scrutiny or assignee liability to holders of such mortgage loans, or (d) a High Cost Loan or Covered Loan, as applicable (as such terms are defined in the current Standard & Poor’s LEVELS® Glossary Revised, Appendix E).

 

(xx)      No Predatory Lending .  No predatory, abusive or deceptive lending practices, including but not limited to, the extension of credit to a mortgagor without regard for the mortgagor’s ability to repay the Mortgage Loan and the extension of credit to a mortgagor which has no tangible net benefit to the mortgagor, were employed in connection with the origination of the Mortgage Loan.

 

(yy)      Compliance with Interagency Guidance .  Each Purchased Loan that is a “nontraditional mortgage loan” within the meaning of the Interagency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks, 71 FR 58609 (October 4, 2006), and that has a residential loan application date on or after September 13, 2007 (or, if such date cannot be determined, an origination date on or after October 1, 2007), complies in all respects with such

 

Schedule 1-11



 

guidance, including any interpretations, applications or implementation plans with respect thereto that have been communicated and/or agreed to by an institution’s regulator, regardless of whether the Purchased Loan’s originator or seller is subject to such guidance.

 

(zz)      Compliance with Subprime Statement .  No Purchased Loan that is an adjustable rate Mortgage Loan and that has a residential loan application date on or after September 13, 2007, is subject to the Interagency Statement on Subprime Mortgage Lending, 72 FR 37569 (July 10, 2007) as defined by Fannie Mae in the Lender Letter 03-07 (August 15, 2007) or by Freddie Mac in Freddie Mac Single Family Advisory (September 7, 2007) and Freddie Mac Bulletin 2007-4).

 

(aaa)    MERS Loans .  With respect to each MERS Designated Mortgage Loan, a Mortgage Identification Number has been assigned by MERS and such Mortgage Identification Number is accurately provided on the Mortgage Loan Schedule.  The related Assignment of Mortgage to MERS has been duly and properly recorded.  With respect to each MERS Designated Mortgage Loan, the Seller has not received any notice of liens or legal actions with respect to such Mortgage Loan and no such notices have been electronically posted by MERS.

 

(bbb)    Cooperative Mortgage Loans .  With respect to each Cooperative Mortgage Loan, the Seller represents and warrants:

 

(1)        the Cooperative Mortgage Loan is secured by a valid, subsisting, enforceable and perfected first lien on the Cooperative Shares issued to the related Mortgagor with respect to such Cooperative Mortgage Loan.  The lien of the Security Agreement is subject only to the Cooperative Corporation’s lien against such corporation stock, shares or membership certificate for unpaid assessments of the Cooperative Corporation to the extent required by applicable law.  Any Security Agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document related to and delivered in connection with the Cooperative Mortgage Loan establishes and creates a valid, subsisting and enforceable first lien and first priority security interest on the property described therein and the Seller has full right to sell and assign the same to the Buyer.  The Cooperative Unit was not, as of the date of origination of the Cooperative Mortgage Loan, subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other security instrument creating a lien subordinate to the lien of the Security Agreement.

 

(2)        (i) the term of the related Proprietary Lease is longer than the term of the Cooperative Mortgage Loan, (ii) there is no provision in any Proprietary Lease which requires the Mortgagor to offer for sale the Cooperative Shares owned by such Mortgagor first to the Cooperative, (iii) there is no prohibition in any Proprietary Lease against pledging the Cooperative Shares or assigning the Proprietary Lease and (iv) the Recognition Agreement is on a form of agreement published by the Aztech Document Systems, Inc. or includes provisions which are no less favorable to the lender than those contained in such agreement.

 

(3)        There is no proceeding pending or threatened for the total or partial condemnation of the building owned by the applicable Cooperative Corporation

 

Schedule 1-12



 

(the “ Underlying Mortgaged Property ”).  The Underlying Mortgaged Property is undamaged by waste, fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other casualty so as to affect adversely the value of the Underlying Mortgaged Property as security for the mortgage loan on such Underlying Mortgaged Property (the “ Cooperative Mortgage ”) or the use for which the premises were intended.

 

(4)        There is no default, breach, violation or event of acceleration existing under the Cooperative Mortgage or the mortgage note related thereto and no event which, with the passage of time or with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event of acceleration.

 

(5)        The Cooperative Corporation has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.  The Cooperative Corporation has requisite power and authority to (i) own its properties, and (ii) transact the business in which it is now engaged.  The Cooperative Corporation possesses all rights, licenses, permits and authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it to own its properties and to transact the businesses in which is now engaged.

 

(6)        The Cooperative Corporation complies in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements.  The Cooperative Corporation is not in default or violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any governmental authority, the violation of which might materially adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or business of the Cooperative Corporation.

 

(7)        The Seller has delivered to the Buyer or its designee each of the following documents (collectively, the “ Cooperative Loan Documents ”): (i) the Cooperative Mortgage Note, duly endorsed in accordance with the endorsement requirements for Mortgage Notes set forth in this Repurchase Agreement, (ii) the Security Agreement, (iii) the Cooperative Shares accompanied by a stock power which authorizes the Buyer to transfer the Cooperative Shares in the event of a default under the Cooperative Loan Documents, (iv) the Proprietary Lease or occupancy agreement, accompanied by an assignment in blank of such Proprietary Lease, (v) a recognition agreement executed by the Cooperative Corporation, which requires the Cooperative Corporation to recognize the rights of the lender and its successors in interest and assigns, under the Cooperative Mortgage Loan, accompanied by an assignment of such recognition agreement in blank, (vi) UCC-1 financing statements with recording information thereon from the appropriate state and county recording offices if necessary to perfect the security interest of the Cooperative Mortgage Loan under the Uniform Commercial Code in the state in which the Cooperative Project is located, accompanied by UCC-3 financing statements executed in blank for recordation of the change in the secured party thereunder, and (vii) any guarantees, if applicable.  The Cooperative Loan Documents are assignable to the Buyer and its successors

 

Schedule 1-13



 

and assigns and have been duly assigned to the Buyer in accordance with this sub-section (7).

 

(8         The Security Agreement contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for the realization against the Cooperative Shares of the benefits of the security provided thereby.

 

(9)        As of the date of origination the related Cooperative Project is insured by a generally acceptable insurer against loss by fire, hazards of extended coverage and such other hazards as are customary in the area where the Cooperative Project is located.

 

(ccc)    FHA/VA/RHS Loans .  With respect to each FHA Loan, VA Loan and RHS Loan, the Seller represents and warrants:

 

(1)        All parties which have had any interest in an FHA Loan, RHS Loan or a VA Loan, whether as mortgagee or assignee, are (or, during the period in which they held and disposed of such interest, were) an FHA Approved Mortgagee, Rural Housing Service Approved Lender or VA Approved Lender;

 

(2)        The Mortgage is either guaranteed by the VA or the RHS to the maximum extent permitted by law or is fully insured by the FHA (or, in connection with any such Mortgage as to which the VA Loan Guaranty Agreement or the Mortgage Insurance Certificate has not yet been issued by the VA or FHA due to delays in the normal course of business, such Mortgage is eligible for such guarantee or insurance, there is no bar to issuance of same and such guarantee or insurance shall be issued in a timely manner) and all necessary steps have been taken to make and keep such guaranty or insurance valid, binding and enforceable and the applicable insurance or guaranty agreement is the binding, valid and enforceable obligation of the FHA, RHS or VA, as the case may be, to the full extent thereof, without surcharge, set-off or defense;

 

(3)        In the case of an FHA Loan, no claim for insurance benefits, full or partial, has been filed with respect to such Mortgage Loan and, in the case of a VA Loan or RHS Loan, no claim for guarantee has been filed;

 

(4)        No Mortgage Loan is (a) an active subsidy loan originated under the 203K program (24 C.F.R. 203.50), a Section 235 subsidy loan (24 C.F.R. 235), or a graduated loan under Section 245 (24 C.F.R. 203.45 and 24 C.F.R. 203.436), (b) an advance claim loan, or (c) a VA Vendee loan;

 

(5)        Neither the Seller, its servicer, nor any prior holder or servicer of the Mortgage Loan has engaged in any action or inaction which would result in the curtailment of a payment (or nonpayment thereof) by the FHA, RHS or the VA; and

 

Schedule 1-14



 

(6)        All actions required to be taken by the Seller or the related Qualified Originator (if different from the Seller) to cause the Buyer, as owner of the FHA Loan, VA Loan or RHS Loan, to be eligible for the full benefits available under the applicable insurance or guaranty agreement have been taken by such entity.

 

Schedule 1-15



 

Part II.  Defined Terms

 

In addition to terms defined elsewhere in the Repurchase Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Schedule 1 :

 

Acceptable State ” shall mean any state other than those listed on Schedule 6 , as such Schedule may be amended, revised or otherwise modified from time to time in writing by the Buyer, any such revised Schedule shall be provided to Seller no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to its intended effective date.

 

ALTA ” means the American Land Title Association.

 

Appraised Value ” shall mean the value set forth in an appraisal made in connection with the origination of the related Mortgage Loan as the value of the Mortgaged Property.

 

Best’s ” means Best’s Key Rating Guide, as the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

Cut-Off Date ” means the first day of the month in which the related Purchase Date occurs.

 

Due Date ” means the day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due on a Mortgage Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

 

Escrow Payments ” means with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the amounts constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents, municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by the Mortgagor with the mortgagee pursuant to the Mortgage or any other document.

 

Freddie Mac ” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Fannie Mae ” means the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Gross Margin ” means with respect to each adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Ground Lease ” means a lease for all or any portion of the real property comprising the Mortgaged Property, the lessee’s interest in which is held by the Mortgagor of the related Mortgage Loan.

 

Index ” means with respect to each adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the index set forth in the related Mortgage Note for the purpose of calculating the interest rate thereon.

 

Schedule 1-16



 

Insurance Proceeds ” means with respect to each Mortgage Loan, proceeds of insurance policies insuring the Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment Date ” means with respect to each adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the date, specified in the related Mortgage Note and the Mortgage Loan Schedule, on which the Mortgage Note Interest Rate is adjusted.

 

Loan-to-Value Ratio ” or “ LTV ” means with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the loan to value ratio of such Mortgage Loan as determined in accordance with the Agency Guides of the Agency which is insuring or guaranteeing such Mortgage Loan or to which such Mortgage Loan is eligible to be sold.

 

Monthly Payment ” means the scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest on a Mortgage Loan as adjusted in accordance with changes in the Mortgage Note Interest Rate pursuant to the provisions of the Mortgage Note for an adjustable rate Mortgage Loan.

 

Mortgage Note Interest Rate ” means the annual rate of interest borne on a Mortgage Note, which shall be adjusted from time to time with respect to adjustable rate Mortgage Loans.

 

Mortgage Note Interest Rate Cap ” means with respect to an adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the limit on each Mortgage Note Interest Rate adjustment as set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

 

Mortgagee ” means the Seller or any subsequent holder of a Mortgage Loan.

 

Origination Date ” means, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the date of the Mortgage Note relating to such Mortgage Loan, unless such information is not provided by the Seller with respect to such Mortgage Loan, in which case the Origination Date shall be deemed to be the date that is 40 days prior to the date of the first payment under the Mortgage Note relating to such Mortgage Loan.

 

PMI Policy ” or “ Primary Insurance Policy ” means a policy of primary mortgage guaranty insurance issued by a Qualified Insurer.

 

Qualified Insurer ” means an insurance company duly qualified as such under the laws of the states in which the Mortgaged Property is located, duly authorized and licensed in such states to transact the applicable insurance business and to write the insurance provided, and approved as an insurer by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and whose claims paying ability is rated in the two highest rating categories by any of the rating agencies with respect to primary mortgage insurance and in the two highest rating categories by Best’s with respect to hazard and flood insurance.

 

Qualified Originator ” means an originator of Mortgage Loans reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.

 

Schedule 1-17



 

Servicing File ” means with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the file retained by the Seller consisting of originals of all documents in the Mortgage File which are not delivered to a Custodian and copies of the Mortgage Loan Documents set forth in Section 2 of the Custodial Agreement and all Servicing Records.

 

Schedule 1-18



 

Schedule 2

 

FILING JURISDICTIONS AND OFFICES

 

[ To be Provided by Counsel to the Seller ]

 

2-1



 

Schedule 3

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

The Seller and the Servicer

 

None

 

 

The Guarantor

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

 

PNMAC  Capital Management, LLC

 

PennyMac Loan Services, Inc.

 

PNMAC  Opportunity Fund Associates, LLC

 

3-1


 

Schedule 4

 

 

PREVIOUS NAMES, ASSUMED NAMES OR

TRADE NAMES USED BY THE SELLER

 

PennyMac Mortgage - Massachusetts

 

4-1



 

Schedule 5

 

COOPERATIVE MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

(i)                                   Cooperative Mortgage Note;

 

(ii)                               Security Agreement and the original Assignment of the Security Agreement;

 

(iii)                           Cooperative Shares and related Stock Power, in blank, executed by the Mortgagor with such signature guaranteed and original Stock Power, in blank executed by the Seller;

 

(iv)                           Proprietary Lease or occupancy agreement and the Assignment of the Proprietary Lease executed by the Mortgagor in blank or if the Proprietary Lease has been assigned by the Mortgagor to the Seller, then the Seller must execute an assignment of the Assignment of the Proprietary Lease in blank;

 

(v)                               Recognition Agreement and the original Assignment of the Recognition Agreement;

 

(vi)                           UCC-1 financing statements with recording information thereon from the appropriate state and county recording offices if necessary to perfect the security interest of the Cooperative Mortgage Loan under the Uniform Commercial Code in the state in which the Cooperative Project is located (or a copy thereof, together with an officer’s certificate of the Seller certifying that such represents a true and correct copy of the original and that such original has been submitted for filing in the appropriate UCC filing office of the jurisdiction where the Cooperative Project is located), accompanied by UCC-3 financing statements executed in blank for recordation of the change in the secured party thereunder;

 

(vii)                       an Estoppel Letter and/or Consent;

 

(viii)                   the Cooperative Lien Search; and

 

(ix)                           any guarantees, if applicable.

 

6-1



 

Schedule 6

 

EXCLUDED STATES

 

 

 

Massachusetts

 

9-1



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF CUSTODIAL AGREEMENT

 

[ STORED AS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT ]

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE SELLER/GUARANTOR 1

 

(date)

 

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

 

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

 

You have requested [ our ] [ my ] opinion, as counsel to [PennyMac], a [_______] corporation (the “ Seller ”), with respect to certain matters in connection with that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated July 2, 2013 (the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), by and among the Seller, Morgan Stanley Capital Holdings LLC (the “ Agent ”) and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “ Buyer ”), a Custodial Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013, (the “ Custodial Agreement ”), by and among the Seller, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company (the “ Custodian ”), the Agent and the Buyer.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Repurchase Agreement.

 

[ We ] [ I ] have examined the following documents:

 

1.                                     the Repurchase Agreement;

 

2.                                     Custodial Agreement;

 

3.                                     the Electronic Tracking Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013, by and among the Seller, the Buyer, Merscorp Holdings, Inc. and Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems Inc. (the “Electronic Tracking Agreement”);

 

4.                                     an unfiled copy of the financing statement listed on Schedule 1 (the “ Financing Statement ”) naming the Seller as Debtor and the Buyer as Secured Party and describing the Purchased Items (as defined in the Repurchase Agreement) as to which security interests may be perfected by filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of [ __________ ] (the “ Filing Collateral ”), which [ we ][ I ] understand will be filed in the office of [ __________ ] (the “ Filing Office ”);

 

5.                                     the reports listed on Schedule 2 as to UCC financing statements (collectively, the “ UCC Search Report ”);

 


 

1  COMPARABLE OPINION TO BE PROVIDED FOR GUARANTOR AS TO THE GUARANTY AND THE GUARANTOR.

 

B-1



 

6.                                     such other documents, records and papers as we have deemed necessary and relevant as a basis for this opinion.

 

To the extent [ we ] [ I ] have deemed necessary and proper, [ we ] [ I ] have relied upon the representations and warranties of the Seller contained in the Repurchase Agreement.  [ We ] [ I ] have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to [ us ][ me ] as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons and the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to [ us ][ me ] as originals.

 

Based upon the foregoing, it is [ our ] [ my ] opinion that:

 

1.                                     The Seller is a [ [_______] corporation ] duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of [ state ] and is qualified to transact business in, and is in good standing under, the laws of the [ state ] .

 

2.                                     The Seller has the [ corporate ] power to engage in the transactions contemplated by the Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement [ and the Electronic Tracking Agreement ] and all requisite [ corporate ] power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver the Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Electronic Tracking Agreement and observe the terms and conditions of such instruments.  The Seller has all requisite [ corporate ] power to borrow under the Repurchase Agreement and to grant a security interest in the Purchased Items under the Repurchase Agreement.

 

3.                                     The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Electronic Tracking Agreement and the Transactions by the Seller and the selling of the Purchased Items under the Repurchase Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary [ corporate ] action on the part of the Seller.  Each of the Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Electronic Tracking Agreement have been executed and delivered by the Seller and are legal, valid and binding agreements enforceable in accordance with their respective terms against the Seller, subject to bankruptcy laws and other similar laws of general application affecting rights of creditors and subject to the application of the rules of equity, including those respecting the availability of specific performance, none of which will materially interfere with the realization of the benefits provided thereunder or with the Buyer’s security interest in the Purchased Items.

 

4.                                     No consent, approval, authorization or order of, and no filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency or regulatory body is required on the part of the Seller for the execution, delivery or performance by the Seller of the Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Electronic Tracking Agreement or for the Transactions entered into by the Seller under the Repurchase Agreement or the granting of a security interest to the Buyer in the Purchased Items, under the Repurchase Agreement.

 

5.                                     The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, the Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement and the Electronic Tracking Agreement do not and will not (a) violate any provision of the Seller’s charter or by-laws, (b) violate any applicable law, rule or regulation, (c) violate any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental authority or agency or any

 

B-2



 

arbitral award applicable to the Seller of which I have knowledge (after due inquiry) or (d) result in a breach of, constitute a default under, require any consent under, or result in the acceleration or required prepayment of any indebtedness pursuant to the terms of, any agreement or instrument of which [ we ][ I ] have knowledge (after due inquiry) to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound or to which it is subject, or (except for the Liens created pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any Property of the Seller pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument.

 

6.                                     There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best of [ our ] [ my ] knowledge (after due inquiry), threatened against the Seller which, in [ our ] [ my ] judgment, either in any one instance or in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to result in any material adverse change in the properties, business or financial condition, or prospects of the Seller or in any material impairment of the right or ability of the Seller to carry on its business substantially as now conducted or in any material liability on the part of the Seller or which would draw into question the validity of the Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement, the Electronic Tracking Agreement or the Mortgage Loans or of any action taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, or which would be reasonably likely to impair materially the ability of the Seller to perform under the terms of the Repurchase Agreement, the Custodial Agreement, the Electronic Tracking Agreement or the Mortgage Loans.

 

7.                                     The Repurchase Agreement is effective to create, in favor of the Buyer, a valid security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code in all of the right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under the Purchased Items (and in any security interest, mortgage, or other lien that secures the Purchased Items) as collateral security for the payment of the Repurchase Obligations (as defined in the Repurchase Agreement), except that (a) such security interests will continue in Purchased Items after its sale, exchange or other disposition only to the extent provided in Section 9-315 of the Uniform Commercial Code, and (b) the security interests in Purchased Items in which the Seller acquires rights after the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of the Seller may be limited by Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

8.                                     When (i) the Mortgage Notes are delivered to the Custodian, endorsed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the Seller, and (ii) the Custodian has issued a Master Trust Receipt therefor, the security interest referred to in paragraph 7 above in the Mortgage Notes (and in any security interest, mortgage, or other lien that secures the Mortgage Notes) will constitute a fully perfected first priority security interest in all right, title and interest of the Seller therein, in the Mortgage Loan evidenced thereby and in the Seller’s interest in the related Mortgaged Property.

 

9.                                     (a) Upon the filing of financing statement on Form UCC-1 naming the Buyer as “Secured Party” and the Seller as “Debtor,” and describing the Purchased Items, in the office of [ __________ ] , the security interest referred to in paragraph 7 above will constitute a fully perfected security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code in all right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under such Purchased Items, which can be perfected by filing under the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

B-3



 

(b)                               The UCC Search Report sets forth the proper filing offices and the proper debtors necessary to identify those Persons who have on file in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 1 financing statements covering the Filing Collateral as of the dates and times specified on Schedule 2 .  The UCC Search Report identifies no Person who has filed in any Filing Office a financing statement describing the Filing Collateral prior to the effective dates of the UCC Search Report.

 

10.                             The Assignments of Mortgage are in recordable form, except for the insertion of the name of the assignee, and upon the name of the assignee being inserted, are acceptable for recording under the laws of the state where each related Mortgaged Property is located.

 

11.                             The Seller is not an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

12.                             The Repurchase Agreement is a “repurchase agreement,” a “master netting agreement,” and a “securities contract” within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Sections 101(47), 101 (38A) and 741(7), and the rights of Buyer contained in Section 13.25 thereof to setoff mutual debts and claims, and in Section 9 thereof to liquidate, terminate and accelerate the Repurchase Agreement, in the event of the bankruptcy of Seller will not be stayed, avoided, or otherwise limited by operation of any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or by order of a court or administrative agency in any proceeding thereunder, including without limitation the automatic stay provisions of the Bankruptcy Code Section 362(a) pursuant to Sections 362(b)(6), (7) and (27) thereof.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

B-4



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF TRANSACTION REQUEST

 

Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013 (the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), by and among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Seller ”), Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC (the “ Agent ”) and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “ Buyer ”)

 

The Buyer:

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

The Seller:

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

 

 

 

Requested Purchase Date:

 

______________________________

 

 

 

Transmission Date:

 

______________________________

 

 

 

Transmission Time:

 

 

 

 

 

[ Type of Transaction:

 

 

(Wet or Dry)

 

______________________________ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans to be Sold

 

See Attached

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

Loans to be Purchased:

 

See Attached

 

 

 

UPB:

 

$_____________________________

 

 

 

Requested Wire Amount:

 

[Either:] ___ Calculated Recognized Value of Mortgage

 

 

Loans to be Sold OR $_______________

 

 

 

Wire Instructions:

 

 

 

 

 

Requested by:

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

C-1



 

Attachment 1

 

SCHEDULE OF ELIGIBLE MORTGAGE LOANS PROPOSED FOR TRANSACTION

 

C-2


 

EXHIBIT D-1

 

FORM OF WAREHOUSE LENDER’S RELEASE LETTER

 

(Date)

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Attention:  ________________
Facsimile:________________ ]

 

Re:                           Certain Mortgage Loans Identified on Schedule A hereto and owned by PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

 

The undersigned hereby releases all right, interest, lien or claim of any kind with respect to the mortgage loan(s) described in the attached Schedule A , such release to be effective automatically without any further action by any party upon payment in one or more installments, in immediately available funds of $__________________, in accordance with the following wire instructions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[ WAREHOUSE LENDER ]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

D-1-1



 

EXHIBIT E

 

UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

 

[ TO BE PROVIDED BY THE SELLER ]

 

E-1



 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF BLOCKED ACCOUNT AGREEMENT

 

______ __, 20_

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

 

Re:

Collection Account Established by ______________ (“ Servicer ”) Pursuant to that Certain Servicing Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Servicing Agreement ”), dated __________, 20__, between Servicer and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We refer to the collection account established by the Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, at _______________, ___________, _____, Account No._____________, ABA# ____________ (the “ Blocked Account ”), which the Servicer maintains in the Servicer’s name in trust for the Seller.

 

The Servicer will, from time to time, deposit funds received in accordance with the Servicing Agreement into the Blocked Account.  Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “ Buyer ”) has established a master repurchase arrangement with the Seller.  By its execution of this letter, the Servicer acknowledges that the Seller has granted a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Blocked Account and any funds from time to time on deposit therein, that such funds are received by the Servicer in trust for the benefit of the Buyer and, except as provided below, are for application against the Seller’s liabilities to the Buyer.

 

By the Servicer’s execution of this letter, it agrees:  (a) that all funds from time to time hereafter in the Blocked Account are the property of the Seller held in trust for the benefit of the Buyer and that unless and until the Servicer receives notice from the Buyer that an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the Buyer’s secured lending arrangement with the Seller (a “ Notice of Event of Default ”), the Servicer shall transfer funds from the Blocked Account in accordance with the Seller’s instructions; (b) that Servicer will not exercise any right of set-off, banker’s lien or any similar right in connection with such funds provided , that in the event any check is returned to the Servicer because of insufficient funds (or is otherwise unpaid) the Servicer shall be entitled to set off the amount of any such returned check; (c) that until the Servicer receives written notification from the Buyer to the contrary, the Servicer will not withdraw (other than as expressly set forth in the Servicing Agreement or herein) or permit any person or entity to withdraw or transfer funds from the Blocked Account; and (d) that if the Servicer receives a Notice of Event of Default from the Buyer, the Servicer shall comply with

 

F-1



 

the Buyer’s instructions regarding funds in the Blocked Account without further consent of the Seller.

 

The Servicer hereby confirms and agrees that:  (i) there are no other agreements entered into between the Servicer and the Seller with respect to the Blocked Account; (ii) it has not entered into, and until the termination of this agreement will not enter into, any agreement with any other person relating to the Blocked Account pursuant to which it has agreed, or will agree, to comply with instructions of such other person; and (iii) it has not entered into, and until the termination of this agreement will not enter into, any agreement with the Seller purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Servicer to comply with the Buyer’s instructions set forth above.

 

All bank statements in respect to the Blocked Account shall be sent to the Seller with copies to:

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Attention:

 

[ REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

 

F-2



 

Kindly acknowledge your agreement with the terms of this agreement by signing the enclosed copy of this letter and returning it to each of the undersigned.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

Agreed and acknowledged:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

F-3



 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF SERVICER NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

 

__________ __, 20__

 

[ SERVICER ] , as Servicer
[ ADDRESS ]
Attention:  ___________

 

Re:

Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013 (the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), by and among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Seller ”), Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC (the “ Agent ”) and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “ Buyer ”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

[ SERVICER ] (the “ Servicer ”) is servicing certain mortgage loans for the Seller pursuant to certain Servicing Agreements between the Servicer and the Seller.  Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement between the Buyer and the Seller, the Servicer is hereby notified that the Seller has granted a security interest to the Buyer in certain mortgage loans which are serviced by Servicer.

 

Upon receipt of a Notice of Event of Default from the Buyer in which the Buyer shall identify the mortgage loans which are then sold to the Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement (the “ Purchased Loans ”), the Servicer shall segregate all amounts collected on account of such Purchased Loans, hold them in trust for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Buyer, and remit such collections in accordance with the Buyer’s written instructions.  Following such Notice of Event of Default, the Servicer shall follow the instructions of the Buyer with respect to the Purchased Loans, and shall deliver to the Buyer any information with respect to the Pledged Mortgage Loans reasonably requested by the Buyer.

 

If the Servicer is the Seller or the Servicer is an Affiliate of the Seller, the Seller shall provide to the Buyer a letter from the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, to the effect that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Buyer may terminate any Servicing Agreement and in any event transfer servicing to the Buyer’s designee, at no cost or expense to the Buyer, it being agreed that the Seller will pay any and all fees required to terminate the Servicing Agreement and to effectuate the transfer of servicing to the designee of the Buyer.

 

Notwithstanding any contrary information or direction which may be delivered to the Servicer by the Seller, the Servicer may conclusively rely on any information, direction or notice of an Event of Default delivered by the Buyer, and the Seller shall indemnify and hold the Servicer harmless for any and all claims asserted against the Servicer for any actions taken in good faith by the Servicer in connection with the delivery of such information or Notice of Event of Default.

 

G-1



 

No provision of this letter may be amended, countermanded or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Buyer.  The Buyer is an intended third party beneficiary of this letter.

 

G-2



 

Please acknowledge receipt and your agreement to the terms of this instruction letter by signing in the signature block below and forwarding an executed copy to the Buyer promptly upon receipt.  Any notices to the Buyer should be delivered to the following address: 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036; Attention: ________________; Telephone: ___________; Facsimile: ____________ ] .

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO :

 

 

 

 

as Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

G-3



 

EXHIBIT H

 

(FORM OF BLANKET TAKEOUT ASSIGNMENT (THE SELLER’S LETTERHEAD)

 

(Date)

 

[ TAKE-OUT THE BUYER ]

 

[ ADDRESS ]

 

 

 

 

Attention

 

 

 

Dear :

 

 

 

 

With respect to each whole loan trade made by us with your firm from time to time, the undersigned hereby assigns each such trade to Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “Buyer”) unless and until such time as such assignment is revoked by a written notice from us and the Buyer to you.  For each transaction, you hereby agree to accept delivery from, and pay the purchase price directly to the Buyer, whose acceptance of each trade assignment is indicated below.  Accordingly, the Buyer is obligated to make delivery of such mortgage loans to you, and you will establish each trade as a buy transaction from the Buyer or its designee.

 

All confirmations pertaining to each trade should be sent to the Buyer, at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention:  ________________. ]

 

Please execute this letter in the space provided below and send it by facsimile to the Buyer.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Agreed:

 

[ TAKE-OUT THE BUYER ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

H-1



 

Acceptance of Takeout Assignment:

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

H-2


 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF CONFIRMATION

 

I-1



 

EXHIBIT J

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

Reference is made to the Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Repurchase Agreement ) by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a [_______] corporation (the “ Seller ”), Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC (the “ Agent ”) and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “ Buyer ”).  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as specified therefor in the Repurchase Agreement.

 

Each “ Assignor ” referred to on Schedule I hereto (each, an “ Assignor ”) and each “ Assignee ” referred to on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Assignee ”) hereby agrees severally with respect to all information relating to it and its assignment hereunder and on Schedule I hereto as follows:

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 14.05 of the Repurchase Agreement, such Assignor hereby sells and assigns, without recourse except as to the representations and warranties made by it herein, to such Assignee, and such Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from such Assignor, an interest in and to such Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Repurchase Agreement as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined) equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule I hereto of all outstanding rights and obligations under the Repurchase Agreement (collectively, the “ Assigned Interests ”).

 

Such Assignor:

 

(a)        hereby represents and warrants that its name set forth on Schedule I hereto is its legal name, that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest and that such Assigned Interest is free and clear of any adverse claim;

 

(b)        other than as provided herein, makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Repurchase Agreement or any of the other Repurchase Documents, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, the Repurchase Agreement or any of the other Repurchase Documents, or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and

 

(c)        makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Seller or any of the other parties or the performance or observance by the Seller or any of the other parties of any of its Obligations under or in respect of any of the Repurchase Documents, or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.

 

Such Assignee:

 

J-1



 

(a)        confirms that it has received a copy of the Repurchase Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.01 thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance;

 

(b)        agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Buyer and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Repurchase Agreement;

 

(c)        represents and warrants that its name set forth on Schedule I hereto is its legal name;

 

(d)       agrees that, from and after the Effective Date, it will be bound by the provisions of the Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Repurchase Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Buyer; and

 

(e)        The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance (the “Effective Date”) shall be the date specified on Schedule I hereto.

 

As of the Effective Date, (a) such Assignee shall be a party to the Repurchase Agreement and, to the extent that rights and obligations under the Repurchase Agreement have been assigned to it pursuant to this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Buyer thereunder and (b) such Assignor shall, to the extent that any rights and obligations under the Repurchase Agreement have been assigned by it pursuant to this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (other than provisions of the Repurchase Documents that are specified under the terms of such Repurchase Documents to survive the payment in full of the Obligations of the Seller under or in respect of the Repurchase Documents) and be released from its obligations under the Repurchase Agreement (and, if this Assignment and Acceptance covers all or the remaining rights and obligations of such Assignor under the Repurchase Agreement, such Assignor shall cease to be a party thereto).

 

From and after the Effective Date, the Seller shall make all payments under the Repurchase Agreement in respect of the Assigned Interest to such Assignee.  Such Assignor and such Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Repurchase Agreement for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.

 

This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

This Assignment and Acceptance shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of Schedule I hereto by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance.

 

J-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each Assignor and each Assignee have caused Schedule I hereto to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date specified thereon.

 

J-3



 

Schedule I
to
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage interest assigned

%

%

%

%

%

Amount of Maximum Amount assigned

$

$

$

$

$

Aggregate outstanding principal amount of Purchased Loans assigned

$

$

$

$

$

 

Effective Date:

 

 

 

                                       

 

 

 

Assignor

 

 

 

 

 

, as

 

 

Assignor

 

 

[ Type or print legal name of Assignor ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Dated:                        ,           

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assignee

 

 

 

 

 

, as

 

 

Assignee

 

 

[ Type or print legal name of Assignee ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

J-4



 

 

 

Dated:                           ,           

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic Lending Office:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIBOR Lending Office:

 

J-5


 

EXHIBIT K

 

 

TAKEOUT PROCEEDS IDENTIFICATION LETTER

 

[ Date ]

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Attention: ____________
Facsimile: (___) ___-____

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013 (the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Seller ”), Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC (the “ Agent ”) and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “ Buyer ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this letter agreement (“ Letter Agreement ”) shall have the meanings given to them in the Repurchase Agreement.

 

On [ date ] the Takeout Investor previously identified to you with respect to the Mortgage Loan(s) referenced on Exhibit A attached hereto wired to your account at ________________, [ total amount of wire ] .  Contained within the total amount of the wire was a disbursement amount of _________.  This amount represents proceeds for one or more mortgage loans which were not financed under the Repurchase Agreement, the details of which are:

 

Mortgage loan #:

 

 

 

 

 

Obligor’s name:

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loan #:

 

 

 

 

 

Obligor’s name:

 

 

 

[ list additional mortgage loans, if necessary ]

 

Please wire these funds to:

 

[ insert wire instructions here ]

 

All costs and expenses incurred in carrying out, or as a consequence of having carried out, these instructions shall be borne by the undersigned, including, without limitation, all wire transfer fees and any related Costs.

 

K-1



 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

K-2



 

EXHIBIT L

 

LIST OF APPROVED TAKEOUT INVESTORS

 

L-1



 

EXHIBIT M

 

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

[_______]

 

I, _____________________, hereby certify that I am the duly elected [Secretary] of PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC, a [_______] limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and further certify, on behalf of the Company as follows:

 

1.         Attached hereto as Attachment I is a true and correct copy of the certificate of formation of the Company as is in full force and effect on the date hereof.  Attached hereto as Attachment II is a true and correct copy of the limited liability company agreement of the Company as is in full force and effect on the date hereof.  Attached hereto as Attachment III is a Certificate of Good Standing of the Company, issued by the Secretary of the State of _____________ dated [Date].  No event has occurred since the date of such good standing certificate which has affected the good standing of the Company under the laws of the state of [_______].

 

2.         Each person who, as an officer or attorney-in-fact of the Company, signed (a) the Master Repurchase Agreement (as amended, the “Repurchase Agreement”), dated as of July 2, 2013, by and among the Company, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC (the “Agent”) and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “Buyer”); (b) the Custodial and Disbursement Agreement (the “Custodial Agreement”), dated as of July 2, 2013, by and among the Company, the Agent, the Buyer and Deutsche Bank National Trust Company; (c) the Pricing Side Letter (the “Pricing Side Letter”) dated July 2, 2013 executed by the Company, the Agent and the Buyer; and (d) any other document delivered prior hereto or on the date hereof in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Repurchase Agreement was, at the respective times of such signing and delivery, and is as of the date hereof, duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting as such officer or attorney-in-fact, and the signatures of such persons appearing on such documents are their genuine signatures.

 

3.         Attached hereto as Attachment IV is a true and correct copy of the resolutions duly adopted by the [partners] of the Company as of _____________, 2013 (the “Resolutions”) with respect to the authorization and approval of the transactions contemplated in the Repurchase Agreement; said Resolutions have not been amended, modified, annulled or revoked and are in full force and effect on the date hereof.

 

4.         All of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in the Repurchase Agreement were true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Repurchase Agreement and are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

 

5.         The Company has performed all of its duties and has satisfied all of the material conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied pursuant to Section 5 of the Repurchase Agreement.

 

6.         There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to my knowledge threatened, against or affecting the Company which, if adversely determined either individually or in the

 

M-1



 

aggregate, would adversely affect the Company’s obligations under the Agreements.  No proceedings that could result in the liquidation or dissolution of the Company are pending or contemplated.

 

Incumbency of Officers.  The below named persons have been duly elected or appointed, and have been duly qualified as officers of the Company holding the respective office below set forth opposite his or her name, and the signature below set forth opposite his or her name is his or her genuine signature.

 

Name

 

Office

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Repurchase Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name and affixed the seal of the Company.

 

Dated:                    

 

 

 

[Seal]

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

I                        ,                        of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, hereby certify that ____________ is the duly elected, qualified and acting                          of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and that the signature appearing above is the genuine signature of such person.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name.

 

Dated:                     

 

[Seal]

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

M-2



 

EXHIBIT N

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

[               ]

 

Reference is made to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013 (the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), by and among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Seller ”), Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC (the “ Agent ”) and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (the “ Buyer ”),

 

The undersigned hereby certifies to the Buyer on behalf of the Seller, as of [           ], 20[      ], that:

 

(a)        [both immediately prior to the entering into of each Transaction that has been entered into during the period since the delivery to Buyer of the immediately preceding Compliance Certificate (or, with respect to the first such certificate, since the Effective Date) and also after giving effect to each such Transaction and to the intended use of the Purchase Price paid to the Seller in respect thereof, the representations and warranties made by the Seller in Section 6 and Schedule 1 of the Repurchase Agreement, and elsewhere in each of the Repurchase Documents, were true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the date of the making of each such Transaction (in the case of the representations and warranties in Section 6.11 , Section 6.24 and the last two sentences of Section 6.28 and Schedule 1 of the Repurchase Agreement, solely with respect to Purchased Loans subject to such outstanding Transactions) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date);]

 

(b)        [Seller is, and as of the date of each Transaction that was entered into during the period since the delivery to Buyer of the immediately preceding Compliance Certificate (or, with respect to the first such certificate, since the Effective Date) was in compliance with all governmental licenses and authorizations, statutory and regulatory requirements, and qualified to do business and in good standing in all required jurisdictions;]

 

(c)        [Seller has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition, contained in the Repurchase Agreement and the other Repurchase Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default [except as specified below:][ if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Seller shall describe the same in reasonable detail and describing the action the Seller has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto];

 

(d)       [the below calculations support the undersigned’s certification of the Seller’s compliance with the requirements of Sections 7.14 , 7.15, 7.16 and 7.18 of the Repurchase Agreement; and

 

N-1



 

(e) [neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates has entered into a new, or amended any existing, repurchase agreement or other credit facility with any Person that is a More Favorable Agreement, as defined in Section 7.35 of the Repurchase Agreement][Seller or one of its Affiliates has entered into a new, or amended an existing, repurchase agreement or other credit facility with any Person that is a More Favorable Agreement, as defined in Section 7.35 of the Repurchase Agreement, and the new terms are set forth on a schedule attached hereto].

 

 

[SELLER]

Responsible Officer Certification:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

M-2




Exhibit 10.49

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE

to the

MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

Dated as of July 2, 2013,

among

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC,

MORGAN STANLEY BANK. N.A.

and

MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE CAPITAL HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

This AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE (this “ Amendment Number One ”) is made this 26 th  day of August, 2013, among PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC a Delaware corporation, as seller (“ Seller ”), MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., a national banking association, as buyer (“ Buyer ”) and MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE CAPITAL HOLDINGS LLC, a New York limited liability company, as agent for Buyer (“ Agent ”), to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013, between Seller and Buyer, as such agreement may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller, Buyer and Agent have agreed to amend the Agreement to make a change to one of the representations and warranties set forth therein, as more specifically set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Seller represents to Buyer and Agent that Seller is in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and for the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                  Amendment .  Effective as of August 26, 2013 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), Subsection (4) of Representation (ccc) to Part I of Schedule 1 to the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

(4)                               No Mortgage Loan is (a) a Section 235 subsidy loan (24 C.F.R. 235), or a graduated loan under Section 245 (24 C.F.R. 203.45 and 24 C.F.R. 203.436), (b) an advance claim loan, or (c) a VA Vendee loan;

 

SECTION 2.                  Defined Terms .  Any terms capitalized but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.                  Effectiveness .  This Amendment Number One shall become effective as of the date that the Agent shall have received:

 

(a) counterparts hereof duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and

 

(b) counterparts of that certain Amendment Number One to the Pricing Side Letter, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed by each of the parties thereto.

 



 

SECTION 4.                  Fees and Expenses .  Seller agrees to pay to Buyer and Agent all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer or Agent in connection with this Amendment Number One (including all reasonable fees and out of pocket costs and expenses of Buyer’s or Agent’s legal counsel) in accordance with Section 13.04 and 13.06 of the Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.                  Representations .  Seller hereby represents to Buyer and Agent that as of the date hereof and taking into account the terms of this Amendment Number One, Seller is in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and each other Program Document and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Agreement or any other Program Document.

 

SECTION 6.                  Binding Effect; Governing Law .  THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE SHALL BE BINDING AND INURE TO THE BENEFIT OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND PERMITTED ASSIGNS.  THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (EXCEPT FOR SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW WHICH SHALL GOVERN).

 

SECTION 7.                  Counterparts .  This Amendment Number One may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 8.                  Limited Effect .  Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  Reference to this Amendment Number One need not be made in the Agreement or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to, or with respect to, the Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

 

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller, Buyer and Agent have caused this Amendment Number One to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

(Seller)

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name: Pamela Marsh

 

Title: V.P. Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

(Buyer)

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Zachary Phelps

 

Name: Zachary Phelps

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE CAPITAL HOLDINGS LLC

 

(Agent)

 

 

 

 

 

By: /c/ Christopher Schmidt

 

Name: Christopher Schmidt

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

Amendment Number One to Master Repurchase Agreement

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of our report dated March 25, 2013 (except for Note 1, as to which the date is October 1, 2013) relating to the consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the recapitalization and reorganization) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

October 1, 2013